From fc4e8657c7588176f1a049d664b335ec3a68d7ad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yu-Wei Wu Date: Sun, 3 Oct 2021 14:50:04 +0800 Subject: [PATCH] Update dl.sh --- DBus-1.0.gir | 21 + DBusGLib-1.0.gir | 12 + GIRepository-2.0.gir | 4454 ++++++ Gdk-4.0.gir | 712 +- Gsk-4.0.gir | 193 +- Gtk-4.0.gir | 5428 +++---- JavaScriptCore-4.0.gir | 3149 ++++ Soup-2.4.gir | 20754 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ WebKit2-4.0.gir | 20479 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ WebKit2WebExtension-4.0.gir | 27475 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ dl.sh | 3 + 11 files changed, 79490 insertions(+), 3190 deletions(-) create mode 100644 DBus-1.0.gir create mode 100644 DBusGLib-1.0.gir create mode 100644 GIRepository-2.0.gir create mode 100644 JavaScriptCore-4.0.gir create mode 100644 Soup-2.4.gir create mode 100644 WebKit2-4.0.gir create mode 100644 WebKit2WebExtension-4.0.gir diff --git a/DBus-1.0.gir b/DBus-1.0.gir new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a85e482 --- /dev/null +++ b/DBus-1.0.gir @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/DBusGLib-1.0.gir b/DBusGLib-1.0.gir new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2126191 --- /dev/null +++ b/DBusGLib-1.0.gir @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/GIRepository-2.0.gir b/GIRepository-2.0.gir new file mode 100644 index 0000000..82acfaa --- /dev/null +++ b/GIRepository-2.0.gir @@ -0,0 +1,4454 @@ + + + + + + + + + Represents an argument. + + + + Represents a callable, either #GIFunctionInfo, #GICallbackInfo or +#GIVFuncInfo. + + + + Represents a callback, eg arguments and return value. + + + + Represents a constant. + + + + Represents an enum or a flag. + + + + Represents a field of a #GIStructInfo or a #GIUnionInfo. + + + + Represents a function, eg arguments and return value. + + + + Represents an interface. + + + + Represents an object. + + + + Represents a property of a #GIObjectInfo or a #GIInterfaceInfo. + + + + Represent a registered type. + + + + Represents a signal. + + + + Represents a struct. + + + + Represents type information, direction, transfer etc. + + + + Represents a union. + + + + Represents a virtual function. + + + + Represents a enum value of a #GIEnumInfo. + + + + Stores an argument of varying type + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + + The type of array in a #GITypeInfo. + + a C array, char[] for instance + + + a @GArray array + + + a #GPtrArray array + + + a #GByteArray array + + + + An opaque structure used to iterate over attributes +in a #GIBaseInfo struct. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GIBaseInfo is the common base struct of all other *Info structs +accessible through the #GIRepository API. +All other structs can be casted to a #GIBaseInfo, for instance: +<example> +<title>Casting a #GIFunctionInfo to #GIBaseInfo</title> +<programlisting> + GIFunctionInfo *function_info = ...; + GIBaseInfo *info = (GIBaseInfo*)function_info; +</programlisting> +</example> +Most #GIRepository APIs returning a #GIBaseInfo is actually creating a new struct, in other +words, g_base_info_unref() has to be called when done accessing the data. +GIBaseInfos are normally accessed by calling either +g_irepository_find_by_name(), g_irepository_find_by_gtype() or g_irepository_get_info(). + +<example> +<title>Getting the Button of the Gtk typelib</title> +<programlisting> + GIBaseInfo *button_info = g_irepository_find_by_name(NULL, "Gtk", "Button"); + ... use button_info ... + g_base_info_unref(button_info); +</programlisting> +</example> + +<refsect1 id="gi-gibaseinfo.struct-hierarchy" role="struct_hierarchy"> +<title role="struct_hierarchy.title">Struct hierarchy</title> +<synopsis> + GIBaseInfo + +----<link linkend="gi-GIArgInfo">GIArgInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GICallableInfo">GICallableInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GIConstantInfo">GIConstantInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GIFieldInfo">GIFieldInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GIPropertyInfo">GIPropertyInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GIRegisteredTypeInfo">GIRegisteredTypeInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GITypeInfo">GITypeInfo</link> +</synopsis> +</refsect1> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Compare two #GIBaseInfo. + +Using pointer comparison is not practical since many functions return +different instances of #GIBaseInfo that refers to the same part of the +TypeLib; use this function instead to do #GIBaseInfo comparisons. + + %TRUE if and only if @info1 equals @info2. + + + + + a #GIBaseInfo + + + + a #GIBaseInfo + + + + + + Retrieve an arbitrary attribute associated with this node. + + The value of the attribute, or %NULL if no such attribute exists + + + + + a #GIBaseInfo + + + + a freeform string naming an attribute + + + + + + Obtain the container of the @info. The container is the parent +GIBaseInfo. For instance, the parent of a #GIFunctionInfo is an +#GIObjectInfo or #GIInterfaceInfo. + + the container + + + + + a #GIBaseInfo + + + + + + Obtain the name of the @info. What the name represents depends on +the #GIInfoType of the @info. For instance for #GIFunctionInfo it is +the name of the function. + + the name of @info or %NULL if it lacks a name. + + + + + a #GIBaseInfo + + + + + + Obtain the namespace of @info. + + the namespace + + + + + a #GIBaseInfo + + + + + + Obtain the info type of the GIBaseInfo. + + the info type of @info + + + + + a #GIBaseInfo + + + + + + Obtain the typelib this @info belongs to + + the typelib. + + + + + a #GIBaseInfo + + + + + + Obtain whether the @info is represents a metadata which is +deprecated or not. + + %TRUE if deprecated + + + + + a #GIBaseInfo + + + + + + Iterate over all attributes associated with this node. The iterator +structure is typically stack allocated, and must have its first +member initialized to %NULL. Attributes are arbitrary namespaced key–value +pairs which can be attached to almost any item. They are intended for use +by software higher in the toolchain than bindings, and are distinct from +normal GIR annotations. + +Both the @name and @value should be treated as constants +and must not be freed. + +<example> +<title>Iterating over attributes</title> +<programlisting> +void +print_attributes (GIBaseInfo *info) +{ + GIAttributeIter iter = { 0, }; + char *name; + char *value; + while (g_base_info_iterate_attributes (info, &iter, &name, &value)) + { + g_print ("attribute name: %s value: %s", name, value); + } +} +</programlisting> +</example> + + %TRUE if there are more attributes + + + + + a #GIBaseInfo + + + + a #GIAttributeIter structure, must be initialized; see below + + + + Returned name, must not be freed + + + + Returned name, must not be freed + + + + + + Increases the reference count of @info. + + the same @info. + + + + + a #GIBaseInfo + + + + + + Decreases the reference count of @info. When its reference count +drops to 0, the info is freed. + + + + + + a #GIBaseInfo + + + + + + + Checks the version of the girepository library that is being compiled +against. + + + the major version to check for + + + the minor version to check for + + + the micro version to check for + + + + + The direction of a #GIArgInfo. + + in argument. + + + out argument. + + + in and out argument. + + + + Flags for a #GIFieldInfo. + + field is readable. + + + field is writable. + + + + Flags for a #GIFunctionInfo struct. + + is a method. + + + is a constructor. + + + is a getter of a #GIPropertyInfo. + + + is a setter of a #GIPropertyInfo. + + + represents a virtual function. + + + the function may throw an error. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Checks if @info is a GIArgInfo. + + + an info structure + + + + + Checks if @info is a #GICallableInfo or derived from it. + + + an info structure + + + + + Checks if @info is a #GIConstantInfo. + + + an info structure + + + + + Checks if @info is a #GIEnumInfo. + + + an info structure + + + + + Checks if @info is a #GIFieldInfo. + + + an info structure + + + + + Checks if @info is a #GIFunctionInfo. + + + an info structure + + + + + Checks if @info is a #GIInterfaceInfo. + + + an info structure + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Checks if @info is a #GIObjectInfo. + + + an info structure + + + + + Checks if @info is a #GIPropertyInfo. + + + an info structure + + + + + Checks if @info is a #GIRegisteredTypeInfo or derived from it. + + + an info structure + + + + + Checks if @info is a #GISignalInfo. + + + an info structure + + + + + Checks if @info is a #GIStructInfo. + + + an info structure + + + + + Checks if @info is a #GITypeInfo. + + + an info structure + + + + + Checks if @info is a #GIUnionInfo. + + + an info structure + + + + + Checks if @info is a #GIValueInfo. + + + an info structure + + + + + Checks if @info is a #GIVfuncInfo. + + + an info structure + + + + + The type of a GIBaseInfo struct. + + invalid type + + + function, see #GIFunctionInfo + + + callback, see #GIFunctionInfo + + + struct, see #GIStructInfo + + + boxed, see #GIStructInfo or #GIUnionInfo + + + enum, see #GIEnumInfo + + + flags, see #GIEnumInfo + + + object, see #GIObjectInfo + + + interface, see #GIInterfaceInfo + + + contant, see #GIConstantInfo + + + deleted, used to be GI_INFO_TYPE_ERROR_DOMAIN. + + + union, see #GIUnionInfo + + + enum value, see #GIValueInfo + + + signal, see #GISignalInfo + + + virtual function, see #GIVFuncInfo + + + GObject property, see #GIPropertyInfo + + + struct or union field, see #GIFieldInfo + + + argument of a function or callback, see #GIArgInfo + + + type information, see #GITypeInfo + + + unresolved type, a type which is not present in + the typelib, or any of its dependencies. + + + + The major version number of the girepository library. + + + + The micro version number of the girepository library. + + + + The minor version number of the girepository library. + + + + Extract an object instance out of @value + + the object instance + + + + + a #GValue + + + + + + Increases the reference count of an object instance. + + the object instance + + + + + object instance pointer + + + + + + Update @value and attach the object instance pointer @object to it. + + + + + + a #GValue + + + + object instance pointer + + + + + + Decreases the reference count of an object instance. + + + + + + object instance pointer + + + + + + #GIRepository is used to manage repositories of namespaces. Namespaces +are represented on disk by type libraries (.typelib files). + +### Discovery of type libraries + +#GIRepository will typically look for a `girepository-1.0` directory +under the library directory used when compiling gobject-introspection. + +It is possible to control the search paths programmatically, using +g_irepository_prepend_search_path(). It is also possible to modify +the search paths by using the `GI_TYPELIB_PATH` environment variable. +The environment variable takes precedence over the default search path +and the g_irepository_prepend_search_path() calls. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the singleton process-global default #GIRepository. It is +not currently supported to have multiple repositories in a +particular process, but this function is provided in the unlikely +eventuality that it would become possible, and as a convenience for +higher level language bindings to conform to the GObject method +call conventions. + +All methods on #GIRepository also accept %NULL as an instance +parameter to mean this default repository, which is usually more +convenient for C. + + The global singleton #GIRepository + + + + + Obtain the option group for girepository, it's used +by the dumper and for programs that wants to provide +introspection information + + the option group + + + + + Returns the current search path #GIRepository will use when loading +typelib files. The list is internal to #GIRepository and should not +be freed, nor should its string elements. + + #GSList of strings + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Prepends @directory to the typelib search path. + +See also: g_irepository_get_search_path(). + + + + + + directory name to prepend to the typelib + search path + + + + + + Obtain an unordered list of versions (either currently loaded or +available) for @namespace_ in this @repository. + + the array of versions. + + + + + + + A #GIRepository or %NULL for the singleton + process-global default #GIRepository + + + + GI namespace, e.g. "Gtk" + + + + + + Searches for the enum type corresponding to the given #GError +domain. Before calling this function for a particular namespace, +you must call g_irepository_require() once to load the namespace, or +otherwise ensure the namespace has already been loaded. + + #GIEnumInfo representing metadata about @domain's +enum type, or %NULL + + + + + A #GIRepository or %NULL for the singleton + process-global default #GIRepository + + + + a #GError domain + + + + + + Searches all loaded namespaces for a particular #GType. Note that +in order to locate the metadata, the namespace corresponding to +the type must first have been loaded. There is currently no +mechanism for determining the namespace which corresponds to an +arbitrary GType - thus, this function will operate most reliably +when you know the GType to originate from be from a loaded namespace. + + #GIBaseInfo representing metadata about @type, or %NULL + + + + + A #GIRepository or %NULL for the singleton + process-global default #GIRepository + + + + GType to search for + + + + + + Searches for a particular entry in a namespace. Before calling +this function for a particular namespace, you must call +g_irepository_require() once to load the namespace, or otherwise +ensure the namespace has already been loaded. + + #GIBaseInfo representing metadata about @name, or %NULL + + + + + A #GIRepository or %NULL for the singleton + process-global default #GIRepository + + + + Namespace which will be searched + + + + Entry name to find + + + + + + This function returns the "C prefix", or the C level namespace +associated with the given introspection namespace. Each C symbol +starts with this prefix, as well each #GType in the library. + +Note: The namespace must have already been loaded using a function +such as g_irepository_require() before calling this function. + + C namespace prefix, or %NULL if none associated + + + + + A #GIRepository or %NULL for the singleton + process-global default #GIRepository + + + + Namespace to inspect + + + + + + Return an array of all (transitive) versioned dependencies for +@namespace_. Returned strings are of the form +<code>namespace-version</code>. + +Note: @namespace_ must have already been loaded using a function +such as g_irepository_require() before calling this function. + +To get only the immediate dependencies for @namespace_, use +g_irepository_get_immediate_dependencies(). + + Zero-terminated string array of all versioned + dependencies + + + + + + + A #GIRepository or %NULL for the singleton + process-global default #GIRepository + + + + Namespace of interest + + + + + + Return an array of the immediate versioned dependencies for @namespace_. +Returned strings are of the form <code>namespace-version</code>. + +Note: @namespace_ must have already been loaded using a function +such as g_irepository_require() before calling this function. + +To get the transitive closure of dependencies for @namespace_, use +g_irepository_get_dependencies(). + + Zero-terminated string array of immediate versioned + dependencies + + + + + + + A #GIRepository or %NULL for the singleton + process-global default #GIRepository + + + + Namespace of interest + + + + + + This function returns a particular metadata entry in the +given namespace @namespace_. The namespace must have +already been loaded before calling this function. +See g_irepository_get_n_infos() to find the maximum number of +entries. + + #GIBaseInfo containing metadata + + + + + A #GIRepository or %NULL for the singleton + process-global default #GIRepository + + + + Namespace to inspect + + + + 0-based offset into namespace metadata for entry + + + + + + Return the list of currently loaded namespaces. + + List of namespaces + + + + + + + A #GIRepository or %NULL for the singleton + process-global default #GIRepository + + + + + + This function returns the number of metadata entries in +given namespace @namespace_. The namespace must have +already been loaded before calling this function. + + number of metadata entries + + + + + A #GIRepository or %NULL for the singleton + process-global default #GIRepository + + + + Namespace to inspect + + + + + + Look up the implemented interfaces for @gtype. This function +cannot fail per se; but for a totally "unknown" #GType, it may +return 0 implemented interfaces. + +The semantics of this function are designed for a dynamic binding, +where in certain cases (such as a function which returns an +interface which may have "hidden" implementation classes), not all +data may be statically known, and will have to be determined from +the #GType of the object. An example is g_file_new_for_path() +returning a concrete class of #GLocalFile, which is a #GType we +see at runtime, but not statically. + + + + + + a #GIRepository, or %NULL for the default repository + + + + a #GType whose fundamental type is G_TYPE_OBJECT + + + + Number of interfaces + + + + Interfaces for @gtype + + + + + + + + This function returns a comma-separated list of paths to the +shared C libraries associated with the given namespace @namespace_. +There may be no shared library path associated, in which case this +function will return %NULL. + +Note: The namespace must have already been loaded using a function +such as g_irepository_require() before calling this function. + + Comma-separated list of paths to shared libraries, + or %NULL if none are associated + + + + + A #GIRepository or %NULL for the singleton + process-global default #GIRepository + + + + Namespace to inspect + + + + + + If namespace @namespace_ is loaded, return the full path to the +.typelib file it was loaded from. If the typelib for +namespace @namespace_ was included in a shared library, return +the special string "&lt;builtin&gt;". + + Filesystem path (or $lt;builtin$gt;) if successful, %NULL if namespace is not loaded + + + + + A #GIRepository or %NULL for the singleton + process-global default #GIRepository + + + + GI namespace to use, e.g. "Gtk" + + + + + + This function returns the loaded version associated with the given +namespace @namespace_. + +Note: The namespace must have already been loaded using a function +such as g_irepository_require() before calling this function. + + Loaded version + + + + + A #GIRepository or %NULL for the singleton + process-global default #GIRepository + + + + Namespace to inspect + + + + + + Check whether a particular namespace (and optionally, a specific +version thereof) is currently loaded. This function is likely to +only be useful in unusual circumstances; in order to act upon +metadata in the namespace, you should call g_irepository_require() +instead which will ensure the namespace is loaded, and return as +quickly as this function will if it has already been loaded. + + %TRUE if namespace-version is loaded, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + A #GIRepository or %NULL for the singleton + process-global default #GIRepository + + + + Namespace of interest + + + + Required version, may be %NULL for latest + + + + + + TODO + + + + + + A #GIRepository or %NULL for the singleton + process-global default #GIRepository + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + + + Force the namespace @namespace_ to be loaded if it isn't already. +If @namespace_ is not loaded, this function will search for a +".typelib" file using the repository search path. In addition, a +version @version of namespace may be specified. If @version is +not specified, the latest will be used. + + a pointer to the #GITypelib if successful, %NULL otherwise + + + + + A #GIRepository or %NULL for the singleton + process-global default #GIRepository + + + + GI namespace to use, e.g. "Gtk" + + + + Version of namespace, may be %NULL for latest + + + + Set of %GIRepositoryLoadFlags, may be 0 + + + + + + Force the namespace @namespace_ to be loaded if it isn't already. +If @namespace_ is not loaded, this function will search for a +".typelib" file within the private directory only. In addition, a +version @version of namespace should be specified. If @version is +not specified, the latest will be used. + + a pointer to the #GITypelib if successful, %NULL otherwise + + + + + A #GIRepository or %NULL for the singleton + process-global default #GIRepository + + + + Private directory where to find the requested typelib + + + + GI namespace to use, e.g. "Gtk" + + + + Version of namespace, may be %NULL for latest + + + + Set of %GIRepositoryLoadFlags, may be 0 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + An error code used with #G_IREPOSITORY_ERROR in a #GError returned +from a #GIRepository routine. + + the typelib could not be found. + + + the namespace does not match the + requested namespace. + + + the version of the + typelib does not match the requested version. + + + the library used by the typelib + could not be found. + + + + Flags that control how a typelib is loaded. + + Lazily load the typelib. + + + + + Scope type of a #GIArgInfo representing callback, determines how the +callback is invoked and is used to decided when the invoke structs +can be freed. + + The argument is not of callback type. + + + The callback and associated user_data is only +used during the call to this function. + + + The callback and associated user_data is +only used until the callback is invoked, and the callback. +is invoked always exactly once. + + + The callback and and associated +user_data is used until the caller is notfied via the destroy_notify. + + + + Checks if @tag is a basic type. + + + a type tag + + + + + TODO + + + + The transfer is the exchange of data between two parts, from the callee to +the caller. The callee is either a function/method/signal or an +object/interface where a property is defined. The caller is the side +accessing a property or calling a function. +#GITransfer specifies who's responsible for freeing the resources after the +ownership transfer is complete. In case of a containing type such as a list, +an array or a hash table the container itself is specified differently from +the items within the container itself. Each container is freed differently, +check the documentation for the types themselves for information on how to +free them. + + transfer nothing from the callee (function or the type +instance the property belongs to) to the caller. The callee retains the +ownership of the transfer and the caller doesn't need to do anything to free +up the resources of this transfer. + + + transfer the container (list, array, hash table) from +the callee to the caller. The callee retains the ownership of the individual +items in the container and the caller has to free up the container resources +(g_list_free()/g_hash_table_destroy() etc) of this transfer. + + + transfer everything, eg the container and its +contents from the callee to the caller. This is the case when the callee +creates a copy of all the data it returns. The caller is responsible for +cleaning up the container and item resources of this transfer. + + + + The type tag of a #GITypeInfo. + + void + + + boolean + + + 8-bit signed integer + + + 8-bit unsigned integer + + + 16-bit signed integer + + + 16-bit unsigned integer + + + 32-bit signed integer + + + 32-bit unsigned integer + + + 64-bit signed integer + + + 64-bit unsigned integer + + + float + + + double floating point + + + a #GType + + + a UTF-8 encoded string + + + a filename, encoded in the same encoding + as the native filesystem is using. + + + an array + + + an extended interface object + + + a #GList + + + a #GSList + + + a #GHashTable + + + a #GError + + + Unicode character + + + + TODO + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a unresolved type in a typelib. + + + Flags of a #GIVFuncInfo struct. + + chains up to the parent type + + + overrides + + + does not override + + + Includes a #GError + + + + Obtain the index of the user data argument. This is only valid +for arguments which are callbacks. + + index of the user data argument or -1 if there is none + + + + + a #GIArgInfo + + + + + + Obtains the index of the #GDestroyNotify argument. This is only valid +for arguments which are callbacks. + + index of the #GDestroyNotify argument or -1 if there is none + + + + + a #GIArgInfo + + + + + + Obtain the direction of the argument. Check #GIDirection for possible +direction values. + + the direction + + + + + a #GIArgInfo + + + + + + Obtain the ownership transfer for this argument. +#GITransfer contains a list of possible values. + + the transfer + + + + + a #GIArgInfo + + + + + + Obtain the scope type for this argument. The scope type explains +how a callback is going to be invoked, most importantly when +the resources required to invoke it can be freed. +#GIScopeType contains a list of possible values. + + the scope type + + + + + a #GIArgInfo + + + + + + Obtain the type information for @info. + + the #GITypeInfo holding the type + information for @info, free it with g_base_info_unref() + when done. + + + + + a #GIArgInfo + + + + + + Obtain if the argument is a pointer to a struct or object that will +receive an output of a function. The default assumption for +%GI_DIRECTION_OUT arguments which have allocation is that the +callee allocates; if this is %TRUE, then the caller must allocate. + + %TRUE if caller is required to have allocated the argument + + + + + a #GIArgInfo + + + + + + Obtain if the argument is optional. For 'out' arguments this means +that you can pass %NULL in order to ignore the result. + + %TRUE if it is an optional argument + + + + + a #GIArgInfo + + + + + + Obtain if the argument is a return value. It can either be a +parameter or a return value. + + %TRUE if it is a return value + + + + + a #GIArgInfo + + + + + + Obtain if an argument is only useful in C. + + %TRUE if argument is only useful in C. + + + + + a #GIArgInfo + + + + + + Obtain information about a the type of given argument @info; this +function is a variant of g_arg_info_get_type() designed for stack +allocation. + +The initialized @type must not be referenced after @info is deallocated. + + + + + + a #GIArgInfo + + + + Initialized with information about type of @info + + + + + + Obtain if the type of the argument includes the possibility of %NULL. +For 'in' values this means that %NULL is a valid value. For 'out' +values, this means that %NULL may be returned. + +See also g_arg_info_is_optional(). + + %TRUE if the value may be %NULL + + + + + a #GIArgInfo + + + + + + TODO + + %TRUE if this #GICallableInfo can throw a #GError + + + + + a #GICallableInfo + + + + + + Obtain information about a particular argument of this callable. + + the #GIArgInfo. Free it with +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GICallableInfo + + + + the argument index to fetch + + + + + + See whether the caller owns the return value of this callable. +#GITransfer contains a list of possible transfer values. + + the transfer mode for the return value of the callable + + + + + a #GICallableInfo + + + + + + Obtains the ownership transfer for the instance argument. +#GITransfer contains a list of possible transfer values. + + the transfer mode of the instance argument + + + + + a #GICallableInfo + + + + + + Obtain the number of arguments (both IN and OUT) for this callable. + + The number of arguments this callable expects. + + + + + a #GICallableInfo + + + + + + Retrieve an arbitrary attribute associated with the return value. + + The value of the attribute, or %NULL if no such attribute exists + + + + + a #GICallableInfo + + + + a freeform string naming an attribute + + + + + + Obtain the return type of a callable item as a #GITypeInfo. + + the #GITypeInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GICallableInfo + + + + + + TODO + + + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + + + Determines if the callable info is a method. For #GIVFuncInfo<!-- -->s, +#GICallbackInfo<!-- -->s, and #GISignalInfo<!-- -->s, +this is always true. Otherwise, this looks at the %GI_FUNCTION_IS_METHOD +flag on the #GIFunctionInfo. + +Concretely, this function returns whether g_callable_info_get_n_args() +matches the number of arguments in the raw C method. For methods, there +is one more C argument than is exposed by introspection: the "self" +or "this" object. + + %TRUE if @info is a method, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GICallableInfo + + + + + + Iterate over all attributes associated with the return value. The +iterator structure is typically stack allocated, and must have its +first member initialized to %NULL. + +Both the @name and @value should be treated as constants +and must not be freed. + +See g_base_info_iterate_attributes() for an example of how to use a +similar API. + + %TRUE if there are more attributes + + + + + a #GICallableInfo + + + + a #GIAttributeIter structure, must be initialized; see below + + + + Returned name, must not be freed + + + + Returned name, must not be freed + + + + + + Obtain information about a particular argument of this callable; this +function is a variant of g_callable_info_get_arg() designed for stack +allocation. + +The initialized @arg must not be referenced after @info is deallocated. + + + + + + a #GICallableInfo + + + + the argument index to fetch + + + + Initialize with argument number @n + + + + + + Obtain information about a return value of callable; this +function is a variant of g_callable_info_get_return_type() designed for stack +allocation. + +The initialized @type must not be referenced after @info is deallocated. + + + + + + a #GICallableInfo + + + + Initialized with return type of @info + + + + + + See if a callable could return %NULL. + + %TRUE if callable could return %NULL + + + + + a #GICallableInfo + + + + + + See if a callable's return value is only useful in C. + + %TRUE if return value is only useful in C. + + + + + a #GICallableInfo + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Free the value returned from g_constant_info_get_value(). + + + + + + a #GIConstantInfo + + + + the argument + + + + + + Obtain the type of the constant as a #GITypeInfo. + + the #GITypeInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIConstantInfo + + + + + + Obtain the value associated with the #GIConstantInfo and store it in the +@value parameter. @argument needs to be allocated before passing it in. +The size of the constant value stored in @argument will be returned. +Free the value with g_constant_info_free_value(). + + size of the constant + + + + + a #GIConstantInfo + + + + an argument + + + + + + Obtain the string form of the quark for the error domain associated with +this enum, if any. + + the string form of the error domain associated +with this enum, or %NULL. + + + + + a #GIEnumInfo + + + + + + Obtain an enum type method at index @n. + + the #GIFunctionInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIEnumInfo + + + + index of method to get + + + + + + Obtain the number of methods that this enum type has. + + number of methods + + + + + a #GIEnumInfo + + + + + + Obtain the number of values this enumeration contains. + + the number of enumeration values + + + + + a #GIEnumInfo + + + + + + Obtain the tag of the type used for the enum in the C ABI. This will +will be a signed or unsigned integral type. + +Note that in the current implementation the width of the type is +computed correctly, but the signed or unsigned nature of the type +may not match the sign of the type used by the C compiler. + + the storage type for the enumeration + + + + + a #GIEnumInfo + + + + + + Obtain a value for this enumeration. + + the enumeration value or %NULL if type tag is wrong, +free the struct with g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIEnumInfo + + + + index of value to fetch + + + + + + Reads a field identified by a #GIFieldInfo from a C structure or +union. This only handles fields of simple C types. It will fail +for a field of a composite type like a nested structure or union +even if that is actually readable. + + %TRUE if reading the field succeeded, otherwise %FALSE + + + + + a #GIFieldInfo + + + + pointer to a block of memory representing a C structure or union + + + + a #GIArgument into which to store the value retrieved + + + + + + Obtain the flags for this #GIFieldInfo. See #GIFieldInfoFlags for possible +flag values. + + the flags + + + + + a #GIFieldInfo + + + + + + Obtain the offset in bytes of the field member, this is relative +to the beginning of the struct or union. + + the field offset + + + + + a #GIFieldInfo + + + + + + Obtain the size in bits of the field member, this is how +much space you need to allocate to store the field. + + the field size + + + + + a #GIFieldInfo + + + + + + Obtain the type of a field as a #GITypeInfo. + + the #GITypeInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIFieldInfo + + + + + + Writes a field identified by a #GIFieldInfo to a C structure or +union. This only handles fields of simple C types. It will fail +for a field of a composite type like a nested structure or union +even if that is actually writable. Note also that that it will refuse +to write fields where memory management would by required. A field +with a type such as 'char *' must be set with a setter function. + + %TRUE if writing the field succeeded, otherwise %FALSE + + + + + a #GIFieldInfo + + + + pointer to a block of memory representing a C structure or union + + + + a #GIArgument holding the value to store + + + + + + Obtain the #GIFunctionInfoFlags for the @info. + + the flags + + + + + a #GIFunctionInfo + + + + + + Obtain the property associated with this #GIFunctionInfo. +Only #GIFunctionInfo with the flag %GI_FUNCTION_IS_GETTER or +%GI_FUNCTION_IS_SETTER have a property set. For other cases, +%NULL will be returned. + + the property or %NULL if not set. Free it with +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIFunctionInfo + + + + + + Obtain the symbol of the function. The symbol is the name of the +exported function, suitable to be used as an argument to +g_module_symbol(). + + the symbol + + + + + a #GIFunctionInfo + + + + + + Obtain the virtual function associated with this #GIFunctionInfo. +Only #GIFunctionInfo with the flag %GI_FUNCTION_WRAPS_VFUNC has +a virtual function set. For other cases, %NULL will be returned. + + the virtual function or %NULL if not set. +Free it by calling g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIFunctionInfo + + + + + + Invokes the function described in @info with the given +arguments. Note that inout parameters must appear in both +argument lists. This function uses dlsym() to obtain a pointer +to the function, so the library or shared object containing the +described function must either be linked to the caller, or must +have been g_module_symbol()<!-- -->ed before calling this function. + + %TRUE if the function has been invoked, %FALSE if an + error occurred. + + + + + a #GIFunctionInfo describing the function to invoke + + + + an array of #GIArgument<!-- -->s, one for each in + parameter of @info. If there are no in parameter, @in_args + can be %NULL + + + + + + the length of the @in_args array + + + + an array of #GIArgument<!-- -->s, one for each out + parameter of @info. If there are no out parameters, @out_args + may be %NULL + + + + + + the length of the @out_args array + + + + return location for the return value of the + function. If the function returns void, @return_value may be + %NULL + + + + + + Returns the major version number of the girepository library. +(e.g. in version 1.58.2 this is 1.) + + the major version number of the girepository library + + + + + Returns the micro version number of the girepository library. +(e.g. in version 1.58.2 this is 2.) + + the micro version number of the girepository library + + + + + Returns the minor version number of the girepository library. +(e.g. in version 1.58.2 this is 58.) + + the minor version number of the girepository library + + + + + GIArgInfo represents an argument. An argument is always +part of a #GICallableInfo. + +<refsect1 id="gi-giarginfo.struct-hierarchy" role="struct_hierarchy"> +<title role="struct_hierarchy.title">Struct hierarchy</title> +<synopsis> + <link linkend="GIBaseInfo">GIBaseInfo</link> + +----GIArgInfo +</synopsis> +</refsect1> + + + GICallableInfo represents an entity which is callable. +Currently a function (#GIFunctionInfo), virtual function, +(#GIVFuncInfo) or callback (#GICallbackInfo). + +A callable has a list of arguments (#GIArgInfo), a return type, +direction and a flag which decides if it returns null. + +<refsect1 id="gi-gicallableinfo.struct-hierarchy" role="struct_hierarchy"> +<title role="struct_hierarchy.title">Struct hierarchy</title> +<synopsis> + <link linkend="GIBaseInfo">GIBaseInfo</link> + +----GICallableInfo + +----<link linkend="gi-GIFunctionInfo">GIFunctionInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GISignalInfo">GISignalInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GIVFuncInfo">GIVFuncInfo</link> +</synopsis> +</refsect1> + + + GICallbackInfo represents a callback. + +<refsect1 id="gi-gicallbackinfo.struct-hierarchy" role="struct_hierarchy"> +<title role="struct_hierarchy.title">Struct hierarchy</title> +<synopsis> + <link linkend="GIBaseInfo">GIBaseInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GICallableInfo">GICallableInfo</link> + +----GIFunctionInfo + +----<link linkend="gi-GISignalInfo">GISignalInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GIVFuncInfo">GIVFuncInfo</link> +</synopsis> +</refsect1> + + + GIConstantInfo represents a constant. A constant has a type associated +which can be obtained by calling g_constant_info_get_type() and a value, +which can be obtained by calling g_constant_info_get_value(). + +<refsect1 id="gi-giconstantinfo.struct-hierarchy" role="struct_hierarchy"> +<title role="struct_hierarchy.title">Struct hierarchy</title> +<synopsis> + <link linkend="GIBaseInfo">GIBaseInfo</link> + +----GIConstantInfo +</synopsis> +</refsect1> + + + A GIEnumInfo represents an enumeration and a GIValueInfo struct represents a value +of an enumeration. The GIEnumInfo contains a set of values and a type +The GIValueInfo is fetched by calling g_enum_info_get_value() on a #GIEnumInfo. + +<refsect1 id="gi-gienuminfo.struct-hierarchy" role="struct_hierarchy"> +<title role="struct_hierarchy.title">Struct hierarchy</title> +<synopsis> + <link linkend="GIBaseInfo">GIBaseInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GIRegisteredTypeInfo">GIRegisteredTypeInfo</link> + +----GIEnumInfo +</synopsis> +</refsect1> + + + A GIFieldInfo struct represents a field of a struct (see #GIStructInfo), +union (see #GIUnionInfo) or an object (see #GIObjectInfo). The GIFieldInfo +is fetched by calling g_struct_info_get_field(), g_union_info_get_field() +or g_object_info_get_field(). +A field has a size, type and a struct offset asssociated and a set of flags, +which is currently #GI_FIELD_IS_READABLE or #GI_FIELD_IS_WRITABLE. + +<refsect1 id="gi-gifieldinfo.struct-hierarchy" role="struct_hierarchy"> +<title role="struct_hierarchy.title">Struct hierarchy</title> +<synopsis> + <link linkend="GIBaseInfo">GIBaseInfo</link> + +----GIFieldInfo +</synopsis> +</refsect1> + + + GIFunctionInfo represents a function, method or constructor. +To find out what kind of entity a #GIFunctionInfo represents, call +g_function_info_get_flags(). + +See also #GICallableInfo for information on how to retreive arguments and +other metadata. + +<refsect1 id="gi-gifunctioninfo.struct-hierarchy" role="struct_hierarchy"> +<title role="struct_hierarchy.title">Struct hierarchy</title> +<synopsis> + <link linkend="GIBaseInfo">GIBaseInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GICallableInfo">GICallableInfo</link> + +----GIFunctionInfo + +----<link linkend="gi-GISignalInfo">GISignalInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GIVFuncInfo">GIVFuncInfo</link> +</synopsis> +</refsect1> + + + GIInterfaceInfo represents a #GInterface type. + +A GInterface has methods, fields, properties, signals, interfaces, constants, +virtual functions and prerequisites. + +<refsect1 id="gi-giinterfaceinfo.struct-hierarchy" role="struct_hierarchy"> +<title role="struct_hierarchy.title">Struct hierarchy</title> +<synopsis> + <link linkend="GIBaseInfo">GIBaseInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GIRegisteredTypeInfo">GIRegisteredTypeInfo</link> + +----GIInterfaceInfo +</synopsis> +</refsect1> + + + GIObjectInfo represents a #GObject. This doesn't represent a specific +instance of a GObject, instead this represent the object type (eg class). + +A GObject has methods, fields, properties, signals, interfaces, constants +and virtual functions. + +<refsect1 id="gi-giobjectinfo.struct-hierarchy" role="struct_hierarchy"> +<title role="struct_hierarchy.title">Struct hierarchy</title> +<synopsis> + <link linkend="GIBaseInfo">GIBaseInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GIRegisteredTypeInfo">GIRegisteredTypeInfo</link> + +----GIObjectInfo +</synopsis> +</refsect1> + + + GIPropertyInfo represents a property. A property belongs to +either a #GIObjectInfo or a #GIInterfaceInfo. + +<refsect1 id="gi-gipropertyinfo.struct-hierarchy" role="struct_hierarchy"> +<title role="struct_hierarchy.title">Struct hierarchy</title> +<synopsis> + <link linkend="GIBaseInfo">GIBaseInfo</link> + +----GIPropertyInfo +</synopsis> +</refsect1> + + + GIRegisteredTypeInfo represents an entity with a GType associated. Could +be either a #GIEnumInfo, #GIInterfaceInfo, #GIObjectInfo, #GIStructInfo or a +#GIUnionInfo. + +A registered type info struct has a name and a type function. +To get the name call g_registered_type_info_get_type_name(). +Most users want to call g_registered_type_info_get_g_type() and don't worry +about the rest of the details. + +<refsect1 id="gi-giregisteredtypeinfo.struct-hierarchy" role="struct_hierarchy"> +<title role="struct_hierarchy.title">Struct hierarchy</title> +<synopsis> + <link linkend="GIBaseInfo">GIBaseInfo</link> + +----GIRegisteredTypeInfo + +----<link linkend="gi-GIEnumInfo">GIEnumInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GIInterfaceInfo">GIInterfaceInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GIObjectInfo">GIObjectInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GIStructInfo">GIStructInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GIUnionInfo">GIUnionInfo</link> +</synopsis> +</refsect1> + + + GISignalInfo represents a signal. It's a sub-struct of #GICallableInfo +and contains a set of flags and a class closure. + +See #GICallableInfo for information on how to retreive arguments +and other metadata from the signal. + +<refsect1 id="gi-gisignalinfo.struct-hierarchy" role="struct_hierarchy"> +<title role="struct_hierarchy.title">Struct hierarchy</title> +<synopsis> + <link linkend="GIBaseInfo">GIBaseInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GICallableInfo">GICallableInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GIFunctionInfo">GIFunctionInfo</link> + +----GISignalInfo + +----<link linkend="gi-GIVFuncInfo">GIVFuncInfo</link> +</synopsis> +</refsect1> + + + GIStructInfo represents a generic C structure type. + +A structure has methods and fields. + +<refsect1 id="gi-giobjectinfo.struct-hierarchy" role="struct_hierarchy"> +<title role="struct_hierarchy.title">Struct hierarchy</title> +<synopsis> + <link linkend="GIBaseInfo">GIBaseInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GIRegisteredTypeInfo">GIRegisteredTypeInfo</link> + +----GIStructInfo +</synopsis> +</refsect1> + + + GITypeInfo represents a type. You can retrieve a type info from +an argument (see #GIArgInfo), a functions return value (see #GIFunctionInfo), +a field (see #GIFieldInfo), a property (see #GIPropertyInfo), a constant +(see #GIConstantInfo) or for a union discriminator (see #GIUnionInfo). + +A type can either be a of a basic type which is a standard C primitive +type or an interface type. For interface types you need to call +g_type_info_get_interface() to get a reference to the base info for that +interface. + +<refsect1 id="gi-gitypeinfo.struct-hierarchy" role="struct_hierarchy"> +<title role="struct_hierarchy.title">Struct hierarchy</title> +<synopsis> + <link linkend="GIBaseInfo">GIBaseInfo</link> + +----GITypeInfo +</synopsis> +</refsect1> + + + GIUnionInfo represents a union type. + +A union has methods and fields. Unions can optionally have a +discriminator, which is a field deciding what type of real union +fields is valid for specified instance. + +<refsect1 id="gi-giobjectinfo.struct-hierarchy" role="struct_hierarchy"> +<title role="struct_hierarchy.title">Struct hierarchy</title> +<synopsis> + <link linkend="GIBaseInfo">GIBaseInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GIRegisteredTypeInfo">GIRegisteredTypeInfo</link> + +----GIUnionInfo +</synopsis> +</refsect1> + + + GIValueInfo represents a value. + +<refsect1 id="gi-givalueinfo.struct-hierarchy" role="struct_hierarchy"> +<title role="struct_hierarchy.title">Struct hierarchy</title> +<synopsis> + <link linkend="GIBaseInfo">GIBaseInfo</link> + +----GIValueInfo +</synopsis> +</refsect1> + + + GIVfuncInfo represents a virtual function. A property belongs to +either a #GIObjectInfo or a #GIInterfaceInfo. + +<refsect1 id="gi-givfuncinfo.struct-hierarchy" role="struct_hierarchy"> +<title role="struct_hierarchy.title">Struct hierarchy</title> +<synopsis> + <link linkend="GIBaseInfo">GIBaseInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GICallableInfo">GICallableInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GIFunctionInfo">GIFunctionInfo</link> + +----<link linkend="gi-GISignalInfo">GISignalInfo</link> + +----GIVFuncInfo +</synopsis> +</refsect1> + + + TODO + + TODO + + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + TODO + + + + + + Obtain a string representation of @type + + the string + + + + + the info type + + + + + + Obtain a method of the interface type given a @name. %NULL will be +returned if there's no method available with that name. + + the #GIFunctionInfo or %NULL if none found. +Free the struct by calling g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIInterfaceInfo + + + + name of method to obtain + + + + + + TODO + + Info for the signal with name @name in @info, or +%NULL on failure. + + + + + a #GIInterfaceInfo + + + + Name of signal + + + + + + Locate a virtual function slot with name @name. See the documentation +for g_object_info_find_vfunc() for more information on virtuals. + + the #GIVFuncInfo, or %NULL. Free it with +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIInterfaceInfo + + + + The name of a virtual function to find. + + + + + + Obtain an interface type constant at index @n. + + the #GIConstantInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIInterfaceInfo + + + + index of constant to get + + + + + + Returns the layout C structure associated with this #GInterface. + + the #GIStructInfo or %NULL. Free it with +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIInterfaceInfo + + + + + + Obtain an interface type method at index @n. + + the #GIFunctionInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIInterfaceInfo + + + + index of method to get + + + + + + Obtain the number of constants that this interface type has. + + number of constants + + + + + a #GIInterfaceInfo + + + + + + Obtain the number of methods that this interface type has. + + number of methods + + + + + a #GIInterfaceInfo + + + + + + Obtain the number of prerequisites for this interface type. +A prerequisites is another interface that needs to be implemented for +interface, similar to an base class for GObjects. + + number of prerequisites + + + + + a #GIInterfaceInfo + + + + + + Obtain the number of properties that this interface type has. + + number of properties + + + + + a #GIInterfaceInfo + + + + + + Obtain the number of signals that this interface type has. + + number of signals + + + + + a #GIInterfaceInfo + + + + + + Obtain the number of virtual functions that this interface type has. + + number of virtual functions + + + + + a #GIInterfaceInfo + + + + + + Obtain an interface type prerequisites index @n. + + the prerequisites as a #GIBaseInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIInterfaceInfo + + + + index of prerequisites to get + + + + + + Obtain an interface type property at index @n. + + the #GIPropertyInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIInterfaceInfo + + + + index of property to get + + + + + + Obtain an interface type signal at index @n. + + the #GISignalInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIInterfaceInfo + + + + index of signal to get + + + + + + Obtain an interface type virtual function at index @n. + + the #GIVFuncInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIInterfaceInfo + + + + index of virtual function to get + + + + + + TODO + + TODO + + + + + An error occuring while invoking a function via +g_function_info_invoke(). + + invokation failed, unknown error. + + + symbol couldn't be found in any of the +libraries associated with the typelib of the function. + + + the arguments provided didn't match +the expected arguments for the functions type signature. + + + + Obtain a method of the object type given a @name. %NULL will be +returned if there's no method available with that name. + + the #GIFunctionInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + name of method to obtain + + + + + + Obtain a method of the object given a @name, searching both the +object @info and any interfaces it implements. %NULL will be +returned if there's no method available with that name. + +Note that this function does *not* search parent classes; you will have +to chain up if that's desired. + + the #GIFunctionInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + name of method to obtain + + + + The implementor of the interface + + + + + + TODO + + Info for the signal with name @name in @info, or %NULL on failure. + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + Name of signal + + + + + + Locate a virtual function slot with name @name. Note that the namespace +for virtuals is distinct from that of methods; there may or may not be +a concrete method associated for a virtual. If there is one, it may +be retrieved using g_vfunc_info_get_invoker(), otherwise %NULL will be +returned. +See the documentation for g_vfunc_info_get_invoker() for more +information on invoking virtuals. + + the #GIVFuncInfo, or %NULL. Free it with +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + The name of a virtual function to find. + + + + + + Locate a virtual function slot with name @name, searching both the object +@info and any interfaces it implements. Note that the namespace for +virtuals is distinct from that of methods; there may or may not be a +concrete method associated for a virtual. If there is one, it may be +retrieved using g_vfunc_info_get_invoker(), otherwise %NULL will be +returned. + +Note that this function does *not* search parent classes; you will have +to chain up if that's desired. + + the #GIVFuncInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + name of vfunc to obtain + + + + The implementor of the interface + + + + + + Obtain if the object type is an abstract type, eg if it cannot be +instantiated + + %TRUE if the object type is abstract + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Every #GObject has two structures; an instance structure and a class +structure. This function returns the metadata for the class structure. + + the #GIStructInfo or %NULL. Free with +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain an object type constant at index @n. + + the #GIConstantInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + index of constant to get + + + + + + Obtain an object type field at index @n. + + the #GIFieldInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + index of field to get + + + + + + Checks whether the object type is a final type, i.e. if it cannot +be derived + + %TRUE if the object type is final + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain if the object type is of a fundamental type which is not +G_TYPE_OBJECT. This is mostly for supporting GstMiniObject. + + %TRUE if the object type is a fundamental type + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain the symbol name of the function that should be called to convert +an object instance pointer of this object type to a GValue. +I's mainly used fundamental types. The type signature for the symbol +is %GIObjectInfoGetValueFunction, to fetch the function pointer +see g_object_info_get_get_value_function(). + + the symbol or %NULL + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain a pointer to a function which can be used to +extract an instance of this object type out of a GValue. +This takes derivation into account and will reversely traverse +the base classes of this type, starting at the top type. + + the function pointer or %NULL + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain an object type interface at index @n. + + the #GIInterfaceInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + index of interface to get + + + + + + Obtain an object type method at index @n. + + the #GIFunctionInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + index of method to get + + + + + + Obtain the number of constants that this object type has. + + number of constants + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain the number of fields that this object type has. + + number of fields + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain the number of interfaces that this object type has. + + number of interfaces + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain the number of methods that this object type has. + + number of methods + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain the number of properties that this object type has. + + number of properties + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain the number of signals that this object type has. + + number of signals + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain the number of virtual functions that this object type has. + + number of virtual functions + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain the parent of the object type. + + the #GIObjectInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain an object type property at index @n. + + the #GIPropertyInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + index of property to get + + + + + + Obtain the symbol name of the function that should be called to ref this +object type. It's mainly used fundamental types. The type signature for +the symbol is %GIObjectInfoRefFunction, to fetch the function pointer +see g_object_info_get_ref_function(). + + the symbol or %NULL + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain a pointer to a function which can be used to +increase the reference count an instance of this object type. +This takes derivation into account and will reversely traverse +the base classes of this type, starting at the top type. + + the function pointer or %NULL + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain the symbol name of the function that should be called to convert +set a GValue giving an object instance pointer of this object type. +I's mainly used fundamental types. The type signature for the symbol +is %GIObjectInfoSetValueFunction, to fetch the function pointer +see g_object_info_get_set_value_function(). + + the symbol or %NULL + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain a pointer to a function which can be used to +set a GValue given an instance of this object type. +This takes derivation into account and will reversely traverse +the base classes of this type, starting at the top type. + + the function pointer or %NULL + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain an object type signal at index @n. + + the #GISignalInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + index of signal to get + + + + + + Obtain the function which when called will return the GType +function for which this object type is registered. + + the type init function + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain the name of the objects class/type. + + name of the objects type + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain the symbol name of the function that should be called to unref this +object type. It's mainly used fundamental types. The type signature for +the symbol is %GIObjectInfoUnrefFunction, to fetch the function pointer +see g_object_info_get_unref_function(). + + the symbol or %NULL + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain a pointer to a function which can be used to +decrease the reference count an instance of this object type. +This takes derivation into account and will reversely traverse +the base classes of this type, starting at the top type. + + the function pointer or %NULL + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + + + Obtain an object type virtual function at index @n. + + the #GIVFuncInfo. Free the struct by calling +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIObjectInfo + + + + index of virtual function to get + + + + + + Obtain the flags for this property info. See #GParamFlags for +more information about possible flag values. + + the flags + + + + + a #GIPropertyInfo + + + + + + Obtains the getter function associated with this #GIPropertyInfo. + +The setter is only available for %G_PARAM_READABLE properties. + + the function info or %NULL if not set. + Free it with g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIPropertyInfo + + + + + + Obtain the ownership transfer for this property. See #GITransfer for more +information about transfer values. + + the transfer + + + + + a #GIPropertyInfo + + + + + + Obtains the setter function associated with this #GIPropertyInfo. + +The setter is only available for %G_PARAM_WRITABLE properties that +are also not %G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY. + + the function info or %NULL if not set. + Free it with g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIPropertyInfo + + + + + + Obtain the type information for the property @info. + + the #GITypeInfo, free it with +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIPropertyInfo + + + + + + Obtain the #GType for this registered type or G_TYPE_NONE which a special meaning. +It means that either there is no type information associated with this @info or +that the shared library which provides the type_init function for this +@info cannot be called. + + the #GType. + + + + + a #GIRegisteredTypeInfo + + + + + + Obtain the type init function for @info. The type init function is the +function which will register the GType within the GObject type system. +Usually this is not called by langauge bindings or applications, use +g_registered_type_info_get_g_type() directly instead. + + the symbol name of the type init function, suitable for +passing into g_module_symbol(). + + + + + a #GIRegisteredTypeInfo + + + + + + Obtain the type name of the struct within the GObject type system. +This type can be passed to g_type_name() to get a #GType. + + the type name + + + + + a #GIRegisteredTypeInfo + + + + + + Obtain the class closure for this signal if one is set. The class +closure is a virtual function on the type that the signal belongs to. +If the signal lacks a closure %NULL will be returned. + + the class closure or %NULL + + + + + a #GISignalInfo + + + + + + Obtain the flags for this signal info. See #GSignalFlags for +more information about possible flag values. + + the flags + + + + + a #GISignalInfo + + + + + + Obtain if the returning true in the signal handler will +stop the emission of the signal. + + %TRUE if returning true stops the signal emission + + + + + a #GISignalInfo + + + + + + Obtain the type information for field named @name. + + the #GIFieldInfo or %NULL if not found, +free it with g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIStructInfo + + + + a field name + + + + + + Obtain the type information for method named @name. + + the #GIFunctionInfo, free it with g_base_info_unref() +when done. + + + + + a #GIStructInfo + + + + a method name + + + + + + Obtain the required alignment of the structure. + + required alignment in bytes + + + + + a #GIStructInfo + + + + + + Obtain the type information for field with specified index. + + the #GIFieldInfo, free it with g_base_info_unref() +when done. + + + + + a #GIStructInfo + + + + a field index + + + + + + Obtain the type information for method with specified index. + + the #GIFunctionInfo, free it with g_base_info_unref() +when done. + + + + + a #GIStructInfo + + + + a method index + + + + + + Obtain the number of fields this structure has. + + number of fields + + + + + a #GIStructInfo + + + + + + Obtain the number of methods this structure has. + + number of methods + + + + + a #GIStructInfo + + + + + + Obtain the total size of the structure. + + size of the structure in bytes + + + + + a #GIStructInfo + + + + + + TODO + + TODO + + + + + TODO + + + + + + Return true if this structure represents the "class structure" for some +#GObject or #GInterface. This function is mainly useful to hide this kind of structure +from generated public APIs. + + %TRUE if this is a class struct, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GIStructInfo + + + + + + GLib data structures, such as #GList, #GSList, and #GHashTable, all store +data pointers. +In the case where the list or hash table is storing single types rather than +structs, these data pointers may have values stuffed into them via macros +such as %GPOINTER_TO_INT. + +Use this function to ensure that all values are correctly extracted from +stuffed pointers, regardless of the machine's architecture or endianness. + +This function fills in the appropriate field of @arg with the value extracted +from @hash_pointer, depending on the storage type of @info. + + + + + + a #GITypeInfo + + + + A pointer, such as a #GHashTable data pointer + + + + A #GIArgument to fill in + + + + + + Obtain the fixed array size of the type. The type tag must be a +#GI_TYPE_TAG_ARRAY or -1 will returned. + + the size or -1 if it's not an array + + + + + a #GITypeInfo + + + + + + Obtain the array length of the type. The type tag must be a +#GI_TYPE_TAG_ARRAY or -1 will returned. + + the array length, or -1 if the type is not an array + + + + + a #GITypeInfo + + + + + + Obtain the array type for this type. See #GIArrayType for a list of +possible values. If the type tag of this type is not array, -1 will be +returned. + + the array type or -1 + + + + + a #GITypeInfo + + + + + + For types which have #GI_TYPE_TAG_INTERFACE such as GObjects and boxed values, +this function returns full information about the referenced type. You can then +inspect the type of the returned #GIBaseInfo to further query whether it is +a concrete GObject, a GInterface, a structure, etc. using g_base_info_get_type(). + + the #GIBaseInfo, or %NULL. Free it with +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GITypeInfo + + + + + + Obtain the parameter type @n. + + the param type info + + + + + a #GITypeInfo + + + + index of the parameter + + + + + + Obtain the type tag corresponding to the underlying storage type in C for +the type. +See #GITypeTag for a list of type tags. + + the type tag + + + + + a #GITypeInfo + + + + + + Obtain the type tag for the type. See #GITypeTag for a list +of type tags. + + the type tag + + + + + a #GITypeInfo + + + + + + GLib data structures, such as #GList, #GSList, and #GHashTable, all store +data pointers. +In the case where the list or hash table is storing single types rather than +structs, these data pointers may have values stuffed into them via macros +such as %GPOINTER_TO_INT. + +Use this function to ensure that all values are correctly stuffed into +pointers, regardless of the machine's architecture or endianness. + +This function returns a pointer stuffed with the appropriate field of @arg, +depending on the storage type of @info. + + A stuffed pointer, that can be stored in a #GHashTable, for example + + + + + a #GITypeInfo + + + + A #GIArgument with the value to stuff into a pointer + + + + + + Obtain if the type is passed as a reference. + +Note that the types of %GI_DIRECTION_OUT and %GI_DIRECTION_INOUT parameters +will only be pointers if the underlying type being transferred is a pointer +(i.e. only if the type of the C function’s formal parameter is a pointer to a +pointer). + + %TRUE if it is a pointer + + + + + a #GITypeInfo + + + + + + Obtain if the last element of the array is %NULL. The type tag must be a +#GI_TYPE_TAG_ARRAY or %FALSE will returned. + + %TRUE if zero terminated + + + + + a #GITypeInfo + + + + + + Obtain a string representation of @type + + the string + + + + + the type_tag + + + + + + Obtain the type information for method named @name. + + the #GIFunctionInfo, free it with g_base_info_unref() +when done. + + + + + a #GIUnionInfo + + + + a method name + + + + + + Obtain the required alignment of the union. + + required alignment in bytes + + + + + a #GIUnionInfo + + + + + + Obtain discriminator value assigned for n-th union field, i.e. n-th +union field is the active one if discriminator contains this +constant. + + the #GIConstantInfo, free it with g_base_info_unref() +when done. + + + + + a #GIUnionInfo + + + + a union field index + + + + + + Returns offset of the discriminator field in the structure. + + offset in bytes of the discriminator + + + + + a #GIUnionInfo + + + + + + Obtain the type information of the union discriminator. + + the #GITypeInfo, free it with g_base_info_unref() +when done. + + + + + a #GIUnionInfo + + + + + + Obtain the type information for field with specified index. + + the #GIFieldInfo, free it with g_base_info_unref() +when done. + + + + + a #GIUnionInfo + + + + a field index + + + + + + Obtain the type information for method with specified index. + + the #GIFunctionInfo, free it with g_base_info_unref() +when done. + + + + + a #GIUnionInfo + + + + a method index + + + + + + Obtain the number of fields this union has. + + number of fields + + + + + a #GIUnionInfo + + + + + + Obtain the number of methods this union has. + + number of methods + + + + + a #GIUnionInfo + + + + + + Obtain the total size of the union. + + size of the union in bytes + + + + + a #GIUnionInfo + + + + + + Return true if this union contains discriminator field. + + %TRUE if this is a discriminated union, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #GIUnionInfo + + + + + + Obtain the enumeration value of the #GIValueInfo. + + the enumeration value. This will always be representable + as a 32-bit signed or unsigned value. The use of gint64 as the + return type is to allow both. + + + + + a #GIValueInfo + + + + + + This method will look up where inside the type struct of @implementor_gtype +is the implementation for @info. + + address to a function or %NULL if an error happened + + + + + a #GIVFuncInfo + + + + #GType implementing this virtual function + + + + + + Obtain the flags for this virtual function info. See #GIVFuncInfoFlags for +more information about possible flag values. + + the flags + + + + + a #GIVFuncInfo + + + + + + If this virtual function has an associated invoker method, this +method will return it. An invoker method is a C entry point. + +Not all virtuals will have invokers. + + the #GIVFuncInfo or %NULL. Free it with +g_base_info_unref() when done. + + + + + a #GIVFuncInfo + + + + + + Obtain the offset of the function pointer in the class struct. The value +0xFFFF indicates that the struct offset is unknown. + + the struct offset or 0xFFFF if it's unknown + + + + + a #GIVFuncInfo + + + + + + Obtain the signal for the virtual function if one is set. +The signal comes from the object or interface to which +this virtual function belongs. + + the signal or %NULL if none set + + + + + a #GIVFuncInfo + + + + + + Invokes the function described in @info with the given +arguments. Note that inout parameters must appear in both +argument lists. + + %TRUE if the function has been invoked, %FALSE if an + error occurred. + + + + + a #GIVFuncInfo describing the virtual function to invoke + + + + #GType of the type that implements this virtual function + + + + an array of #GIArgument<!-- -->s, one for each in + parameter of @info. If there are no in parameter, @in_args + can be %NULL + + + + + + the length of the @in_args array + + + + an array of #GIArgument<!-- -->s, one for each out + parameter of @info. If there are no out parameters, @out_args + may be %NULL + + + + + + the length of the @out_args array + + + + return location for the return value of the + function. If the function returns void, @return_value may be + %NULL + + + + + + diff --git a/Gdk-4.0.gir b/Gdk-4.0.gir index 0179231..bee4c60 100644 --- a/Gdk-4.0.gir +++ b/Gdk-4.0.gir @@ -40,31 +40,31 @@ horizontally to fit. In general, when multiple flags are set, flipping should take precedence over sliding, which should take precedence over resizing. - + allow flipping anchors horizontally - + allow flipping anchors vertically - + allow sliding surface horizontally - + allow sliding surface vertically - + allow resizing surface horizontally - + allow resizing surface vertically - + allow flipping anchors on both axes - + allow sliding surface on both axes - + allow resizing surface on both axes @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ if (!g_app_info_launch_default_for_uri ("http://www.gtk.org", context, &erro g_object_unref (context); ``` - + Gets the `GdkDisplay` that @context is for. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ prevention'. - + The display that the `GdkAppLaunchContext` is on. @@ -206,37 +206,37 @@ prevention'. Flags describing the current capabilities of a device/tool. - + X axis is present - + Y axis is present - + Scroll X delta axis is present - + Scroll Y delta axis is present - + Pressure axis is present - + X tilt axis is present - + Y tilt axis is present - + Wheel axis is present - + Distance axis is present - + Z-axis rotation is present - + Slider axis is present @@ -246,43 +246,43 @@ prevention'. Note that the X and Y axes are not really needed; pointer devices report their location via the x/y members of events regardless. Whether X and Y are present as axes depends on the GDK backend. - + the axis is ignored. - + the axis is used as the x axis. - + the axis is used as the y axis. - + the axis is used as the scroll x delta - + the axis is used as the scroll y delta - + the axis is used for pressure information. - + the axis is used for x tilt information. - + the axis is used for y tilt information. - + the axis is used for wheel information. - + the axis is used for pen/tablet distance information - + the axis is used for pen rotation information - + the axis is used for pen slider information - + a constant equal to the numerically highest axis value. @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ To read textual or image data from a clipboard, use [method@Gdk.Clipboard.read_text_async] or [method@Gdk.Clipboard.read_texture_async]. For other data, use [method@Gdk.Clipboard.read_async], which provides a `GInputStream` object. - + Returns the `GdkContentProvider` currently set on @clipboard. @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ current process, %NULL will be returned. - + Gets the `GdkDisplay` that the clipboard was created for. @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ current process, %NULL will be returned. - + Gets the formats that the clipboard can provide its current contents in. @@ -885,18 +885,18 @@ See [method@Gdk.Clipboard.store_async]. - + The `GdkContentProvider` or %NULL if the clipboard is empty or contents are provided otherwise. - + The `GdkDisplay` that the clipboard belongs to. - + The possible formats that the clipboard can provide its data in. @@ -2409,34 +2409,34 @@ This function consumes @error. Specifies the crossing mode for enter and leave events. - + crossing because of pointer motion. - + crossing because a grab is activated. - + crossing because a grab is deactivated. - + crossing because a GTK grab is activated. - + crossing because a GTK grab is deactivated. - + crossing because a GTK widget changed state (e.g. sensitivity). - + crossing because a touch sequence has begun, this event is synthetic as the pointer might have not left the surface. - + crossing because a touch sequence has ended, this event is synthetic as the pointer might have not left the surface. - + crossing because of a device switch (i.e. a mouse taking control of the pointer after a touch device), this event is synthetic as the pointer didn’t leave the surface. @@ -2538,7 +2538,7 @@ platforms can be found in the CSS specification: - + Returns the fallback for this @cursor. @@ -2559,7 +2559,7 @@ it is used on does not support textured cursors. - + Returns the horizontal offset of the hotspot. @@ -2579,7 +2579,7 @@ will only return the hotspot position for cursors created with - + Returns the vertical offset of the hotspot. @@ -2599,7 +2599,7 @@ will only return the hotspot position for cursors created with - + Returns the name of the cursor. @@ -2616,7 +2616,7 @@ If the cursor is not a named cursor, %NULL will be returned. - + Returns the texture for the cursor. If the cursor is a named cursor, %NULL will be returned. @@ -2632,29 +2632,29 @@ If the cursor is a named cursor, %NULL will be returned. - + Cursor to fall back to if this cursor cannot be displayed. - + X position of the cursor hotspot in the cursor image. - + Y position of the cursor hotspot in the cursor image. - + Name of this this cursor. The name will be %NULL if the cursor was created from a texture. - + The texture displayed by this cursor. The texture will be %NULL if the cursor was created from a name. @@ -2748,7 +2748,7 @@ as a keyboard, a mouse, or a touchpad. See the [class@Gdk.Seat] documentation for more information about the various kinds of devices, and their relationships. - + Retrieves whether the Caps Lock modifier of the keyboard is locked. @@ -2778,7 +2778,7 @@ This is only relevant for keyboard devices. - + Returns the direction of effective layout of the keyboard. @@ -2799,7 +2799,7 @@ of its symbols. See [func@Pango.unichar_direction]. - + Returns the `GdkDisplay` to which @device pertains. @@ -2813,7 +2813,7 @@ of its symbols. See [func@Pango.unichar_direction]. - + Determines whether the pointer follows device motion. @@ -2830,7 +2830,7 @@ don't have a pointer. - + Retrieves the current modifier state of the keyboard. @@ -2846,7 +2846,7 @@ This is only relevant for keyboard devices. - + The name of the device, suitable for showing in a user interface. a name @@ -2859,7 +2859,7 @@ This is only relevant for keyboard devices. - + Retrieves whether the Num Lock modifier of the keyboard is locked. @@ -2875,7 +2875,7 @@ This is only relevant for keyboard devices. - + Retrieves the number of touch points associated to @device. the number of touch points @@ -2888,7 +2888,7 @@ This is only relevant for keyboard devices. - + Returns the product ID of this device. @@ -2905,7 +2905,7 @@ See [method@Gdk.Device.get_vendor_id] for more information. - + Retrieves whether the Scroll Lock modifier of the keyboard is locked. @@ -2921,7 +2921,7 @@ This is only relevant for keyboard devices. - + Returns the `GdkSeat` the device belongs to. @@ -2935,7 +2935,7 @@ This is only relevant for keyboard devices. - + Determines the type of the device. @@ -2995,7 +2995,7 @@ update the timestamp). - + Returns the vendor ID of this device. @@ -3035,7 +3035,7 @@ for this device. - + Determines if layouts for both right-to-left and left-to-right languages are in use on the keyboard. @@ -3052,38 +3052,38 @@ This is only relevant for keyboard devices. - + Whether Caps Lock is on. This is only relevant for keyboard devices. - + The direction of the current layout. This is only relevant for keyboard devices. - + The `GdkDisplay` the `GdkDevice` pertains to. - + Whether the device has both right-to-left and left-to-right layouts. This is only relevant for keyboard devices. - + Whether the device is represented by a cursor on the screen. - + The current modifier state of the device. @@ -3094,19 +3094,19 @@ This is only relevant for keyboard devices. Number of axes in the device. - + The device name. - + Whether Num Lock is on. This is only relevant for keyboard devices. - + The maximal number of concurrent touches on a touch device. @@ -3114,26 +3114,26 @@ Will be 0 if the device is not a touch device or if the number of touches is unknown. - + Product ID of this device. See [method@Gdk.Device.get_product_id]. - + Whether Scroll Lock is on. This is only relevant for keyboard devices. - + `GdkSeat` of this device. - + Source type for the device. @@ -3143,7 +3143,7 @@ This is only relevant for keyboard devices. The `GdkDeviceTool` that is currently used with this device. - + Vendor ID of this device. @@ -3271,20 +3271,20 @@ current mode. A pad feature. - + a button - + a ring-shaped interactive area - + a straight interactive area A physical tool associated to a `GdkDevice`. - + Gets the axes of the tool. @@ -3298,7 +3298,7 @@ current mode. - + Gets the hardware ID of this tool, or 0 if it's not known. @@ -3322,7 +3322,7 @@ as a tablet may support multiple devices with the same - + Gets the serial number of this tool. @@ -3339,7 +3339,7 @@ This value can be used to identify a physical tool - + Gets the `GdkDeviceToolType` of the tool. @@ -3355,22 +3355,22 @@ This value can be used to identify a physical tool - + The axes of the tool. - + The hardware ID of the tool. - + The serial number of the tool. - + The type of the tool. @@ -3379,28 +3379,28 @@ This value can be used to identify a physical tool Indicates the specific type of tool being used being a tablet. Such as an airbrush, pencil, etc. - + Tool is of an unknown type. - + Tool is a standard tablet stylus. - + Tool is standard tablet eraser. - + Tool is a brush stylus. - + Tool is a pencil stylus. - + Tool is an airbrush stylus. - + Tool is a mouse. - + Tool is a lens cursor. @@ -4122,7 +4122,7 @@ backends wil be used. - + Gets the default `GdkDisplay`. @@ -4170,7 +4170,7 @@ backends wil be used. - + Sets @display as the default display. @@ -4186,7 +4186,7 @@ backends wil be used. - + The default display. @@ -4287,7 +4287,7 @@ all subsequent calls will be ignored. - + Determines the bitmask of possible actions proposed by the source. @@ -4301,7 +4301,7 @@ all subsequent calls will be ignored. - + Returns the `GdkContentProvider` associated to the `GdkDrag` object. @@ -4315,7 +4315,7 @@ all subsequent calls will be ignored. - + Returns the `GdkDevice` associated to the `GdkDrag` object. @@ -4329,7 +4329,7 @@ all subsequent calls will be ignored. - + Gets the `GdkDisplay` that the drag object was created for. @@ -4362,7 +4362,7 @@ when the drag operation is over. - + Retrieves the formats supported by this `GdkDrag` object. @@ -4376,7 +4376,7 @@ when the drag operation is over. - + Determines the action chosen by the drag destination. @@ -4390,7 +4390,7 @@ when the drag operation is over. - + Returns the `GdkSurface` where the drag originates. @@ -4427,37 +4427,37 @@ Initially, the hotspot is at the top left corner of the drag surface. - + The possible actions of this drag. - + The `GdkContentProvider`. - + The `GdkDevice` that is performing the drag. - + The `GdkDisplay` that the drag belongs to. - + The possible formats that the drag can provide its data in. - + The currently selected action of the drag. - + The surface where the drag originates. @@ -4492,19 +4492,19 @@ The drag object can now free all miscellaneous data. Used in `GdkDrop` and `GdkDrag` to indicate the actions that the destination can and should do with the dropped data. - + Copy the data. - + Move the data, i.e. first copy it, then delete it from the source using the DELETE target of the X selection protocol. - + Add a link to the data. Note that this is only useful if source and destination agree on what it means, and is not supported on all platforms. - + Ask the user what to do with the data. @@ -4527,13 +4527,13 @@ is returned. Used in `GdkDrag` to the reason of a cancelled DND operation. - + There is no suitable drop target. - + Drag cancelled by the user - + Unspecified error. @@ -4633,7 +4633,7 @@ explicitly before calling this function. - + Retrieves the `GdkDisplay` the @context is created for @@ -4667,7 +4667,7 @@ and [method@Gdk.DrawContext.end_frame], %NULL will be returned. - + Retrieves the surface that @context is bound to. @@ -4699,12 +4699,12 @@ may be effecting the contents of the @context's surface. - + The `GdkDisplay` used to create the `GdkDrawContext`. - + The `GdkSurface` the context is bound to. @@ -4744,7 +4744,7 @@ available via [method@Gdk.Drop.get_actions]. - + Returns the possible actions for this `GdkDrop`. @@ -4771,7 +4771,7 @@ side will not change this value anymore once a drop has started. - + Returns the `GdkDevice` performing the drop. @@ -4785,7 +4785,7 @@ side will not change this value anymore once a drop has started. - + Gets the `GdkDisplay` that @self was created for. @@ -4799,7 +4799,7 @@ side will not change this value anymore once a drop has started. - + If this is an in-app drag-and-drop operation, returns the `GdkDrag` that corresponds to this drop. @@ -4816,7 +4816,7 @@ If it is not, %NULL is returned. - + Returns the `GdkContentFormats` that the drop offers the data to be read in. @@ -4831,7 +4831,7 @@ to be read in. - + Returns the `GdkSurface` performing the drop. @@ -5004,32 +5004,32 @@ actions first and then later call this function again. - + The possible actions for this drop - + The `GdkDevice` performing the drop - + The `GdkDisplay` that the drop belongs to. - + The `GdkDrag` that initiated this drop - + The possible formats that the drop can provide its data in. - + The `GdkSurface` the drop happens on @@ -5430,98 +5430,98 @@ of related touch events. Specifies the type of the event. - + the window manager has requested that the toplevel surface be hidden or destroyed, usually when the user clicks on a special icon in the title bar. - + the pointer (usually a mouse) has moved. - + a mouse button has been pressed. - + a mouse button has been released. - + a key has been pressed. - + a key has been released. - + the pointer has entered the surface. - + the pointer has left the surface. - + the keyboard focus has entered or left the surface. - + an input device has moved into contact with a sensing surface (e.g. a touchscreen or graphics tablet). - + an input device has moved out of contact with a sensing surface. - + the mouse has entered the surface while a drag is in progress. - + the mouse has left the surface while a drag is in progress. - + the mouse has moved in the surface while a drag is in progress. - + a drop operation onto the surface has started. - + the scroll wheel was turned - + a pointer or keyboard grab was broken. - + A new touch event sequence has just started. - + A touch event sequence has been updated. - + A touch event sequence has finished. - + A touch event sequence has been canceled. - + A touchpad swipe gesture event, the current state is determined by its phase field. - + A touchpad pinch gesture event, the current state is determined by its phase field. - + A tablet pad button press event. - + A tablet pad button release event. - + A tablet pad axis event from a "ring". - + A tablet pad axis event from a "strip". - + A tablet pad group mode change. - + marks the end of the GdkEventType enumeration. @@ -5872,28 +5872,28 @@ Applications can connect directly to this signal, or use Used to represent the different paint clock phases that can be requested. The elements of the enumeration correspond to the signals of `GdkFrameClock`. - + no phase - + corresponds to GdkFrameClock::flush-events. Should not be handled by applications. - + corresponds to GdkFrameClock::before-paint. Should not be handled by applications. - + corresponds to GdkFrameClock::update. - + corresponds to GdkFrameClock::layout. Should not be handled by applicatiosn. - + corresponds to GdkFrameClock::paint. - + corresponds to GdkFrameClock::resume-events. Should not be handled by applications. - + corresponds to GdkFrameClock::after-paint. Should not be handled by applications. @@ -6056,10 +6056,10 @@ If @timings is no longer referenced, it will be freed. Indicates which monitor a surface should span over when in fullscreen mode. - + Fullscreen on current monitor only. - + Span across all monitors when fullscreen. @@ -6194,7 +6194,7 @@ See [method@Gdk.GLContext.set_required_version]. - + Used to retrieves the `GdkGLContext` that this @context share data with. @@ -6444,7 +6444,7 @@ the OpenGL or OpenGL ES API, extensions, or shaders. - + Always %NULL @@ -6457,19 +6457,19 @@ anymore, this function has been deprecated and now always returns %NULL. Error enumeration for `GdkGLContext`. - + OpenGL support is not available - + The requested visual format is not supported - + The requested profile is not supported - + The shader compilation failed - + The shader linking failed @@ -6580,34 +6580,34 @@ function has been called. Defines the reference point of a surface and is used in `GdkPopupLayout`. - + the reference point is at the top left corner. - + the reference point is in the middle of the top edge. - + the reference point is at the top right corner. - + the reference point is at the middle of the left edge. - + the reference point is at the center of the surface. - + the reference point is at the middle of the right edge. - + the reference point is at the lower left corner. - + the reference point is at the middle of the lower edge. - + the reference point is at the lower right corner. - + the reference point is at the top left corner of the surface itself, ignoring window manager decorations. @@ -6796,28 +6796,28 @@ function has been called. An enumeration describing the type of an input device in general terms. - + the device is a mouse. (This will be reported for the core pointer, even if it is something else, such as a trackball.) - + the device is a stylus of a graphics tablet or similar device. - + the device is a keyboard. - + the device is a direct-input touch device, such as a touchscreen or tablet - + the device is an indirect touch device, such as a touchpad - + the device is a trackpoint - + the device is a "pad", a collection of buttons, rings and strips found in drawing tablets @@ -13793,14 +13793,14 @@ Note that we ignore Caps Lock for matching. Describes how well an event matches a given keyval and modifiers. `GdkKeyMatch` values are returned by [method@Gdk.KeyEvent.matches]. - + The key event does not match - + The key event matches if keyboard state (specifically, the currently active group) is ignored - + The key event matches @@ -13856,37 +13856,37 @@ on architectures with different endiannesses. Its naming is modelled after [VkFormat](https://www.khronos.org/registry/vulkan/specs/1.0/html/vkspec.html#VkFormat) for details). - + 4 bytes; for blue, green, red, alpha. The color values are premultiplied with the alpha value. - + 4 bytes; for alpha, red, green, blue. The color values are premultiplied with the alpha value. - + 4 bytes; for red, green, blue, alpha The color values are premultiplied with the alpha value. - + 4 bytes; for blue, green, red, alpha. - + 4 bytes; for alpha, red, green, blue. - + 4 bytes; for red, green, blue, alpha. - + 4 bytes; for alpha, blue, green, red. - + 3 bytes; for red, green, blue. The data is opaque. - + 3 bytes; for blue, green, red. The data is opaque. - + The number of formats. This value will change as more formats get added, so do not rely on its concrete integer. @@ -13938,43 +13938,43 @@ Apple, CapsLock or ShiftLock. Note that GDK may add internal values to events which include values outside of this enumeration. Your code should preserve and ignore them. You can use %GDK_MODIFIER_MASK to remove all private values. - + the Shift key. - + a Lock key (depending on the modifier mapping of the X server this may either be CapsLock or ShiftLock). - + the Control key. - + the fourth modifier key (it depends on the modifier mapping of the X server which key is interpreted as this modifier, but normally it is the Alt key). - + the first mouse button. - + the second mouse button. - + the third mouse button. - + the fourth mouse button. - + the fifth mouse button. - + the Super modifier - + the Hyper modifier - + the Meta modifier @@ -13986,7 +13986,7 @@ associated with a `GdkDisplay`. monitors with [method@Gdk.Display.get_monitors]. You can use [method@Gdk.Display.get_monitor_at_surface] to find a particular monitor. - + Gets the name of the monitor's connector, if available. @@ -14000,7 +14000,7 @@ monitor. - + Gets the display that this monitor belongs to. @@ -14014,7 +14014,7 @@ monitor. - + Retrieves the size and position of the monitor within the display coordinate space. @@ -14035,7 +14035,7 @@ The returned geometry is in ”application pixels”, not in - + Gets the height in millimeters of the monitor. @@ -14049,7 +14049,7 @@ The returned geometry is in ”application pixels”, not in - + Gets the name or PNP ID of the monitor's manufacturer. @@ -14069,7 +14069,7 @@ The PNP ID registry is located at - + Gets the string identifying the monitor model, if available. @@ -14083,7 +14083,7 @@ The PNP ID registry is located at - + Gets the refresh rate of the monitor, if available. @@ -14100,7 +14100,7 @@ is returned as 60000. - + Gets the internal scale factor that maps from monitor coordinates to device pixels. @@ -14122,7 +14122,7 @@ where it is better to use [method@Gdk.Surface.get_scale_factor] instead. - + Gets information about the layout of red, green and blue primaries for pixels. @@ -14137,7 +14137,7 @@ primaries for pixels. - + Gets the width in millimeters of the monitor. @@ -14169,47 +14169,47 @@ is unplugged or removed. - + The connector name. - + The `GdkDisplay` of the monitor. - + The geometry of the monitor. - + The height of the monitor, in millimeters. - + The manufacturer name. - + The model name. - + The refresh rate, in milli-Hertz. - + The scale factor. - + The subpixel layout. @@ -14219,7 +14219,7 @@ is unplugged or removed. Whether the object is still valid. - + The width of the monitor, in millimeters. @@ -14240,29 +14240,29 @@ is unplugged or removed. See the X11 protocol specification of LeaveNotify for full details of crossing event generation. - + the surface is entered from an ancestor or left towards an ancestor. - + the pointer moves between an ancestor and an inferior of the surface. - + the surface is entered from an inferior or left towards an inferior. - + the surface is entered from or left towards a surface which is neither an ancestor nor an inferior. - + the pointer moves between two surfaces which are not ancestors of each other and the surface is part of the ancestor chain between one of these surfaces and their least common ancestor. - + an unknown type of enter/leave event occurred. @@ -14790,12 +14790,12 @@ the contents of a toplevel surface being resized. Flags about a paintable object. Implementations use these for optimizations such as caching. - + The size is immutable. The [signal@GdkPaintable::invalidate-size] signal will never be emitted. - + The content is immutable. The [signal@GdkPaintable::invalidate-contents] signal will never be emitted. @@ -14920,7 +14920,7 @@ The `GdkPopup` is positioned relative to its parent surface. They can be modal, which is indicated by the [property@GdkPopup:autohide] property. - + Returns whether this popup is set to hide on outside clicks. @@ -14934,7 +14934,7 @@ property. - + Returns the parent surface of a popup. @@ -15045,12 +15045,12 @@ the [signal@Gdk.Surface::layout] signal will not me emitted. - + Whether to hide on outside clicks. - + The parent surface. @@ -15739,19 +15739,19 @@ zero width or height). Specifies the direction for scroll events. - + the surface is scrolled up. - + the surface is scrolled down. - + the surface is scrolled to the left. - + the surface is scrolled to the right. - + the scrolling is determined by the delta values in scroll events. See gdk_scroll_event_get_deltas() @@ -15853,7 +15853,7 @@ that belong to a user. - + Returns the `GdkDisplay` this seat belongs to. @@ -15912,7 +15912,7 @@ that belong to a user. - + `GdkDisplay` of this seat. @@ -15977,28 +15977,28 @@ A same tool may be used by several devices. Flags describing the seat capabilities. - + No input capabilities - + The seat has a pointer (e.g. mouse) - + The seat has touchscreen(s) attached - + The seat has drawing tablet(s) attached - + The seat has keyboard(s) attached - + The seat has drawing tablet pad(s) attached - + The union of all pointing capabilities - + The union of all capabilities @@ -16011,22 +16011,22 @@ The subclass of `GdkSnapshot` used by GTK is [class@Gtk.Snapshot]. This enumeration describes how the red, green and blue components of physical pixels on an output device are laid out. - + The layout is not known - + Not organized in this way - + The layout is horizontal, the order is RGB - + The layout is horizontal, the order is BGR - + The layout is vertical, the order is RGB - + The layout is vertical, the order is BGR @@ -16196,7 +16196,7 @@ before that happens. - + Retrieves a `GdkCursor` pointer for the cursor currently set on the `GdkSurface`. @@ -16271,7 +16271,7 @@ left corner of @surface. - + Gets the `GdkDisplay` associated with a `GdkSurface`. @@ -16285,7 +16285,7 @@ left corner of @surface. - + Gets the frame clock for the surface. @@ -16302,7 +16302,7 @@ reparented to a new toplevel surface. - + Returns the height of the given @surface. @@ -16319,7 +16319,7 @@ Surface size is reported in ”application pixels”, not - + Checks whether the surface has been mapped. @@ -16336,7 +16336,7 @@ or [method@Gdk.Popup.present]. - + Returns the internal scale factor that maps from surface coordinates to the actual device pixels. @@ -16360,7 +16360,7 @@ The scale of a surface may change during runtime. - + Returns the width of the given @surface. @@ -16437,7 +16437,7 @@ See [method@Gdk.FrameClock.request_phase]. - + Sets the default mouse pointer for a `GdkSurface`. @@ -16575,38 +16575,38 @@ transient-for to the same toplevel (directly or indirectly). - + The mouse pointer for the `GdkSurface`. - + The `GdkDisplay` connection of the surface. - + The `GdkFrameClock` of the surface. - + The height of the surface, in pixels. - + Whether the surface is mapped. - + The scale factor of the surface. - + The width of the surface in pixels. @@ -16685,28 +16685,28 @@ Surface size is reported in ”application pixels”, not Determines a surface edge or corner. - + the top left corner. - + the top edge. - + the top right corner. - + the left edge. - + the right edge. - + the lower left corner. - + the lower edge. - + the lower right corner. @@ -16826,7 +16826,7 @@ cairo_surface_mark_dirty (surface); - + Returns the height of the @texture, in pixels. @@ -16840,7 +16840,7 @@ cairo_surface_mark_dirty (surface); - + Returns the width of @texture, in pixels. @@ -16876,12 +16876,12 @@ look into using the gdk-pixbuf library. - + The height of the texture, in pixels. - + The width of the texture, in pixels. @@ -16906,11 +16906,11 @@ look into using the gdk-pixbuf library. - + - + - + @@ -17013,7 +17013,7 @@ used on a [class@Gtk.Window], rather than calling this function. - + Gets the bitwise or of the currently active surface state flags, from the `GdkToplevelState` enumeration. @@ -17136,7 +17136,7 @@ This undoes the effect of [method@Gdk.Toplevel.inhibit_system_shortcuts]. - + Sets the toplevel to be decorated. @@ -17157,7 +17157,7 @@ does not need to have window decorations added. - + Sets the toplevel to be deletable. @@ -17177,7 +17177,7 @@ that it should offer the user a way to close the surface. - + Sets a list of icons for the surface. @@ -17205,7 +17205,7 @@ Note that some platforms don't support surface icons. - + Sets the toplevel to be modal. @@ -17230,7 +17230,7 @@ previously called [method@Gdk.Toplevel.set_transient_for]. - + Sets the startup notification ID. @@ -17251,7 +17251,7 @@ low-level function. - + Sets the title of a toplevel surface. @@ -17271,7 +17271,7 @@ in lists of windows, etc. - + Sets a transient-for parent. @@ -17345,12 +17345,12 @@ tiled window states. - + Whether the window manager should add decorations. - + Whether the window manager should allow to close the surface. @@ -17359,12 +17359,12 @@ tiled window states. The fullscreen mode of the surface. - + A list of textures to use as icon. - + Whether the surface is modal. @@ -17373,7 +17373,7 @@ tiled window states. Whether the surface should inhibit keyboard shortcuts. - + The startup ID of the surface. @@ -17381,17 +17381,17 @@ See [class@Gdk.AppLaunchContext] for more information about startup feedback. - + The state of the toplevel. - + The title of the surface. - + The transient parent of the surface. @@ -17745,52 +17745,52 @@ On platforms that support information about individual edges, the tiled states is set. On platforms that lack that support, the tiled state will give an indication of tiledness without any of the per-edge states being set. - + the surface is minimized - + the surface is maximized - + the surface is sticky - + the surface is maximized without decorations - + the surface is kept above other surfaces - + the surface is kept below other surfaces - + the surface is presented as focused (with active decorations) - + the surface is in a tiled state - + whether the top edge is tiled - + whether the top edge is resizable - + whether the right edge is tiled - + whether the right edge is resizable - + whether the bottom edge is tiled - + whether the bottom edge is resizable - + whether the left edge is tiled - + whether the left edge is resizable @@ -17909,17 +17909,17 @@ a pinch gesture). In these cases, the last event will report the phase %GDK_TOUCHPAD_GESTURE_PHASE_CANCEL, this should be used as a hint to undo any visible/permanent changes that were done throughout the progress of the gesture. - + The gesture has begun. - + The gesture has been updated. - + The gesture was finished, changes should be permanently applied. - + The gesture was cancelled, all changes should be undone. @@ -17953,11 +17953,11 @@ for example in response to a change of the surface size. Error enumeration for `GdkVulkanContext`. - + Vulkan is not supported on this backend or has not been compiled in. - + Vulkan support is not available on this Surface diff --git a/Gsk-4.0.gir b/Gsk-4.0.gir index 7839d80..2cc08f4 100644 --- a/Gsk-4.0.gir +++ b/Gsk-4.0.gir @@ -8,24 +8,6 @@ and/or use gtk-doc annotations. --> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The blend modes available for render nodes. @@ -34,55 +16,55 @@ rendering pipeline. See <https://www.w3.org/TR/compositing-1/#blending> for more information on blending and blend modes. - + The default blend mode, which specifies no blending - + The source color is multiplied by the destination and replaces the destination - + Multiplies the complements of the destination and source color values, then complements the result. - + Multiplies or screens the colors, depending on the destination color value. This is the inverse of hard-list - + Selects the darker of the destination and source colors - + Selects the lighter of the destination and source colors - + Brightens the destination color to reflect the source color - + Darkens the destination color to reflect the source color - + Multiplies or screens the colors, depending on the source color value - + Darkens or lightens the colors, depending on the source color value - + Subtracts the darker of the two constituent colors from the lighter color - + Produces an effect similar to that of the difference mode but lower in contrast - + Creates a color with the hue and saturation of the source color and the luminosity of the destination color - + Creates a color with the hue of the source color and the saturation and luminosity of the destination color - + Creates a color with the saturation of the source color and the hue and luminosity of the destination color - + Creates a color with the luminosity of the source color and the hue and saturation of the destination color @@ -273,23 +255,6 @@ The 4 sides of the border can have different widths and colors. - - - Creates a new Broadway renderer. - -The Broadway renderer is the default renderer for the broadway backend. -It will only work with broadway surfaces, otherwise it will fail the -call to gsk_renderer_realize(). - -This function is only available when GTK was compiled with Broadway -support. - - a new Broadway renderer. - - - - - @@ -714,16 +679,16 @@ The new node will acquire a reference to each of the children. The corner indices used by `GskRoundedRect`. - + The top left corner - + The top right corner - + The bottom right corner - + The bottom left corner @@ -1308,7 +1273,7 @@ u_textureN value that the shader defines. - + Gets the resource path for the GLSL sourcecode being used to render this shader. @@ -1323,7 +1288,7 @@ to render this shader. - + Gets the GLSL sourcecode being used to render this shader. @@ -1388,7 +1353,7 @@ to render this shader. - + Resource containing the source code for the shader. @@ -1396,7 +1361,7 @@ If the shader source is not coming from a resource, this will be %NULL. - + @@ -1519,28 +1484,28 @@ declare. It defines both what the type is called in the GLSL shader code, and what the corresponding C type is on the Gtk side. - + No type, used for uninitialized or unspecified values. - + A float uniform - + A GLSL int / gint32 uniform - + A GLSL uint / guint32 uniform - + A GLSL bool / gboolean uniform - + A GLSL vec2 / graphene_vec2_t uniform - + A GLSL vec3 / graphene_vec3_t uniform - + A GLSL vec4 / graphene_vec4_t uniform @@ -1562,18 +1527,6 @@ code, and what the corresponding C type is on the Gtk side. - - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -2411,82 +2364,82 @@ node to a file for later inspection. The type of a node determines what the node is rendering. - + Error type. No node will ever have this type. - + A node containing a stack of children - + A node drawing a `cairo_surface_t` - + A node drawing a single color rectangle - + A node drawing a linear gradient - + A node drawing a repeating linear gradient - + A node drawing a radial gradient - + A node drawing a repeating radial gradient - + A node drawing a conic gradient - + A node stroking a border around an area - + A node drawing a `GdkTexture` - + A node drawing an inset shadow - + A node drawing an outset shadow - + A node that renders its child after applying a matrix transform - + A node that changes the opacity of its child - + A node that applies a color matrix to every pixel - + A node that repeats the child's contents - + A node that clips its child to a rectangular area - + A node that clips its child to a rounded rectangle - + A node that draws a shadow below its child - + A node that blends two children together - + A node that cross-fades between two children - + A node containing a glyph string - + A node that applies a blur - + Debug information that does not affect the rendering - + A node that uses OpenGL fragment shaders to render @@ -2521,7 +2474,7 @@ The renderer will be realized before it is returned. - + Retrieves the `GdkSurface` set using gsk_enderer_realize(). @@ -2643,7 +2596,7 @@ transform node and pass that node instead. Whether the renderer has been associated with a surface. - + The surface associated with renderer. @@ -3093,13 +3046,13 @@ negative values for the @top, @right, @bottom or @left. The actual implementation of each filter is deferred to the rendering pipeline. - + linear interpolation filter - + nearest neighbor interpolation filter - + linear interpolation along each axis, plus mipmap generation, with linear interpolation along the mipmap levels @@ -3107,14 +3060,14 @@ rendering pipeline. Errors that can happen during (de)serialization. - + The format can not be identified - + The version of the data is not understood - + The given data may not exist in a proper serialization @@ -4134,32 +4087,32 @@ Also keep in mind that rounding errors may cause matrices to not conform to their categories. Otherwise, matrix operations done via multiplication will not worsen categories. So for the matrix multiplication `C = A * B`, `category(C) = MIN (category(A), category(B))`. - + The category of the matrix has not been determined. - + Analyzing the matrix concluded that it does not fit in any other category. - + The matrix is a 3D matrix. This means that the w column (the last column) has the values (0, 0, 0, 1). - + The matrix is a 2D matrix. This is equivalent to graphene_matrix_is_2d() returning %TRUE. In particular, this means that Cairo can deal with the matrix. - + The matrix is a combination of 2D scale and 2D translation operations. In particular, this means that any rectangle can be transformed exactly using this matrix. - + The matrix is a 2D translation. - + The matrix is the identity matrix. diff --git a/Gtk-4.0.gir b/Gtk-4.0.gir index 757e1a8..45cdaf2 100644 --- a/Gtk-4.0.gir +++ b/Gtk-4.0.gir @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ platform. - + Retrieves the `GtkAccessible` using this context. @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ platform. - + Retrieves the accessible role of this context. @@ -197,12 +197,12 @@ platform. - + The `GtkAccessible` that created the `GtkATContext` instance. - + The accessible role used by the AT context. @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ class `.aboutdialog`. - + Returns the names of the artists which are displayed in the credits page. @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ in the credits page. - + Returns the names of the authors which are displayed in the credits page. @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ in the credits page. - + Returns the comments string. @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ in the credits page. - + Returns the copyright string. @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ in the credits page. - + Returns the name of the documenters which are displayed in the credits page. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ in the credits page. - + Returns the license information. @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ in the credits page. - + Retrieves the license type. @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ in the credits page. - + Returns the paintable displayed as logo in the about dialog. @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ in the credits page. - + Returns the icon name displayed as logo in the about dialog. @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ in the credits page. - + Returns the program name displayed in the about dialog. @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ in the credits page. - + Returns the system information that is shown in the about dialog. @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ in the credits page. - + Returns the translator credits string which is displayed in the credits page. @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ in the credits page. - + Returns the version string. @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ in the credits page. - + Returns the website URL. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ in the credits page. - + Returns the label used for the website link. @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ in the credits page. - + Returns whether the license text in the about dialog is automatically wrapped. @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ automatically wrapped. - + Sets the names of the artists to be displayed in the "Credits" page. @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ in the "Credits" page. - + Sets the names of the authors which are displayed in the "Credits" page of the about dialog. @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ in the "Credits" page of the about dialog. - + Sets the comments string to display in the about dialog. @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ This should be a short string of one or two lines. - + Sets the copyright string to display in the about dialog. @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ This should be a short string of one or two lines. - + Sets the names of the documenters which are displayed in the "Credits" page. @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ in the "Credits" page. - + Sets the license information to be displayed in the about dialog. @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ If `license` is `NULL`, the license page is hidden. - + Sets the license of the application showing the about dialog from a list of known licenses. @@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ This function overrides the license set using - + Sets the logo in the about dialog. @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ This function overrides the license set using - + Sets the icon name to be displayed as logo in the about dialog. @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ This function overrides the license set using - + Sets the name to display in the about dialog. @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ by `g_get_application_name()` is used. - + Sets the system information to be displayed in the about dialog. @@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ See [property@Gtk.AboutDialog:system-information]. - + Sets the translator credits string which is displayed in the credits page. @@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ is untranslated and omit translator credits. - + Sets the version string to display in the about dialog. @@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ is untranslated and omit translator credits. - + Sets the URL to use for the website link. @@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ is untranslated and omit translator credits. - + Sets the label to be used for the website link. @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ is untranslated and omit translator credits. - + Sets whether the license text in the about dialog should be automatically wrapped. @@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ automatically wrapped. - + The people who contributed artwork to the program, as a `NULL`-terminated @@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ as links. - + The authors of the program, as a `NULL`-terminated array of strings. @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ as links, see the introduction for more details. - + Comments about the program. @@ -901,13 +901,13 @@ should be a short explanation of the main purpose of the program, not a detailed list of features. - + Copyright information for the program. - + The people documenting the program, as a `NULL`-terminated array of strings. @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ as links, see the introduction for more details. - + The license of the program, as free-form text. @@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ and email references in the form `<mail-to@some.body>`, and these will be converted into clickable links. - + The license of the program. @@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ For any other [enum@Gtk.License] value, the contents of the a side effect. - + A logo for the about box. @@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ If it is `NULL`, the default window icon set with [id@gtk_window_set_default_icon_name] will be used. - + A named icon to use as the logo for the about box. @@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ If it is `NULL`, the default window icon set with This property overrides the [property@Gtk.AboutDialog:logo] property. - + The name of the program. @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ If this is not set, it defaults to the value returned by `g_get_application_name()`. - + Information about the system on which the program is running. @@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ and email references in the form `<mail-to@some.body>`, and these will be converted into clickable links. - + Credits to the translators. @@ -1008,13 +1008,13 @@ The string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed as links, see the introduction for more details. - + The version of the program. - + The URL for the link to the website of the program. @@ -1022,13 +1022,13 @@ as links, see the introduction for more details. This should be a string starting with `http://` or `https://`. - + The label for the link to the website of the program. - + Whether to wrap the text in the license dialog. @@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ The attributes are updated every time a UI element's state changes in a way that should be reflected by assistive technologies. For instance, if a `GtkWidget` visibility changes, the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_HIDDEN state will also change to reflect the [property@Gtk.Widget:visible] property. - + Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`. @@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ This function is meant to be used by language bindings. - + The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation. @@ -1342,20 +1342,20 @@ The accessible role cannot be changed once set. The possible values for the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_AUTOCOMPLETE accessible property. - + Automatic suggestions are not displayed. - + When a user is providing input, text suggesting one way to complete the provided input may be dynamically inserted after the caret. - + When a user is providing input, an element containing a collection of values that could complete the provided input may be displayed. - + When a user is providing input, an element containing a collection of values that could complete the provided input may be displayed. If displayed, one value in the collection is automatically @@ -1371,103 +1371,103 @@ accessible state. Note that the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_INVALID_FALSE and %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_INVALID_TRUE have the same values as %FALSE and %TRUE. - + There are no detected errors in the value - + The value entered by the user has failed validation - + A grammatical error was detected - + A spelling error was detected The possible accessible properties of a `GtkAccessible`. - + Indicates whether inputting text could trigger display of one or more predictions of the user's intended value for a combobox, searchbox, or textbox and specifies how predictions would be presented if they were made. Value type: `GtkAccessibleAutocomplete` - + Defines a string value that describes or annotates the current element. Value type: string - + Indicates the availability and type of interactive popup element, such as menu or dialog, that can be triggered by an element. - + Indicates keyboard shortcuts that an author has implemented to activate or give focus to an element. Value type: string - + Defines a string value that labels the current element. Value type: string - + Defines the hierarchical level of an element within a structure. Value type: integer - + Indicates whether an element is modal when displayed. Value type: boolean - + Indicates whether a text box accepts multiple lines of input or only a single line. Value type: boolean - + Indicates that the user may select more than one item from the current selectable descendants. Value type: boolean - + Indicates whether the element's orientation is horizontal, vertical, or unknown/ambiguous. Value type: `GtkOrientation` - + Defines a short hint (a word or short phrase) intended to aid the user with data entry when the control has no value. A hint could be a sample value or a brief description of the expected format. Value type: string - + Indicates that the element is not editable, but is otherwise operable. Value type: boolean - + Indicates that user input is required on the element before a form may be submitted. Value type: boolean - + Defines a human-readable, author-localized description for the role of an element. Value type: string - + Indicates if items in a table or grid are sorted in ascending or descending order. Possible property values are in the `GtkAccessibleSort` enumeration. Value type: `GtkAccessibleSort` - + Defines the maximum allowed value for a range widget. Value type: double - + Defines the minimum allowed value for a range widget. Value type: double - + Defines the current value for a range widget. Value type: double - + Defines the human readable text alternative of aria-valuenow for a range widget. Value type: string @@ -1490,82 +1490,82 @@ as %FALSE and %TRUE. Accessible relations can be references to other widgets, integers or strings. - + Identifies the currently active element when focus is on a composite widget, combobox, textbox, group, or application. Value type: reference - + Defines the total number of columns in a table, grid, or treegrid. Value type: integer - + Defines an element's column index or position with respect to the total number of columns within a table, grid, or treegrid. Value type: integer - + Defines a human readable text alternative of %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_COL_INDEX. Value type: string - + Defines the number of columns spanned by a cell or gridcell within a table, grid, or treegrid. Value type: integer - + Identifies the element (or elements) whose contents or presence are controlled by the current element. Value type: reference - + Identifies the element (or elements) that describes the object. Value type: reference - + Identifies the element (or elements) that provide additional information related to the object. Value type: reference - + Identifies the element that provides an error message for an object. Value type: reference - + Identifies the next element (or elements) in an alternate reading order of content which, at the user's discretion, allows assistive technology to override the general default of reading in document source order. Value type: reference - + Identifies the element (or elements) that labels the current element. Value type: reference - + Identifies an element (or elements) in order to define a visual, functional, or contextual parent/child relationship between elements where the widget hierarchy cannot be used to represent the relationship. Value type: reference - + Defines an element's number or position in the current set of listitems or treeitems. Value type: integer - + Defines the total number of rows in a table, grid, or treegrid. Value type: integer - + Defines an element's row index or position with respect to the total number of rows within a table, grid, or treegrid. Value type: integer - + Defines a human readable text alternative of aria-rowindex. Value type: string - + Defines the number of rows spanned by a cell or gridcell within a table, grid, or treegrid. Value type: integer - + Defines the number of items in the current set of listitems or treeitems. Value type: integer @@ -1588,314 +1588,314 @@ integers or strings. Abstract roles are only used as part of the ontology; application developers must not use abstract roles in their code. - + An element with important, and usually time-sensitive, information - + A type of dialog that contains an alert message - + Unused - + An input element that allows for user-triggered actions when clicked or pressed - + Unused - + Unused - + A checkable input element that has three possible values: `true`, `false`, or `mixed` - + A header in a columned list. - + An input that controls another element, such as a list or a grid, that can dynamically pop up to help the user set the value of the input - + Abstract role. - + Abstract role. - + A dialog is a window that is designed to interrupt the current processing of an application in order to prompt the user to enter information or require a response. - + Unused - + Unused - + Unused - + Unused - + A grid of items. - + An item in a grid or tree grid. - + An element that groups multiple widgets. GTK uses this role for various containers, like `GtkBox`, `GtkViewport`, and `GtkHeaderBar`. - + Unused - + An image. - + Abstract role. - + A visible name or caption for a user interface component. - + Abstract role. - + Unused - + A clickable link. - + A list of items. - + Unused. - + An item in a list. - + Unused - + Unused - + Unused - + Unused - + An element that represents a value within a known range. - + A menu. - + A menubar. - + An item in a menu. - + A check item in a menu. - + A radio item in a menu. - + Unused - + An element that is not represented to accessibility technologies. - + Unused - + Unused - + An element that is not represented to accessibility technologies. - + An element that displays the progress status for tasks that take a long time. - + A checkable input in a group of radio roles, only one of which can be checked at a time. - + Unused - + Abstract role. - + Unused - + A row in a columned list. - + Unused - + Unused - + A graphical object that controls the scrolling of content within a viewing area, regardless of whether the content is fully displayed within the viewing area. - + Unused - + A type of textbox intended for specifying search criteria. - + Abstract role. - + Abstract role. - + Abstract role. - + A divider that separates and distinguishes sections of content or groups of menuitems. - + A user input where the user selects a value from within a given range. - + A form of range that expects the user to select from among discrete choices. - + Unused - + Abstract role. - + A type of checkbox that represents on/off values, as opposed to checked/unchecked values. - + An item in a list of tab used for switching pages. - + Unused - + A list of tabs for switching pages. - + A page in a notebook or stack. - + A type of input that allows free-form text as its value. - + Unused - + Unused - + Unused - + Unused - + Unused - + A treeview-like, columned list. - + Unused - + An interactive component of a graphical user interface. This is the role that GTK uses by default for widgets. - + An application window. The possible values for the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_SORT accessible property. - + There is no defined sort applied to the column. - + Items are sorted in ascending order by this column. - + Items are sorted in descending order by this column. - + A sort algorithm other than ascending or descending has been applied. The possible accessible states of a `GtkAccessible`. - + A “busy” state. This state has boolean values - + A “checked” state; indicates the current state of a `GtkCheckButton`. Value type: `GtkAccessibleTristate` - + A “disabled” state; corresponds to the `GtkWidget:sensitive` property on `GtkWidget`. It indicates a UI element that is perceivable, but not editable or operable. Value type: boolean - + An “expanded” state; corresponds to the `GtkExpander:expanded` property on `GtkExpander`. Value type: boolean or undefined - + A “hidden” state; corresponds to the `GtkWidget:visible` property on `GtkWidget`. You can use this state explicitly on UI elements that should not be exposed to an assistive technology. Value type: boolean See also: %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_DISABLED - + An “invalid” state; set when a widget is showing an error. Value type: `GtkAccessibleInvalidState` - + A “pressed” state; indicates the current state of a `GtkToggleButton`. Value type: `GtkAccessibleTristate` enumeration - + A “selected” state; set when a widget is selected. Value type: boolean or undefined @@ -1920,13 +1920,13 @@ accessible state. Note that the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_FALSE and %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_TRUE have the same values as %FALSE and %TRUE. - + The state is `false` - + The state is `true` - + The state is `mixed` @@ -1985,7 +1985,7 @@ Each of the boxes contains children packed for that side. - + Gets whether the contents of the action bar are revealed. @@ -2066,7 +2066,7 @@ start of the @action_bar. - + Reveals or conceals the content of the action bar. @@ -2087,7 +2087,7 @@ no effect if the action bar is hidden. - + Controls whether the action bar shows its contents. @@ -2200,7 +2200,7 @@ rendered inactive). - + Gets the action name for @actionable. @@ -2228,7 +2228,7 @@ rendered inactive). - + Specifies the name of the action with which this widget should be associated. @@ -2257,7 +2257,7 @@ associated with the window. - + Sets the target of an actionable widget. This is a convenience function that calls g_variant_new() for @@ -2339,10 +2339,10 @@ g_action_parse_detailed_name(). - + - + @@ -2563,7 +2563,7 @@ way of compressing multiple emissions of - + Retrieves the minimum value of the adjustment. @@ -2590,7 +2590,7 @@ way of compressing multiple emissions of - + Retrieves the page increment of the adjustment. @@ -2604,7 +2604,7 @@ way of compressing multiple emissions of - + Retrieves the page size of the adjustment. @@ -2618,7 +2618,7 @@ way of compressing multiple emissions of - + Retrieves the step increment of the adjustment. @@ -2632,7 +2632,7 @@ way of compressing multiple emissions of - + Retrieves the maximum value of the adjustment. @@ -2646,7 +2646,7 @@ way of compressing multiple emissions of - + Gets the current value of the adjustment. @@ -2660,7 +2660,7 @@ way of compressing multiple emissions of - + Sets the minimum value of the adjustment. @@ -2689,7 +2689,7 @@ to change, or using [method@Gtk.Adjustment.configure] has the same effect. - + Sets the page increment of the adjustment. @@ -2710,7 +2710,7 @@ signal when setting multiple adjustment properties. - + Sets the page size of the adjustment. @@ -2731,7 +2731,7 @@ signal when setting multiple adjustment properties. - + Sets the step increment of the adjustment. @@ -2752,7 +2752,7 @@ signal when setting multiple adjustment properties. - + Sets the maximum value of the adjustment. @@ -2776,7 +2776,7 @@ signal when setting multiple adjustment properties. - + Sets the `GtkAdjustment` value. @@ -2801,19 +2801,19 @@ the effective range of allowed values goes from - + The minimum value of the adjustment. - + The page increment of the adjustment. - + The page size of the adjustment. @@ -2823,13 +2823,13 @@ if the adjustment is used for a simple scalar value, e.g. in a `GtkSpinButton`. - + The step increment of the adjustment. - + The maximum value of the adjustment. @@ -2838,7 +2838,7 @@ Note that values will be restricted by `upper - page-size` if the page-size property is nonzero. - + The value of the adjustment. @@ -2937,20 +2937,20 @@ are interpreted relative to text direction. %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE support is optional for containers and widgets, and it is only supported for vertical alignment. When it's not supported by a child or a container it is treated as %GTK_ALIGN_FILL. - + stretch to fill all space if possible, center if no meaningful way to stretch - + snap to left or top side, leaving space on right or bottom - + snap to right or bottom side, leaving space on left or top - + center natural width of widget inside the allocation - + align the widget according to the baseline. See [class@Gtk.Widget]. @@ -2982,7 +2982,7 @@ alternative, create a new alternative trigger for each option. - + Gets the first of the two alternative triggers that may trigger @self. @@ -3000,7 +3000,7 @@ the other one. - + Gets the second of the two alternative triggers that may trigger @self. @@ -3018,12 +3018,12 @@ the other one. - + The first `GtkShortcutTrigger` to check. - + The second `GtkShortcutTrigger` to check. @@ -3086,7 +3086,7 @@ use [method@Gtk.AppChooser.get_app_info]. - + Returns the content type for which the `GtkAppChooser` shows applications. @@ -3113,7 +3113,7 @@ shows applications. - + The content type of the `GtkAppChooser` object. @@ -3212,7 +3212,7 @@ in the popup. - + Returns the text to display at the top of the dialog. @@ -3227,7 +3227,7 @@ in the popup. - + Gets whether the dialog is modal. @@ -3241,7 +3241,7 @@ in the popup. - + Returns whether the dropdown menu should show the default application at the top. @@ -3256,7 +3256,7 @@ application at the top. - + Returns whether the dropdown menu shows an item for a `GtkAppChooserDialog`. @@ -3292,7 +3292,7 @@ to its initial state. - + Sets the text to display at the top of the dialog. @@ -3311,7 +3311,7 @@ If the heading is not set, the dialog displays a default text. - + Sets whether the dialog should be modal. @@ -3328,7 +3328,7 @@ If the heading is not set, the dialog displays a default text. - + Sets whether the dropdown menu of this button should show the default application for the given content type at top. @@ -3346,7 +3346,7 @@ default application for the given content type at top. - + Sets whether the dropdown menu of this button should show an entry to trigger a `GtkAppChooserDialog`. @@ -3364,7 +3364,7 @@ entry to trigger a `GtkAppChooserDialog`. - + The text to show at the top of the dialog that can be @@ -3373,20 +3373,20 @@ opened from the button. The string may contain Pango markup. - + Whether the app chooser dialog should be modal. - + Determines whether the dropdown menu shows the default application on top for the provided content type. - + Determines whether the dropdown menu shows an item to open @@ -3490,7 +3490,7 @@ The dialog will show applications that can open the content type. - + Returns the text to display at the top of the dialog. @@ -3518,7 +3518,7 @@ The dialog will show applications that can open the content type. - + Sets the text to display at the top of the dialog. @@ -3544,7 +3544,7 @@ The dialog's `GtkAppChooserWidget` content type will be guessed from the file, if present. - + The text to show at the top of the dialog. @@ -3595,7 +3595,7 @@ that can handle content of the given type. - + Returns the text that is shown if there are not applications that can handle the content type. @@ -3610,7 +3610,7 @@ that can handle the content type. - + Gets whether the app chooser should show all applications in a flat list. @@ -3625,7 +3625,7 @@ in a flat list. - + Gets whether the app chooser should show the default handler for the content type in a separate section. @@ -3640,7 +3640,7 @@ for the content type in a separate section. - + Gets whether the app chooser should show related applications for the content type in a separate section. @@ -3655,7 +3655,7 @@ for the content type in a separate section. - + Gets whether the app chooser should show applications which are unrelated to the content type. @@ -3670,7 +3670,7 @@ which are unrelated to the content type. - + Gets whether the app chooser should show recommended applications for the content type in a separate section. @@ -3685,7 +3685,7 @@ for the content type in a separate section. - + Sets the text that is shown if there are not applications that can handle the content type. @@ -3703,7 +3703,7 @@ that can handle the content type. - + Sets whether the app chooser should show all applications in a flat list. @@ -3721,7 +3721,7 @@ in a flat list. - + Sets whether the app chooser should show the default handler for the content type in a separate section. @@ -3739,7 +3739,7 @@ for the content type in a separate section. - + Sets whether the app chooser should show related applications for the content type in a separate section. @@ -3757,7 +3757,7 @@ for the content type in a separate section. - + Sets whether the app chooser should show applications which are unrelated to the content type. @@ -3775,7 +3775,7 @@ which are unrelated to the content type. - + Sets whether the app chooser should show recommended applications for the content type in a separate section. @@ -3793,14 +3793,14 @@ for the content type in a separate section. - + The text that appears in the widget when there are no applications for the given content type. - + If %TRUE, the app chooser presents all applications @@ -3808,7 +3808,7 @@ in a single list, without subsections for default, recommended or related applications. - + Determines whether the app chooser should show the default @@ -3818,7 +3818,7 @@ If %FALSE, the default handler is listed among the recommended applications. - + Determines whether the app chooser should show a section @@ -3828,14 +3828,14 @@ If %FALSE, the fallback applications are listed among the other applications. - + Determines whether the app chooser should show a section for other applications. - + Determines whether the app chooser should show a section @@ -4087,7 +4087,7 @@ If you are unsure, check it with [func@Gtk.accelerator_parse] first. - + Gets the “active” window for the application. @@ -4127,7 +4127,7 @@ for more information. - + Returns the menu model that has been set with [method@Gtk.Application.set_menubar]. @@ -4311,7 +4311,7 @@ For the `detailed_action_name`, see `g_action_parse_detailed_name()` and - + Sets or unsets the menubar for windows of `application`. @@ -4365,12 +4365,12 @@ Inhibitors are also cleared when the application exits. - + The currently focused window of the application. - + The `GMenuModel` to be used for the application's menu bar. @@ -4482,18 +4482,18 @@ or explicitly through [method@Gtk.Application.remove_window]. Types of user actions that may be blocked by `GtkApplication`. See [method@Gtk.Application.inhibit]. - + Inhibit ending the user session by logging out or by shutting down the computer - + Inhibit user switching - + Inhibit suspending the session or computer - + Inhibit the session being marked as idle (and possibly locked) @@ -4623,7 +4623,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.ApplicationWindow.set_help_overlay]. - + Returns whether the window will display a menubar for the app menu and menubar as needed. @@ -4659,7 +4659,7 @@ Additionally, sets up an action with the name - + Sets whether the window will display a menubar for the app menu and menubar as needed. @@ -4677,7 +4677,7 @@ and menubar as needed. - + If this property is %TRUE, the window will display a menubar @@ -4706,19 +4706,19 @@ of whether the desktop shell is showing it or not. Used to indicate the direction in which an arrow should point. - + Represents an upward pointing arrow. - + Represents a downward pointing arrow. - + Represents a left pointing arrow. - + Represents a right pointing arrow. - + No arrow. @@ -4762,7 +4762,7 @@ or use its own aspect ratio. - + Gets the child widget of @self. @@ -4776,7 +4776,7 @@ or use its own aspect ratio. - + Returns whether the child's size request should override the set aspect ratio of the `GtkAspectFrame`. @@ -4791,7 +4791,7 @@ the set aspect ratio of the `GtkAspectFrame`. - + Returns the desired aspect ratio of the child. @@ -4805,7 +4805,7 @@ the set aspect ratio of the `GtkAspectFrame`. - + Returns the horizontal alignment of the child within the allocation of the `GtkAspectFrame`. @@ -4820,7 +4820,7 @@ allocation of the `GtkAspectFrame`. - + Returns the vertical alignment of the child within the allocation of the `GtkAspectFrame`. @@ -4835,7 +4835,7 @@ allocation of the `GtkAspectFrame`. - + Sets the child widget of @self. @@ -4852,7 +4852,7 @@ allocation of the `GtkAspectFrame`. - + Sets whether the aspect ratio of the child's size request should override the set aspect ratio of @@ -4872,7 +4872,7 @@ the `GtkAspectFrame`. - + Sets the desired aspect ratio of the child. @@ -4889,7 +4889,7 @@ the `GtkAspectFrame`. - + Sets the horizontal alignment of the child within the allocation of the `GtkAspectFrame`. @@ -4907,7 +4907,7 @@ of the `GtkAspectFrame`. - + Sets the vertical alignment of the child within the allocation of the `GtkAspectFrame`. @@ -4925,19 +4925,19 @@ of the `GtkAspectFrame`. - + The child widget. - + Whether the `GtkAspectFrame` should use the aspect ratio of its child. - + The aspect ratio to be used by the `GtkAspectFrame`. @@ -4946,13 +4946,13 @@ This property is only used if [property@Gtk.AspectFrame:obey-child] is set to %FALSE. - + The horizontal alignment of the child. - + The vertical alignment of the child. @@ -5178,7 +5178,7 @@ clicked apply on a confirmation page. - + Gets a list model of the assistant pages. @@ -5442,7 +5442,7 @@ affects the future page flow of the assistant. - + `GListModel` containing the pages. @@ -5509,7 +5509,7 @@ necessary before showing @page. `GtkAssistantPage` is an auxiliary object used by `GtkAssistant. - + Returns the child to which @page belongs. the child to which @page belongs @@ -5522,7 +5522,7 @@ necessary before showing @page. - + The child widget. @@ -5575,29 +5575,29 @@ Note that an assistant needs to end its page flow with a page of type The Cancel button will only be shown if the page isn’t “committed”. See gtk_assistant_commit() for details. - + The page has regular contents. Both the Back and forward buttons will be shown. - + The page contains an introduction to the assistant task. Only the Forward button will be shown if there is a next page. - + The page lets the user confirm or deny the changes. The Back and Apply buttons will be shown. - + The page informs the user of the changes done. Only the Close button will be shown. - + Used for tasks that take a long time to complete, blocks the assistant until the page is marked as complete. Only the back button will be shown. - + Used for when other page types are not appropriate. No buttons will be shown, and the application must add its own buttons through gtk_assistant_add_action_widget(). @@ -5714,13 +5714,13 @@ the amount of vertical space in the row is taller than the total requested height of the baseline-aligned children then it can use a `GtkBaselinePosition` to select where to put the baseline inside the extra available space. - + Align the baseline at the top - + Center the baseline - + Align the baseline at the bottom @@ -6500,7 +6500,7 @@ namespace added: `recent::private` (boolean) and `recent:applications` - + Gets the attributes queried on the children. @@ -6514,7 +6514,7 @@ namespace added: `recent::private` (boolean) and `recent:applications` - + Returns the filename of the bookmark file that this list is loading. @@ -6529,7 +6529,7 @@ this list is loading. - + Gets the IO priority to use while loading file. @@ -6561,7 +6561,7 @@ in between runs. - + Sets the @attributes to be enumerated and starts the enumeration. @@ -6581,7 +6581,7 @@ of `GFileInfo`s will still be created. - + Sets the IO priority to use while loading files. @@ -6600,18 +6600,18 @@ The default IO priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. - + The attributes to query. - + The bookmark file to load. - + Priority used when loading. @@ -6644,7 +6644,7 @@ to determine whether to include items. - + Gets the expression that the filter uses to evaluate if an item should be filtered. @@ -6659,7 +6659,7 @@ an item should be filtered. - + Returns whether the filter inverts the expression. @@ -6673,7 +6673,7 @@ an item should be filtered. - + Sets the expression that the filter uses to check if items should be filtered. @@ -6693,7 +6693,7 @@ The expression must have a value type of %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN. - + Sets whether the filter should invert the expression. @@ -6710,13 +6710,13 @@ The expression must have a value type of %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN. - + The boolean expression to evaluate on item. - + If the expression result should be inverted. @@ -6784,34 +6784,34 @@ Each side can have different width. Describes how the border of a UI element should be rendered. - + No visible border - + Same as %GTK_BORDER_STYLE_NONE - + A single line segment - + Looks as if the content is sunken into the canvas - + Looks as if the content is coming out of the canvas - + A series of round dots - + A series of square-ended dashes - + Two parallel lines with some space between them - + Looks as if it were carved in the canvas - + Looks as if it were coming out of the canvas @@ -6885,7 +6885,7 @@ place in the box. - + Gets the value set by gtk_box_set_baseline_position(). @@ -6899,7 +6899,7 @@ place in the box. - + Returns whether the box is homogeneous (all children are the same size). @@ -6914,7 +6914,7 @@ same size). - + Gets the value set by gtk_box_set_spacing(). @@ -7010,7 +7010,7 @@ If @sibling is %NULL, move @child to the first position. - + Sets the baseline position of a box. @@ -7033,7 +7033,7 @@ extra space available. - + Sets whether or not all children of @box are given equal space in the box. @@ -7052,7 +7052,7 @@ in the box. - + Sets the number of pixels to place between children of @box. @@ -7069,19 +7069,19 @@ in the box. - + The position of the baseline aligned widgets if extra space is available. - + Whether the children should all be the same size. - + The amount of space between children. @@ -7131,7 +7131,7 @@ you can use the [property@Gtk.BoxLayout:spacing] property. - + Gets the value set by gtk_box_layout_set_baseline_position(). @@ -7145,7 +7145,7 @@ you can use the [property@Gtk.BoxLayout:spacing] property. - + Returns whether the layout is set to be homogeneous. @@ -7159,7 +7159,7 @@ you can use the [property@Gtk.BoxLayout:spacing] property. - + Returns the space that @box_layout puts between children. @@ -7173,7 +7173,7 @@ you can use the [property@Gtk.BoxLayout:spacing] property. - + Sets the baseline position of a box layout. @@ -7196,7 +7196,7 @@ space available. - + Sets whether the box layout will allocate the same size to all children. @@ -7214,7 +7214,7 @@ size to all children. - + Sets how much spacing to put between children. @@ -7231,7 +7231,7 @@ size to all children. - + The position of the allocated baseline within the extra space @@ -7241,14 +7241,14 @@ This property is only relevant for horizontal layouts containing at least one child with a baseline alignment. - + Whether the box layout should distribute the available space equally among the children. - + The space to put between the children. @@ -8499,7 +8499,7 @@ templates, applications have no need to call this function. - + Gets the current object set via gtk_builder_set_current_object(). @@ -8554,7 +8554,7 @@ counts of the returned objects. - + Gets the scope in use that was set via gtk_builder_set_scope(). @@ -8568,7 +8568,7 @@ counts of the returned objects. - + Gets the translation domain of @builder. @@ -8604,7 +8604,7 @@ the `GtkBuildable` interface on a type. - + Sets the current object for the @builder. @@ -8629,7 +8629,7 @@ object to the widget the template is inited for. For functions like - + Sets the scope the builder should operate in. @@ -8648,7 +8648,7 @@ If @scope is %NULL, a new [class@Gtk.BuilderCScope] will be created. - + Sets the translation domain of @builder. @@ -8734,19 +8734,19 @@ assigned a `GError` from the %GTK_BUILDER_ERROR domain. - + The object the builder is evaluating for. - + The scope the builder is operating in - + The translation domain used when translating property values that @@ -8876,7 +8876,7 @@ New values may be added in the future for new features, so external implementations of [iface@Gtk.BuilderScope] should test the flags for unknown values and raise a %GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE error when they encounter one. - + The closure should be created swapped. See g_cclosure_new_swap() for details. @@ -8884,58 +8884,58 @@ when they encounter one. Error codes that identify various errors that can occur while using `GtkBuilder`. - + A type-func attribute didn’t name a function that returns a `GType`. - + The input contained a tag that `GtkBuilder` can’t handle. - + An attribute that is required by `GtkBuilder` was missing. - + `GtkBuilder` found an attribute that it doesn’t understand. - + `GtkBuilder` found a tag that it doesn’t understand. - + A required property value was missing. - + `GtkBuilder` couldn’t parse some attribute value. - + The input file requires a newer version of GTK. - + An object id occurred twice. - + A specified object type is of the same type or derived from the type of the composite class being extended with builder XML. - + The wrong type was specified in a composite class’s template XML - + The specified property is unknown for the object class. - + The specified signal is unknown for the object class. - + An object id is unknown. - + A function could not be found. This often happens when symbols are set to be kept private. Compiling code with -rdynamic or using the `gmodule-export-2.0` pkgconfig module can fix this problem. @@ -9006,7 +9006,7 @@ using data read from the given @resource_path to pass to `GtkBuilder`. - + Gets the data used as the `GtkBuilder` UI template for constructing listitems. @@ -9021,7 +9021,7 @@ listitems. - + If the data references a resource, gets the path of that resource. @@ -9035,7 +9035,7 @@ listitems. - + Gets the scope used when constructing listitems. @@ -9049,17 +9049,17 @@ listitems. - + `GBytes` containing the UI definition. - + Path of the resource containing the UI definition. - + `GtkBuilderScope` to use when instantiating listitems @@ -9317,7 +9317,7 @@ accelerator called a mnemonic. Pressing Alt and that key activates the button. - + Gets the child widget of @button. @@ -9331,7 +9331,7 @@ accelerator called a mnemonic. Pressing Alt and that key activates the button. - + Returns whether the button has a frame. @@ -9345,7 +9345,7 @@ accelerator called a mnemonic. Pressing Alt and that key activates the button. - + Returns the icon name of the button. @@ -9363,7 +9363,7 @@ an empty button with [ctor@Gtk.Button.new] to use as a container. - + Fetches the text from the label of the button. @@ -9382,7 +9382,7 @@ by the widget and must not be modified or freed. - + gets whether underlines are interpreted as mnemonics. @@ -9399,7 +9399,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Button.set_use_underline]. - + Sets the child widget of @button. @@ -9416,7 +9416,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Button.set_use_underline]. - + Sets the style of the button. @@ -9435,7 +9435,7 @@ Buttons can has a flat appearance or have a frame drawn around them. - + Adds a `GtkImage` with the given icon name as a child. @@ -9455,7 +9455,7 @@ be removed and replaced with the image. - + Sets the text of the label of the button to @label. @@ -9474,7 +9474,7 @@ This will also clear any previously set labels. - + Sets whether to use underlines as mnemonics. @@ -9494,31 +9494,31 @@ the next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key. - + The child widget. - + Whether the button has a frame. - + The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button. - + Text of the label inside the button, if the button contains a label widget. - + If set, an underline in the text indicates that the following character is @@ -9589,22 +9589,22 @@ If none of these choices are appropriate, simply use > Please note that %GTK_BUTTONS_OK, %GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO > and %GTK_BUTTONS_OK_CANCEL are discouraged by the > [GNOME Human Interface Guidelines](http://library.gnome.org/devel/hig-book/stable/). - + no buttons at all - + an OK button - + a Close button - + a Cancel button - + Yes and No buttons - + OK and Cancel buttons @@ -10078,7 +10078,7 @@ The returned date is in the local time zone. - + Returns whether @self is currently showing the names of the week days. @@ -10096,7 +10096,7 @@ property. - + Returns whether @self is currently showing the heading. @@ -10113,7 +10113,7 @@ property. - + Returns whether @self is showing week numbers right now. @@ -10163,7 +10163,7 @@ property. - + Sets whether the calendar shows day names. @@ -10180,7 +10180,7 @@ property. - + Sets whether the calendar should show a heading. @@ -10200,7 +10200,7 @@ buttons for changing both. - + Sets whether week numbers are shown in the calendar. @@ -10243,19 +10243,19 @@ buttons for changing both. This property gets initially set to the current month. - + Determines whether day names are displayed. - + Determines whether a heading is displayed. - + Determines whether week numbers are displayed. @@ -11835,7 +11835,7 @@ should not be freed. - + Gets the `GtkCellEditable` widget currently used to edit the currently edited cell. @@ -11849,7 +11849,7 @@ to edit the currently edited cell. - + Gets the `GtkCellRenderer` in @area that is currently being edited. @@ -11863,7 +11863,7 @@ being edited. - + Retrieves the currently focused cell for @area the currently focused cell in @area. @@ -12250,7 +12250,7 @@ the base request for the orientation is to be returned. - + Explicitly sets the currently focused cell to @renderer. This is generally called by implementations of @@ -12335,21 +12335,21 @@ See gtk_cell_area_get_edited_cell() and gtk_cell_area_get_edit_widget(). - + The widget currently editing the edited cell This property is read-only and only changes as a result of a call gtk_cell_area_activate_cell(). - + The cell in the area that is currently edited This property is read-only and only changes as a result of a call gtk_cell_area_activate_cell(). - + The cell in the area that currently has focus @@ -12477,7 +12477,7 @@ argument to gtk_cell_area_box_pack_start() and gtk_cell_area_box_pack_end(). - + Gets the spacing added between cell renderers. the space added between cell renderers in @box. @@ -12554,7 +12554,7 @@ more than its natural size - + Sets the spacing to add between cell renderers in @box. @@ -12570,7 +12570,7 @@ more than its natural size - + The amount of space to reserve between cells. @@ -13313,7 +13313,7 @@ the returned value will be -1. - + Fetches the `GtkCellArea` this @context was created by. This is generally unneeded by layouting widgets; however, @@ -13524,7 +13524,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height_for_width(). - + The `GtkCellArea` this context was created by @@ -15052,7 +15052,7 @@ the appropriate edit and focus rectangle. - + Checks whether the given `GtkCellRenderer` is expanded. %TRUE if the cell renderer is expanded @@ -15065,7 +15065,7 @@ the appropriate edit and focus rectangle. - + Checks whether the given `GtkCellRenderer` is an expander. %TRUE if @cell is an expander, and %FALSE otherwise @@ -15243,7 +15243,7 @@ or a width-for-height layout. - + Returns the cell renderer’s sensitivity. %TRUE if the cell renderer is sensitive @@ -15279,7 +15279,7 @@ the given `GtkCellRenderer`State. - + Returns the cell renderer’s visibility. %TRUE if the cell renderer is visible @@ -15345,7 +15345,7 @@ the given `GtkCellRenderer`State. - + Sets whether the given `GtkCellRenderer` is expanded. @@ -15361,7 +15361,7 @@ the given `GtkCellRenderer`State. - + Sets whether the given `GtkCellRenderer` is an expander. @@ -15397,7 +15397,7 @@ the given `GtkCellRenderer`State. - + Sets the cell renderer’s sensitivity. @@ -15413,7 +15413,7 @@ the given `GtkCellRenderer`State. - + Sets the cell renderer’s visibility. @@ -15546,19 +15546,19 @@ in response to the `GtkCellEditable::editing-done` signal of - + - + - + - + @@ -15713,10 +15713,10 @@ configuration should assign keyvals to all keys. they are, consumed modifiers are suppressed, only accelerators accepted by GTK are allowed, and the accelerators are rendered in the same way as they are in menus. - + GTK accelerators mode - + Other accelerator mode @@ -16105,16 +16105,16 @@ until the combo cell renderer emits the edited or editing_canceled signal. Identifies how the user can interact with a particular cell. - + The cell is just for display and cannot be interacted with. Note that this doesn’t mean that eg. the row being drawn can’t be selected -- just that a particular element of it cannot be individually modified. - + The cell can be clicked. - + The cell can be edited or otherwise modified. @@ -16305,26 +16305,26 @@ consisting of 12 frames, in 750 milliseconds. Tells how a cell is to be rendered. - + The cell is currently selected, and probably has a selection colored background to render to. - + The mouse is hovering over the cell. - + The cell is drawn in an insensitive manner - + The cell is in a sorted row - + The cell is in the focus row. - + The cell is in a row that can be expanded - + The cell is in a row that is expanded @@ -16627,7 +16627,7 @@ the model. - + Returns whether the cell renderer is activatable. See gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_activatable(). @@ -16641,7 +16641,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_activatable(). - + Returns whether the cell renderer is active. See gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active(). @@ -16655,7 +16655,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active(). - + Returns whether we’re rendering radio toggles rather than checkboxes. %TRUE if we’re rendering radio toggles rather than checkboxes @@ -16668,7 +16668,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active(). - + Makes the cell renderer activatable. @@ -16684,7 +16684,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active(). - + Activates or deactivates a cell renderer. @@ -16700,7 +16700,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active(). - + If @radio is %TRUE, the cell renderer renders a radio toggle (i.e. a toggle in a group of mutually-exclusive toggles). If %FALSE, it renders a check toggle (a standalone boolean option). @@ -16722,16 +16722,16 @@ columns with cell renderer properties). - + - + - + @@ -16865,7 +16865,7 @@ displayed row. If no row is currently displayed, - + Gets whether @cell_view is configured to draw all of its cells in a sensitive state. @@ -16880,7 +16880,7 @@ cells in a sensitive state - + Gets whether @cell_view is configured to request space to fit the entire `GtkTreeModel`. @@ -16895,7 +16895,7 @@ the entire `GtkTreeModel`. - + Returns the model for @cell_view. If no model is used %NULL is returned. @@ -16930,7 +16930,7 @@ the `GtkCellView` becomes temporarily empty. - + Sets whether @cell_view should draw all of its cells in a sensitive state, this is used by `GtkComboBox` menus to ensure that rows with insensitive cells that contain @@ -16949,7 +16949,7 @@ children appear sensitive in the parent menu item. - + Sets whether @cell_view should request space to fit the entire `GtkTreeModel`. This is used by `GtkComboBox` to ensure that the cell view displayed on @@ -16969,7 +16969,7 @@ when selection changes. - + Sets the model for @cell_view. If @cell_view already has a model set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If @model is %NULL, then it will unset the old model. @@ -17011,7 +17011,7 @@ or sibling menus). since 3.0 - + Whether all cells should be draw as sensitive for this view regardless of the actual cell properties (used to make menus with submenus appear sensitive when the items in submenus might be insensitive). @@ -17019,7 +17019,7 @@ sensitive when the items in submenus might be insensitive). since 3.0 - + Whether the view should request enough space to always fit the size of every row in the model (used by the combo box to ensure the combo box size doesn't change when different items @@ -17028,7 +17028,7 @@ are selected). since 3.0 - + The model for cell view since 2.10 @@ -17079,7 +17079,7 @@ bottom. - + Gets the value set by gtk_center_box_set_baseline_position(). @@ -17132,7 +17132,7 @@ bottom. - + Sets the baseline position of a center box. @@ -17209,7 +17209,7 @@ To remove the existing start widget, pass %NULL. - + The position of the baseline aligned widget if extra space is available. @@ -17499,7 +17499,7 @@ radio if the checkbutton is grouped together with other checkbuttons. - + Returns whether the check button is active. @@ -17513,7 +17513,7 @@ radio if the checkbutton is grouped together with other checkbuttons. - + Returns whether the check button is in an inconsistent state. @@ -17527,7 +17527,7 @@ radio if the checkbutton is grouped together with other checkbuttons. - + Returns the label of the check button. @@ -17542,7 +17542,7 @@ radio if the checkbutton is grouped together with other checkbuttons. - + Returns whether underlines in the label indicate mnemonics. @@ -17558,7 +17558,7 @@ radio if the checkbutton is grouped together with other checkbuttons. - + Changes the check buttons active state. @@ -17575,7 +17575,7 @@ radio if the checkbutton is grouped together with other checkbuttons. - + Adds @self to the group of @group. @@ -17607,7 +17607,7 @@ value. - + Sets the `GtkCheckButton` to inconsistent state. @@ -17627,7 +17627,7 @@ the check button. This has to be done manually. - + Sets the text of @self. @@ -17649,7 +17649,7 @@ in @label is interpreted as mnemonic indicator, see - + Sets whether underlines in the label indicate mnemonics. @@ -17670,7 +17670,7 @@ to [property@Gtk.Label:use-underline]. - + If the check button is active. @@ -17679,12 +17679,12 @@ Setting `active` to %TRUE will add the `:checked:` state to both the check button and the indicator CSS node. - + The check button whose group this widget belongs to. - + If the check button is in an “in between” state. @@ -17693,13 +17693,13 @@ The inconsistent state only affects visual appearance, not the semantics of the button. - + Text of the label inside the check button, if it contains a label widget. - + If set, an underline in the text indicates that the following @@ -17846,7 +17846,7 @@ color when the user finishes. - + Gets whether the dialog is modal. @@ -17860,7 +17860,7 @@ color when the user finishes. - + Gets the title of the color chooser dialog. @@ -17874,7 +17874,7 @@ color when the user finishes. - + Sets whether the dialog should be modal. @@ -17891,7 +17891,7 @@ color when the user finishes. - + Sets the title for the color chooser dialog. @@ -17908,7 +17908,7 @@ color when the user finishes. - + Whether the color chooser dialog should be modal. @@ -17922,7 +17922,7 @@ in the editor would be redundant, such as when the color button is already part of a palette. - + The title of the color chooser dialog @@ -18101,7 +18101,7 @@ If @colors is %NULL, removes all previously added palettes. - + Gets the currently-selected color. @@ -18118,7 +18118,7 @@ If @colors is %NULL, removes all previously added palettes. - + Returns whether the color chooser shows the alpha channel. @@ -18133,7 +18133,7 @@ If @colors is %NULL, removes all previously added palettes. - + Sets the color. @@ -18150,7 +18150,7 @@ If @colors is %NULL, removes all previously added palettes. - + Sets whether or not the color chooser should use the alpha channel. @@ -18167,7 +18167,7 @@ If @colors is %NULL, removes all previously added palettes. - + The currently selected color, as a `GdkRGBA` struct. @@ -18176,7 +18176,7 @@ The property can be set to change the current selection programmatically. - + Whether colors may have alpha (translucency). @@ -18484,7 +18484,7 @@ to add columns next. - + Gets the list of columns in this column view. @@ -18502,7 +18502,7 @@ monitor changes to the columns of @self by connecting to the - + Returns whether rows can be selected by dragging with the mouse. @@ -18516,7 +18516,7 @@ monitor changes to the columns of @self by connecting to the - + Gets the model that's currently used to read the items displayed. @@ -18530,7 +18530,7 @@ monitor changes to the columns of @self by connecting to the - + Returns whether columns are reorderable. @@ -18544,7 +18544,7 @@ monitor changes to the columns of @self by connecting to the - + Returns whether the list should show separators between columns. @@ -18559,7 +18559,7 @@ between columns. - + Returns whether the list should show separators between rows. @@ -18574,7 +18574,7 @@ between rows. - + Returns whether rows will be activated on single click and selected on hover. @@ -18589,7 +18589,7 @@ selected on hover. - + Returns a special sorter that reflects the users sorting choices in the column view. @@ -18659,7 +18659,7 @@ If @column is already a column of @self, it will be repositioned. - + Sets whether selections can be changed by dragging with the mouse. @@ -18676,7 +18676,7 @@ If @column is already a column of @self, it will be repositioned. - + Sets the model to use. @@ -18695,7 +18695,7 @@ This must be a [iface@Gtk.SelectionModel]. - + Sets whether columns should be reorderable by dragging. @@ -18712,7 +18712,7 @@ This must be a [iface@Gtk.SelectionModel]. - + Sets whether the list should show separators between columns. @@ -18730,7 +18730,7 @@ between columns. - + Sets whether the list should show separators between rows. @@ -18748,7 +18748,7 @@ between rows. - + Sets whether rows should be activated on single click and selected on hover. @@ -18797,48 +18797,48 @@ If @column is %NULL, the view will be unsorted. - + The list of columns. - + Allow rubberband selection. - + Model for the items displayed. - + Whether columns are reorderable. - + Show separators between columns. - + Show separators between rows. - + Activate rows on single click and select them on hover. - + Sorter with the sorting choices of the user. @@ -18902,7 +18902,7 @@ column = gtk_column_view_column_new (_("Name"), - + Gets the column view that's currently displaying this column. @@ -18918,7 +18918,7 @@ If @self has not been added to a column view yet, %NULL is returned. - + Returns whether this column should expand. @@ -18932,7 +18932,7 @@ If @self has not been added to a column view yet, %NULL is returned. - + Gets the factory that's currently used to populate list items for this column. @@ -18947,7 +18947,7 @@ this column. - + Gets the fixed width of the column. @@ -18961,7 +18961,7 @@ this column. - + Gets the menu model that is used to create the context menu for the column header. @@ -18976,7 +18976,7 @@ for the column header. - + Returns whether this column is resizable. @@ -18990,7 +18990,7 @@ for the column header. - + Returns the sorter that is associated with the column. @@ -19004,7 +19004,7 @@ for the column header. - + Returns the title set with gtk_column_view_column_set_title(). @@ -19018,7 +19018,7 @@ for the column header. - + Returns whether this column is visible. @@ -19032,7 +19032,7 @@ for the column header. - + Sets the column to take available extra space. @@ -19052,7 +19052,7 @@ have the expand set to %TRUE. - + Sets the `GtkListItemFactory` to use for populating list items for this column. @@ -19070,7 +19070,7 @@ column. - + If @fixed_width is not -1, sets the fixed width of @column; otherwise unsets it. @@ -19091,7 +19091,7 @@ width. Interactive resizing also sets the “fixed-width” property.< - + Sets the menu model that is used to create the context menu for the column header. @@ -19109,7 +19109,7 @@ for the column header. - + Sets whether this column should be resizable by dragging. @@ -19126,7 +19126,7 @@ for the column header. - + Associates a sorter with the column. @@ -19152,7 +19152,7 @@ for setting up customizable sorting for [class@Gtk.ColumnView]. - + Sets the title of this column. @@ -19173,7 +19173,7 @@ be translated. - + Sets whether this column should be visible in views. @@ -19190,55 +19190,55 @@ be translated. - + The `GtkColumnView` this column is a part of. - + Column gets share of extra width allocated to the view. - + Factory for populating list items. - + If not -1, this is the width that the column is allocated, regardless of the size of its content. - + Menu model used to create the context menu for the column header. - + Whether this column is resizable. - + Sorter for sorting items according to this column. - + Title displayed in the header. - + Whether this column is visible. @@ -19381,7 +19381,7 @@ See also [ctor@Gtk.ComboBox.new_with_entry]. - + Returns the index of the currently active item. If the model is a non-flat treemodel, and the active item is not @@ -19400,7 +19400,7 @@ an immediate child of the root of the tree, this function returns - + Returns the ID of the active row of @combo_box. @@ -19445,7 +19445,7 @@ If no item is active, @iter is left unchanged. - + Returns whether the combo box sets the dropdown button sensitive or not when there are no items in the model. @@ -19464,7 +19464,7 @@ sensitive or not when there are no items in the model. - + Gets the child widget of @combo_box. @@ -19478,7 +19478,7 @@ sensitive or not when there are no items in the model. - + Returns the column which @combo_box is using to get the strings from to display in the internal entry. @@ -19492,7 +19492,7 @@ from to display in the internal entry. - + Returns whether the combo box has an entry. @@ -19506,7 +19506,7 @@ from to display in the internal entry. - + Returns the column which @combo_box is using to get string IDs for values from. @@ -19521,7 +19521,7 @@ for values from. - + Returns the `GtkTreeModel` of @combo_box. @@ -19536,7 +19536,7 @@ for values from. - + Gets whether the popup uses a fixed width. @@ -19616,7 +19616,7 @@ back later. - + Sets the active item of @combo_box to be the item at @index. @@ -19634,7 +19634,7 @@ back later. - + Changes the active row of @combo_box to the one that has an ID equal to @active_id. @@ -19680,7 +19680,7 @@ If @iter is %NULL, the active item is unset. - + Sets whether the dropdown button of the combo box should update its sensitivity depending on the model contents. @@ -19698,7 +19698,7 @@ its sensitivity depending on the model contents. - + Sets the child widget of @combo_box. @@ -19715,7 +19715,7 @@ its sensitivity depending on the model contents. - + Sets the model column which @combo_box should use to get strings from to be @text_column. @@ -19742,7 +19742,7 @@ This is only relevant if @combo_box has been created with - + Sets the model column which @combo_box should use to get string IDs for values from. @@ -19763,7 +19763,7 @@ The column @id_column in the model of @combo_box must be of type - + Sets the model used by @combo_box to be @model. @@ -19787,7 +19787,7 @@ cell renderers for the new model. - + Specifies whether the popup’s width should be a fixed width. @@ -19835,7 +19835,7 @@ This is the default value. - + The item which is currently active. @@ -19846,26 +19846,26 @@ immediate child of the root of the tree, this property has the value [struct@Gtk.TreePath] of the active item. - + The value of the ID column of the active row. - + Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty. - + The child widget. - + The model column to associate with strings from the entry. @@ -19874,7 +19874,7 @@ This is property only relevant if the combo was created with [property@Gtk.ComboBox:has-entry] is %TRUE. - + Whether the combo box has an entry. @@ -19883,20 +19883,20 @@ This is property only relevant if the combo was created with The `has-frame` property controls whether a frame is drawn around the entry. - + The model column that provides string IDs for the values in the model, if != -1. - + The model from which the combo box takes its values. - + Whether the popup's width should be a fixed width matching the @@ -20442,7 +20442,7 @@ attribute on a target and a constant value. - + Retrieves the constant factor added to the source attributes' value. @@ -20456,7 +20456,7 @@ attribute on a target and a constant value. - + Retrieves the multiplication factor applied to the source attribute's value. @@ -20471,7 +20471,7 @@ attribute's value. - + The order relation between the terms of the constraint. @@ -20485,7 +20485,7 @@ attribute's value. - + Retrieves the [iface@Gtk.ConstraintTarget] used as the source for the constraint. @@ -20503,7 +20503,7 @@ the widget using the [class@Gtk.ConstraintLayout] as the source. - + Retrieves the attribute of the source to be read by the constraint. @@ -20517,7 +20517,7 @@ the widget using the [class@Gtk.ConstraintLayout] as the source. - + Retrieves the strength of the constraint. @@ -20531,7 +20531,7 @@ the widget using the [class@Gtk.ConstraintLayout] as the source. - + Retrieves the [iface@Gtk.ConstraintTarget] used as the target for the constraint. @@ -20549,7 +20549,7 @@ the widget using the [class@Gtk.ConstraintLayout] as the target. - + Retrieves the attribute of the target to be set by the constraint. @@ -20605,23 +20605,23 @@ constraint layout. - + The constant value to be added to the [property@Gtk.Constraint:source-attribute]. - + The multiplication factor to be applied to the [property@Gtk.Constraint:source-attribute]. - + The order relation between the terms of the constraint. - + The source of the constraint. @@ -20630,13 +20630,13 @@ property of the target using the [property@Gtk.Constraint:source-attribute] property of the source. - + The attribute of the [property@Gtk.Constraint:source] read by the constraint. - + The strength of the constraint. @@ -20645,7 +20645,7 @@ of the [enum@Gtk.ConstraintStrength] enumeration, or any positive integer value. - + The target of the constraint. @@ -20654,7 +20654,7 @@ property of the target using the [property@Gtk.Constraint:source-attribute] property of the source widget. - + The attribute of the [property@Gtk.Constraint:target] set by the constraint. @@ -20662,49 +20662,49 @@ property of the source widget. The widget attributes that can be used when creating a `GtkConstraint`. - + No attribute, used for constant relations - + The left edge of a widget, regardless of text direction - + The right edge of a widget, regardless of text direction - + The top edge of a widget - + The bottom edge of a widget - + The leading edge of a widget, depending on text direction; equivalent to %GTK_CONSTRAINT_ATTRIBUTE_LEFT for LTR languages, and %GTK_CONSTRAINT_ATTRIBUTE_RIGHT for RTL ones - + The trailing edge of a widget, depending on text direction; equivalent to %GTK_CONSTRAINT_ATTRIBUTE_RIGHT for LTR languages, and %GTK_CONSTRAINT_ATTRIBUTE_LEFT for RTL ones - + The width of a widget - + The height of a widget - + The center of a widget, on the horizontal axis - + The center of a widget, on the vertical axis - + The baseline of a widget @@ -20774,7 +20774,7 @@ Unlike a `GtkWidget`, a `GtkConstraintGuide` will not be drawn. - + Retrieves the name set using gtk_constraint_guide_set_name(). @@ -20808,7 +20808,7 @@ Unlike a `GtkWidget`, a `GtkConstraintGuide` will not be drawn. - + Retrieves the strength set using gtk_constraint_guide_set_strength(). @@ -20868,7 +20868,7 @@ the constraints will be updated to reflect the new size. - + Sets a name for the given `GtkConstraintGuide`. @@ -20910,7 +20910,7 @@ the constraints will be updated to reflect the new size. - + Sets the strength of the constraint on the natural size of the given `GtkConstraintGuide`. @@ -20944,7 +20944,7 @@ given `GtkConstraintGuide`. The minimum width of the guide. - + A name that identifies the `GtkConstraintGuide`, for debugging. @@ -20958,7 +20958,7 @@ given `GtkConstraintGuide`. The preferred, or natural, width of the guide. - + The `GtkConstraintStrength` to be used for the constraint on @@ -21474,13 +21474,13 @@ so that it no longer influences the layout. The relation between two terms of a constraint. - + Less than, or equal - + Equal - + Greater than, or equal @@ -21489,16 +21489,16 @@ so that it no longer influences the layout. The strength of a `GtkConstraint` can be expressed with any positive integer; the values of this enumeration can be used for readability. - + The constraint is required towards solving the layout - + A strong constraint - + A medium constraint - + A weak constraint @@ -21511,22 +21511,22 @@ Besides `GtkWidget`, it is also implemented by `GtkConstraintGuide`. Domain for VFL parsing errors. - + Invalid or unknown symbol - + Invalid or unknown attribute - + Invalid or unknown view - + Invalid or unknown metric - + Invalid or unknown priority - + Invalid or unknown relation @@ -21540,19 +21540,19 @@ Besides `GtkWidget`, it is also implemented by `GtkConstraintGuide`. a `GtkScrolledWindow.` This is effectively the opposite of where the scroll bars are placed. - + Place the scrollbars on the right and bottom of the widget (default behaviour). - + Place the scrollbars on the top and right of the widget. - + Place the scrollbars on the left and bottom of the widget. - + Place the scrollbars on the top and left of the widget. @@ -22367,94 +22367,94 @@ called now. Settings these flags causes GTK to print out different types of debugging information. Some of these flags are only available when GTK has been configured with `-Ddebug=true`. - + Information about GtkTextView - + Information about GtkTreeView - + Information about keyboard shortcuts - + Information about modules and extensions - + Information about size allocation - + Information about icon themes - + Information about printing - + Trace GtkBuilder operation - + Information about size requests - + Disable the style property cache - + Open the GTK inspector - + Pretend the pointer is a touchscreen - + Information about actions and menu models - + Information from layout managers - + Include debug render nodes in the generated snapshots - + Information from the constraints solver - + Log unused GtkBuilder objects - + Information about accessibility state changes - + Information about icon fallback. Since: 4.2 Passed to various keybinding signals for deleting text. - + Delete characters. - + Delete only the portion of the word to the left/right of cursor if we’re in the middle of a word. - + Delete words. - + Delete display-lines. Display-lines refers to the visible lines, with respect to the current line breaks. As opposed to paragraphs, which are defined by line breaks in the input. - + Delete only the portion of the display-line to the left/right of cursor. - + Delete to the end of the paragraph. Like C-k in Emacs (or its reverse). - + Delete entire line. Like C-k in pico. - + Delete only whitespace. Like M-\ in Emacs. @@ -22987,35 +22987,35 @@ Otherwise, it depends on which action widget was clicked. Flags used to influence dialog construction. - + Make the constructed dialog modal - + Destroy the dialog when its parent is destroyed - + Create dialog with actions in header bar instead of action area Focus movement types. - + Move forward. - + Move backward. - + Move up. - + Move down. - + Move left. - + Move right. @@ -23063,7 +23063,7 @@ with the given @attributes. - + Gets the attributes queried on the children. @@ -23077,7 +23077,7 @@ with the given @attributes. - + Gets the loading error, if any. @@ -23099,7 +23099,7 @@ successfully queried files will remain in the list. - + Gets the file whose children are currently enumerated. @@ -23113,7 +23113,7 @@ successfully queried files will remain in the list. - + Gets the IO priority set via gtk_directory_list_set_io_priority(). @@ -23127,7 +23127,7 @@ successfully queried files will remain in the list. - + Returns whether the directory list is monitoring the directory for changes. @@ -23161,7 +23161,7 @@ in between runs. - + Sets the @attributes to be enumerated and starts the enumeration. @@ -23181,7 +23181,7 @@ of `GFileInfo`s will still be created. - + Sets the @file to be enumerated and starts the enumeration. @@ -23200,7 +23200,7 @@ If @file is %NULL, the result will be an empty list. - + Sets the IO priority to use while loading directories. @@ -23225,7 +23225,7 @@ may increase responsiveness. - + Sets whether the directory list will monitor the directory for changes. @@ -23252,24 +23252,24 @@ and when monitoring was turned on. - + The attributes to query. - + Error encountered while loading files. - + File to query. - + Priority used when loading. @@ -23280,7 +23280,7 @@ and when monitoring was turned on. %TRUE if files are being loaded. - + %TRUE if the directory is monitored for changed. @@ -23376,7 +23376,7 @@ hotspot of the cursor. - + Gets the widget currently used as drag icon. @@ -23390,7 +23390,7 @@ hotspot of the cursor. - + Sets the widget to display as the drag icon. @@ -23407,7 +23407,7 @@ hotspot of the cursor. - + The widget to display as drag icon. @@ -23515,7 +23515,7 @@ data after it has been transferred. - + Gets the actions that are currently set on the `GtkDragSource`. @@ -23529,7 +23529,7 @@ data after it has been transferred. - + Gets the current content provider of a `GtkDragSource`. @@ -23557,7 +23557,7 @@ data after it has been transferred. - + Sets the actions on the `GtkDragSource`. @@ -23582,7 +23582,7 @@ or in a handler for the [signal@Gtk.DragSource::prepare] signal. - + Sets a content provider on a `GtkDragSource`. @@ -23641,7 +23641,7 @@ a [signal@Gtk.DragSource::prepare] or - + The actions that are supported by drag operations from the source. @@ -23650,7 +23650,7 @@ Note that you must handle the [signal@Gtk.DragSource::drag-end] signal if the actions include %GDK_ACTION_MOVE. - + The data that is offered by drag operations from this source. @@ -23844,7 +23844,7 @@ creating your own `GtkWidget` subclass. - + Retrieves the content height of the `GtkDrawingArea`. @@ -23858,7 +23858,7 @@ creating your own `GtkWidget` subclass. - + Retrieves the content width of the `GtkDrawingArea`. @@ -23872,7 +23872,7 @@ creating your own `GtkWidget` subclass. - + Sets the desired height of the contents of the drawing area. @@ -23896,7 +23896,7 @@ If the height is set to 0 (the default), the drawing area may disappear. - + Sets the desired width of the contents of the drawing area. @@ -23958,13 +23958,13 @@ on the drawing area. This will cause a redraw and will call @draw_func again. - + The content height. - + The content width. @@ -24072,7 +24072,7 @@ events during drag and drop. - + Returns if a Drag-and-Drop operation is within the widget @self or one of its children. @@ -24087,7 +24087,7 @@ events during drag and drop. - + Returns the `GdkDrop` of a current Drag-and-Drop operation over the widget of @self. @@ -24103,7 +24103,7 @@ over the widget of @self. - + Returns if a Drag-and-Drop operation is within the widget @self, not one of its children. @@ -24119,7 +24119,7 @@ over the widget of @self. - + Whether the pointer of a Drag-and-Drop operation is in the controller's widget or a descendant. @@ -24131,7 +24131,7 @@ before [signal@Gtk.DropControllerMotion::enter], but after [signal@Gtk.DropControllerMotion::leave] is emitted. - + The ongoing drop operation over the controller's widget or its descendant. @@ -24146,7 +24146,7 @@ before [signal@Gtk.DropControllerMotion::enter], but after [signal@Gtk.DropControllerMotion::leave] is emitted. - + Whether the pointer is in the controllers widget itself, as opposed to in a descendent widget. @@ -24265,7 +24265,7 @@ the strings. - + Returns whether search is enabled. @@ -24279,7 +24279,7 @@ the strings. - + Gets the expression set that is used to obtain strings from items. @@ -24295,7 +24295,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.DropDown.set_expression]. - + Gets the factory that's currently used to populate list items. @@ -24313,7 +24313,7 @@ if [property@Gtk.DropDown:list-factory] is not set. - + Gets the factory that's currently used to populate list items in the popup. @@ -24327,7 +24327,7 @@ if [property@Gtk.DropDown:list-factory] is not set. - + Gets the model that provides the displayed items. @@ -24341,7 +24341,7 @@ if [property@Gtk.DropDown:list-factory] is not set. - + Gets the position of the selected item. @@ -24356,7 +24356,7 @@ if [property@Gtk.DropDown:list-factory] is not set. - + Gets the selected item. If no item is selected, %NULL is returned. @@ -24370,7 +24370,7 @@ if [property@Gtk.DropDown:list-factory] is not set. - + Sets whether a search entry will be shown in the popup that allows to search for items in the list. @@ -24391,7 +24391,7 @@ search to work. - + Sets the expression that gets evaluated to obtain strings from items. @@ -24411,7 +24411,7 @@ a value type of %G_TYPE_STRING. - + Sets the `GtkListItemFactory` to use for populating list items. @@ -24428,7 +24428,7 @@ a value type of %G_TYPE_STRING. - + Sets the `GtkListItemFactory` to use for populating list items in the popup. @@ -24445,7 +24445,7 @@ a value type of %G_TYPE_STRING. - + Sets the `GListModel` to use. @@ -24462,7 +24462,7 @@ a value type of %G_TYPE_STRING. - + Selects the item at the given position. @@ -24479,7 +24479,7 @@ a value type of %G_TYPE_STRING. - + Whether to show a search entry in the popup. @@ -24488,7 +24488,7 @@ Note that search requires [property@Gtk.DropDown:expression] to be set. - + An expression to evaluate to obtain strings to match against the search @@ -24499,13 +24499,13 @@ If [property@Gtk.DropDown:factory] is not set, the expression is also used to bind strings to labels produced by a default factory. - + Factory for populating list items. - + The factory for populating list items in the popup. @@ -24513,13 +24513,13 @@ used to bind strings to labels produced by a default factory. If this is not set, [property@Gtk.DropDown:factory] is used. - + Model for the displayed items. - + The position of the selected item. @@ -24528,7 +24528,7 @@ If no item is selected, the property has the value %GTK_INVALID_LIST_POSITION. - + The selected item. @@ -24631,7 +24631,7 @@ If the drop target should support more than 1 type, pass - + Gets the actions that this drop target supports. @@ -24645,7 +24645,7 @@ If the drop target should support more than 1 type, pass - + Gets the currently handled drop operation. @@ -24661,7 +24661,7 @@ If no drop operation is going on, %NULL is returned. - + Gets the currently handled drop operation. @@ -24678,7 +24678,7 @@ If no drop operation is going on, %NULL is returned. - + Gets the data formats that this drop target accepts. @@ -24718,7 +24718,7 @@ If no types have been set, `NULL` will be returned. - + Gets whether data should be preloaded on hover. @@ -24732,7 +24732,7 @@ If no types have been set, `NULL` will be returned. - + Gets the current drop data, as a `GValue`. @@ -24765,7 +24765,7 @@ the data. - + Sets the actions that this drop target supports. @@ -24805,7 +24805,7 @@ the data. - + Sets whether data should be preloaded on hover. @@ -24822,29 +24822,29 @@ the data. - + The `GdkDragActions` that this drop target supports. - + The `GdkDrop` that is currently being performed. - + The `GdkDrop` that is currently being performed. Use [property@Gtk.DropTarget:current-drop] instead - + The `GdkContentFormats` that determine the supported data formats. - + Whether the drop data should be preloaded when the pointer is only @@ -24867,7 +24867,7 @@ And for local-only Drag-and-Drop operations, no data transfer is done, so enabling it there is free. - + The value for this drop operation. @@ -25037,7 +25037,7 @@ state, which can be used by themes to style the widget as a drop target. - + Gets the actions that this drop target supports. @@ -25051,7 +25051,7 @@ state, which can be used by themes to style the widget as a drop target. - + Gets the data formats that this drop target accepts. @@ -25087,7 +25087,7 @@ the data. - + Sets the actions that this drop target supports. @@ -25104,7 +25104,7 @@ the data. - + Sets the data formats that this drop target will accept. @@ -25121,13 +25121,13 @@ the data. - + The `GdkDragActions` that this drop target supports. - + The `GdkContentFormats` that determines the supported data formats. @@ -25987,7 +25987,7 @@ Typically, the delegate is a [class@Gtk.Text] widget. - + Retrieves whether @editable is editable. @@ -26001,7 +26001,7 @@ Typically, the delegate is a [class@Gtk.Text] widget. - + Gets if undo/redo actions are enabled for @editable @@ -26015,7 +26015,7 @@ Typically, the delegate is a [class@Gtk.Text] widget. - + Retrieves the desired maximum width of @editable, in characters. @@ -26073,7 +26073,7 @@ Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. - + Retrieves the contents of @editable. @@ -26089,7 +26089,7 @@ The returned string is owned by GTK and must not be modified or freed. - + Gets the number of characters of space reserved for the contents of the editable. @@ -26199,7 +26199,7 @@ the displayed text is shorter than the width of the editable. - + Determines if the user can edit the text in the editable widget. @@ -26217,7 +26217,7 @@ the displayed text is shorter than the width of the editable. - + If enabled, changes to @editable will be saved for undo/redo actions. @@ -26239,7 +26239,7 @@ when [property@Gtk.Text:visibility] is set to %FALSE. - + Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @editable. @@ -26279,7 +26279,7 @@ of the editable. Note that @position is in characters, not in bytes. - + Sets the text in the editable to the given value. @@ -26298,7 +26298,7 @@ This is replacing the current contents. - + Changes the size request of the editable to be about the right size for @n_chars characters. @@ -26326,19 +26326,19 @@ If @n_chars is -1, the size reverts to the default size. The current position of the insertion cursor in chars. - + Whether the entry contents can be edited. - + If undo/redo should be enabled for the editable. - + The desired maximum width of the entry, in characters. @@ -26348,13 +26348,13 @@ If @n_chars is -1, the size reverts to the default size. The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars. - + The contents of the entry. - + Number of characters to leave space for in the entry. @@ -26661,7 +26661,7 @@ see [class@Gtk.Text]. - + Returns whether the label is currently in “editing mode”. @@ -26708,7 +26708,7 @@ previous [property@Gtk.Editable:text] property value. - + This property is %TRUE while the widget is in edit mode. @@ -26720,23 +26720,23 @@ previous [property@Gtk.Editable:text] property value. - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + @@ -26917,7 +26917,7 @@ content instead. - + Retrieves the value set by gtk_entry_set_activates_default(). @@ -26946,7 +26946,7 @@ See also: [property@Gtk.Editable:xalign] - + Gets the attribute list of the `GtkEntry`. @@ -26962,7 +26962,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Entry.set_attributes]. - + Get the `GtkEntryBuffer` object which holds the text for this widget. @@ -26977,7 +26977,7 @@ this widget. - + Returns the auxiliary completion object currently in use by @entry. @@ -27008,7 +27008,7 @@ current DND operation, or -1. - + Gets the menu model set with gtk_entry_set_extra_menu(). @@ -27022,7 +27022,7 @@ current DND operation, or -1. - + Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_has_frame(). @@ -27242,7 +27242,7 @@ position in @entry. - + Gets the input hints of this `GtkEntry`. @@ -27256,7 +27256,7 @@ position in @entry. - + Gets the input purpose of the `GtkEntry`. @@ -27270,7 +27270,7 @@ position in @entry. - + Retrieves the character displayed in place of the actual text in “password mode”. @@ -27286,7 +27286,7 @@ in “password mode”. - + Retrieves the maximum allowed length of the text in @entry. @@ -27303,7 +27303,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Entry.set_max_length]. - + Gets whether the `GtkEntry` is in overwrite mode. @@ -27317,7 +27317,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Entry.set_max_length]. - + Retrieves the text that will be displayed when @entry is empty and unfocused @@ -27336,7 +27336,7 @@ is empty and unfocused - + Returns the current fraction of the task that’s been completed. @@ -27352,7 +27352,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Entry.set_progress_fraction]. - + Retrieves the pulse step set with gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step(). @@ -27367,7 +27367,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step(). - + Gets the tabstops of the `GtkEntry. @@ -27383,7 +27383,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Entry.set_tabs]. - + Retrieves the current length of the text in @entry. @@ -27401,7 +27401,7 @@ and calling [method@Gtk.EntryBuffer.get_length] on it. - + Retrieves whether the text in @entry is visible. @@ -27469,7 +27469,7 @@ would confuse on-going input method behavior. - + Sets whether pressing Enter in the @entry will activate the default widget for the window containing the entry. @@ -27512,7 +27512,7 @@ See also: [property@Gtk.Editable:xalign] - + Sets a `PangoAttrList`. @@ -27535,7 +27535,7 @@ with unlimited extent. - + Set the `GtkEntryBuffer` object which holds the text for this widget. @@ -27553,7 +27553,7 @@ this widget. - + Sets @completion to be the auxiliary completion object to use with @entry. @@ -27575,7 +27575,7 @@ Completion is disabled if @completion is set to %NULL. - + Sets a menu model to add when constructing the context menu for @entry. @@ -27593,7 +27593,7 @@ the context menu for @entry. - + Sets whether the entry has a beveled frame around it. @@ -27818,7 +27818,7 @@ achieves the same result. - + Set additional hints which allow input methods to fine-tune their behavior. @@ -27836,7 +27836,7 @@ fine-tune their behavior. - + Sets the input purpose which can be used by input methods to adjust their behavior. @@ -27854,7 +27854,7 @@ to adjust their behavior. - + Sets the character to use in place of the actual text in “password mode”. @@ -27880,7 +27880,7 @@ on the screen as they type. - + Sets the maximum allowed length of the contents of the widget. @@ -27905,7 +27905,7 @@ calling [method@Gtk.EntryBuffer.set_max_length] on it. - + Sets whether the text is overwritten when typing in the `GtkEntry`. @@ -27922,7 +27922,7 @@ calling [method@Gtk.EntryBuffer.set_max_length] on it. - + Sets text to be displayed in @entry when it is empty. @@ -27942,7 +27942,7 @@ contents of the `GtkEntry`. - + Causes the entry’s progress indicator to “fill in” the given fraction of the bar. @@ -27962,7 +27962,7 @@ The fraction should be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive. - + Sets the fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for each pulse. @@ -27983,7 +27983,7 @@ the progress. - + Sets a `PangoTabArray`. @@ -28002,7 +28002,7 @@ The tabstops in the array are applied to the entry text. - + Sets whether the contents of the entry are visible or not. @@ -28045,13 +28045,13 @@ is used again. See [method@Gtk.Entry.set_invisible_char]. - + Whether to activate the default widget when Enter is pressed. - + A list of Pango attributes to apply to the text of the entry. @@ -28062,13 +28062,13 @@ The `PangoAttribute`'s @start_index and @end_index must refer to the [class@Gtk.EntryBuffer] text, i.e. without the preedit string. - + The buffer object which actually stores the text. - + The auxiliary completion object to use with the entry. @@ -28079,13 +28079,13 @@ The `PangoAttribute`'s @start_index and @end_index must refer to the like `:heart:`. - + A menu model whose contents will be appended to the context menu. - + Whehter the entry should draw a frame. @@ -28101,7 +28101,7 @@ module setting. See the GtkSettings [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-im-module] property. - + Additional hints that allow input methods to fine-tune their behavior. @@ -28109,7 +28109,7 @@ property. Also see [property@Gtk.Entry:input-purpose] - + The purpose of this text field. @@ -28122,7 +28122,7 @@ Note that setting the purpose to %GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PASSWORD or [property@Gtk.Entry:visibility]. - + The character to use when masking entry contents (“password mode”). @@ -28132,19 +28132,19 @@ Note that setting the purpose to %GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PASSWORD or Whether the invisible char has been set for the `GtkEntry`. - + Maximum number of characters for this entry. - + If text is overwritten when typing in the `GtkEntry`. - + The text that will be displayed in the `GtkEntry` when it is empty @@ -28201,13 +28201,13 @@ Also see [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_markup]. Also see [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text]. - + The current fraction of the task that's been completed. - + The fraction of total entry width to move the progress @@ -28273,10 +28273,10 @@ Also see [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text]. - + - + The length of the text in the `GtkEntry`. @@ -28285,7 +28285,7 @@ Also see [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text]. When %TRUE, pasted multi-line text is truncated to the first line. - + Whether the entry should show the “invisible char” instead of the @@ -28575,7 +28575,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.EntryBuffer.get_length]. - + Retrieves the length in characters of the buffer. @@ -28589,7 +28589,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.EntryBuffer.get_length]. - + Retrieves the maximum allowed length of the text in @buffer. @@ -28604,7 +28604,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.EntryBuffer.get_length]. - + Retrieves the contents of the buffer. @@ -28656,7 +28656,7 @@ Note that the position and length are in characters, not in bytes. - + Sets the maximum allowed length of the contents of the buffer. @@ -28678,7 +28678,7 @@ they will be truncated to fit. - + Sets the text in the buffer. @@ -28705,18 +28705,18 @@ Note that @n_chars is in characters, not in bytes. - + The length (in characters) of the text in buffer. - + The maximum length (in characters) of the text in the buffer. - + The contents of the buffer. @@ -29100,7 +29100,7 @@ the completion or %NULL if there’s no completion ongoing. - + Returns whether the common prefix of the possible completions should be automatically inserted in the entry. @@ -29115,7 +29115,7 @@ be automatically inserted in the entry. - + Returns %TRUE if inline-selection mode is turned on. @@ -29129,7 +29129,7 @@ be automatically inserted in the entry. - + Returns the minimum key length as set for @completion. The currently used minimum key length @@ -29142,7 +29142,7 @@ be automatically inserted in the entry. - + Returns the model the `GtkEntryCompletion` is using as data source. @@ -29158,7 +29158,7 @@ Returns %NULL if the model is unset. - + Returns whether the completions should be presented in a popup window. @@ -29172,7 +29172,7 @@ Returns %NULL if the model is unset. - + Returns whether the completion popup window will be resized to the width of the entry. @@ -29188,7 +29188,7 @@ width of the entry. - + Returns whether the completion popup window will appear even if there is only a single match. @@ -29204,7 +29204,7 @@ only a single match. - + Returns the column in the model of @completion to get strings from. @@ -29230,7 +29230,7 @@ only a single match. - + Sets whether the common prefix of the possible completions should be automatically inserted in the entry. @@ -29248,7 +29248,7 @@ be automatically inserted in the entry. - + Sets whether it is possible to cycle through the possible completions inside the entry. @@ -29293,7 +29293,7 @@ should not be in the completion list. - + Requires the length of the search key for @completion to be at least @length. @@ -29314,7 +29314,7 @@ key takes a lot of time and will come up with meaningless results anyway - + Sets the model for a `GtkEntryCompletion`. @@ -29335,7 +29335,7 @@ will unset the model. - + Sets whether the completions should be presented in a popup window. @@ -29352,7 +29352,7 @@ will unset the model. - + Sets whether the completion popup window will be resized to be the same width as the entry. @@ -29370,7 +29370,7 @@ width as the entry. - + Sets whether the completion popup window will appear even if there is only a single match. @@ -29391,7 +29391,7 @@ are using [property@Gtk.EntryCompletion:inline-completion]. - + Convenience function for setting up the most used case of this code: a completion list with just strings. @@ -29426,7 +29426,7 @@ If no area is specified when creating the entry completion with [class@Gtk.CellAreaBox] will be used. - + Determines whether the common prefix of the possible completions @@ -29436,34 +29436,34 @@ Note that this requires text-column to be set, even if you are using a custom match function. - + Determines whether the possible completions on the popup will appear in the entry as you navigate through them. - + - + - + Determines whether the possible completions should be shown in a popup window. - + Determines whether the completions popup window will be resized to the width of the entry. - + Determines whether the completions popup window will shown @@ -29473,7 +29473,7 @@ You probably want to set this to %FALSE if you are using [property@Gtk.EntryCompletion:inline-completion]. - + The column of the model containing the strings. @@ -29594,10 +29594,10 @@ have access to the unmodified key via Specifies the side of the entry at which an icon is placed. - + At the beginning of the entry (depending on the text direction). - + At the end of the entry (depending on the text direction). @@ -29679,7 +29679,7 @@ At other times, 0 is returned. - + Gets the name of @controller. @@ -29692,7 +29692,7 @@ At other times, 0 is returned. - + Gets the propagation limit of the event controller. @@ -29706,7 +29706,7 @@ At other times, 0 is returned. - + Gets the propagation phase at which @controller handles events. @@ -29720,7 +29720,7 @@ At other times, 0 is returned. - + Returns the `GtkWidget` this controller relates to. @@ -29746,7 +29746,7 @@ At other times, 0 is returned. - + Sets a name on the controller that can be used for debugging. @@ -29763,7 +29763,7 @@ At other times, 0 is returned. - + Sets the event propagation limit on the event controller. @@ -29784,7 +29784,7 @@ surface, such as popovers. - + Sets the propagation phase at which a controller handles events. @@ -29804,25 +29804,25 @@ performed, but other additional gesture maintenance will. - + The name for this controller, typically used for debugging purposes. - + The limit for which events this controller will handle. - + The propagation phase at which this controller will handle events. - + The widget receiving the `GdkEvents` that the controller will handle. @@ -29846,7 +29846,7 @@ that is rooted at the controllers widget. - + Returns %TRUE if focus is within @self or one of its children. @@ -29860,7 +29860,7 @@ that is rooted at the controllers widget. - + Returns %TRUE if focus is within @self, but not one of its children. @@ -29874,7 +29874,7 @@ that is rooted at the controllers widget. - + %TRUE if focus is contained in the controllers widget. @@ -29886,7 +29886,7 @@ before [signal@Gtk.EventControllerFocus::enter] or [signal@Gtk.EventControllerFocus::leave] are emitted. - + %TRUE if focus is in the controllers widget itself, as opposed to in a descendent widget. @@ -30116,7 +30116,7 @@ moves over the widget. - + Returns if a pointer is within @self or one of its children. @@ -30130,7 +30130,7 @@ moves over the widget. - + Returns if a pointer is within @self, but not one of its children. @@ -30144,7 +30144,7 @@ moves over the widget. - + Whether the pointer is in the controllers widget or a descendant. @@ -30155,7 +30155,7 @@ before [signal@Gtk.EventControllerMotion::enter], but after [signal@Gtk.EventControllerMotion::leave] is emitted. - + Whether the pointer is in the controllers widget itself, as opposed to in a descendent widget. @@ -30255,7 +30255,7 @@ motion that was received. - + Gets the flags conditioning the scroll controller behavior. @@ -30269,7 +30269,7 @@ motion that was received. - + Sets the flags conditioning scroll controller behavior. @@ -30286,7 +30286,7 @@ motion that was received. - + The flags affecting event controller behavior. @@ -30352,34 +30352,34 @@ It will only be emitted on devices capable of it. Describes the behavior of a `GtkEventControllerScroll`. - + Don't emit scroll. - + Emit scroll with vertical deltas. - + Emit scroll with horizontal deltas. - + Only emit deltas that are multiples of 1. - + Emit ::decelerate after continuous scroll finishes. - + Emit scroll on both axes. Describes the state of a `GdkEventSequence` in a `GtkGesture`. - + The sequence is handled, but not grabbed. - + The sequence is handled and grabbed. - + The sequence is denied. @@ -30533,7 +30533,7 @@ Pressing Alt and that key activates the button. - + Gets the child widget of @expander. @@ -30547,7 +30547,7 @@ Pressing Alt and that key activates the button. - + Queries a `GtkExpander` and returns its current state. @@ -30563,7 +30563,7 @@ Returns %TRUE if the child widget is revealed. - + Fetches the text from a label widget. @@ -30584,7 +30584,7 @@ container. - + Retrieves the label widget for the frame. @@ -30598,7 +30598,7 @@ container. - + Returns whether the expander will resize the toplevel widget containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing. @@ -30613,7 +30613,7 @@ containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing. - + Returns whether the label’s text is interpreted as Pango markup. @@ -30627,7 +30627,7 @@ containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing. - + Returns whether an underline in the text indicates a mnemonic. @@ -30642,7 +30642,7 @@ containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing. - + Sets the child widget of @expander. @@ -30659,7 +30659,7 @@ containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing. - + Sets the state of the expander. @@ -30679,7 +30679,7 @@ and %FALSE if you want the child widget to be hidden. - + Sets the text of the label of the expander to @label. @@ -30698,7 +30698,7 @@ This will also clear any previously set labels. - + Set the label widget for the expander. @@ -30718,7 +30718,7 @@ the expander arrow. - + Sets whether the expander will resize the toplevel widget containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing. @@ -30736,7 +30736,7 @@ containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing. - + Sets whether the text of the label contains Pango markup. @@ -30753,7 +30753,7 @@ containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing. - + If true, an underline in the text indicates a mnemonic. @@ -30770,44 +30770,44 @@ containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing. - + The child widget. - + Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child. - + The text of the expanders label. - + A widget to display instead of the usual expander label. - + When this property is %TRUE, the expander will resize the toplevel widget containing the expander upon expanding and collapsing. - + Whether the text in the label is Pango markup. - + Whether an underline in the text indicates a mnemonic. @@ -31438,7 +31438,7 @@ in a file chooser. - + Gets the type of operation that the file chooser is performing. @@ -31469,7 +31469,7 @@ in a file chooser. - + Gets whether file chooser will offer to create new folders. @@ -31553,7 +31553,7 @@ of @chooser as `GFile`. - + Gets the current filter. @@ -31567,7 +31567,7 @@ of @chooser as `GFile`. - + Gets the current set of user-selectable filters, as a list model. @@ -31588,7 +31588,7 @@ You should not modify the returned list model. Future changes to - + Gets whether multiple files can be selected in the file chooser. @@ -31603,7 +31603,7 @@ chooser. - + Queries the list of shortcut folders in the file chooser. @@ -31670,7 +31670,7 @@ You should not modify the returned list model. Future changes to - + Sets the type of operation that the chooser is performing. @@ -31716,7 +31716,7 @@ For a boolean choice, the possible options are "true" and "false". - + Sets whether file chooser will offer to create new folders. @@ -31840,7 +31840,7 @@ prepare_file_chooser (GtkFileChooser *chooser, - + Sets the current filter. @@ -31865,7 +31865,7 @@ set of files without letting the user change it. - + Sets whether multiple files can be selected in the file chooser. @@ -31886,26 +31886,26 @@ This is only relevant if the action is set to be - + The type of operation that the file chooser is performing. - + Whether a file chooser not in %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN mode will offer the user to create new folders. - + The current filter for selecting files that are displayed. - + A `GListModel` containing the filters that have been added with gtk_file_chooser_add_filter(). @@ -31914,13 +31914,13 @@ The returned object should not be modified. It may or may not be updated for later changes. - + Whether to allow multiple files to be selected. - + A `GListModel` containing the shortcut folders that have been added with gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder(). @@ -31933,16 +31933,16 @@ or may not be updated for later changes. Describes whether a `GtkFileChooser` is being used to open existing files or to save to a possibly new file. - + Indicates open mode. The file chooser will only let the user pick an existing file. - + Indicates save mode. The file chooser will let the user pick an existing file, or type in a new filename. - + Indicates an Open mode for selecting folders. The file chooser will let the user pick an existing folder. @@ -32158,17 +32158,17 @@ This function is analogous to [ctor@Gtk.Dialog.new_with_buttons]. These identify the various errors that can occur while calling `GtkFileChooser` functions. - + Indicates that a file does not exist. - + Indicates a malformed filename. - + Indicates a duplicate path (e.g. when adding a bookmark). - + Indicates an incomplete hostname (e.g. "http://foo" without a slash after that). @@ -32357,7 +32357,7 @@ are not supported: - + Retrieves the custom label text for the accept button. @@ -32371,7 +32371,7 @@ are not supported: - + Retrieves the custom label text for the cancel button. @@ -32385,7 +32385,7 @@ are not supported: - + Sets the custom label text for the accept button. @@ -32409,7 +32409,7 @@ Pressing Alt and that key should activate the button. - + Sets the custom label text for the cancel button. @@ -32433,14 +32433,14 @@ Pressing Alt and that key should activate the button. - + The text used for the label on the accept button in the dialog, or %NULL to use the default text. - + The text used for the label on the cancel button in the dialog, or @@ -32849,7 +32849,7 @@ of `GtkFileChooser`. - + Gets the human-readable name for the filter. @@ -32865,7 +32865,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.FileFilter.set_name]. - + Sets a human-readable name of the filter. @@ -32899,7 +32899,7 @@ if there is a selectable list of filters. - + The human-readable name of the filter. @@ -33065,16 +33065,16 @@ using the filter to optimize refiltering items. If you are writing an implementation and are not sure which value to pass, %GTK_FILTER_CHANGE_DIFFERENT is always a correct choice. - + The filter change cannot be described with any of the other enumeration values. - + The filter is less strict than it was before: All items that it used to return %TRUE for still return %TRUE, others now may, too. - + The filter is more strict than it was before: All items that it used to return %FALSE for still return %FALSE, others now may, too. @@ -33203,7 +33203,7 @@ filtering long lists doesn't block the UI. See - + Gets the `GtkFilter` currently set on @self. @@ -33217,7 +33217,7 @@ filtering long lists doesn't block the UI. See - + Returns whether incremental filtering is enabled. @@ -33233,7 +33233,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.FilterListModel.set_incremental]. - + Gets the model currently filtered or %NULL if none. @@ -33247,7 +33247,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.FilterListModel.set_incremental]. - + Returns the number of items that have not been filtered yet. @@ -33276,7 +33276,7 @@ function returns 0. - + Sets the filter used to filter items. @@ -33293,7 +33293,7 @@ function returns 0. - + Sets the filter model to do an incremental sort. @@ -33325,7 +33325,7 @@ about an ongoing incremental filtering operation. - + Sets the model to be filtered. @@ -33347,25 +33347,25 @@ types match. - + The filter for this model. - + If the model should filter items incrementally. - + The model being filtered. - + Number of items not yet filtered. @@ -33382,15 +33382,15 @@ types match. Note that for filters where the strictness is not known, %GTK_FILTER_MATCH_SOME is always an acceptable value, even if a filter does match all or no items. - + The filter matches some items, gtk_filter_match() may return %TRUE or %FALSE - + The filter does not match any item, gtk_filter_match() will always return %FALSE. - + The filter matches all items, gtk_filter_match() will alays return %TRUE. @@ -33634,7 +33634,7 @@ long-term maintenance problem for your application. `GtkLayoutChild` subclass for children in a `GtkFixedLayout`. - + Retrieves the transformation of the child. a `GskTransform` @@ -33647,7 +33647,7 @@ long-term maintenance problem for your application. - + Sets the transformation of the child of a `GtkFixedLayout`. @@ -33664,7 +33664,7 @@ long-term maintenance problem for your application. - + The transform of the child. @@ -33700,7 +33700,7 @@ long-term maintenance problem for your application. - + Gets the model set via gtk_flatten_list_model_set_model(). @@ -33731,7 +33731,7 @@ long-term maintenance problem for your application. - + Sets a new model to be flattened. @@ -33748,7 +33748,7 @@ long-term maintenance problem for your application. - + The model being flattened. @@ -33860,7 +33860,7 @@ should be implemented by the model. - + Returns whether children activate on single clicks. @@ -33919,7 +33919,7 @@ Both @x and @y are assumed to be relative to the origin of @box. - + Gets the horizontal spacing. @@ -33933,7 +33933,7 @@ Both @x and @y are assumed to be relative to the origin of @box. - + Returns whether the box is homogeneous. @@ -33947,7 +33947,7 @@ Both @x and @y are assumed to be relative to the origin of @box. - + Gets the maximum number of children per line. @@ -33961,7 +33961,7 @@ Both @x and @y are assumed to be relative to the origin of @box. - + Gets the minimum number of children per line. @@ -33975,7 +33975,7 @@ Both @x and @y are assumed to be relative to the origin of @box. - + Gets the vertical spacing. @@ -34006,7 +34006,7 @@ Both @x and @y are assumed to be relative to the origin of @box. - + Gets the selection mode of @box. @@ -34148,7 +34148,7 @@ this function. - + If @single is %TRUE, children will be activated when you click on them, otherwise you need to double-click. @@ -34166,7 +34166,7 @@ on them, otherwise you need to double-click. - + Sets the horizontal space to add between children. @@ -34247,7 +34247,7 @@ of the box. - + Sets whether or not all children of @box are given equal space in the box. @@ -34266,7 +34266,7 @@ equal space in the box. - + Sets the maximum number of children to request and allocate space for in @box’s orientation. @@ -34288,7 +34288,7 @@ than @n_children children long in the given orientation. - + Sets the minimum number of children to line up in @box’s orientation before flowing. @@ -34306,7 +34306,7 @@ in @box’s orientation before flowing. - + Sets the vertical space to add between children. @@ -34323,7 +34323,7 @@ in @box’s orientation before flowing. - + Sets how selection works in @box. @@ -34434,34 +34434,34 @@ mode allows it. - + Determines whether children can be activated with a single click, or require a double-click. - + The amount of horizontal space between two children. - + Determines whether all children should be allocated the same size. - + The maximum amount of children to request space for consecutively in the given orientation. - + The minimum number of children to allocate consecutively @@ -34472,13 +34472,13 @@ that a reasonably small height will be requested for the overall minimum width of the box. - + The amount of vertical space between two children. - + The selection mode used by the flow box. @@ -34642,7 +34642,7 @@ on any model change, but that is more expensive. - + Gets the child widget of @self. @@ -34684,7 +34684,7 @@ on any model change, but that is more expensive. - + Sets the child widget of @self. @@ -34701,7 +34701,7 @@ on any model change, but that is more expensive. - + The child widget. @@ -34873,7 +34873,7 @@ contains a button node with the .font style class. - + Gets whether the dialog is modal. @@ -34887,7 +34887,7 @@ contains a button node with the .font style class. - + Retrieves the title of the font chooser dialog. @@ -34902,7 +34902,7 @@ contains a button node with the .font style class. - + Returns whether the selected font is used in the label. @@ -34916,7 +34916,7 @@ contains a button node with the .font style class. - + Returns whether the selected size is used in the label. @@ -34930,7 +34930,7 @@ contains a button node with the .font style class. - + Sets whether the dialog should be modal. @@ -34947,7 +34947,7 @@ contains a button node with the .font style class. - + Sets the title for the font chooser dialog. @@ -34964,7 +34964,7 @@ contains a button node with the .font style class. - + If @use_font is %TRUE, the font name will be written using the selected font. @@ -34982,7 +34982,7 @@ using the selected font. - + If @use_size is %TRUE, the font name will be written using the selected size. @@ -35001,25 +35001,25 @@ the selected size. - + Whether the font chooser dialog should be modal. - + The title of the font chooser dialog. - + Whether the buttons label will be drawn in the selected font. - + Whether the buttons label will use the selected font size. @@ -35196,7 +35196,7 @@ pango_context_set_font_map (context, fontmap); - + Gets the currently-selected font name. @@ -35220,7 +35220,7 @@ font descriptions. - + Gets the currently-selected font. @@ -35279,7 +35279,7 @@ If the selected font is not installed, returns %NULL. - + Gets the currently-selected font features. @@ -35321,7 +35321,7 @@ or %NULL if it does not have one. - + Gets the language that is used for font features. @@ -35335,7 +35335,7 @@ or %NULL if it does not have one. - + Returns the current level of granularity for selecting fonts. @@ -35349,7 +35349,7 @@ or %NULL if it does not have one. - + Gets the text displayed in the preview area. @@ -35363,7 +35363,7 @@ or %NULL if it does not have one. - + Returns whether the preview entry is shown or not. @@ -35402,7 +35402,7 @@ in the font chooser. - + Sets the currently-selected font. @@ -35419,7 +35419,7 @@ in the font chooser. - + Sets the currently-selected font from @font_desc. @@ -35476,7 +35476,7 @@ pango_context_set_font_map (context, fontmap); - + Sets the language to use for font features. @@ -35493,7 +35493,7 @@ pango_context_set_font_map (context, fontmap); - + Sets the desired level of granularity for selecting fonts. @@ -35510,7 +35510,7 @@ pango_context_set_font_map (context, fontmap); - + Sets the text displayed in the preview area. @@ -35529,7 +35529,7 @@ The @text is used to show how the selected font looks. - + Shows or hides the editable preview entry. @@ -35546,19 +35546,19 @@ The @text is used to show how the selected font looks. - + The font description as a string, e.g. "Sans Italic 12". - + The font description as a `PangoFontDescription`. - + The selected font features. @@ -35566,25 +35566,25 @@ The format of the string is compatible with CSS and with Pango attributes. - + The language for which the font features were selected. - + The level of granularity to offer for selecting fonts. - + The string with which to preview the font. - + Whether to show an entry to change the preview text. @@ -35779,19 +35779,19 @@ that is desired in a `GtkFontChooser`. This enumeration may be extended in the future; applications should ignore unknown values. - + Allow selecting a font family - + Allow selecting a specific font face - + Allow selecting a specific font size - + Allow changing OpenType font variation axes - + Allow selecting specific OpenType font features @@ -35932,7 +35932,7 @@ If @label is %NULL, the label is omitted. - + Gets the child widget of @frame. @@ -35946,7 +35946,7 @@ If @label is %NULL, the label is omitted. - + Returns the frame labels text. @@ -35979,7 +35979,7 @@ is returned. - + Retrieves the label widget for the frame. @@ -35993,7 +35993,7 @@ is returned. - + Sets the child widget of @frame. @@ -36010,7 +36010,7 @@ is returned. - + Creates a new `GtkLabel` with the @label and sets it as the frame's label widget. @@ -36049,7 +36049,7 @@ The default value for a newly created frame is 0.0. - + Sets the label widget for the frame. @@ -36069,19 +36069,19 @@ of the frame as a title. - + The child widget. - + Text of the frame's label. - + Widget to display in place of the usual frame label. @@ -36475,7 +36475,7 @@ called by application code. - + Returns whether the area is in auto render mode or not. @@ -36489,7 +36489,7 @@ called by application code. - + Retrieves the `GdkGLContext` used by @area. the `GdkGLContext` @@ -36515,7 +36515,7 @@ called by application code. - + Returns whether the area has a depth buffer. @@ -36529,7 +36529,7 @@ called by application code. - + Returns whether the area has a stencil buffer. @@ -36565,7 +36565,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.GLArea.set_required_version]. - + Returns whether the `GtkGLArea` should use OpenGL ES. @@ -36619,7 +36619,7 @@ emit [signal@Gtk.GLArea::render] on each draw. - + Sets whether the `GtkGLArea` is in auto render mode. @@ -36666,7 +36666,7 @@ signal if GL context creation fails. - + Sets whether the `GtkGLArea` should use a depth buffer. @@ -36687,7 +36687,7 @@ there will be none. - + Sets whether the `GtkGLArea` should use a stencil buffer. @@ -36731,7 +36731,7 @@ This function must be called before the area has been realized. - + Sets whether the @area should create an OpenGL or an OpenGL ES context. @@ -36751,7 +36751,7 @@ with either API. - + If set to %TRUE the ::render signal will be emitted every time @@ -36766,7 +36766,7 @@ This mode is useful when the scene changes seldom, but takes a long time to redraw. - + The `GdkGLContext` used by the `GtkGLArea` widget. The `GtkGLArea` widget is responsible for creating the `GdkGLContext` @@ -36774,21 +36774,21 @@ instance. If you need to render with other kinds of buffers (stencil, depth, etc), use render buffers. - + If set to %TRUE the widget will allocate and enable a depth buffer for the target framebuffer. - + If set to %TRUE the widget will allocate and enable a stencil buffer for the target framebuffer. - + If set to %TRUE the widget will try to create a `GdkGLContext` using @@ -37778,7 +37778,7 @@ property. - + Returns the delay factor. @@ -37792,7 +37792,7 @@ property. - + Applies the given delay factor. @@ -37812,7 +37812,7 @@ Valid values are in the range [0.5..2.0]. - + Factor by which to modify the default timeout. @@ -37872,7 +37872,7 @@ events are received, containing the offset in the given axis. - + Returns the orientation of the pan gestures that this @gesture expects. @@ -37886,7 +37886,7 @@ events are received, containing the offset in the given axis. - + Sets the orientation to be expected on pan gestures. @@ -37903,7 +37903,7 @@ events are received, containing the offset in the given axis. - + The expected orientation of pan gestures. @@ -37990,7 +37990,7 @@ to interact with through [method@Gtk.GestureSingle.set_button], or react to any mouse button by setting it to 0. While the gesture is active, the button being currently pressed can be known through [method@Gtk.GestureSingle.get_current_button]. - + Returns the button number @gesture listens for. @@ -38036,7 +38036,7 @@ returns %TRUE. - + Gets whether a gesture is exclusive. @@ -38052,7 +38052,7 @@ For more information, see [method@Gtk.GestureSingle.set_exclusive]. - + Returns %TRUE if the gesture is only triggered by touch events. @@ -38066,7 +38066,7 @@ For more information, see [method@Gtk.GestureSingle.set_exclusive]. - + Sets the button number @gesture listens to. @@ -38087,7 +38087,7 @@ with button 1. - + Sets whether @gesture is exclusive. @@ -38108,7 +38108,7 @@ to interact with those. - + Sets whether to handle only touch events. @@ -38129,13 +38129,13 @@ mouse events will be handled too. - + Mouse button number to listen to, or 0 to listen for any button. - + Whether the gesture is exclusive. @@ -38143,7 +38143,7 @@ mouse events will be handled too. Exclusive gestures only listen to pointer and pointer emulated events. - + Whether the gesture handles only touch events. @@ -38620,7 +38620,7 @@ Attaching widgets labeled `[1]`, `[2]`, `[3]` with `@sibling == %NULL` and - + Returns which row defines the global baseline of @grid. @@ -38656,7 +38656,7 @@ cell at @column, @row. - + Returns whether all columns of @grid have the same width. @@ -38670,7 +38670,7 @@ cell at @column, @row. - + Returns the amount of space between the columns of @grid. @@ -38703,7 +38703,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Grid.set_row_baseline_position]. - + Returns whether all rows of @grid have the same height. @@ -38717,7 +38717,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Grid.set_row_baseline_position]. - + Returns the amount of space between the rows of @grid. @@ -38890,7 +38890,7 @@ are moved up. - + Sets which row defines the global baseline for the entire grid. @@ -38911,7 +38911,7 @@ parent of the @grid. - + Sets whether all columns of @grid will have the same width. @@ -38928,7 +38928,7 @@ parent of the @grid. - + Sets the amount of space between columns of @grid. @@ -38968,7 +38968,7 @@ The default baseline position is %GTK_BASELINE_POSITION_CENTER. - + Sets whether all rows of @grid will have the same height. @@ -38985,7 +38985,7 @@ The default baseline position is %GTK_BASELINE_POSITION_CENTER. - + Sets the amount of space between rows of @grid. @@ -39002,31 +39002,31 @@ The default baseline position is %GTK_BASELINE_POSITION_CENTER. - + The row to align to the baseline when valign is %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE. - + If %TRUE, the columns are all the same width. - + The amount of space between two consecutive columns. - + If %TRUE, the rows are all the same height. - + The amount of space between two consecutive rows. @@ -39069,7 +39069,7 @@ single row or column, you should consider using `GtkBoxLayout`. - + Retrieves the row set with gtk_grid_layout_set_baseline_row(). @@ -39083,7 +39083,7 @@ single row or column, you should consider using `GtkBoxLayout`. - + Checks whether all columns of @grid should have the same width. @@ -39097,7 +39097,7 @@ single row or column, you should consider using `GtkBoxLayout`. - + Retrieves the spacing set with gtk_grid_layout_set_column_spacing(). @@ -39133,7 +39133,7 @@ is returned. - + Checks whether all rows of @grid should have the same height. @@ -39147,7 +39147,7 @@ is returned. - + Retrieves the spacing set with gtk_grid_layout_set_row_spacing(). @@ -39161,7 +39161,7 @@ is returned. - + Sets which row defines the global baseline for the entire grid. @@ -39182,7 +39182,7 @@ parent of the @grid. - + Sets whether all columns of @grid should have the same width. @@ -39199,7 +39199,7 @@ parent of the @grid. - + Sets the amount of space to insert between consecutive columns. @@ -39237,7 +39237,7 @@ grid, in case that row is assigned more space than is requested. - + Sets whether all rows of @grid should have the same height. @@ -39254,7 +39254,7 @@ grid, in case that row is assigned more space than is requested. - + Sets the amount of space to insert between consecutive rows. @@ -39271,32 +39271,32 @@ grid, in case that row is assigned more space than is requested. - + The row to align to the baseline, when `GtkWidget:valign` is set to %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE. - + Whether all the columns in the grid have the same width. - + The amount of space between to consecutive columns. - + Whether all the rows in the grid have the same height. - + The amount of space between to consecutive rows. @@ -39305,7 +39305,7 @@ to %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE. `GtkLayoutChild` subclass for children in a `GtkGridLayout`. - + Retrieves the column number to which @child attaches its left side. @@ -39319,7 +39319,7 @@ to %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE. - + Retrieves the number of columns that @child spans to. @@ -39333,7 +39333,7 @@ to %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE. - + Retrieves the row number to which @child attaches its top side. @@ -39347,7 +39347,7 @@ to %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE. - + Retrieves the number of rows that @child spans to. @@ -39361,7 +39361,7 @@ to %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE. - + Sets the column number to attach the left side of @child. @@ -39378,7 +39378,7 @@ to %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE. - + Sets the number of columns @child spans to. @@ -39395,7 +39395,7 @@ to %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE. - + Sets the row to place @child in. @@ -39412,7 +39412,7 @@ to %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE. - + Sets the number of rows @child spans to. @@ -39429,25 +39429,25 @@ to %GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE. - + The column to place the child in. - + The number of columns the child spans to. - + The row to place the child in. - + The number of rows the child spans to. @@ -39530,7 +39530,7 @@ grid_view = gtk_grid_view_new (create_model (), - + Returns whether rows can be selected by dragging with the mouse. @@ -39544,7 +39544,7 @@ grid_view = gtk_grid_view_new (create_model (), - + Gets the factory that's currently used to populate list items. @@ -39558,7 +39558,7 @@ grid_view = gtk_grid_view_new (create_model (), - + Gets the maximum number of columns that the grid will use. @@ -39572,7 +39572,7 @@ grid_view = gtk_grid_view_new (create_model (), - + Gets the minimum number of columns that the grid will use. @@ -39586,7 +39586,7 @@ grid_view = gtk_grid_view_new (create_model (), - + Gets the model that's currently used to read the items displayed. @@ -39600,7 +39600,7 @@ grid_view = gtk_grid_view_new (create_model (), - + Returns whether items will be activated on single click and selected on hover. @@ -39615,7 +39615,7 @@ selected on hover. - + Sets whether selections can be changed by dragging with the mouse. @@ -39632,7 +39632,7 @@ selected on hover. - + Sets the `GtkListItemFactory` to use for populating list items. @@ -39649,7 +39649,7 @@ selected on hover. - + Sets the maximum number of columns to use. @@ -39671,7 +39671,7 @@ If @max_columns is smaller than the minimum set via - + Sets the minimum number of columns to use. @@ -39693,7 +39693,7 @@ If @min_columns is smaller than the minimum set via - + Sets the imodel to use. @@ -39712,7 +39712,7 @@ This must be a [iface@Gtk.SelectionModel]. - + Sets whether items should be activated on single click and selected on hover. @@ -39730,19 +39730,19 @@ selected on hover. - + Allow rubberband selection. - + Factory for populating list items. - + Maximum number of columns per row. @@ -39751,19 +39751,19 @@ If this number is smaller than [property@Gtk.GridView:min-columns], that value is used instead. - + Minimum number of columns per row. - + Model for the items displayed. - + Activate rows on single click and select them on hover. @@ -39876,7 +39876,7 @@ Each of the boxes contains a `windowcontrols` subnode, see - + Gets the decoration layout of the `GtkHeaderBar`. @@ -39890,7 +39890,7 @@ Each of the boxes contains a `windowcontrols` subnode, see - + Returns whether this header bar shows the standard window title buttons. @@ -39905,7 +39905,7 @@ title buttons. - + Retrieves the title widget of the header. See [method@Gtk.HeaderBar.set_title_widget]. @@ -39975,7 +39975,7 @@ The child must have been added with - + Sets the decoration layout for this header bar. @@ -40008,7 +40008,7 @@ on the left, and minimize, maximize and close buttons on the right. - + Sets whether this header bar shows the standard window title buttons. @@ -40026,7 +40026,7 @@ title buttons. - + Sets the title for the `GtkHeaderBar`. When set to %NULL, the headerbar will display the title of @@ -40052,7 +40052,7 @@ title label to be visible again. - + The decoration layout for buttons. @@ -40061,7 +40061,7 @@ If this property is not set, the [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-decoration-layout] setting is used. - + Whether to show title buttons like close, minimize, maximize. @@ -40072,7 +40072,7 @@ and by the state of the window (e.g. a close button will not be shown if the window can't be closed). - + @@ -43287,15 +43287,15 @@ allowed and what it does. Used to specify options for gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon(). - + Try to always load regular icons, even when symbolic icon names are given - + Try to always load symbolic icons, even when regular icon names are given - + Starts loading the texture in the background so it is ready when later needed. @@ -43329,7 +43329,7 @@ The icon can then be rendered by using it as a `GdkPaintable`. - + Gets the `GFile` that was used to load the icon. @@ -43345,7 +43345,7 @@ Returns %NULL if the icon was not loaded from a file. - + Get the icon name being used for this icon. @@ -43388,12 +43388,12 @@ recoloring), you have to set its icon name on a `GtkImage`. - + The file representing the icon, if any. - + The icon name that was chosen during lookup. @@ -43414,13 +43414,13 @@ All widgets which use `GtkIconSize` set the normal-icons or large-icons style classes correspondingly, and let themes determine the actual size to be used with the `-gtk-icon-size` CSS property. - + Keep the size of the parent element - + Size similar to text size - + Large size, for example in an icon view @@ -43531,7 +43531,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.IconTheme.set_search_path]. - + Returns the display that the `GtkIconTheme` object was created for. @@ -43545,7 +43545,7 @@ created for. - + Lists the names of icons in the current icon theme. a string array @@ -43588,7 +43588,7 @@ format. The array is zero-terminated. - + Gets the current resource path. See [method@Gtk.IconTheme.set_resource_path]. @@ -43606,7 +43606,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.IconTheme.set_resource_path]. - + Gets the current search path. See [method@Gtk.IconTheme.set_search_path]. @@ -43624,7 +43624,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.IconTheme.set_search_path]. - + Gets the current icon theme name. Returns (transfer full): the current icon theme name, @@ -43766,7 +43766,7 @@ GtkWidgetClass.css-changed() function. - + Sets the resource paths that will be looked at when looking for icons, similar to search paths. @@ -43796,7 +43796,7 @@ but they are treated like unthemed icons. - + Sets the search path for the icon theme object. When looking for an icon theme, GTK will search for a subdirectory @@ -43829,7 +43829,7 @@ rather than directly on the icon path.) - + Sets the name of the icon theme that the `GtkIconTheme` object uses overriding system configuration. @@ -43850,17 +43850,17 @@ from [func@Gtk.IconTheme.get_for_display]. - + The display that this icon theme object is attached to. - + The icon names that are supported by the icon theme. - + Resource paths that will be looked at when looking for icons, similar to search paths. @@ -43873,7 +43873,7 @@ of a subdirectory are also considered as ultimate fallback. - + The search path for this icon theme. When looking for icons, GTK will search for a subdirectory of @@ -43885,7 +43885,7 @@ to be extended by adding icons in the user’s home directory.) - + The name of the icon theme that is being used. Unless set to a different value, this will be the value of @@ -43906,10 +43906,10 @@ contents of the current icon theme. Error codes for `GtkIconTheme` operations. - + The icon specified does not exist in the theme - + An unspecified error occurred. @@ -44047,7 +44047,7 @@ method sets `GtkIconView`:reorderable to %FALSE. - + Gets the setting set by gtk_icon_view_set_activate_on_single_click(). %TRUE if item-activated will be emitted on a single click @@ -44088,7 +44088,7 @@ This function is only valid if @icon_view is realized. - + Returns the value of the ::column-spacing property. the space between columns @@ -44101,7 +44101,7 @@ This function is only valid if @icon_view is realized. - + Returns the value of the ::columns property. the number of columns, or -1 @@ -44239,7 +44239,7 @@ displayed. Column numbers start at 0. - + Returns the value of the ::item-orientation property which determines whether the labels are drawn beside the icons instead of below. @@ -44253,7 +44253,7 @@ whether the labels are drawn beside the icons instead of below. - + Returns the value of the ::item-padding property. the padding around items @@ -44284,7 +44284,7 @@ displayed. Row numbers start at 0. - + Returns the value of the ::item-width property. the width of a single item, or -1 @@ -44297,7 +44297,7 @@ displayed. Row numbers start at 0. - + Returns the value of the ::margin property. the space at the borders @@ -44310,7 +44310,7 @@ displayed. Row numbers start at 0. - + Returns the column with markup text for @icon_view. the markup column, or -1 if it’s unset. @@ -44323,7 +44323,7 @@ displayed. Row numbers start at 0. - + Returns the model the `GtkIconView` is based on. Returns %NULL if the model is unset. @@ -44359,7 +44359,7 @@ to the icon or %NULL if no icon exists at that position. - + Returns the column with pixbufs for @icon_view. the pixbuf column, or -1 if it’s unset. @@ -44372,7 +44372,7 @@ to the icon or %NULL if no icon exists at that position. - + Retrieves whether the user can reorder the list via drag-and-drop. See gtk_icon_view_set_reorderable(). @@ -44386,7 +44386,7 @@ See gtk_icon_view_set_reorderable(). - + Returns the value of the ::row-spacing property. the space between rows @@ -44422,7 +44422,7 @@ g_list_free_full (list, (GDestroyNotify) gtk_tree_path_free); - + Gets the selection mode of the @icon_view. the current selection mode @@ -44435,7 +44435,7 @@ g_list_free_full (list, (GDestroyNotify) gtk_tree_path_free); - + Returns the value of the ::spacing property. the space between cells @@ -44448,7 +44448,7 @@ g_list_free_full (list, (GDestroyNotify) gtk_tree_path_free); - + Returns the column with text for @icon_view. the text column, or -1 if it’s unset. @@ -44461,7 +44461,7 @@ g_list_free_full (list, (GDestroyNotify) gtk_tree_path_free); - + Returns the column of @icon_view’s model which is being used for displaying tooltips on @icon_view’s rows. @@ -44671,7 +44671,7 @@ selection cannot be modified from within this function. - + Causes the `GtkIconView`::item-activated signal to be emitted on a single click instead of a double click. @@ -44688,7 +44688,7 @@ a single click instead of a double click. - + Sets the ::column-spacing property which specifies the space which is inserted between the columns of the icon view. @@ -44705,7 +44705,7 @@ which is inserted between the columns of the icon view. - + Sets the ::columns property which determines in how many columns the icons are arranged. If @columns is -1, the number of columns will be chosen automatically @@ -44776,7 +44776,7 @@ Please note that editing can only happen when the widget is realized. - + Sets the ::item-orientation property which determines whether the labels are drawn beside the icons instead of below. @@ -44793,7 +44793,7 @@ are drawn beside the icons instead of below. - + Sets the `GtkIconView`:item-padding property which specifies the padding around each of the icon view’s items. @@ -44810,7 +44810,7 @@ around each of the icon view’s items. - + Sets the ::item-width property which specifies the width to use for each item. If it is set to -1, the icon view will automatically determine a suitable item size. @@ -44828,7 +44828,7 @@ automatically determine a suitable item size. - + Sets the ::margin property which specifies the space which is inserted at the top, bottom, left and right of the icon view. @@ -44846,7 +44846,7 @@ of the icon view. - + Sets the column with markup information for @icon_view to be @column. The markup column must be of type `G_TYPE_STRING`. If the markup column is set to something, it overrides @@ -44865,7 +44865,7 @@ the text column set by gtk_icon_view_set_text_column(). - + Sets the model for a `GtkIconView`. If the @icon_view already has a model set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If @model is %NULL, then @@ -44884,7 +44884,7 @@ it will unset the old model. - + Sets the column with pixbufs for @icon_view to be @column. The pixbuf column must be of type `GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF` @@ -44901,7 +44901,7 @@ column must be of type `GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF` - + This function is a convenience function to allow you to reorder models that support the `GtkTreeDragSourceIface` and the `GtkTreeDragDestIface`. Both `GtkTreeStore` and `GtkListStore` support these. If @reorderable is %TRUE, then @@ -44928,7 +44928,7 @@ handle drag and drop manually. - + Sets the ::row-spacing property which specifies the space which is inserted between the rows of the icon view. @@ -44945,7 +44945,7 @@ which is inserted between the rows of the icon view. - + Sets the selection mode of the @icon_view. @@ -44961,7 +44961,7 @@ which is inserted between the rows of the icon view. - + Sets the ::spacing property which specifies the space which is inserted between the cells (i.e. the icon and the text) of an item. @@ -44979,7 +44979,7 @@ the text) of an item. - + Sets the column with text for @icon_view to be @column. The text column must be of type `G_TYPE_STRING`. @@ -45023,7 +45023,7 @@ See also gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative. - + If you only plan to have simple (text-only) tooltips on full items, you can use this function to have `GtkIconView` handle these automatically for you. @column should be set to the column in @icon_view’s model @@ -45124,7 +45124,7 @@ method sets `GtkIconView`:reorderable to %FALSE. - + The activate-on-single-click property specifies whether the "item-activated" signal will be emitted after a single click. @@ -45136,39 +45136,39 @@ If no area is specified when creating the icon view with gtk_icon_view_new_with_ a `GtkCellAreaBox` will be used. - + The column-spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between the columns of the icon view. - + The columns property contains the number of the columns in which the items should be displayed. If it is -1, the number of columns will be chosen automatically to fill the available area. - + The item-orientation property specifies how the cells (i.e. the icon and the text) of the item are positioned relative to each other. - + The item-padding property specifies the padding around each of the icon view's item. - + The item-width property specifies the width to use for each item. If it is set to -1, the icon view will automatically determine a suitable item size. - + The margin property specifies the space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view. - + The ::markup-column property contains the number of the model column containing markup information to be displayed. The markup column must be of type `G_TYPE_STRING`. If this property and the :text-column property @@ -45176,45 +45176,45 @@ are both set to column numbers, it overrides the text column. If both are set to -1, no texts are displayed. - + - + The ::pixbuf-column property contains the number of the model column containing the pixbufs which are displayed. The pixbuf column must be of type `GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF`. Setting this property to -1 turns off the display of pixbufs. - + The reorderable property specifies if the items can be reordered by DND. - + The row-spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between the rows of the icon view. - + The ::selection-mode property specifies the selection mode of icon view. If the mode is %GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubberband selection is enabled, for the other modes, only keyboard selection is possible. - + The spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between the cells (i.e. the icon and the text) of an item. - + The ::text-column property contains the number of the model column containing the texts which are displayed. The text column must be of type `G_TYPE_STRING`. If this property and the :markup-column property are both set to -1, no texts are displayed. - + @@ -45351,22 +45351,22 @@ The default binding for this signal is Ctrl-Shift-a. An enum for determining where a dropped item goes. - + no drop possible - + dropped item replaces the item - + dropped item is inserted to the left - + dropped item is inserted to the right - + dropped item is inserted above - + dropped item is inserted below @@ -45583,7 +45583,7 @@ appropriate for displaying the file. - + Gets the `GIcon` being displayed by the `GtkImage`. @@ -45602,7 +45602,7 @@ returned `GIcon`. - + Gets the icon name and size being displayed by the `GtkImage`. @@ -45621,7 +45621,7 @@ be freed. - + Gets the icon size used by the @image when rendering icons. @@ -45635,7 +45635,7 @@ be freed. - + Gets the image `GdkPaintable` being displayed by the `GtkImage`. @@ -45654,7 +45654,7 @@ returned paintable. - + Gets the pixel size used for named icons. @@ -45668,7 +45668,7 @@ returned paintable. - + Gets the type of representation being used by the `GtkImage` to store image data. @@ -45804,7 +45804,7 @@ See [ctor@Gtk.Image.new_from_resource] for details. - + Suggests an icon size to the theme for named icons. @@ -45821,7 +45821,7 @@ See [ctor@Gtk.Image.new_from_resource] for details. - + Sets the pixel size to use for named icons. @@ -45846,7 +45846,7 @@ of the icon size set by [method@Gtk.Image.set_from_icon_name]. The `GFile to display. - + The `GIcon` displayed in the GtkImage. @@ -45855,7 +45855,7 @@ For themed icons, If the icon theme is changed, the image will be updated automatically. - + The name of the icon in the icon theme. @@ -45863,19 +45863,19 @@ automatically. If the icon theme is changed, the image will be updated automatically. - + The symbolic size to display icons at. - + The `GdkPaintable` to display. - + The size in pixels to display icons at. @@ -45890,7 +45890,7 @@ If set to a value != -1, this property overrides the A path to a resource file to display. - + The representation being used for image data. @@ -45913,16 +45913,16 @@ returns %GTK_IMAGE_PAINTABLE, then you can call gtk_image_get_paintable(). For empty images, you can request any storage type (call any of the "get" functions), but they will all return %NULL values. - + there is no image displayed by the widget - + the widget contains a named icon - + the widget contains a `GIcon` - + the widget contains a `GdkPaintable` @@ -46129,7 +46129,7 @@ text and response ID. - + Returns the message type of the message area. @@ -46143,7 +46143,7 @@ text and response ID. - + Returns whether the info bar is currently revealed. @@ -46157,7 +46157,7 @@ text and response ID. - + Returns whether the widget will display a standard close button. @@ -46244,7 +46244,7 @@ be added to a widget hierarchy. - + Sets the message type of the message area. @@ -46287,7 +46287,7 @@ A convenient way to sensitize/desensitize buttons. - + Sets whether the `GtkInfoBar` is revealed. @@ -46311,7 +46311,7 @@ if [property@Gtk.Widget:visible] is %FALSE. - + If true, a standard close button is shown. @@ -46330,7 +46330,7 @@ When clicked it emits the response %GTK_RESPONSE_CLOSE. - + The type of the message. @@ -46338,13 +46338,13 @@ When clicked it emits the response %GTK_RESPONSE_CLOSE. The type may be used to determine the appearance of the info bar. - + Whether the info bar shows its contents. - + Whether to include a standard close button. @@ -46389,46 +46389,46 @@ Some common sense is expected when using these flags - mixing This enumeration may be extended in the future; input methods should ignore unknown values. - + No special behaviour suggested - + Suggest checking for typos - + Suggest not checking for typos - + Suggest word completion - + Suggest to convert all text to lowercase - + Suggest to capitalize all text - + Suggest to capitalize the first character of each word - + Suggest to capitalize the first word of each sentence - + Suggest to not show an onscreen keyboard (e.g for a calculator that already has all the keys). - + The text is vertical - + Suggest offering Emoji support - + Suggest not offering Emoji support - + Request that the input method should not update personalized data (like typing history) @@ -46453,52 +46453,52 @@ minus) and “e” or “E” as in 3.14E+000. This enumeration may be extended in the future; input methods should interpret unknown values as “free form”. - + Allow any character - + Allow only alphabetic characters - + Allow only digits - + Edited field expects numbers - + Edited field expects phone number - + Edited field expects URL - + Edited field expects email address - + Edited field expects the name of a person - + Like %GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_FREE_FORM, but characters are hidden - + Like %GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_DIGITS, but characters are hidden - + Allow any character, in addition to control codes Used for justifying the text inside a `GtkLabel` widget. - + The text is placed at the left edge of the label. - + The text is placed at the right edge of the label. - + The text is placed in the center of the label. - + The text is placed is distributed across the label. @@ -46522,7 +46522,7 @@ the key with the given @keyval and @modifiers is pressed. - + Gets the keyval that must be pressed to succeed triggering @self. @@ -46537,7 +46537,7 @@ triggering @self. - + Gets the modifiers that must be present to succeed triggering @self. @@ -46552,12 +46552,12 @@ triggering @self. - + The key value for the trigger. - + The key modifiers for the trigger. @@ -46939,7 +46939,7 @@ and be activated by the mnemonic. - + Gets the labels attribute list. @@ -46980,7 +46980,7 @@ handler or for use in a [signal@Gtk.Widget::query-tooltip] handler. - + Returns the ellipsizing position of the label. @@ -46996,7 +46996,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Label.set_ellipsize]. - + Gets the extra menu model of @label. @@ -47012,7 +47012,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Label.set_extra_menu]. - + Returns the justification of the label. @@ -47028,7 +47028,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Label.set_justify]. - + Fetches the text from a label. @@ -47091,7 +47091,7 @@ or [const@Pango.SCALE]. - + Gets the number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping label should be limited. @@ -47108,7 +47108,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Label.set_lines]. - + Retrieves the desired maximum width of @label, in characters. @@ -47124,7 +47124,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Label.set_width_chars]. - + Return the mnemonic accelerator. @@ -47142,7 +47142,7 @@ mnemonic set up it returns `GDK_KEY_VoidSymbol`. - + Retrieves the target of the mnemonic (keyboard shortcut) of this label. @@ -47160,7 +47160,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Label.set_mnemonic_widget]. - + Returns whether the label is selectable. @@ -47195,7 +47195,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Label.set_mnemonic_widget]. - + Returns whether the label is in single line mode. @@ -47227,7 +47227,7 @@ any embedded underlines indicating mnemonics or Pango markup. (See - + Returns whether the label’s text is interpreted as Pango markup. @@ -47243,7 +47243,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Label.set_use_markup]. - + Returns whether an embedded underlines in the label indicate mnemonics. @@ -47260,7 +47260,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Label.set_use_underline]. - + Retrieves the desired width of @label, in characters. @@ -47276,7 +47276,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Label.set_width_chars]. - + Returns whether lines in the label are automatically wrapped. @@ -47292,7 +47292,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Label.set_wrap]. - + Returns line wrap mode used by the label. @@ -47308,7 +47308,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Label.set_wrap_mode]. - + Gets the `xalign` of the label. @@ -47324,7 +47324,7 @@ See the [property@Gtk.Label:xalign] property. - + Gets the `yalign` of the label. @@ -47364,7 +47364,7 @@ this function has no effect. If @start_offset or - + Apply attributes to the label text. @@ -47388,7 +47388,7 @@ be applied to the label after the markup string is parsed. - + Sets the mode used to ellipsizei the text. @@ -47408,7 +47408,7 @@ to render the entire string. - + Sets a menu model to add when constructing the context menu for @label. @@ -47426,7 +47426,7 @@ the context menu for @label. - + Sets the alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. @@ -47450,7 +47450,7 @@ only a single line. - + Sets the text of the label. @@ -47471,7 +47471,7 @@ and [property@Gtk.Label:use-markup] properties. - + Sets the number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping label should be limited. @@ -47558,7 +47558,7 @@ automatically, or explicitly using [method@Gtk.Label.set_mnemonic_widget]. - + Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @label to @n_chars. @@ -47575,7 +47575,7 @@ automatically, or explicitly using [method@Gtk.Label.set_mnemonic_widget]. - + Associate the label with its mnemonic target. @@ -47608,7 +47608,7 @@ and toggle focus between the colliding widgets otherwise. - + Makes text in the label selectable. @@ -47628,7 +47628,7 @@ for copy-and-paste. - + Sets whether the label is in single line mode. @@ -47693,7 +47693,7 @@ automatically, or explicitly using [method@Gtk.Label.set_mnemonic_widget]. - + Sets whether the text of the label contains markup. @@ -47712,7 +47712,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Label.set_markup]. - + Sets whether underlines in the text indicate mnemonics. @@ -47729,7 +47729,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Label.set_markup]. - + Sets the desired width in characters of @label to @n_chars. @@ -47746,7 +47746,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Label.set_markup]. - + Toggles line wrapping within the `GtkLabel` widget. @@ -47773,7 +47773,7 @@ set the label’s width using [method@Gtk.Widget.set_size_request]. - + Controls how line wrapping is done. @@ -47794,7 +47794,7 @@ which means wrap on word boundaries. - + Sets the `xalign` of the label. @@ -47813,7 +47813,7 @@ See the [property@Gtk.Label:xalign] property. - + Sets the `yalign` of the label. @@ -47832,13 +47832,13 @@ See the [property@Gtk.Label:yalign] property. - + A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label. - + The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does @@ -47853,13 +47853,13 @@ Other ways to set a label's width are [method@Gtk.Widget.set_size_request] and [method@Gtk.Label.set_width_chars]. - + A menu model whose contents will be appended to the context menu. - + The alignment of the lines in the text of the label, relative to each other. @@ -47868,7 +47868,7 @@ This does *not* affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See [property@Gtk.Label:xalign] for that. - + The contents of the label. @@ -47885,7 +47885,7 @@ set the [property@Gtk.Label:use-underline] property to %TRUE in order for the label to display them. - + The number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping label @@ -47895,7 +47895,7 @@ This property has no effect if the label is not wrapping or ellipsized. Set this property to -1 if you don't want to limit the number of lines. - + The desired maximum width of the label, in characters. @@ -47907,24 +47907,24 @@ See the section on [text layout][label-text-layout] for details of how determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels. - + The mnemonic accelerator key for the label. - + The widget to be activated when the labels mnemonic key is pressed. - + Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse. - + Whether the label is in single line mode. @@ -47935,7 +47935,7 @@ can be an advantage in situations where resizing the label because of text changes would be distracting, e.g. in a statusbar. - + %TRUE if the text of the label includes Pango markup. @@ -47943,13 +47943,13 @@ of text changes would be distracting, e.g. in a statusbar. See [func@Pango.parse_markup]. - + %TRUE if the text of the label indicates a mnemonic with _. - + The desired width of the label, in characters. @@ -47961,13 +47961,13 @@ See the section on [text layout][label-text-layout] for details of how determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels. - + %TRUE if the label text will wrap if it gets too wide. - + Controls how the line wrapping is done. @@ -47977,7 +47977,7 @@ This only affects the formatting if line wrapping is on (see the which means wrap on word boundaries. - + The horizontal alignment of the label text inside its size allocation. @@ -47986,7 +47986,7 @@ Compare this to [property@Gtk.Widget:halign], which determines how the labels size allocation is positioned in the space available for the label. - + The vertical alignment of the label text inside its size allocation. @@ -48081,7 +48081,7 @@ manager should use a `GtkLayoutChild` implementation to store those properties. A `GtkLayoutChild` instance is only ever valid while a widget is part of a layout. - + Retrieves the `GtkWidget` associated to the given @layout_child. @@ -48095,7 +48095,7 @@ of a layout. - + Retrieves the `GtkLayoutManager` instance that created the given @layout_child. @@ -48110,12 +48110,12 @@ given @layout_child. - + The widget that is associated to the `GtkLayoutChild` instance. - + The layout manager that created the `GtkLayoutChild` instance. @@ -48778,7 +48778,7 @@ replaced by @value. - + Returns whether the levelbar is inverted. @@ -48792,7 +48792,7 @@ replaced by @value. - + Returns the `max-value` of the `GtkLevelBar`. @@ -48806,7 +48806,7 @@ replaced by @value. - + Returns the `min-value of the `GtkLevelBar`. @@ -48820,7 +48820,7 @@ replaced by @value. - + Returns the `mode` of the `GtkLevelBar`. @@ -48855,7 +48855,7 @@ replaced by @value. - + Returns the `value` of the `GtkLevelBar`. @@ -48889,7 +48889,7 @@ The marker must have been previously added with - + Sets whether the `GtkLevelBar` is inverted. @@ -48906,7 +48906,7 @@ The marker must have been previously added with - + Sets the `max-value` of the `GtkLevelBar`. @@ -48926,7 +48926,7 @@ this function. - + Sets the `min-value` of the `GtkLevelBar`. @@ -48946,7 +48946,7 @@ this function. - + Sets the `mode` of the `GtkLevelBar`. @@ -48963,7 +48963,7 @@ this function. - + Sets the value of the `GtkLevelBar`. @@ -48981,7 +48981,7 @@ this function. - + Whether the `GtkLeveBar` is inverted. @@ -48990,19 +48990,19 @@ Level bars normally grow from top to bottom or left to right. Inverted level bars grow in the opposite direction. - + Determines the maximum value of the interval that can be displayed by the bar. - + Determines the minimum value of the interval that can be displayed by the bar. - + Determines the way `GtkLevelBar` interprets the value properties to draw the @@ -49017,7 +49017,7 @@ the integral roundings of [property@Gtk.LevelBar:min-value] and [property@Gtk.LevelBar:max-value]. - + Determines the currently filled value of the level bar. @@ -49048,10 +49048,10 @@ the value of offset "x" changes. Note that this enumeration could be extended with additional modes in the future. - + the bar has a continuous mode - + the bar has a discrete mode @@ -49059,59 +49059,59 @@ in the future. The type of license for an application. This enumeration can be expanded at later date. - + No license specified - + A license text is going to be specified by the developer - + The GNU General Public License, version 2.0 or later - + The GNU General Public License, version 3.0 or later - + The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 2.1 or later - + The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 3.0 or later - + The BSD standard license - + The MIT/X11 standard license - + The Artistic License, version 2.0 - + The GNU General Public License, version 2.0 only - + The GNU General Public License, version 3.0 only - + The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 2.1 only - + The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 3.0 only - + The GNU Affero General Public License, version 3.0 or later - + The GNU Affero General Public License, version 3.0 only - + The 3-clause BSD licence - + The Apache License, version 2.0 - + The Mozilla Public License, version 2.0 @@ -49176,7 +49176,7 @@ it from a plain `GtkButton`, it gets the .link style class. - + Retrieves the URI of the `GtkLinkButton`. @@ -49191,7 +49191,7 @@ it from a plain `GtkButton`, it gets the .link style class. - + Retrieves the “visited” state of the `GtkLinkButton`. @@ -49210,7 +49210,7 @@ The state may also be changed using [method@Gtk.LinkButton.set_visited]. - + Sets @uri as the URI where the `GtkLinkButton` points. @@ -49229,7 +49229,7 @@ As a side-effect this unsets the “visited” state of the button. - + Sets the “visited” state of the `GtkLinkButton`. @@ -49248,13 +49248,13 @@ See [method@Gtk.LinkButton.get_visited] for more details. - + The URI bound to this button. - + The 'visited' state of this button. @@ -49451,7 +49451,7 @@ it will have the highlight removed. - + Returns whether rows activate on single clicks. @@ -49550,7 +49550,7 @@ find all selected rows. - + Gets the selection mode of the listbox. @@ -49564,7 +49564,7 @@ find all selected rows. - + Returns whether the list box should show separators between rows. @@ -49740,7 +49740,7 @@ Note that the selection cannot be modified from within this function. - + If @single is %TRUE, rows will be activated when you click on them, otherwise you need to double-click. @@ -49884,7 +49884,7 @@ it doesn't display any visible children. - + Sets how selection works in the listbox. @@ -49901,7 +49901,7 @@ it doesn't display any visible children. - + Sets whether the list box should show separators between rows. @@ -49986,20 +49986,20 @@ Note that using a sort function is incompatible with using a model Whether to accept unpaired release events. - + Determines whether children can be activated with a single click, or require a double-click. - + The selection mode used by the list box. - + Whether to show separators between rows. @@ -50203,7 +50203,7 @@ but that is more expensive. - + Gets whether the row is activatable. @@ -50217,7 +50217,7 @@ but that is more expensive. - + Gets the child widget of @row. @@ -50262,7 +50262,7 @@ the state of it. - + Gets whether the row can be selected. @@ -50290,7 +50290,7 @@ the state of it. - + Set whether the row is activatable. @@ -50307,7 +50307,7 @@ the state of it. - + Sets the child widget of @self. @@ -50345,7 +50345,7 @@ and be shown in front of the row in the listbox. - + Set whether the row can be selected. @@ -50362,20 +50362,20 @@ and be shown in front of the row in the listbox. - + Determines whether the ::row-activated signal will be emitted for this row. - + The child widget. - + Determines whether this row can be selected. @@ -50479,7 +50479,7 @@ by application code. This is done by calling [method@Gtk.ListItem.set_child]. 2. The bound stage where the listitem references an item from the list. The [property@Gtk.ListItem:item] property is not %NULL. - + Checks if a list item has been set to be activatable via gtk_list_item_set_activatable(). @@ -50494,7 +50494,7 @@ gtk_list_item_set_activatable(). - + Gets the child previously set via gtk_list_item_set_child() or %NULL if none was set. @@ -50509,7 +50509,7 @@ gtk_list_item_set_activatable(). - + Gets the model item that associated with @self. @@ -50525,7 +50525,7 @@ If @self is unbound, this function returns %NULL. - + Gets the position in the model that @self currently displays. @@ -50541,7 +50541,7 @@ If @self is unbound, %GTK_INVALID_LIST_POSITION is returned. - + Checks if a list item has been set to be selectable via gtk_list_item_set_selectable(). @@ -50558,7 +50558,7 @@ Do not confuse this function with [method@Gtk.ListItem.get_selected]. - + Checks if the item is displayed as selected. @@ -50575,7 +50575,7 @@ and cannot be set otherwise. - + Sets @self to be activatable. @@ -50600,7 +50600,7 @@ By default, list items are activatable. - + Sets the child to be used for this listitem. @@ -50621,7 +50621,7 @@ binding it multiple times. - + Sets @self to be selectable. @@ -50649,35 +50649,35 @@ a new item, they will also be reset to be selectable by GTK. - + If the item can be activated by the user. - + Widget used for display. - + Displayed item. - + Position of the item. - + If the item can be selected by the user. - + If the item is currently selected. @@ -51541,7 +51541,7 @@ list_view = gtk_list_view_new (create_model (), - + Returns whether rows can be selected by dragging with the mouse. @@ -51555,7 +51555,7 @@ list_view = gtk_list_view_new (create_model (), - + Gets the factory that's currently used to populate list items. @@ -51569,7 +51569,7 @@ list_view = gtk_list_view_new (create_model (), - + Gets the model that's currently used to read the items displayed. @@ -51583,7 +51583,7 @@ list_view = gtk_list_view_new (create_model (), - + Returns whether the list box should show separators between rows. @@ -51598,7 +51598,7 @@ between rows. - + Returns whether rows will be activated on single click and selected on hover. @@ -51613,7 +51613,7 @@ selected on hover. - + Sets whether selections can be changed by dragging with the mouse. @@ -51630,7 +51630,7 @@ selected on hover. - + Sets the `GtkListItemFactory` to use for populating list items. @@ -51647,7 +51647,7 @@ selected on hover. - + Sets the model to use. @@ -51666,7 +51666,7 @@ This must be a [iface@Gtk.SelectionModel] to use. - + Sets whether the list box should show separators between rows. @@ -51684,7 +51684,7 @@ between rows. - + Sets whether rows should be activated on single click and selected on hover. @@ -51702,31 +51702,31 @@ selected on hover. - + Allow rubberband selection. - + Factory for populating list items. - + Model for the items displayed. - + Show separators between rows. - + Activate rows on single click and select them on hover. @@ -51806,7 +51806,7 @@ with the [property@Gtk.LockButton:text-lock], - + Obtains the `GPermission` object that controls @button. @@ -51820,7 +51820,7 @@ with the [property@Gtk.LockButton:text-lock], - + Sets the `GPermission` object that controls @button. @@ -51837,7 +51837,7 @@ with the [property@Gtk.LockButton:text-lock], - + The `GPermission object controlling this button. @@ -51973,7 +51973,7 @@ they are no longer needed and recreate them if necessary. - + Gets the model that is currently being mapped or %NULL if none. @@ -51987,7 +51987,7 @@ they are no longer needed and recreate them if necessary. - + Checks if a map function is currently set on @self. @@ -52056,12 +52056,12 @@ they are doing and have set up an appropriate map function. - + If a map is set for this model - + The model being mapped. @@ -52116,7 +52116,7 @@ Usually, `GtkMediaControls` is used as part of [class@Gtk.Video]. - + Gets the media stream managed by @controls or %NULL if none. @@ -52130,7 +52130,7 @@ Usually, `GtkMediaControls` is used as part of [class@Gtk.Video]. - + Sets the stream that is controlled by @controls. @@ -52147,7 +52147,7 @@ Usually, `GtkMediaControls` is used as part of [class@Gtk.Video]. - + The media-stream managed by this object or %NULL if none. @@ -52269,7 +52269,7 @@ to a `GFile` and calls [ctor@Gtk.MediaFile.new_for_file]. - + Returns the file that @self is currently playing from. @@ -52286,7 +52286,7 @@ When @self is not playing or not playing from a file, - + Returns the stream that @self is currently playing from. @@ -52303,7 +52303,7 @@ When @self is not playing or not playing from a stream, - + Sets the `GtkMediaFile` to play the given file. @@ -52341,7 +52341,7 @@ to a `GFile` and calls [method@Gtk.MediaFile.set_file]. - + Sets the `GtkMediaFile` to play the given stream. @@ -52382,13 +52382,13 @@ to a `GFile` and calls [method@Gtk.MediaFile.set_file]. - + The file being played back or %NULL if not playing a file. - + The stream being played back or %NULL if not playing a stream. @@ -52592,7 +52592,7 @@ allocated from @surface. - + Pauses the media stream and marks it as ended. This is a hint only, calls to [method@Gtk.MediaStream.play] @@ -52699,7 +52699,7 @@ To unset an error, the stream must be reset via a call to - + Gets the duration of the stream. @@ -52715,7 +52715,7 @@ If the duration is not known, 0 will be returned. - + Returns whether the streams playback is finished. @@ -52729,7 +52729,7 @@ If the duration is not known, 0 will be returned. - + If the stream is in an error state, returns the `GError` explaining that state. @@ -52757,7 +52757,7 @@ set, e.g. with [method@Gtk.MediaFile.set_file]. - + Returns whether the stream is set to loop. @@ -52773,7 +52773,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.MediaStream.set_loop] for details. - + Returns whether the audio for the stream is muted. @@ -52789,7 +52789,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.MediaStream.set_muted] for details. - + Return whether the stream is currently playing. @@ -52803,7 +52803,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.MediaStream.set_muted] for details. - + Returns the current presentation timestamp in microseconds. @@ -52817,7 +52817,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.MediaStream.set_muted] for details. - + Returns the volume of the audio for the stream. @@ -52833,7 +52833,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.MediaStream.set_volume] for details. - + Returns whether the stream has audio. @@ -52847,7 +52847,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.MediaStream.set_volume] for details. - + Returns whether the stream has video. @@ -53063,7 +53063,7 @@ ending a seek. - + Sets whether the stream should loop. @@ -53087,7 +53087,7 @@ loop setting and just end. - + Sets whether the audio stream should be muted. @@ -53111,7 +53111,7 @@ still work but it will not have an audible effect. - + Starts or pauses playback of the stream. @@ -53128,7 +53128,7 @@ still work but it will not have an audible effect. - + Sets the volume of the audio stream. @@ -53279,45 +53279,45 @@ The media stream must be prepared when this function is called. - + The stream's duration in microseconds or 0 if unknown. - + Set when playback has finished. - + %NULL for a properly working stream or the `GError` that the stream is in. - + Whether the stream contains audio. - + Whether the stream contains video. - + Try to restart the media from the beginning once it ended. - + Whether the audio stream should be muted. - + Whether the stream is currently playing. @@ -53339,12 +53339,12 @@ audio and video is known. Set while a seek is in progress. - + The current presentation timestamp in microseconds. - + Volume of the audio stream. @@ -53585,7 +53585,7 @@ should you wish to. - + Gets whether to show a dropdown arrow even when using an icon. @@ -53599,7 +53599,7 @@ should you wish to. - + Returns the direction the popup will be pointing at when popped up. @@ -53613,7 +53613,7 @@ should you wish to. - + Returns whether the button has a frame. @@ -53627,7 +53627,7 @@ should you wish to. - + Gets the name of the icon shown in the button. @@ -53641,7 +53641,7 @@ should you wish to. - + Gets the label shown in the button @@ -53655,7 +53655,7 @@ should you wish to. - + Returns the `GMenuModel` used to generate the popup. @@ -53669,7 +53669,7 @@ should you wish to. - + Returns the `GtkPopover` that pops out of the button. @@ -53686,7 +53686,7 @@ returns %NULL. - + Returns whether the menu button acts as a primary menu. @@ -53700,7 +53700,7 @@ returns %NULL. - + Returns whether an embedded underline in the text indicates a mnemonic. @@ -53740,7 +53740,7 @@ mnemonic. - + Sets whether to show a dropdown arrow even when using an icon. @@ -53794,7 +53794,7 @@ Using this function will not reset the menu widget attached to - + Sets the direction in which the popup will be popped up. @@ -53820,7 +53820,7 @@ as if you passed %GTK_ARROW_DOWN (although you won’t see any arrows). - + Sets the style of the button. @@ -53837,7 +53837,7 @@ as if you passed %GTK_ARROW_DOWN (although you won’t see any arrows). - + Sets the name of an icon to show inside the menu button. @@ -53854,7 +53854,7 @@ as if you passed %GTK_ARROW_DOWN (although you won’t see any arrows). - + Sets the label to show inside the menu button. @@ -53871,7 +53871,7 @@ as if you passed %GTK_ARROW_DOWN (although you won’t see any arrows). - + Sets the `GMenuModel` from which the popup will be constructed. @@ -53898,7 +53898,7 @@ dissociated from the @menu_button, and the property is set to %NULL. - + Sets the `GtkPopover` that will be popped up when the @menu_button is clicked. @@ -53920,7 +53920,7 @@ from the @menu_button, and the property is set to %NULL. - + Sets whether menu button acts as a primary menu. @@ -53939,7 +53939,7 @@ Primary menus can be opened with the <kbd>F10</kbd> key. - + If true, an underline in the text indicates a mnemonic. @@ -53956,38 +53956,38 @@ Primary menus can be opened with the <kbd>F10</kbd> key. - + Whether to show a dropdown arrow even when using an icon. - + The `GtkArrowType` representing the direction in which the menu or popover will be popped out. - + Whether the button has a frame. - + The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button. - + The label for the button. - + The `GMenuModel` from which the popup will be created. @@ -53996,13 +53996,13 @@ See [method@Gtk.MenuButton.set_menu_model] for the interaction with the [property@Gtk.MenuButton:popover] property. - + The `GtkPopover` that will be popped up when the button is clicked. - + Whether the menu button acts as a primary menu. @@ -54010,7 +54010,7 @@ with the [property@Gtk.MenuButton:popover] property. Primary menus can be opened using the <kbd>F10</kbd> key - + If set an underscore in the text indicates a mnemonic. @@ -54264,7 +54264,7 @@ g_free (msg); - + Returns the message area of the dialog. This is the box where the dialog’s primary and secondary labels @@ -54302,7 +54302,7 @@ for the corresponding function in the parent [class@Gtk.Dialog]. - + The `GtkBox` that corresponds to the message area of this dialog. See [method@Gtk.MessageDialog.get_message_area] for a detailed @@ -54342,19 +54342,19 @@ See [func@Pango.parse_markup]. The type of message being displayed in a `GtkMessageDialog`. - + Informational message - + Non-fatal warning message - + Question requiring a choice - + Fatal error message - + None of the above @@ -54394,7 +54394,7 @@ modifiers is detected. - + Gets the keyval that must be pressed to succeed triggering @self. @@ -54408,7 +54408,7 @@ modifiers is detected. - + The key value for the trigger. @@ -54442,7 +54442,7 @@ enter passwords, ask questions or show processes blocking unmount. - + Gets the display on which windows of the `GtkMountOperation` will be shown. @@ -54457,7 +54457,7 @@ will be shown. - + Gets the transient parent used by the `GtkMountOperation`. @@ -54471,7 +54471,7 @@ will be shown. - + Returns whether the `GtkMountOperation` is currently displaying a window. @@ -54486,7 +54486,7 @@ a window. - + Sets the display to show windows of the `GtkMountOperation` on. @@ -54503,7 +54503,7 @@ a window. - + Sets the transient parent for windows shown by the `GtkMountOperation`. @@ -54521,18 +54521,18 @@ a window. - + The display where dialogs will be shown. - + Whether a dialog is currently shown. - + The parent window. @@ -54583,34 +54583,34 @@ a window. Passed as argument to various keybinding signals for moving the cursor position. - + Move forward or back by graphemes - + Move left or right by graphemes - + Move forward or back by words - + Move up or down lines (wrapped lines) - + Move to either end of a line - + Move up or down paragraphs (newline-ended lines) - + Move to either end of a paragraph - + Move by pages - + Move to ends of the buffer - + Move horizontally by pages @@ -54674,7 +54674,7 @@ elements. - + Returns the underlying model of @self. @@ -54688,7 +54688,7 @@ elements. - + Sets the model that @self should wrap. @@ -54707,7 +54707,7 @@ If @model is %NULL, @self will be empty. - + The list managed by this selection. @@ -54824,7 +54824,7 @@ how to add actions to widgets. - + Returns the name of the action that will be activated. @@ -54838,7 +54838,7 @@ how to add actions to widgets. - + The name of the action to activate. @@ -55042,7 +55042,7 @@ windowing system to the `GtkNativeDialog`. - + Returns whether the dialog is modal. @@ -55056,7 +55056,7 @@ windowing system to the `GtkNativeDialog`. - + Gets the title of the `GtkNativeDialog`. @@ -55072,7 +55072,7 @@ windowing system to the `GtkNativeDialog`. - + Fetches the transient parent for this window. @@ -55087,7 +55087,7 @@ windowing system to the `GtkNativeDialog`. - + Determines whether the dialog is visible. @@ -55119,7 +55119,7 @@ If the dialog is not visible this does nothing. - + Sets a dialog modal or non-modal. @@ -55142,7 +55142,7 @@ then disallow lowering the dialog below the parent. - + Sets the title of the `GtkNativeDialog.` @@ -55159,7 +55159,7 @@ then disallow lowering the dialog below the parent. - + Dialog windows should be set transient for the main application window they were spawned from. @@ -55200,25 +55200,25 @@ Multiple calls while the dialog is visible will be ignored. - + Whether the window should be modal with respect to its transient parent. - + The title of the dialog window - + The transient parent of the dialog, or %NULL for none. - + Whether the window is currently visible. @@ -55356,7 +55356,7 @@ when a `GtkSelectionModel` is required. - + Gets the model that @self is wrapping. @@ -55370,7 +55370,7 @@ when a `GtkSelectionModel` is required. - + Sets the model that @self should wrap. @@ -55389,7 +55389,7 @@ If @model is %NULL, this model will be empty. - + The model being managed. @@ -55618,7 +55618,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Notebook.set_action_widget]. - + Gets the current group name for @notebook. @@ -55705,7 +55705,7 @@ is out of bounds - + Returns the `GtkNotebookPage` for @child. the `GtkNotebookPage` for @child @@ -55722,7 +55722,7 @@ is out of bounds - + Returns a `GListModel` that contains the pages of the notebook. @@ -55742,7 +55742,7 @@ and modify the visible page. - + Returns whether the tab label area has arrows for scrolling. @@ -55756,7 +55756,7 @@ and modify the visible page. - + Returns whether a bevel will be drawn around the notebook pages. @@ -55770,7 +55770,7 @@ and modify the visible page. - + Returns whether the tabs of the notebook are shown. @@ -55841,7 +55841,7 @@ if no tab label has specifically been set for @child. - + Gets the edge at which the tabs are drawn. @@ -56159,7 +56159,7 @@ adding them to a notebook. - + Sets a group name for @notebook. @@ -56221,7 +56221,7 @@ not be able to exchange tabs with any other notebook. - + Sets whether the tab label area will have arrows for scrolling if there are too many tabs to fit in the area. @@ -56239,7 +56239,7 @@ scrolling if there are too many tabs to fit in the area. - + Sets whether a bevel will be drawn around the notebook pages. @@ -56258,7 +56258,7 @@ This only has a visual effect when the tabs are not shown. - + Sets whether to show the tabs for the notebook or not. @@ -56383,7 +56383,7 @@ containing @child. - + Sets the edge at which the tabs are drawn. @@ -56425,42 +56425,42 @@ via drag and drop or not. If %TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook shows a page switching menu. - + Group name for tab drag and drop. - + The index of the current page. - + A selection model with the pages. - + If %TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many pages to fit. - + Whether the border should be shown. - + Whether tabs should be shown. - + Which side of the notebook holds the tabs. @@ -56610,7 +56610,7 @@ right after a page has been reordered. `GtkNotebookPage` is an auxiliary object used by `GtkNotebook`. - + Returns the notebook child to which @page belongs. @@ -56624,7 +56624,7 @@ right after a page has been reordered. - + The child for this page. @@ -56668,10 +56668,10 @@ right after a page has been reordered. The parameter used in the action signals of `GtkNotebook`. - + the first tab in the notebook - + the last tab in the notebook @@ -56692,28 +56692,28 @@ activating it always fails. Used to determine the layout of pages on a sheet when printing multiple pages per sheet. - + ![](layout-lrtb.png) - + ![](layout-lrbt.png) - + ![](layout-rltb.png) - + ![](layout-rlbt.png) - + ![](layout-tblr.png) - + ![](layout-tbrl.png) - + ![](layout-btlr.png) - + ![](layout-btrl.png) @@ -56738,7 +56738,7 @@ Smaller numbers will be sorted first. You can call - + Gets the expression that is evaluated to obtain numbers from items. @@ -56752,7 +56752,7 @@ Smaller numbers will be sorted first. You can call - + Gets whether this sorter will sort smaller numbers first. @@ -56766,7 +56766,7 @@ Smaller numbers will be sorted first. You can call - + Sets the expression that is evaluated to obtain numbers from items. @@ -56789,7 +56789,7 @@ numerically, such as %G_TYPE_INT or %G_TYPE_DOUBLE. - + Sets whether to sort smaller numbers before larger ones. @@ -56806,13 +56806,13 @@ numerically, such as %G_TYPE_INT or %G_TYPE_DOUBLE. - + The expression to evaluate on items to get a number to compare with. - + Whether the sorter will sort smaller numbers first. @@ -56884,13 +56884,13 @@ These values can be used with a `GCompareFunc`. However, a `GCompareFunc` is allowed to return any integer values. For converting such a value to a `GtkOrdering` value, use [func@Gtk.Ordering.from_cmpfunc]. - + the first value is smaller than the second - + the two values are equal - + the first value is larger than the second @@ -56914,7 +56914,7 @@ oriented horizontally or vertically. `GtkOrientable` is more flexible in that it allows the orientation to be changed at runtime, allowing the widgets to “flip”. - + Retrieves the orientation of the @orientable. @@ -56928,7 +56928,7 @@ changed at runtime, allowing the widgets to “flip”. - + Sets the orientation of the @orientable. @@ -56945,7 +56945,7 @@ changed at runtime, allowing the widgets to “flip”. - + The orientation of the orientable. @@ -56961,10 +56961,10 @@ changed at runtime, allowing the widgets to “flip”. Represents the orientation of widgets and other objects. Typical examples are `GtkBox or `GtkGesturePan`. - + The element is in horizontal orientation. - + The element is in vertical orientation. @@ -56974,11 +56974,11 @@ Typical examples are `GtkBox or `GtkGesturePan`. This is used in [method@Gtk.Widget.set_overflow]. The [property@Gtk.Widget:overflow] property is modeled after the CSS overflow property, but implements it only partially. - + No change is applied. Content is drawn at the specified position. - + Content is clipped to the bounds of the area. Content outside the area is not drawn and cannot be interacted with. @@ -57049,7 +57049,7 @@ from its [property@Gtk.Widget:halign] and - + Gets the child widget of @overlay. the child widget of @overlay @@ -57113,7 +57113,7 @@ from its [property@Gtk.Widget:halign] and - + Sets the child widget of @overlay. @@ -57173,7 +57173,7 @@ be drawn outside of @overlay's allocation if they are too large. - + @@ -57226,7 +57226,7 @@ properties get documented. `GtkLayoutChild` subclass for children in a `GtkOverlayLayout`. - + Retrieves whether the child is clipped. @@ -57240,7 +57240,7 @@ properties get documented. - + Retrieves whether the child is measured. @@ -57254,7 +57254,7 @@ properties get documented. - + Sets whether to clip this child. @@ -57271,7 +57271,7 @@ properties get documented. - + Sets whether to measure this child. @@ -57288,13 +57288,13 @@ properties get documented. - + Whether the child should be clipped to fit the parent's size. - + Whether the child size should contribute to the `GtkOverlayLayout`'s @@ -57602,10 +57602,10 @@ resizing a widget which was just redrawn. Represents the packing location of a children in its parent. See `GtkWindowControls` for example. - + The child is packed into the start of the widget - + The child is packed into the end of the widget @@ -57636,13 +57636,13 @@ See `GtkWindowControls` for example. The type of a pad action. - + Action is triggered by a pad button - + Action is triggered by a pad ring - + Action is triggered by a pad strip @@ -57800,16 +57800,16 @@ See [struct@Gtk.PadActionEntry] and [method@Gtk.PadController.set_action]. See also gtk_print_settings_set_orientation(). - + Portrait mode. - + Landscape mode. - + Reverse portrait mode. - + Reverse landscape mode. @@ -57828,13 +57828,13 @@ See also [method@Gtk.PrintSettings.set_page_ranges]. See also gtk_print_job_set_page_set(). - + All pages. - + Even pages. - + Odd pages. @@ -58477,16 +58477,16 @@ takes its values. Describes the panning direction of a `GtkGesturePan` - + panned towards the left - + panned towards the right - + panned upwards - + panned downwards @@ -58575,7 +58575,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_size_request (frame2, 50, -1); - + Retrieves the end child of the given `GtkPaned`. @@ -58591,7 +58591,7 @@ See also: `GtkPaned`:end-child - + Obtains the position of the divider between the two panes. @@ -58605,7 +58605,7 @@ See also: `GtkPaned`:end-child - + Returns whether the end child can be resized. @@ -58619,7 +58619,7 @@ See also: `GtkPaned`:end-child - + Returns whether the start child can be resized. @@ -58633,7 +58633,7 @@ See also: `GtkPaned`:end-child - + Returns whether the end child can be shrunk. @@ -58647,7 +58647,7 @@ See also: `GtkPaned`:end-child - + Returns whether the start child can be shrunk. @@ -58661,7 +58661,7 @@ See also: `GtkPaned`:end-child - + Retrieves the start child of the given `GtkPaned`. @@ -58677,7 +58677,7 @@ See also: `GtkPaned`:start-child - + Gets whether the separator should be wide. @@ -58691,7 +58691,7 @@ See also: `GtkPaned`:start-child - + Sets the end child of @paned to @child. @@ -58708,7 +58708,7 @@ See also: `GtkPaned`:start-child - + Sets the position of the divider between the two panes. @@ -58726,7 +58726,7 @@ See also: `GtkPaned`:start-child - + Sets the `GtkPaned`:resize-end-child property @@ -58743,7 +58743,7 @@ See also: `GtkPaned`:start-child - + Sets the `GtkPaned`:resize-start-child property @@ -58760,7 +58760,7 @@ See also: `GtkPaned`:start-child - + Sets the `GtkPaned`:shrink-end-child property @@ -58777,7 +58777,7 @@ See also: `GtkPaned`:start-child - + Sets the `GtkPaned`:shrink-start-child property @@ -58794,7 +58794,7 @@ See also: `GtkPaned`:start-child - + Sets the start child of @paned to @child. @@ -58811,7 +58811,7 @@ See also: `GtkPaned`:start-child - + Sets whether the separator should be wide. @@ -58828,7 +58828,7 @@ See also: `GtkPaned`:start-child - + The second child. @@ -58848,7 +58848,7 @@ This property is derived from the size and shrinkability of the widget's children. - + Position of the separator in pixels, from the left/top. @@ -58858,41 +58858,41 @@ of the widget's children. %TRUE if the `position` property has been set. - + Determines whether the second child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget. - + Determines whether the first child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget. - + Determines whether the second child can be made smaller than its requisition. - + Determines whether the first child can be made smaller than its requisition. - + The first child. - + Whether the `GtkPaned` should provide a stronger visual separation. @@ -59487,7 +59487,7 @@ icon, and possibly other children. - + Gets the menu model set with gtk_password_entry_set_extra_menu(). @@ -59501,7 +59501,7 @@ icon, and possibly other children. - + Returns whether the entry is showing an icon to reveal the contents. @@ -59516,7 +59516,7 @@ reveal the contents. - + Sets a menu model to add when constructing the context menu for @entry. @@ -59534,7 +59534,7 @@ the context menu for @entry. - + Sets whether the entry should have a clickable icon to reveal the contents. @@ -59558,7 +59558,7 @@ Setting this to %FALSE also hides the text again. Whether to activate the default widget when Enter is pressed. - + A menu model whose contents will be appended to @@ -59570,7 +59570,7 @@ the context menu. when it is empty and unfocused. - + Whether to show an icon for revealing the content. @@ -59606,13 +59606,13 @@ from being swapped to disk. Flags that influence the behavior of gtk_widget_pick(). - + The default behavior, include widgets that are receiving events - + Include widgets that are insensitive - + Include widgets that are marked as non-targetable. See `GtkWidget:can-target` @@ -59759,7 +59759,7 @@ See that function for details. - + Gets the alternative textual description of the picture. @@ -59775,7 +59775,7 @@ The returned string will be %NULL if the picture cannot be described textually.< - + Returns whether the `GtkPicture` respects its contents size. @@ -59789,7 +59789,7 @@ The returned string will be %NULL if the picture cannot be described textually.< - + Gets the `GFile` currently displayed if @self is displaying a file. @@ -59806,7 +59806,7 @@ If @self is not displaying a file, for example when - + Returns whether the `GtkPicture` preserves its contents aspect ratio. @@ -59820,7 +59820,7 @@ If @self is not displaying a file, for example when - + Gets the `GdkPaintable` being displayed by the `GtkPicture`. @@ -59834,7 +59834,7 @@ If @self is not displaying a file, for example when - + Sets an alternative textual description for the picture contents. @@ -59857,7 +59857,7 @@ If the picture cannot be described textually, set this property to %NULL. - + If set to %TRUE, the @self can be made smaller than its contents. @@ -59883,7 +59883,7 @@ because the grow behavior can be controlled via - + Makes @self load and display @file. @@ -59920,7 +59920,7 @@ This is a utility function that calls [method@Gtk.Picture.set_file]. - + If set to %TRUE, the @self will render its contents according to their aspect ratio. @@ -59944,7 +59944,7 @@ the contents will be stretched over the picture's whole area. - + Makes @self display the given @paintable. @@ -60004,32 +60004,32 @@ This is a utility function that calls [method@Gtk.Picture.set_file]. - + The alternative textual description for the picture. - + If the `GtkPicture` can be made smaller than the natural size of its contents. - + The `GFile` that is displayed or %NULL if none. - + Whether the GtkPicture will render its contents trying to preserve the aspect ratio. - + The `GdkPaintable` to be displayed by this `GtkPicture`. @@ -60044,19 +60044,19 @@ ratio. Determines how the size should be computed to achieve the one of the visibility mode for the scrollbars. - + The scrollbar is always visible. The view size is independent of the content. - + The scrollbar will appear and disappear as necessary. For example, when all of a `GtkTreeView` can not be seen. - + The scrollbar should never appear. In this mode the content determines the size. - + Don't show a scrollbar, but don't force the size to follow the content. This can be used e.g. to make multiple scrolled windows share a scrollbar. @@ -60171,7 +60171,7 @@ used) and no box-shadow. - + Returns whether the popover is modal. @@ -60188,7 +60188,7 @@ implications of this. - + Returns whether the popover will close after a modal child is closed. @@ -60202,7 +60202,7 @@ implications of this. - + Gets the child widget of @popover. @@ -60216,7 +60216,7 @@ implications of this. - + Gets whether this popover is showing an arrow pointing at the widget that it is relative to. @@ -60231,7 +60231,7 @@ pointing at the widget that it is relative to. - + Gets whether mnemonics are visible. @@ -60266,7 +60266,7 @@ pointing at the widget that it is relative to. - + Gets the rectangle that the popover points to. @@ -60289,7 +60289,7 @@ widget coordinates. - + Returns the preferred position of @popover. @@ -60342,7 +60342,7 @@ as well. See [property@Gtk.Popover:cascade-popdown]. - + Sets whether @popover is modal. @@ -60367,7 +60367,7 @@ popup to be hidden. - + If @cascade_popdown is %TRUE, the popover will be closed when a child modal popover is closed. @@ -60387,7 +60387,7 @@ If %FALSE, @popover will stay visible. - + Sets the child widget of @popover. @@ -60404,7 +60404,7 @@ If %FALSE, @popover will stay visible. - + Sets the default widget of a `GtkPopover`. @@ -60426,7 +60426,7 @@ unsets the default widget for a `GtkPopover`. - + Sets whether this popover should draw an arrow pointing at the widget it is relative to. @@ -60444,7 +60444,7 @@ pointing at the widget it is relative to. - + Sets whether mnemonics should be visible. @@ -60485,7 +60485,7 @@ for positioning the popover. - + Sets the rectangle that @popover points to. @@ -60504,7 +60504,7 @@ This is in the coordinate space of the @popover parent. - + Sets the preferred position for @popover to appear. @@ -60528,13 +60528,13 @@ on lack of space (eg. if close to the window edges), the - + Whether to dismiss the popover on outside clicks. - + Whether the popover pops down after a child popover. @@ -60542,36 +60542,36 @@ on lack of space (eg. if close to the window edges), the This is used to implement the expected behavior of submenus. - + The child widget. - + The default widget inside the popover. - + Whether to draw an arrow. - + Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this popover. - + Rectangle in the parent widget that the popover points to. - + How to place the popover, relative to its parent. @@ -60812,7 +60812,7 @@ an item with a `custom` attribute that matches @id. - + Returns the menu model used to populate the popover. @@ -60844,7 +60844,7 @@ gtk_popover_menu_add_child(). - + Sets a new menu model on @popover. @@ -60865,7 +60865,7 @@ to @model. - + The model from which the menu is made. @@ -60946,7 +60946,7 @@ item with a `custom` attribute that matches @id. - + Returns the model from which the contents of @bar are taken. @@ -60978,7 +60978,7 @@ gtk_popover_menu_bar_add_child(). - + Sets a menu model from which @bar should take its contents. @@ -60996,7 +60996,7 @@ its contents. - + The `GMenuModel` from which the menu bar is created. @@ -61008,7 +61008,7 @@ The model should only contain submenus as toplevel elements. Flags that affect how popover menus are created from a menu model. - + Create submenus as nested popovers. Without this flag, submenus are created as sliding pages that replace the main menu. @@ -61019,16 +61019,16 @@ a menu model. For examples, see the tabs of a `GtkNotebook`, or the label of a `GtkScale`. - + The feature is at the left edge. - + The feature is at the right edge. - + The feature is at the top edge. - + The feature is at the bottom edge. @@ -61039,37 +61039,37 @@ of a `GtkScale`. If neither %GTK_PRINT_CAPABILITY_GENERATE_PDF nor %GTK_PRINT_CAPABILITY_GENERATE_PS is specified, GTK assumes that all formats are supported. - + Print dialog will offer printing even/odd pages. - + Print dialog will allow to print multiple copies. - + Print dialog will allow to collate multiple copies. - + Print dialog will allow to print pages in reverse order. - + Print dialog will allow to scale the output. - + The program will send the document to the printer in PDF format - + The program will send the document to the printer in Postscript format - + Print dialog will offer a preview - + Print dialog will offer printing multiple pages per sheet - + Print dialog will allow to rearrange pages when printing multiple pages per sheet @@ -61330,29 +61330,29 @@ case. See also gtk_print_settings_set_duplex(). - + No duplex. - + Horizontal duplex. - + Vertical duplex. Error codes that identify various errors that can occur while using the GTK printing support. - + An unspecified error occurred. - + An internal error occurred. - + A memory allocation failed. - + An error occurred while loading a page setup or paper size from a key file. @@ -61498,7 +61498,7 @@ via [method@Gtk.PrintJob.set_source_file]. - + Gets the `GtkPrinter` of the print job. @@ -61551,7 +61551,7 @@ via [method@Gtk.PrintJob.set_source_file]. - + Gets the `GtkPrintSettings` of the print job. @@ -61592,7 +61592,7 @@ the print job should be rendered. - + Gets the job title. @@ -61606,7 +61606,7 @@ the print job should be rendered. - + Returns whether jobs will be tracked after printing. @@ -61865,7 +61865,7 @@ PDF may work too). See [method@Gtk.Printer.accepts_pdf] and - + If track_status is %TRUE, the print job will try to continue report on the status of the print job in the printer queues and printer. @@ -61893,22 +61893,22 @@ so it should not be enabled unless needed. Page setup. - + The printer to send the job to. - + Printer settings. - + The title of the print job. - + %TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed @@ -62210,7 +62210,7 @@ Otherwise it is called by GTK itself. - + Returns the default page setup. @@ -62224,7 +62224,7 @@ Otherwise it is called by GTK itself. - + Gets whether page setup selection combos are embedded @@ -62257,7 +62257,7 @@ The returned `GError` will contain more details on what went wrong. - + Gets whether there is a selection. @@ -62271,7 +62271,7 @@ The returned `GError` will contain more details on what went wrong. - + Returns the number of pages that will be printed. @@ -62294,7 +62294,7 @@ This is typically used to track the progress of print operation. - + Returns the current print settings. @@ -62312,7 +62312,7 @@ Note that the return value is %NULL until either - + Returns the status of the print operation. @@ -62328,7 +62328,7 @@ Also see [method@Gtk.PrintOperation.get_status_string]. - + Returns a string representation of the status of the print operation. @@ -62350,7 +62350,7 @@ a status value that is suitable for programmatic use. - + Gets whether the application supports print of selection @@ -62468,7 +62468,7 @@ given `GtkPrintOperation`. - + Sets whether gtk_print_operation_run() may return before the print operation is completed. @@ -62489,7 +62489,7 @@ operation. - + Sets the current page. @@ -62511,7 +62511,7 @@ Note that this only makes sense for pre-paginated documents. - + Sets the label for the tab holding custom widgets. @@ -62528,7 +62528,7 @@ Note that this only makes sense for pre-paginated documents. - + Makes @default_page_setup the default page setup for @op. @@ -62567,7 +62567,7 @@ This function must be called in the callback of the - + Embed page size combo box and orientation combo box into page setup page. @@ -62586,7 +62586,7 @@ Selected page setup is stored as default page setup in `GtkPrintOperation`. - + Sets up the `GtkPrintOperation` to generate a file instead of showing the print dialog. @@ -62612,7 +62612,7 @@ of printers in the print dialog. - + Sets whether there is a selection to print. @@ -62633,7 +62633,7 @@ for the [signal@Gtk.PrintOperation::begin-print] signal. - + Sets the name of the print job. @@ -62656,7 +62656,7 @@ numbering successive print jobs. - + Sets the number of pages in the document. @@ -62683,7 +62683,7 @@ will be for page @n_pages - 1. - + Sets the print settings for @op. @@ -62703,7 +62703,7 @@ from a previous print operation, see [method@Gtk.PrintOperation.run]. - + If @show_progress is %TRUE, the print operation will show a progress dialog during the print operation. @@ -62721,7 +62721,7 @@ a progress dialog during the print operation. - + Sets whether selection is supported by `GtkPrintOperation`. @@ -62738,7 +62738,7 @@ a progress dialog during the print operation. - + If track_status is %TRUE, the print operation will try to continue report on the status of the print job in the printer queues and printer. @@ -62762,7 +62762,7 @@ so it should not be enabled unless needed. - + Sets up the transformation for the cairo context obtained from `GtkPrintContext` in such a way that distances are measured in @@ -62781,7 +62781,7 @@ units of @unit. - + If @full_page is %TRUE, the transformation for the cairo context obtained from `GtkPrintContext` puts the origin at the top left @@ -62804,7 +62804,7 @@ is at the top left corner of the imageable area (i.e. inside the margins). - + Determines whether the print operation may run asynchronously or not. @@ -62818,7 +62818,7 @@ is unlikely to change). On other platforms, all actions except for %GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_EXPORT support asynchronous operation. - + The current page in the document. @@ -62828,7 +62828,7 @@ the user will be able to select to print only the current page. Note that this only makes sense for pre-paginated documents. - + Used as the label of the tab containing custom widgets. @@ -62837,7 +62837,7 @@ Note that this property may be ignored on some platforms. If this is %NULL, GTK uses a default label. - + The `GtkPageSetup` used by default. @@ -62847,14 +62847,14 @@ but it can be overridden on a per-page basis by connecting to the [signal@Gtk.PrintOperation::request-page-setup] signal. - + If %TRUE, page size combo box and orientation combo box are embedded into page setup page. - + The name of a file to generate instead of showing the print dialog. @@ -62868,7 +62868,7 @@ by letting the user pick the “Print to PDF” item from the list of printers in the print dialog. - + Determines whether there is a selection in your application. @@ -62877,7 +62877,7 @@ This can allow your application to print the selection. This is typically used to make a "Selection" button sensitive. - + A string used to identify the job (e.g. in monitoring applications like eggcups). @@ -62886,7 +62886,7 @@ If you don't set a job name, GTK picks a default one by numbering successive print jobs. - + The number of pages in the document. @@ -62901,7 +62901,7 @@ if the user chooses to print all pages, the last ::draw-page signal will be for page @n_pages - 1. - + The number of pages that will be printed. @@ -62915,7 +62915,7 @@ print status is %GTK_PRINT_STATUS_GENERATING_DATA. This is typically used to track the progress of print operation. - + The `GtkPrintSettings` used for initializing the dialog. @@ -62925,18 +62925,18 @@ print settings from a previous print operation, see [method@Gtk.PrintOperation.run]. - + Determines whether to show a progress dialog during the print operation. - + The status of the print operation. - + A string representation of the status of the print operation. @@ -62947,7 +62947,7 @@ See the [property@Gtk.PrintOperation:status] property for a status value that is suitable for programmatic use. - + If %TRUE, the print operation will support print of selection. @@ -62955,7 +62955,7 @@ value that is suitable for programmatic use. This allows the print dialog to show a "Selection" button. - + If %TRUE, the print operation will try to continue report on the status of the print job in the printer queues and printer. @@ -62966,14 +62966,14 @@ However, this is often implemented using polling, and should not be enabled unless needed. - + The transformation for the cairo context obtained from `GtkPrintContext` is set up in such a way that distances are measured in units of @unit. - + If %TRUE, the transformation for the cairo context obtained from `GtkPrintContext` puts the origin at the top left corner @@ -63271,17 +63271,17 @@ widget, which can actualize itself according to this change. Determines what action the print operation should perform. A parameter of this typs is passed to [method@Gtk.PrintOperation.run]. - + Show the print dialog. - + Start to print without showing the print dialog, based on the current print settings. - + Show the print preview. - + Export to a file. This requires the export-filename property to be set. @@ -63812,48 +63812,48 @@ A handler for this signal can be used for setup tasks. The result of a print operation. A value of this type is returned by [method@Gtk.PrintOperation.run]. - + An error has occurred. - + The print settings should be stored. - + The print operation has been canceled, the print settings should not be stored. - + The print operation is not complete yet. This value will only be returned when running asynchronously. See also gtk_print_job_set_pages() - + All pages. - + Current page. - + Range of pages. - + Selected pages. See also gtk_print_settings_set_quality(). - + Low quality. - + Normal quality. - + High quality. - + Draft quality. @@ -65158,37 +65158,37 @@ This has the same effect as setting the value to %NULL. The status gives a rough indication of the completion of a running print operation. - + The printing has not started yet; this status is set initially, and while the print dialog is shown. - + This status is set while the begin-print signal is emitted and during pagination. - + This status is set while the pages are being rendered. - + The print job is being sent off to the printer. - + The print job has been sent to the printer, but is not printed for some reason, e.g. the printer may be stopped. - + Some problem has occurred during printing, e.g. a paper jam. - + The printer is processing the print job. - + The printing has been completed successfully. - + The printing has been aborted. @@ -65292,7 +65292,7 @@ dialog and print are added. - + Gets the current page of the `GtkPrintUnixDialog`. @@ -65306,7 +65306,7 @@ dialog and print are added. - + Gets whether to embed the page setup. @@ -65320,7 +65320,7 @@ dialog and print are added. - + Gets whether there is a selection. @@ -65334,7 +65334,7 @@ dialog and print are added. - + Gets the capabilities that have been set on this `GtkPrintUnixDialog`. @@ -65348,7 +65348,7 @@ dialog and print are added. - + Gets the page setup that is used by the `GtkPrintUnixDialog`. @@ -65375,7 +65375,7 @@ dialog and print are added. - + Gets the currently selected printer. @@ -65407,7 +65407,7 @@ it if don’t want to keep it. - + Gets whether the print dialog allows user to print a selection. @@ -65421,7 +65421,7 @@ it if don’t want to keep it. - + Sets the current page number. @@ -65441,7 +65441,7 @@ for the range of pages to print. - + Embed page size combo box and orientation combo box into page setup page. @@ -65458,7 +65458,7 @@ for the range of pages to print. - + Sets whether a selection exists. @@ -65475,7 +65475,7 @@ for the range of pages to print. - + This lets you specify the printing capabilities your application supports. @@ -65498,7 +65498,7 @@ handles scaling. - + Sets the page setup of the `GtkPrintUnixDialog`. @@ -65536,7 +65536,7 @@ is shown. - + Sets whether the print dialog allows user to print a selection. @@ -65553,31 +65553,31 @@ is shown. - + The current page in the document. - + %TRUE if the page setup controls are embedded. - + Whether the application has a selection. - + Capabilities the application can handle. - + The `GtkPageSetup` object to use. @@ -65589,12 +65589,12 @@ is shown. The `GtkPrintSettings` object used for this dialog. - + The `GtkPrinter` which is selected. - + Whether the dialog supports selection. @@ -65818,7 +65818,7 @@ available, see [method@Gtk.Printer.has_details] and - + Gets the name of the icon to use for the printer. @@ -65832,7 +65832,7 @@ available, see [method@Gtk.Printer.has_details] and - + Gets the number of jobs currently queued on the printer. @@ -65846,7 +65846,7 @@ available, see [method@Gtk.Printer.has_details] and - + Returns a description of the location of the printer. @@ -65860,7 +65860,7 @@ available, see [method@Gtk.Printer.has_details] and - + Returns the name of the printer. @@ -65874,7 +65874,7 @@ available, see [method@Gtk.Printer.has_details] and - + Returns the state message describing the current state of the printer. @@ -66032,7 +66032,7 @@ will be emitted on @printer. The backend for the printer. - + Icon name to use for the printer. @@ -66042,17 +66042,17 @@ will be emitted on @printer. %FALSE if this represents a real hardware device. - + Number of jobs queued in the printer. - + Information about the location of the printer. - + The name of the printer. @@ -66065,7 +66065,7 @@ A paused printer still accepts jobs, but it does not print them. - + String giving the current status of the printer. @@ -66165,7 +66165,7 @@ in overlays like the one Epiphany has for page loading progress. - + Returns the ellipsizing position of the progress bar. @@ -66181,7 +66181,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.ProgressBar.set_ellipsize]. - + Returns the current fraction of the task that’s been completed. @@ -66195,7 +66195,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.ProgressBar.set_ellipsize]. - + Returns whether the progress bar is inverted. @@ -66209,7 +66209,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.ProgressBar.set_ellipsize]. - + Retrieves the pulse step. @@ -66225,7 +66225,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.ProgressBar.set_pulse_step]. - + Returns whether the `GtkProgressBar` shows text. @@ -66241,7 +66241,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.ProgressBar.set_show_text]. - + Retrieves the text that is displayed with the progress bar. @@ -66275,7 +66275,7 @@ per pulse is determined by [method@Gtk.ProgressBar.set_pulse_step]). - + Sets the mode used to ellipsize the text. @@ -66295,7 +66295,7 @@ to render the entire string. - + Causes the progress bar to “fill in” the given fraction of the bar. @@ -66315,7 +66315,7 @@ The fraction should be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive. - + Sets whether the progress bar is inverted. @@ -66335,7 +66335,7 @@ Inverted progress bars grow in the opposite direction. - + Sets the fraction of total progress bar length to move the bouncing block. @@ -66356,7 +66356,7 @@ is called. - + Sets whether the progress bar will show text next to the bar. @@ -66381,7 +66381,7 @@ to %TRUE and [property@Gtk.ProgressBar:text] to the empty string (not %NULL). - + Causes the given @text to appear next to the progress bar. @@ -66408,7 +66408,7 @@ be styled and sized suitably for containing text, as long as - + The preferred place to ellipsize the string. @@ -66422,25 +66422,25 @@ only enough space to display the ellipsis ("..."). Another means to set a progress bar's width is [method@Gtk.Widget.set_size_request]. - + The fraction of total work that has been completed. - + Invert the direction in which the progress bar grows. - + The fraction of total progress to move the bounding block when pulsed. - + Sets whether the progress bar will show a text in addition @@ -66455,7 +66455,7 @@ To make a progress bar that is styled and sized suitably for showing text to %TRUE and [property@Gtk.ProgressBar:text] to the empty string (not %NULL). - + Text to be displayed in the progress bar. @@ -66465,11 +66465,11 @@ to %TRUE and [property@Gtk.ProgressBar:text] to the empty string (not %NULL). Describes limits of a `GtkEventController` for handling events targeting other widgets. - + Events are handled regardless of what their target is. - + Events are only handled if their target is in the same `GtkNative` as the event controllers widget. Note that some event types have two targets (origin and destination). @@ -66477,21 +66477,21 @@ targeting other widgets. Describes the stage at which events are fed into a `GtkEventController`. - + Events are not delivered. - + Events are delivered in the capture phase. The capture phase happens before the bubble phase, runs from the toplevel down to the event widget. This option should only be used on containers that might possibly handle events before their children do. - + Events are delivered in the bubble phase. The bubble phase happens after the capture phase, and before the default handlers are run. This phase runs from the event widget, up to the toplevel. - + Events are delivered in the default widget event handlers, note that widget implementations must chain up on button, motion, touch and grab broken handlers for controllers in this phase to be run. @@ -66707,7 +66707,7 @@ Apart from signals for monitoring the parameters of the adjustment, - + Get the adjustment which is the “model” object for `GtkRange`. @@ -66721,7 +66721,7 @@ Apart from signals for monitoring the parameters of the adjustment, - + Gets the current position of the fill level indicator. @@ -66750,7 +66750,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Range.set_flippable]. - + Gets whether the range is inverted. @@ -66785,7 +66785,7 @@ This function is useful mainly for `GtkRange` subclasses. - + Gets whether the range is restricted to the fill level. @@ -66799,7 +66799,7 @@ This function is useful mainly for `GtkRange` subclasses. - + Gets the number of digits to round the value to when it changes. @@ -66816,7 +66816,7 @@ See [signal@Gtk.Range::change-value]. - + Gets whether the range displays the fill level graphically. @@ -66881,7 +66881,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Range.set_slider_size_fixed]. - + Sets the adjustment to be used as the “model” object for the `GtkRange` @@ -66906,7 +66906,7 @@ The page size affects the size of the scrollbar slider. - + Set the new position of the fill level indicator. @@ -66984,7 +66984,7 @@ is used for example when moving via Page Up or Page Down keys. - + Sets whether to invert the range. @@ -67030,7 +67030,7 @@ between @min and @max - page-size.) - + Sets whether the slider is restricted to the fill level. @@ -67050,7 +67050,7 @@ of the fill level concept. - + Sets the number of digits to round the value to when it changes. @@ -67070,7 +67070,7 @@ See [signal@Gtk.Range::change-value]. - + Sets whether a graphical fill level is show on the trough. @@ -67129,32 +67129,32 @@ it will be clamped to fit inside them. The range emits the - + The adjustment that is controlled by the range. - + The fill level (e.g. prebuffering of a network stream). - + If %TRUE, the direction in which the slider moves is inverted. - + Controls whether slider movement is restricted to an upper boundary set by the fill level. - + The number of digits to round the value to when @@ -67163,7 +67163,7 @@ it changes. See [signal@Gtk.Range::change-value]. - + Controls whether fill level indicator graphics are displayed @@ -68130,30 +68130,30 @@ or by another application. Error codes for `GtkRecentManager` operations - + the URI specified does not exists in the recently used resources list. - + the URI specified is not valid. - + the supplied string is not UTF-8 encoded. - + no application has registered the specified item. - + failure while reading the recently used resources file. - + failure while writing the recently used resources file. - + unspecified error. @@ -68234,38 +68234,38 @@ The struct is initialized to zero. All predefined values are negative; GTK leaves values of 0 or greater for application-defined response ids. - + Returned if an action widget has no response id, or if the dialog gets programmatically hidden or destroyed - + Generic response id, not used by GTK dialogs - + Generic response id, not used by GTK dialogs - + Returned if the dialog is deleted - + Returned by OK buttons in GTK dialogs - + Returned by Cancel buttons in GTK dialogs - + Returned by Close buttons in GTK dialogs - + Returned by Yes buttons in GTK dialogs - + Returned by No buttons in GTK dialogs - + Returned by Apply buttons in GTK dialogs - + Returned by Help buttons in GTK dialogs @@ -68301,7 +68301,7 @@ tree, regardless of the state of the revealer widget. - + Gets the child widget of @revealer. @@ -68315,7 +68315,7 @@ tree, regardless of the state of the revealer widget. - + Returns whether the child is fully revealed. @@ -68332,7 +68332,7 @@ to the revealed state is completed. - + Returns whether the child is currently revealed. @@ -68351,7 +68351,7 @@ use [method@Gtk.Revealer.get_child_revealed]. - + Returns the amount of time (in milliseconds) that transitions will take. @@ -68366,7 +68366,7 @@ transitions will take. - + Gets the type of animation that will be used for transitions in @revealer. @@ -68381,7 +68381,7 @@ for transitions in @revealer. - + Sets the child widget of @revealer. @@ -68398,7 +68398,7 @@ for transitions in @revealer. - + Tells the `GtkRevealer` to reveal or conceal its child. @@ -68418,7 +68418,7 @@ transition type of @revealer. - + Sets the duration that transitions will take. @@ -68435,7 +68435,7 @@ transition type of @revealer. - + Sets the type of animation that will be used for transitions in @revealer. @@ -68455,30 +68455,30 @@ Available types include various kinds of fades and slides. - + The child widget. - + Whether the child is revealed and the animation target reached. - + Whether the revealer should reveal the child. - + The animation duration, in milliseconds. - + The type of animation used to transition. @@ -68488,34 +68488,34 @@ Available types include various kinds of fades and slides. These enumeration values describe the possible transitions when the child of a `GtkRevealer` widget is shown or hidden. - + No transition - + Fade in - + Slide in from the left - + Slide in from the right - + Slide in from the bottom - + Slide in from the top - + Floop in from the left - + Floop in from the right - + Floop in from the bottom - + Floop in from the top @@ -69075,7 +69075,7 @@ To remove marks from a scale, use [method@Gtk.Scale.clear_marks]. - + Gets the number of decimal places that are displayed in the value. @@ -69089,7 +69089,7 @@ To remove marks from a scale, use [method@Gtk.Scale.clear_marks]. - + Returns whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider. @@ -69104,7 +69104,7 @@ next to the slider. - + Returns whether the scale has an origin. @@ -69163,7 +69163,7 @@ values are undefined. - + Gets the position in which the current value is displayed. @@ -69177,7 +69177,7 @@ values are undefined. - + Sets the number of decimal places that are displayed in the value. @@ -69206,7 +69206,7 @@ value yourself. - + Specifies whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider. @@ -69255,7 +69255,7 @@ its own, rounded according to the value of the - + Sets whether the scale has an origin. @@ -69276,7 +69276,7 @@ the scale will highlight the part of the trough between the origin - + Sets the position in which the current value is displayed. @@ -69293,25 +69293,25 @@ the scale will highlight the part of the trough between the origin - + The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value. - + Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider. - + Whether the scale has an origin. - + The position in which the current value is displayed. @@ -69382,7 +69382,7 @@ with a stepping of @step. - + Gets the `GtkAdjustment` associated with the `GtkScaleButton`’s scale. @@ -69439,7 +69439,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Range.get_adjustment] for details. - + Gets the current value of the scale button. @@ -69453,7 +69453,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Range.get_adjustment] for details. - + Sets the `GtkAdjustment` to be used as a model for the `GtkScaleButton`’s scale. @@ -69473,7 +69473,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Range.set_adjustment] for details. - + Sets the icons to be used by the scale button. @@ -69492,7 +69492,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Range.set_adjustment] for details. - + Sets the current value of the scale. @@ -69515,13 +69515,13 @@ signal if the value changes. - + The `GtkAdjustment` that is used as the model. - + The names of the icons to be used by the scale button. @@ -69543,7 +69543,7 @@ better for the users. - + The value of the scale. @@ -69665,73 +69665,73 @@ The default bindings for this signal are <kbd>Space</kbd>, Passed as argument to various keybinding signals. - + Scroll in steps. - + Scroll by pages. - + Scroll to ends. - + Scroll in horizontal steps. - + Scroll by horizontal pages. - + Scroll to the horizontal ends. Scrolling types. - + No scrolling. - + Jump to new location. - + Step backward. - + Step forward. - + Page backward. - + Page forward. - + Step up. - + Step down. - + Page up. - + Page down. - + Step to the left. - + Step to the right. - + Page to the left. - + Page to the right. - + Scroll to start. - + Scroll to end. @@ -69809,7 +69809,7 @@ overshoot indication, at the right position. - + Retrieves the `GtkAdjustment` used for horizontal scrolling. @@ -69823,7 +69823,7 @@ overshoot indication, at the right position. - + Gets the horizontal `GtkScrollablePolicy`. @@ -69837,7 +69837,7 @@ overshoot indication, at the right position. - + Retrieves the `GtkAdjustment` used for vertical scrolling. @@ -69851,7 +69851,7 @@ overshoot indication, at the right position. - + Gets the vertical `GtkScrollablePolicy`. @@ -69865,7 +69865,7 @@ overshoot indication, at the right position. - + Sets the horizontal adjustment of the `GtkScrollable`. @@ -69882,7 +69882,7 @@ overshoot indication, at the right position. - + Sets the `GtkScrollablePolicy`. @@ -69902,7 +69902,7 @@ below the minimum width or below the natural width. - + Sets the vertical adjustment of the `GtkScrollable`. @@ -69919,7 +69919,7 @@ below the minimum width or below the natural width. - + Sets the `GtkScrollablePolicy`. @@ -69939,7 +69939,7 @@ below the minimum height or below the natural height. - + Horizontal `GtkAdjustment` of the scrollable widget. @@ -69947,13 +69947,13 @@ below the minimum height or below the natural height. This adjustment is shared between the scrollable widget and its parent. - + Determines when horizontal scrolling should start. - + Vertical `GtkAdjustment` of the scrollable widget. @@ -69961,7 +69961,7 @@ This adjustment is shared between the scrollable widget and its parent. This adjustment is shared between the scrollable widget and its parent. - + Determines when vertical scrolling should start. @@ -69994,10 +69994,10 @@ This adjustment is shared between the scrollable widget and its parent. Defines the policy to be used in a scrollable widget when updating the scrolled window adjustments in a given orientation. - + Scrollable adjustments are based on the minimum size - + Scrollable adjustments are based on the natural size @@ -70066,7 +70066,7 @@ Other style classes that may be added to scrollbars inside - + Returns the scrollbar's adjustment. @@ -70080,7 +70080,7 @@ Other style classes that may be added to scrollbars inside - + Makes the scrollbar use the given adjustment. @@ -70097,7 +70097,7 @@ Other style classes that may be added to scrollbars inside - + The `GtkAdjustment` controlled by this scrollbar. @@ -70198,7 +70198,7 @@ with a subnode named junction. - + Gets the child widget of @scrolled_window. @@ -70212,7 +70212,7 @@ with a subnode named junction. - + Returns the horizontal scrollbar’s adjustment. @@ -70229,7 +70229,7 @@ to the child widget’s horizontal scroll functionality. - + Gets whether the scrolled window draws a frame. @@ -70256,7 +70256,7 @@ to the child widget’s horizontal scroll functionality. - + Returns the specified kinetic scrolling behavior. @@ -70270,7 +70270,7 @@ to the child widget’s horizontal scroll functionality. - + Returns the maximum content height set. @@ -70284,7 +70284,7 @@ to the child widget’s horizontal scroll functionality. - + Returns the maximum content width set. @@ -70298,7 +70298,7 @@ to the child widget’s horizontal scroll functionality. - + Gets the minimal content height of @scrolled_window. @@ -70312,7 +70312,7 @@ to the child widget’s horizontal scroll functionality. - + Gets the minimum content width of @scrolled_window. @@ -70326,7 +70326,7 @@ to the child widget’s horizontal scroll functionality. - + Returns whether overlay scrolling is enabled for this scrolled window. @@ -70379,7 +70379,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.ScrolledWindow.set_policy]. - + Reports whether the natural height of the child will be calculated and propagated through the scrolled window’s requested natural height. @@ -70394,7 +70394,7 @@ and propagated through the scrolled window’s requested natural height. - + Reports whether the natural width of the child will be calculated and propagated through the scrolled window’s requested natural width. @@ -70409,7 +70409,7 @@ and propagated through the scrolled window’s requested natural width. - + Returns the vertical scrollbar’s adjustment. @@ -70439,7 +70439,7 @@ scrollbar to the child widget’s vertical scroll functionality. - + Sets the child widget of @scrolled_window. @@ -70456,7 +70456,7 @@ scrollbar to the child widget’s vertical scroll functionality. - + Sets the `GtkAdjustment` for the horizontal scrollbar. @@ -70473,7 +70473,7 @@ scrollbar to the child widget’s vertical scroll functionality. - + Changes the frame drawn around the contents of @scrolled_window. @@ -70490,7 +70490,7 @@ scrollbar to the child widget’s vertical scroll functionality. - + Turns kinetic scrolling on or off. @@ -70510,7 +70510,7 @@ Kinetic scrolling only applies to devices with source - + Sets the maximum height that @scrolled_window should keep visible. @@ -70533,7 +70533,7 @@ smaller than [property@Gtk.ScrolledWindow:min-content-height]. - + Sets the maximum width that @scrolled_window should keep visible. @@ -70556,7 +70556,7 @@ value smaller than [property@Gtk.ScrolledWindow:min-content-width]. - + Sets the minimum height that @scrolled_window should keep visible. @@ -70579,7 +70579,7 @@ value greater than [property@Gtk.ScrolledWindow:max-content-height]. - + Sets the minimum width that @scrolled_window should keep visible. @@ -70602,7 +70602,7 @@ value greater than [property@Gtk.ScrolledWindow:max-content-width]. - + Enables or disables overlay scrolling for this scrolled window. @@ -70672,7 +70672,7 @@ than the trough — the display is larger than the page size). - + Sets whether the natural height of the child should be calculated and propagated through the scrolled window’s requested natural height. @@ -70690,7 +70690,7 @@ and propagated through the scrolled window’s requested natural height. - + Sets whether the natural width of the child should be calculated and propagated through the scrolled window’s requested natural width. @@ -70708,7 +70708,7 @@ and propagated through the scrolled window’s requested natural width. - + Sets the `GtkAdjustment` for the vertical scrollbar. @@ -70740,16 +70740,16 @@ it defaults to %GTK_CORNER_TOP_LEFT. - + The child widget. - + - + Whether to draw a frame around the contents. @@ -70762,7 +70762,7 @@ Use [method@Gtk.ScrolledWindow.set_policy] to set this property. - + Whether kinetic scrolling is enabled or not. @@ -70770,31 +70770,31 @@ this property. Kinetic scrolling only applies to devices with source %GDK_SOURCE_TOUCHSCREEN. - + The maximum content height of @scrolled_window. - + The maximum content width of @scrolled_window. - + The minimum content height of @scrolled_window. - + The minimum content width of @scrolled_window. - + Whether overlay scrolling is enabled or not. @@ -70807,7 +70807,7 @@ Note that overlay scrolling can also be globally disabled, with the [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-overlay-scrolling] setting. - + Whether the natural height of the child should be calculated and propagated @@ -70817,7 +70817,7 @@ This is useful in cases where an attempt should be made to allocate exactly enough space for the natural size of the child. - + Whether the natural width of the child should be calculated and propagated @@ -70827,7 +70827,7 @@ This is useful in cases where an attempt should be made to allocate exactly enough space for the natural size of the child. - + @@ -71005,7 +71005,7 @@ child of the search bar (as in our main example). - + Gets the child widget of @bar. @@ -71019,7 +71019,7 @@ child of the search bar (as in our main example). - + Gets the widget that @bar is capturing key events from. @@ -71047,7 +71047,7 @@ child of the search bar (as in our main example). - + Returns whether the close button is shown. @@ -71061,7 +71061,7 @@ child of the search bar (as in our main example). - + Sets the child widget of @bar. @@ -71078,7 +71078,7 @@ child of the search bar (as in our main example). - + Sets @widget as the widget that @bar will capture key events from. @@ -71123,7 +71123,7 @@ capture and forward the events yourself with - + Shows or hides the close button. @@ -71144,13 +71144,13 @@ of the toggle button. - + The child widget. - + The key capture widget. @@ -71162,7 +71162,7 @@ of the toggle button. Whether the search mode is on and the search bar shown. - + Whether to show the close button in the search bar. @@ -71360,7 +71360,7 @@ selected items from the underlying selection model. - + Gets the model currently filtered or %NULL if none. @@ -71374,7 +71374,7 @@ selected items from the underlying selection model. - + Sets the model to be filtered. @@ -71396,7 +71396,7 @@ types match. - + The model being filtered. @@ -71410,13 +71410,13 @@ types match. Used to control what selections users are allowed to make. - + No selection is possible. - + Zero or one element may be selected. - + Exactly one element is selected. In some circumstances, such as initially or during a search operation, it’s possible for no element to be selected with @@ -71424,7 +71424,7 @@ types match. can’t deselect a currently selected element except by selecting another element. - + Any number of elements may be selected. The Ctrl key may be used to enlarge the selection, and Shift key to select between the focus and the child pointed to. @@ -72174,14 +72174,14 @@ support. Determines how GTK handles the sensitivity of various controls, such as combo box buttons. - + The control is made insensitive if no action can be triggered - + The control is always sensitive - + The control is always insensitive @@ -72716,7 +72716,7 @@ for display purposes or by allowing shortcuts to be configured. - + Gets the action that is activated by this shortcut. @@ -72730,7 +72730,7 @@ for display purposes or by allowing shortcuts to be configured. - + Gets the arguments that are passed when activating the shortcut. @@ -72744,7 +72744,7 @@ for display purposes or by allowing shortcuts to be configured. - + Gets the trigger used to trigger @self. @@ -72758,7 +72758,7 @@ for display purposes or by allowing shortcuts to be configured. - + Sets the new action for @self to be @action. @@ -72776,7 +72776,7 @@ for display purposes or by allowing shortcuts to be configured. - + Sets the arguments to pass when activating the shortcut. @@ -72793,7 +72793,7 @@ for display purposes or by allowing shortcuts to be configured. - + Sets the new trigger for @self to be @trigger. @@ -72811,19 +72811,19 @@ for display purposes or by allowing shortcuts to be configured. - + The action that gets activated by this shortcut. - + Arguments passed to activation. - + The trigger that triggers this shortcut. @@ -72956,7 +72956,7 @@ to help when debugging. List of flags that can be passed to action activation. More flags may be added in the future. - + The action is the only action that can be activated. If this flag is not set, a future activation may select a different action. @@ -73068,7 +73068,7 @@ function does nothing. - + Gets the scope for when this controller activates its shortcuts. @@ -73132,7 +73132,7 @@ have their own modifiers for activating mnemonics. - + Sets the controller to have the given @scope. @@ -73167,7 +73167,7 @@ when the widget has focus. A list model to take shortcuts from. - + What scope the shortcuts will be handled in. @@ -73215,7 +73215,7 @@ The main use case for `GtkShortcutLabel` is inside a [class@Gtk.ShortcutsWindow] - + Retrieves the current accelerator of @self. @@ -73229,7 +73229,7 @@ The main use case for `GtkShortcutLabel` is inside a [class@Gtk.ShortcutsWindow] - + Retrieves the text that is displayed when no accelerator is set. @@ -73244,7 +73244,7 @@ accelerator is set. - + Sets the accelerator to be displayed by @self. @@ -73261,7 +73261,7 @@ accelerator is set. - + Sets the text to be displayed by @self when no accelerator is set. @@ -73278,7 +73278,7 @@ accelerator is set. - + The accelerator that @self displays. @@ -73287,7 +73287,7 @@ See [property@Gtk.ShortcutsShortcut:accelerator] for the accepted syntax. - + The text that is displayed when no accelerator is set. @@ -73378,15 +73378,15 @@ will work fine. Describes where `GtkShortcut`s added to a `GtkShortcutController` get handled. - + Shortcuts are handled inside the widget the controller belongs to. - + Shortcuts are handled by the first ancestor that is a `GtkShortcutManager` - + Shortcuts are handled by the root widget. @@ -73620,36 +73620,36 @@ to help when debugging. GtkShortcutType specifies the kind of shortcut that is being described. More values may be added to this enumeration over time. - + The shortcut is a keyboard accelerator. The GtkShortcutsShortcut:accelerator property will be used. - + The shortcut is a pinch gesture. GTK provides an icon and subtitle. - + The shortcut is a stretch gesture. GTK provides an icon and subtitle. - + The shortcut is a clockwise rotation gesture. GTK provides an icon and subtitle. - + The shortcut is a counterclockwise rotation gesture. GTK provides an icon and subtitle. - + The shortcut is a two-finger swipe gesture. GTK provides an icon and subtitle. - + The shortcut is a two-finger swipe gesture. GTK provides an icon and subtitle. - + The shortcut is a gesture. The GtkShortcutsShortcut:icon property will be used. - + The shortcut is a swipe gesture. GTK provides an icon and subtitle. - + The shortcut is a swipe gesture. GTK provides an icon and subtitle. @@ -73974,7 +73974,7 @@ It will also unpack the args into arguments passed to the signal. - + Returns the name of the signal that will be emitted. @@ -73988,7 +73988,7 @@ It will also unpack the args into arguments passed to the signal. - + The name of the signal to emit. @@ -74140,7 +74140,7 @@ model will preserve the selection. - + Checks if autoselect has been enabled or disabled via gtk_single_selection_set_autoselect(). @@ -74155,7 +74155,7 @@ gtk_single_selection_set_autoselect(). - + If %TRUE, gtk_selection_model_unselect_item() is supported and allows unselecting the selected item. @@ -74170,7 +74170,7 @@ unselecting the selected item. - + Gets the model that @self is wrapping. @@ -74184,7 +74184,7 @@ unselecting the selected item. - + Gets the position of the selected item. @@ -74200,7 +74200,7 @@ If no item is selected, %GTK_INVALID_LIST_POSITION is returned. - + Gets the selected item. @@ -74216,7 +74216,7 @@ If no item is selected, %NULL is returned. - + Enables or disables autoselect. @@ -74237,7 +74237,7 @@ item is deleted and it will disallow unselecting the current item. - + If %TRUE, unselecting the current item via gtk_selection_model_unselect_item() is supported. @@ -74259,7 +74259,7 @@ to set both at the same time the same time. - + Sets the model that @self should wrap. @@ -74278,7 +74278,7 @@ If @model is %NULL, @self will be empty. - + Selects the item at the given position. @@ -74302,31 +74302,31 @@ will be selected. - + If the selection will always select an item. - + If unselecting the selected item is allowed. - + The model being managed. - + Position of the selected item. - + The selected item. @@ -74442,7 +74442,7 @@ will be removed from the size group. - + Gets the current mode of the size group. @@ -74488,7 +74488,7 @@ will be removed from the size group. - + Sets the `GtkSizeGroupMode` of the size group. @@ -74511,7 +74511,7 @@ in both directions (%GTK_SIZE_GROUP_BOTH). - + The direction in which the size group affects requested sizes. @@ -74524,29 +74524,29 @@ in both directions (%GTK_SIZE_GROUP_BOTH). The mode of the size group determines the directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its component widgets. - + group has no effect - + group affects horizontal requisition - + group affects vertical requisition - + group affects both horizontal and vertical requisition Specifies a preference for height-for-width or width-for-height geometry management. - + Prefer height-for-width geometry management - + Prefer width-for-height geometry management - + Don’t trade height-for-width or width-for-height @@ -74581,7 +74581,7 @@ of the given @model. - + Gets the model that is currently being used or %NULL if none. @@ -74595,7 +74595,7 @@ of the given @model. - + Gets the offset set via gtk_slice_list_model_set_offset(). @@ -74609,7 +74609,7 @@ of the given @model. - + Gets the size set via gtk_slice_list_model_set_size(). @@ -74623,7 +74623,7 @@ of the given @model. - + Sets the model to show a slice of. @@ -74642,7 +74642,7 @@ The model's item type must conform to @self's item type. - + Sets the offset into the original model for this slice. @@ -74662,7 +74662,7 @@ If the offset is too large for the sliced model, - + Sets the maximum size. @self will never have more items than @size. @@ -74683,19 +74683,19 @@ or the model sliced from doesn't have enough items. - + Child model to take slice from. - + Offset of slice. - + Maximum size of slice. @@ -75913,7 +75913,7 @@ model. - + Returns whether incremental sorting is enabled. @@ -75929,7 +75929,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.SortListModel.set_incremental]. - + Gets the model currently sorted or %NULL if none. @@ -75943,7 +75943,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.SortListModel.set_incremental]. - + Estimates progress of an ongoing sorting operation. @@ -75973,7 +75973,7 @@ function returns 0. - + Gets the sorter that is used to sort @self. @@ -75987,7 +75987,7 @@ function returns 0. - + Sets the sort model to do an incremental sort. @@ -76019,7 +76019,7 @@ about an ongoing incremental sorting operation. - + Sets the model to be sorted. @@ -76038,7 +76038,7 @@ The @model's item type must conform to the item type of @self. - + Sets a new sorter on @self. @@ -76055,24 +76055,24 @@ The @model's item type must conform to the item type of @self. - + If the model should sort items incrementally. - + The model being sorted. - + Estimate of unsorted items remaining. - + The sorter for this model. @@ -76086,10 +76086,10 @@ The @model's item type must conform to the item type of @self. Determines the direction of a sort. - + Sorting is in ascending order. - + Sorting is in descending order. @@ -76273,20 +76273,20 @@ the sort order without a full resorting. Refer to the Describes changes in a sorter in more detail and allows users to optimize resorting. - + The sorter change cannot be described by any of the other enumeration values - + The sort order was inverted. Comparisons that returned %GTK_ORDERING_SMALLER now return %GTK_ORDERING_LARGER and vice versa. Other comparisons return the same values as before. - + The sorter is less strict: Comparisons may now return %GTK_ORDERING_EQUAL that did not do so before. - + The sorter is more strict: Comparisons that did return %GTK_ORDERING_EQUAL may not do so anymore. @@ -76393,14 +76393,14 @@ to optimize resorting. Describes the type of order that a `GtkSorter` may produce. - + A partial order. Any `GtkOrdering` is possible. - + No order, all elements are considered equal. gtk_sorter_compare() will only return %GTK_ORDERING_EQUAL. - + A total order. gtk_sorter_compare() will only return %GTK_ORDERING_EQUAL if an item is compared with itself. Two different items will never cause this value to be returned. @@ -76608,7 +76608,7 @@ are updated accordingly. - + Get the adjustment associated with a `GtkSpinButton`. @@ -76622,7 +76622,7 @@ are updated accordingly. - + Returns the acceleration rate for repeated changes. @@ -76636,7 +76636,7 @@ are updated accordingly. - + Fetches the precision of @spin_button. @@ -76673,7 +76673,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.SpinButton.set_increments]. - + Returns whether non-numeric text can be typed into the spin button. @@ -76709,7 +76709,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.SpinButton.set_range]. - + Returns whether the values are corrected to the nearest step. @@ -76723,7 +76723,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.SpinButton.set_range]. - + Gets the update behavior of a spin button. @@ -76739,7 +76739,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.SpinButton.set_update_policy]. - + Get the value in the @spin_button. @@ -76766,7 +76766,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.SpinButton.set_update_policy]. - + Returns whether the spin button’s value wraps around to the opposite limit when the upper or lower limit of the range is @@ -76782,7 +76782,7 @@ exceeded. - + Replaces the `GtkAdjustment` associated with @spin_button. @@ -76799,7 +76799,7 @@ exceeded. - + Sets the acceleration rate for repeated changes when you hold down a button or key. @@ -76817,7 +76817,7 @@ hold down a button or key. - + Set the precision to be displayed by @spin_button. @@ -76860,7 +76860,7 @@ the spin button’s arrows are activated. - + Sets the flag that determines if non-numeric text can be typed into the spin button. @@ -76901,7 +76901,7 @@ to fit within the range, otherwise it will remain unchanged. - + Sets the policy as to whether values are corrected to the nearest step increment when a spin button is activated after @@ -76920,7 +76920,7 @@ providing an invalid value. - + Sets the update behavior of a spin button. @@ -76940,7 +76940,7 @@ updated or only when a valid value is set. - + Sets the value of @spin_button. @@ -76957,7 +76957,7 @@ updated or only when a valid value is set. - + Sets the flag that determines if a spin button value wraps around to the opposite limit when the upper or lower limit @@ -77009,51 +77009,51 @@ direction by a specified amount. - + The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button. - + The acceleration rate when you hold down a button or key. - + The number of decimal places to display. - + Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored. - + Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to the spin buttons nearest step increment. - + Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is acceptable. - + The current value. - + Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits. @@ -77147,11 +77147,11 @@ to its minimum value or vice-versa. bounds. See [method@Gtk.SpinButton.set_update_policy]. - + When refreshing your `GtkSpinButton`, the value is always displayed - + When refreshing your `GtkSpinButton`, the value is only displayed if it is valid within the bounds of the spin button's adjustment @@ -77160,25 +77160,25 @@ See [method@Gtk.SpinButton.set_update_policy]. The values of the GtkSpinType enumeration are used to specify the change to make in gtk_spin_button_spin(). - + Increment by the adjustments step increment. - + Decrement by the adjustments step increment. - + Increment by the adjustments page increment. - + Decrement by the adjustments page increment. - + Go to the adjustments lower bound. - + Go to the adjustments upper bound. - + Change by a specified amount. @@ -77208,7 +77208,7 @@ added to this node. - + Returns whether the spinner is spinning. @@ -77222,7 +77222,7 @@ added to this node. - + Sets the activity of the spinner. @@ -77263,7 +77263,7 @@ added to this node. - + Whether the spinner is spinning @@ -77417,7 +77417,7 @@ Returns %NULL if there is no child with this name. - + Gets whether @stack is horizontally homogeneous. @@ -77431,7 +77431,7 @@ Returns %NULL if there is no child with this name. - + Returns whether the `GtkStack` is set up to interpolate between the sizes of children on page switch. @@ -77463,7 +77463,7 @@ the sizes of children on page switch. - + Returns a `GListModel` that contains the pages of the stack. @@ -77481,7 +77481,7 @@ and modify the visible page. - + Returns the amount of time (in milliseconds) that transitions between pages in @stack will take. @@ -77496,7 +77496,7 @@ transitions between pages in @stack will take. - + Returns whether the @stack is currently in a transition from one page to another. @@ -77511,7 +77511,7 @@ another. - + Gets the type of animation that will be used for transitions between pages in @stack. @@ -77526,7 +77526,7 @@ for transitions between pages in @stack. - + Gets whether @stack is vertically homogeneous. @@ -77540,7 +77540,7 @@ for transitions between pages in @stack. - + Gets the currently visible child of @stack. @@ -77556,7 +77556,7 @@ Returns %NULL if there are no visible children. - + Returns the name of the currently visible child of @stack. @@ -77589,7 +77589,7 @@ Returns %NULL if there is no visible child. - + Sets the `GtkStack` to be horizontally homogeneous or not. @@ -77610,7 +77610,7 @@ may change width when a different child becomes visible. - + Sets whether or not @stack will interpolate its size when changing the visible child. @@ -77633,7 +77633,7 @@ according to the set transition duration. - + Sets the duration that transitions between pages in @stack will take. @@ -77651,7 +77651,7 @@ will take. - + Sets the type of animation that will be used for transitions between pages in @stack. @@ -77675,7 +77675,7 @@ based on the page that is about to become current. - + Sets the `GtkStack` to be vertically homogeneous or not. @@ -77696,7 +77696,7 @@ may change height when a different child becomes visible. - + Makes @child the visible child of @stack. @@ -77745,7 +77745,7 @@ child of @stack. - + Makes the child with the given name visible. @@ -77770,53 +77770,53 @@ child of @stack. - + %TRUE if the stack allocates the same width for all children. - + Whether or not the size should smoothly change during the transition. - + A selection model with the stack pages. - + The animation duration, in milliseconds. - + Whether or not the transition is currently running. - + The type of animation used to transition. - + %TRUE if the stack allocates the same height for all children. - + The widget currently visible in the stack. - + The name of the widget currently visible in the stack. @@ -77826,7 +77826,7 @@ child of @stack. `GtkStackPage` is an auxiliary class used by `GtkStack`. - + Returns the stack child to which @self belongs. @@ -77840,7 +77840,7 @@ child of @stack. - + Returns the icon name of the page. @@ -77854,7 +77854,7 @@ child of @stack. - + Returns the name of the page. @@ -77868,7 +77868,7 @@ child of @stack. - + Returns whether the page is marked as “needs attention”. @@ -77883,7 +77883,7 @@ child of @stack. - + Gets the page title. @@ -77897,7 +77897,7 @@ child of @stack. - + Gets whether underlines in the page title indicate mnemonics. @@ -77911,7 +77911,7 @@ child of @stack. - + Returns whether @page is visible in its `GtkStack`. @@ -77928,7 +77928,7 @@ property of its widget. - + Sets the icon name of the page. @@ -77945,7 +77945,7 @@ property of its widget. - + Sets the name of the page. @@ -77962,7 +77962,7 @@ property of its widget. - + Sets whether the page is marked as “needs attention”. @@ -77979,7 +77979,7 @@ property of its widget. - + Sets the page title. @@ -77996,7 +77996,7 @@ property of its widget. - + Sets whether underlines in the page title indicate mnemonics. @@ -78013,7 +78013,7 @@ property of its widget. - + Sets whether @page is visible in its `GtkStack`. @@ -78030,24 +78030,24 @@ property of its widget. - + The child that this page is for. - + The icon name of the child page. - + The name of the child page. - + Whether the page requires the user attention. @@ -78057,19 +78057,19 @@ appearance of the corresponding button when a page needs attention and it is not the current one. - + The title of the child page. - + If set, an underline in the title indicates a mnemonic. - + Whether this page is visible. @@ -78102,7 +78102,7 @@ pages. - + Retrieves the stack. @@ -78117,7 +78117,7 @@ pages. - + Set the `GtkStack` associated with this `GtkStackSidebar`. @@ -78137,7 +78137,7 @@ the order and items within the given `GtkStack`. - + The stack. @@ -78189,7 +78189,7 @@ the stack switcher to be made vertical with - + Retrieves the stack. @@ -78203,7 +78203,7 @@ the stack switcher to be made vertical with - + Sets the stack to control. @@ -78220,7 +78220,7 @@ the stack switcher to be made vertical with - + The stack. @@ -78231,73 +78231,73 @@ the stack switcher to be made vertical with Possible transitions between pages in a `GtkStack` widget. New values may be added to this enumeration over time. - + No transition - + A cross-fade - + Slide from left to right - + Slide from right to left - + Slide from bottom up - + Slide from top down - + Slide from left or right according to the children order - + Slide from top down or bottom up according to the order - + Cover the old page by sliding up - + Cover the old page by sliding down - + Cover the old page by sliding to the left - + Cover the old page by sliding to the right - + Uncover the new page by sliding up - + Uncover the new page by sliding down - + Uncover the new page by sliding to the left - + Uncover the new page by sliding to the right - + Cover the old page sliding up or uncover the new page sliding down, according to order - + Cover the old page sliding down or uncover the new page sliding up, according to order - + Cover the old page sliding left or uncover the new page sliding right, according to order - + Cover the old page sliding right or uncover the new page sliding left, according to order - + Pretend the pages are sides of a cube and rotate that cube to the left - + Pretend the pages are sides of a cube and rotate that cube to the right - + Pretend the pages are sides of a cube and rotate that cube to the left or right according to the children order @@ -78307,52 +78307,52 @@ New values may be added to this enumeration over time. Widget states are used to match the widget against CSS pseudo-classes. Note that GTK extends the regular CSS classes and sometimes uses different names. - + State during normal operation - + Widget is active - + Widget has a mouse pointer over it - + Widget is selected - + Widget is insensitive - + Widget is inconsistent - + Widget has the keyboard focus - + Widget is in a background toplevel window - + Widget is in left-to-right text direction - + Widget is in right-to-left text direction - + Widget is a link - + The location the widget points to has already been visited - + Widget is checked - + Widget is highlighted as a drop target for DND - + Widget has the visible focus - + Widget contains the keyboard focus @@ -78569,7 +78569,7 @@ and by providing a property to look up on the item. - + Gets the expression that the string filter uses to obtain strings from items. @@ -78584,7 +78584,7 @@ obtain strings from items. - + Returns whether the filter ignores case differences. @@ -78598,7 +78598,7 @@ obtain strings from items. - + Returns the match mode that the filter is using. @@ -78612,7 +78612,7 @@ obtain strings from items. - + Gets the search term. @@ -78626,7 +78626,7 @@ obtain strings from items. - + Sets the expression that the string filter uses to obtain strings from items. @@ -78646,7 +78646,7 @@ The expression must have a value type of %G_TYPE_STRING. - + Sets whether the filter ignores case differences. @@ -78663,7 +78663,7 @@ The expression must have a value type of %G_TYPE_STRING. - + Sets the match mode for the filter. @@ -78680,7 +78680,7 @@ The expression must have a value type of %G_TYPE_STRING. - + Sets the string to search for. @@ -78698,25 +78698,25 @@ The expression must have a value type of %G_TYPE_STRING. - + The expression to evaluate on item to get a string to compare with. - + If matching is case sensitive. - + If exact matches are necessary or if substrings are allowed. - + The search term. @@ -78730,15 +78730,15 @@ The expression must have a value type of %G_TYPE_STRING. Specifies how search strings are matched inside text. - + The search string and text must match exactly. - + The search string must be contained as a substring inside the text. - + The text must begin with the search string. @@ -78932,7 +78932,7 @@ a [property@Gtk.StringObject:string] property. - + Returns the string contained in a `GtkStringObject`. @@ -78946,7 +78946,7 @@ a [property@Gtk.StringObject:string] property. - + The string. @@ -78983,7 +78983,7 @@ compare items as invalid. - + Gets the expression that is evaluated to obtain strings from items. @@ -78997,7 +78997,7 @@ compare items as invalid. - + Gets whether the sorter ignores case differences. @@ -79011,7 +79011,7 @@ compare items as invalid. - + Sets the expression that is evaluated to obtain strings from items. @@ -79030,7 +79030,7 @@ The expression must have the type %G_TYPE_STRING. - + Sets whether the sorter will ignore case differences. @@ -79047,13 +79047,13 @@ The expression must have the type %G_TYPE_STRING. - + The expression to evaluate on item to get a string to compare with. - + If matching is case sensitive. @@ -79256,7 +79256,7 @@ through [func@Gtk.StyleContext.add_provider_for_display]. - + Returns the `GdkDisplay` to which @context is attached. a `GdkDisplay`. @@ -79439,7 +79439,7 @@ must be done before GTK returns to the main loop. - + Attaches @context to the given display. The display is used to add style information from “global” @@ -79520,7 +79520,7 @@ the format of the returned string, it may change. - + @@ -79576,18 +79576,18 @@ the format of the returned string, it may change. Flags that modify the behavior of gtk_style_context_to_string(). New values may be added to this enumeration. - + Default value. - + Print the entire tree of CSS nodes starting at the style context's node - + Show the values of the CSS properties for each node - + Show information about what changes affect the styles @@ -79646,7 +79646,7 @@ using any style classes. - + Gets whether the `GtkSwitch` is in its “on” or “off” state. @@ -79660,7 +79660,7 @@ using any style classes. - + Gets the underlying state of the `GtkSwitch`. @@ -79674,7 +79674,7 @@ using any style classes. - + Changes the state of @self to the desired one. @@ -79691,7 +79691,7 @@ using any style classes. - + Sets the underlying state of the `GtkSwitch`. @@ -79714,13 +79714,13 @@ See [signal@Gtk.Switch::state-set] for details. - + Whether the `GtkSwitch` widget is in its on or off state. - + The backend state that is controlled by the switch. @@ -79775,13 +79775,13 @@ Widgets may need to drop caches, or react otherwise. Most of the values correspond to `GtkSettings` properties. More values may be added over time. - + the [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-xft-dpi] setting has changed - + The [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-font-name] setting has changed - + The font configuration has changed in a way that requires text to be redrawn. This can be any of the [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-xft-antialias], @@ -79790,10 +79790,10 @@ More values may be added over time. [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-xft-rgba] or [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-fontconfig-timestamp] settings - + The display has changed - + The icon theme has changed in a way that requires icons to be looked up again @@ -80193,7 +80193,7 @@ The rectangle positions are in widget coordinates. - + Returns whether pressing Enter will activate the default widget for the window containing @self. @@ -80210,7 +80210,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Text.set_activates_default]. - + Gets the attribute list that was set on the `GtkText`. @@ -80226,7 +80226,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Text.set_attributes]. - + Get the `GtkEntryBuffer` object which holds the text for this widget. @@ -80241,7 +80241,7 @@ this widget. - + Returns whether Emoji completion is enabled for this `GtkText` widget. @@ -80256,7 +80256,7 @@ this widget. - + Gets the menu model for extra items in the context menu. @@ -80272,7 +80272,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Text.set_extra_menu]. - + Gets the input hints of the `GtkText`. @@ -80285,7 +80285,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Text.set_extra_menu]. - + Gets the input purpose of the `GtkText`. @@ -80298,7 +80298,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Text.set_extra_menu]. - + Retrieves the character displayed when visibility is set to false. @@ -80317,7 +80317,7 @@ it has been explicitly set with [method@Gtk.Text.set_invisible_char]. - + Retrieves the maximum allowed length of the text in @self. @@ -80337,7 +80337,7 @@ calling [method@Gtk.EntryBuffer.get_max_length] on it. - + Gets whether text is overwritten when typing in the `GtkText`. @@ -80353,7 +80353,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Text.set_overwrite_mode]. - + Retrieves the text that will be displayed when @self is empty and unfocused @@ -80370,7 +80370,7 @@ If no placeholder text has been set, %NULL will be returned. - + Returns whether the `GtkText` will grow and shrink with the content. @@ -80385,7 +80385,7 @@ with the content. - + Gets the tabstops that were set on the `GtkText`. @@ -80418,7 +80418,7 @@ and calling [method@Gtk.EntryBuffer.get_length] on it. - + Returns whether the `GtkText` will truncate multi-line text that is pasted into the widget @@ -80433,7 +80433,7 @@ that is pasted into the widget - + Retrieves whether the text in @self is visible. @@ -80466,7 +80466,7 @@ such as search-as-you-type entries. - + If @activates is %TRUE, pressing Enter will activate the default widget for the window containing @self. @@ -80488,7 +80488,7 @@ the dialog buttons. - + Sets attributes that are applied to the text. @@ -80505,7 +80505,7 @@ the dialog buttons. - + Set the `GtkEntryBuffer` object which holds the text for this widget. @@ -80523,7 +80523,7 @@ this widget. - + Sets whether Emoji completion is enabled. @@ -80544,7 +80544,7 @@ keyword. - + Sets a menu model to add when constructing the context menu for @self. @@ -80562,7 +80562,7 @@ the context menu for @self. - + Sets input hints that allow input methods to fine-tune their behaviour. @@ -80580,7 +80580,7 @@ to fine-tune their behaviour. - + Sets the input purpose of the `GtkText`. @@ -80600,7 +80600,7 @@ input methods to adjust their behaviour. - + Sets the character to use when in “password mode”. @@ -80622,7 +80622,7 @@ as they type. - + Sets the maximum allowed length of the contents of the widget. @@ -80647,7 +80647,7 @@ calling [method@Gtk.EntryBuffer.set_max_length] on it. - + Sets whether the text is overwritten when typing in the `GtkText`. @@ -80665,7 +80665,7 @@ in the `GtkText`. - + Sets text to be displayed in @self when it is empty. @@ -80686,7 +80686,7 @@ contents of the `GtkText`. - + Sets whether the `GtkText` should grow and shrink with the content. @@ -80703,7 +80703,7 @@ contents of the `GtkText`. - + Sets tabstops that are applied to the text. @@ -80720,7 +80720,7 @@ contents of the `GtkText`. - + Sets whether the `GtkText` should truncate multi-line text that is pasted into the widget. @@ -80738,7 +80738,7 @@ that is pasted into the widget. - + Sets whether the contents of the `GtkText` are visible or not. @@ -80784,13 +80784,13 @@ char is used again. - + Whether to activate the default widget when Enter is pressed. - + A list of Pango attributes to apply to the text of the `GtkText`. @@ -80801,19 +80801,19 @@ The `PangoAttribute`'s @start_index and @end_index must refer to the `GtkEntryBuffer` text, i.e. without the preedit string. - + The `GtkEntryBuffer` object which stores the text. - + Whether to suggest Emoji replacements. - + A menu model whose contents will be appended to @@ -80830,14 +80830,14 @@ IM module setting. See the [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-im-module] property. - + Additional hints that allow input methods to fine-tune their behaviour. - + The purpose of this text field. @@ -80850,7 +80850,7 @@ Note that setting the purpose to %GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PASSWORD or [property@Gtk.Text:visibility]. - + The character to used when masking contents (in “password mode”). @@ -80860,7 +80860,7 @@ Note that setting the purpose to %GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PASSWORD or Whether the invisible char has been set for the `GtkText`. - + Maximum number of characters that are allowed. @@ -80868,20 +80868,20 @@ Note that setting the purpose to %GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PASSWORD or Zero indicates no limit. - + If text is overwritten when typing in the `GtkText`. - + The text that will be displayed in the `GtkText` when it is empty and unfocused. - + Whether the widget should grow and shrink with the content. @@ -80891,19 +80891,19 @@ and unfocused. Number of pixels scrolled of the screen to the left. - + A list of tabstops to apply to the text of the `GtkText`. - + When %TRUE, pasted multi-line text is truncated to the first line. - + If %FALSE, the text is masked with the “invisible char”. @@ -81911,7 +81911,7 @@ entire buffer lies within the range [@start,@end). - + Gets whether there is a redoable action in the history. @@ -81925,7 +81925,7 @@ entire buffer lies within the range [@start,@end). - + Gets whether there is an undoable action in the history. @@ -81958,7 +81958,7 @@ The character count is cached, so this function is very fast. - + Gets whether the buffer is saving modifications to the buffer to allow for undo and redo actions. @@ -81999,7 +81999,7 @@ character position 0) to the end iterator. - + Indicates whether the buffer has some text currently selected. %TRUE if the there is text selected @@ -82368,7 +82368,7 @@ to get the iter at character offset 0. - + Get the `GtkTextTagTable` associated with this buffer. @@ -82382,7 +82382,7 @@ to get the iter at character offset 0. - + Returns the text in the range [@start,@end). Excludes undisplayed text (text marked with tags that set the @@ -83011,7 +83011,7 @@ be optimized. - + Sets whether or not to enable undoable actions in the text buffer. @@ -83082,7 +83082,7 @@ bit flips, the buffer emits the - + Deletes current contents of @buffer, and inserts @text instead. @@ -83118,12 +83118,12 @@ If @len is -1, @text must be nul-terminated. - + Denotes that the buffer can reapply the last undone action. - + Denotes that the buffer can undo the last applied action. @@ -83135,22 +83135,22 @@ This is an offset from the beginning of the buffer. It is useful for getting notified when the cursor moves. - + Denotes if support for undoing and redoing changes to the buffer is allowed. - + Whether the buffer has some text currently selected. - + The GtkTextTagTable for the buffer. - + The text content of the buffer. @@ -83852,24 +83852,24 @@ The order in which the widgets are returned is not defined. Reading directions for text. - + No direction. - + Left to right text direction. - + Right to left text direction. Granularity types that extend the text selection. Use the `GtkTextView::extend-selection` signal to customize the selection. - + Selects the current word. It is triggered by a double-click for example. - + Selects the current line. It is triggered by a triple-click for example. @@ -85846,7 +85846,7 @@ to a buffer again. - + Determines whether the mark has left gravity. %TRUE if the mark has left gravity, %FALSE otherwise @@ -85859,7 +85859,7 @@ to a buffer again. - + Returns the mark name. Returns %NULL for anonymous marks. @@ -85902,7 +85902,7 @@ A cursor is displayed for visible marks. - + Whether the mark has left gravity. When text is inserted at the mark’s current location, if the mark @@ -85910,7 +85910,7 @@ has left gravity it will be moved to the left of the newly-inserted text, otherwise to the right. - + The name of the mark or %NULL if the mark is anonymous. @@ -85937,15 +85937,15 @@ text, otherwise to the right. If neither %GTK_TEXT_SEARCH_VISIBLE_ONLY nor %GTK_TEXT_SEARCH_TEXT_ONLY are enabled, the match must be exact; the special 0xFFFC character will match embedded paintables or child widgets. - + Search only visible data. A search match may have invisible text interspersed. - + Search only text. A match may have paintables or child widgets mixed inside the matched range. - + The text will be matched regardless of what case it is in. @@ -87000,7 +87000,7 @@ views, since they depend on the contents of the `GtkTextBuffer`. - + Returns whether pressing the <kbd>Tab</kbd> key inserts a tab characters. @@ -87017,7 +87017,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.TextView.set_accepts_tab]. - + Gets the bottom margin for text in the @text_view. @@ -87031,7 +87031,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.TextView.set_accepts_tab]. - + Returns the `GtkTextBuffer` being displayed by this text view. @@ -87091,7 +87091,7 @@ coordinates to coordinates for one of the windows in the text view. - + Find out whether the cursor should be displayed. @@ -87105,7 +87105,7 @@ coordinates to coordinates for one of the windows in the text view. - + Returns the default editability of the `GtkTextView`. @@ -87121,7 +87121,7 @@ Tags in the buffer may override this setting for some ranges of text. - + Gets the menu model that gets added to the context menu or %NULL if none has been set. @@ -87158,7 +87158,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.TextView.set_gutter]. - + Gets the default indentation of paragraphs in @text_view. @@ -87175,7 +87175,7 @@ The indentation may be negative. - + Gets the `input-hints` of the `GtkTextView`. @@ -87188,7 +87188,7 @@ The indentation may be negative. - + Gets the `input-purpose` of the `GtkTextView`. @@ -87296,7 +87296,7 @@ coordinates to coordinates for one of the windows in the text view. - + Gets the default justification of paragraphs in @text_view. @@ -87312,7 +87312,7 @@ Tags in the buffer may override the default. - + Gets the default left margin size of paragraphs in the @text_view. @@ -87402,7 +87402,7 @@ The context may be replaced when CSS changes occur. - + Gets whether the `GtkTextView` uses monospace styling. @@ -87416,7 +87416,7 @@ The context may be replaced when CSS changes occur. - + Returns whether the `GtkTextView` is in overwrite mode or not. @@ -87430,7 +87430,7 @@ The context may be replaced when CSS changes occur. - + Gets the default number of pixels to put above paragraphs. @@ -87447,7 +87447,7 @@ is equal to the line space between each paragraph. - + Gets the default number of pixels to put below paragraphs. @@ -87464,7 +87464,7 @@ the value returned by [method@Gtk.TextView.get_pixels_above_lines]. - + Gets the default number of pixels to put between wrapped lines inside a paragraph. @@ -87479,7 +87479,7 @@ inside a paragraph. - + Gets the default right margin for text in @text_view. @@ -87511,7 +87511,7 @@ The context may be replaced when CSS changes occur. - + Gets the default tabs for @text_view. @@ -87531,7 +87531,7 @@ return value with [method@Pango.TabArray.free]. - + Gets the top margin for text in the @text_view. @@ -87565,7 +87565,7 @@ Convert to window coordinates with - + Gets the line wrapping for the view. @@ -87872,7 +87872,7 @@ by a margin of size @within_margin. - + Sets the behavior of the text widget when the <kbd>Tab</kbd> key is pressed. @@ -87895,7 +87895,7 @@ chain. - + Sets the bottom margin for text in @text_view. @@ -87915,7 +87915,7 @@ In CSS terms, the value set here is padding. - + Sets @buffer as the buffer being displayed by @text_view. @@ -87937,7 +87937,7 @@ yourself; `GtkTextView` will not “adopt” it. - + Toggles whether the insertion point should be displayed. @@ -87960,7 +87960,7 @@ Note that this property may be overridden by the - + Sets the default editability of the `GtkTextView`. @@ -87980,7 +87980,7 @@ using the “editable” attribute of tags. - + Sets a menu model to add when constructing the context menu for @text_view. @@ -88023,7 +88023,7 @@ You can pass %NULL to remove a previously set extra menu. - + Sets the default indentation for paragraphs in @text_view. @@ -88042,7 +88042,7 @@ Tags in the buffer may override the default. - + Sets the `input-hints` of the `GtkTextView`. @@ -88062,7 +88062,7 @@ their behaviour. - + Sets the `input-purpose` of the `GtkTextView`. @@ -88082,7 +88082,7 @@ and other input methods to adjust their behaviour. - + Sets the default justification of text in @text_view. @@ -88101,7 +88101,7 @@ Tags in the view’s buffer may override the default. - + Sets the default left margin for text in @text_view. @@ -88123,7 +88123,7 @@ In CSS terms, the value set here is padding. - + Sets whether the `GtkTextView` should display text in monospace styling. @@ -88141,7 +88141,7 @@ monospace styling. - + Changes the `GtkTextView` overwrite mode. @@ -88158,7 +88158,7 @@ monospace styling. - + Sets the default number of blank pixels above paragraphs in @text_view. @@ -88177,7 +88177,7 @@ Tags in the buffer for @text_view may override the defaults. - + Sets the default number of pixels of blank space to put below paragraphs in @text_view. @@ -88197,7 +88197,7 @@ May be overridden by tags applied to @text_view’s buffer. - + Sets the default number of pixels of blank space to leave between display/wrapped lines within a paragraph. @@ -88217,7 +88217,7 @@ May be overridden by tags in @text_view’s buffer. - + Sets the default right margin for text in the text view. @@ -88239,7 +88239,7 @@ In CSS terms, the value set here is padding. - + Sets the default tab stops for paragraphs in @text_view. @@ -88258,7 +88258,7 @@ Tags in the buffer may override the default. - + Sets the top margin for text in @text_view. @@ -88278,7 +88278,7 @@ In CSS terms, the value set here is padding. - + Sets the line wrapping for the view. @@ -88348,13 +88348,13 @@ coordinates. - + Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered. - + The bottom margin for text in the text view. @@ -88366,22 +88366,22 @@ to the padding from the theme. Don't confuse this property with [property@Gtk.Widget:margin-bottom]. - + The buffer which is displayed. - + If the insertion cursor is shown. - + - + A menu model whose contents will be appended to the context menu. @@ -88396,20 +88396,20 @@ Setting this to a non-%NULL value overrides the system-wide IM module setting. See the GtkSettings [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-im-module] property. - + Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels. - + Additional hints (beyond [property@Gtk.TextView:input-purpose]) that allow input methods to fine-tune their behaviour. - + The purpose of this text field. @@ -88418,10 +88418,10 @@ This property can be used by on-screen keyboards and other input methods to adjust their behaviour. - + - + The default left margin for text in the text view. @@ -88433,7 +88433,7 @@ the value set here is padding, and it is applied in addition to the padding from the theme. - + Whether text should be displayed in a monospace font. @@ -88442,22 +88442,22 @@ If %TRUE, set the .monospace style class on the text view to indicate that a monospace font is desired. - + Whether entered text overwrites existing contents. - + - + - + - + The default right margin for text in the text view. @@ -88469,10 +88469,10 @@ the value set here is padding, and it is applied in addition to the padding from the theme. - + - + The top margin for text in the text view. @@ -88484,7 +88484,7 @@ to the padding from the theme. Don't confuse this property with [property@Gtk.Widget:margin-top]. - + @@ -88968,32 +88968,32 @@ The default binding for this signal is <kbd>Insert</kbd>. Used to reference the layers of `GtkTextView` for the purpose of customized drawing with the ::snapshot_layer vfunc. - + The layer rendered below the text (but above the background). - + The layer rendered above the text. Used to reference the parts of `GtkTextView`. - + Window that floats over scrolling areas. - + Scrollable text window. - + Left side border window. - + Right side border window. - + Top border window. - + Bottom border window. @@ -89143,7 +89143,7 @@ There is no good reason for an application ever to call this function. - + Queries a `GtkToggleButton` and returns its current state. @@ -89160,7 +89160,7 @@ if it is raised. - + Sets the status of the toggle button. @@ -89183,7 +89183,7 @@ If the status of the button changes, this action causes the - + Adds @self to the group of @group. @@ -89225,13 +89225,13 @@ There is no good reason for an application ever to call this function. - + If the toggle button should be pressed in. - + The toggle button whose group this widget belongs to. @@ -89855,7 +89855,7 @@ child, and toggling it will change the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_EXPANDED state. - + Gets the child widget displayed by @self. @@ -89869,7 +89869,7 @@ child, and toggling it will change the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_EXPANDED state. - + Forwards the item set on the `GtkTreeListRow` that @self is managing. @@ -89889,7 +89889,7 @@ gtk_tree_list_row_get_item (gtk_tree_expander_get_list_row (@self)); - + Gets the list row managed by @self. @@ -89903,7 +89903,7 @@ gtk_tree_list_row_get_item (gtk_tree_expander_get_list_row (@self)); - + Sets the content widget to display. @@ -89920,7 +89920,7 @@ gtk_tree_list_row_get_item (gtk_tree_expander_get_list_row (@self)); - + Sets the tree list row that this expander should manage. @@ -89937,18 +89937,18 @@ gtk_tree_list_row_get_item (gtk_tree_expander_get_list_row (@self)); - + The child widget with the actual contents. - + The item held by this expander's row. - + The list row to track for expander state. @@ -90091,7 +90091,7 @@ with all rows collapsed. - + Gets whether the model is set to automatically expand new rows that get added. @@ -90132,7 +90132,7 @@ Do not confuse this function with [method@Gtk.TreeListModel.get_row]. - + Gets the root model that @self was created with. @@ -90146,7 +90146,7 @@ Do not confuse this function with [method@Gtk.TreeListModel.get_row]. - + Gets whether the model is passing through original row items. @@ -90202,7 +90202,7 @@ Do not confuse this function with [method@Gtk.TreeListModel.get_child_row]. - + Sets whether the model should autoexpand. @@ -90223,18 +90223,18 @@ to the underlying models or via [method@Gtk.TreeListRow.set_expanded]. - + If all rows should be expanded by default. - + The root model displayed. - + Gets whether the model is in passthrough mode. @@ -90303,7 +90303,7 @@ number of children, %NULL is returned. - + If the row is expanded, gets the model holding the children of @self. @@ -90322,7 +90322,7 @@ and contains the original items, no matter what value - + Gets the depth of this row. @@ -90342,7 +90342,7 @@ The depth of a row never changes until the row is destroyed. - + Gets if a row is currently expanded. @@ -90356,7 +90356,7 @@ The depth of a row never changes until the row is destroyed. - + Gets the item corresponding to this row, @@ -90429,7 +90429,7 @@ If a row is expandable never changes until the row is destroyed. - + Expands or collapses a row. @@ -90453,12 +90453,12 @@ If the row is not expandable, this function does nothing. - + The model holding the row's children. - + The depth in the tree of this row. @@ -90468,13 +90468,13 @@ If the row is not expandable, this function does nothing. If this row can ever be expanded. - + If this row is currently expanded. - + The item held in this row. @@ -90516,7 +90516,7 @@ being %FALSE as it can only sort [class@Gtk.TreeListRow]s. - + Returns the sorter used by @self. the sorter used @@ -90529,7 +90529,7 @@ being %FALSE as it can only sort [class@Gtk.TreeListRow]s. - + Sets the sorter to use for items with the same parent. This sorter will be passed the [property@Gtk.TreeListRow:item] of @@ -90548,7 +90548,7 @@ the tree list rows passed to @self. - + The underlying sorter @@ -92480,11 +92480,11 @@ They are returned by [method@Gtk.TreeModel.get_flags], and must be static for the lifetime of the object. A more complete description of %GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST can be found in the overview of this section. - + iterators survive all signals emitted by the tree - + the model is a list only, and never has children @@ -93132,7 +93132,7 @@ sorted. If @sorted_path does not point to a location in the child model, - + Returns the model the `GtkTreeModelSort` is sorting. the "child model" being sorted @@ -93180,7 +93180,7 @@ is in “unsorted” state. - + @@ -93760,7 +93760,7 @@ select_row on an already selected row). - + Gets the selection mode for @selection. See gtk_tree_selection_set_mode(). @@ -93988,7 +93988,7 @@ gtk_tree_selection_get_selected_rows() might be more useful. - + Sets the selection mode of the @selection. If the previous type was %GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, then the anchor is kept selected, if it was previously selected. @@ -94100,7 +94100,7 @@ inclusive. - + Selection mode. See gtk_tree_selection_set_mode() for more information on this property. @@ -95918,7 +95918,7 @@ method sets `GtkTreeView`:reorderable to %FALSE. - + Gets the setting set by gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click(). %TRUE if row-activated will be emitted on a single click @@ -96111,7 +96111,7 @@ is indeed the case. - + Returns whether or not the tree allows to start interactive searching by typing in text. @@ -96125,7 +96125,7 @@ by typing in text. - + Returns whether or not tree lines are drawn in @tree_view. %TRUE if tree lines are drawn in @tree_view, %FALSE @@ -96139,7 +96139,7 @@ otherwise. - + Returns the column that is the current expander column, or %NULL if none has been set. This column has the expander arrow drawn next to it. @@ -96154,7 +96154,7 @@ This column has the expander arrow drawn next to it. - + Returns whether fixed height mode is turned on for @tree_view. %TRUE if @tree_view is in fixed height mode @@ -96181,7 +96181,7 @@ are enabled. - + Returns whether all header columns are clickable. %TRUE if all header columns are clickable, otherwise %FALSE @@ -96194,7 +96194,7 @@ are enabled. - + Returns %TRUE if the headers on the @tree_view are visible. Whether the headers are visible or not. @@ -96207,7 +96207,7 @@ are enabled. - + Returns whether hover expansion mode is turned on for @tree_view. %TRUE if @tree_view is in hover expansion mode @@ -96220,7 +96220,7 @@ are enabled. - + Returns whether hover selection mode is turned on for @tree_view. %TRUE if @tree_view is in hover selection mode @@ -96233,7 +96233,7 @@ are enabled. - + Returns the amount, in pixels, of extra indentation for child levels in @tree_view. @@ -96248,7 +96248,7 @@ in @tree_view. - + Returns the model the `GtkTreeView` is based on. Returns %NULL if the model is unset. @@ -96331,7 +96331,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords(). - + Retrieves whether the user can reorder the tree via drag-and-drop. See gtk_tree_view_set_reorderable(). @@ -96358,7 +96358,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_reorderable(). - + Returns whether rubber banding is turned on for @tree_view. If the selection mode is %GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the user to select multiple rows by dragging the mouse. @@ -96373,7 +96373,7 @@ user to select multiple rows by dragging the mouse. - + Gets the column searched on by the interactive search code. the column the interactive search code searches in. @@ -96427,7 +96427,7 @@ will be returned. - + Returns whether or not expanders are drawn in @tree_view. %TRUE if expanders are drawn in @tree_view, %FALSE @@ -96441,7 +96441,7 @@ otherwise. - + Returns the column of @tree_view’s model which is being used for displaying tooltips on @tree_view’s rows. @@ -96888,7 +96888,7 @@ If either @tree_x or @tree_y are -1, then that direction isn’t scrolled.< - + Cause the `GtkTreeView`::row-activated signal to be emitted on a single click instead of a double click. @@ -97033,7 +97033,7 @@ If @path is %NULL, an existing highlight is removed. - + If @enable_search is set, then the user can type in text to search through the tree interactively (this is sometimes called "typeahead find"). @@ -97053,7 +97053,7 @@ using the “start-interactive-search” key binding. - + Sets whether to draw lines interconnecting the expanders in @tree_view. This does not have any visible effects for lists. @@ -97070,7 +97070,7 @@ This does not have any visible effects for lists. - + Sets the column to draw the expander arrow at. It must be in @tree_view. If @column is %NULL, then the expander arrow is always at the first visible column. @@ -97091,7 +97091,7 @@ expander column to a hidden column. - + Enables or disables the fixed height mode of @tree_view. Fixed height mode speeds up `GtkTreeView` by assuming that all rows have the same height. @@ -97128,7 +97128,7 @@ enable. - + Allow the column title buttons to be clicked. @@ -97144,7 +97144,7 @@ enable. - + Sets the visibility state of the headers. @@ -97160,7 +97160,7 @@ enable. - + Enables or disables the hover expansion mode of @tree_view. Hover expansion makes rows expand or collapse if the pointer moves over them. @@ -97178,7 +97178,7 @@ moves over them. - + Enables or disables the hover selection mode of @tree_view. Hover selection makes the selected row follow the pointer. Currently, this works only for the selection modes @@ -97197,7 +97197,7 @@ Currently, this works only for the selection modes - + Sets the amount of extra indentation for child levels to use in @tree_view in addition to the default indentation. The value should be specified in pixels, a value of 0 disables this feature and in this case only the default @@ -97217,7 +97217,7 @@ This does not have any visible effects for lists. - + Sets the model for a `GtkTreeView`. If the @tree_view already has a model set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If @model is %NULL, then it will unset the old model. @@ -97235,7 +97235,7 @@ then it will unset the old model. - + This function is a convenience function to allow you to reorder models that support the `GtkTreeDragSourceIface` and the `GtkTreeDragDestIface`. Both `GtkTreeStore` and `GtkListStore` support @@ -97290,7 +97290,7 @@ function is %NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value. - + Enables or disables rubber banding in @tree_view. If the selection mode is %GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the user to select multiple rows by dragging the mouse. @@ -97308,7 +97308,7 @@ multiple rows by dragging the mouse. - + Sets @column as the column where the interactive search code should search in for the current model. @@ -97378,7 +97378,7 @@ that somewhat like strcmp() returning 0 for equality - + Sets whether to draw and enable expanders and indent child rows in @tree_view. When disabled there will be no expanders visible in trees and there will be no way to expand and collapse rows by default. Also @@ -97438,7 +97438,7 @@ See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative. - + If you only plan to have simple (text-only) tooltips on full rows, you can use this function to have `GtkTreeView` handle these automatically for you. @column should be set to the column in @tree_view’s model @@ -97513,7 +97513,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_source(). Calling this method sets - + The activate-on-single-click property specifies whether the "row-activated" signal will be emitted after a single click. @@ -97521,16 +97521,16 @@ will be emitted after a single click. - + - + - + - + Setting the ::fixed-height-mode property to %TRUE speeds up `GtkTreeView` by assuming that all rows have the same height. Only enable this option if all rows are the same height. @@ -97538,13 +97538,13 @@ Please see gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode() for more information on this option. - + - + - + Enables or disables the hover expansion mode of @tree_view. Hover expansion makes rows expand or collapse if the pointer moves over them. @@ -97553,7 +97553,7 @@ This mode is primarily intended for treeviews in popups, e.g. in `GtkComboBox` or `GtkEntryCompletion`. - + Enables or disables the hover selection mode of @tree_view. Hover selection makes the selected row follow the pointer. Currently, this works only for the selection modes @@ -97563,27 +97563,27 @@ This mode is primarily intended for treeviews in popups, e.g. in `GtkComboBox` or `GtkEntryCompletion`. - + Extra indentation for each level. - + - + - + - + - + %TRUE if the view has expanders. - + @@ -98302,7 +98302,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_attributes(). - + Returns the current x alignment of @tree_column. This value can range between 0.0 and 1.0. @@ -98329,7 +98329,7 @@ between 0.0 and 1.0. - + Returns %TRUE if the user can click on the header for the column. %TRUE if user can click the column header. @@ -98342,7 +98342,7 @@ between 0.0 and 1.0. - + Returns %TRUE if the column expands to fill available space. %TRUE if the column expands to fill available space. @@ -98355,7 +98355,7 @@ between 0.0 and 1.0. - + Gets the fixed width of the column. This may not be the actual displayed width of the column; for that, use gtk_tree_view_column_get_width(). @@ -98369,7 +98369,7 @@ width of the column; for that, use gtk_tree_view_column_get_width(). - + Returns the maximum width in pixels of the @tree_column, or -1 if no maximum width is set. @@ -98383,7 +98383,7 @@ width is set. - + Returns the minimum width in pixels of the @tree_column, or -1 if no minimum width is set. @@ -98397,7 +98397,7 @@ width is set. - + Returns %TRUE if the @tree_column can be reordered by the user. %TRUE if the @tree_column can be reordered by the user. @@ -98410,7 +98410,7 @@ width is set. - + Returns %TRUE if the @tree_column can be resized by the end user. %TRUE, if the @tree_column can be resized. @@ -98423,7 +98423,7 @@ width is set. - + Returns the current type of @tree_column. The type of @tree_column. @@ -98436,7 +98436,7 @@ width is set. - + Gets the logical @sort_column_id that the model sorts on when this column is selected for sorting. @@ -98453,7 +98453,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.TreeViewColumn.set_sort_column_id]. - + Gets the value set by gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_indicator(). whether the sort indicator arrow is displayed @@ -98466,7 +98466,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.TreeViewColumn.set_sort_column_id]. - + Gets the value set by gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_order(). the sort order the sort indicator is indicating @@ -98479,7 +98479,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.TreeViewColumn.set_sort_column_id]. - + Returns the spacing of @tree_column. the spacing of @tree_column. @@ -98492,7 +98492,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.TreeViewColumn.set_sort_column_id]. - + Returns the title of the widget. the title of the column. This string should not be @@ -98522,7 +98522,7 @@ returned. - + Returns %TRUE if @tree_column is visible. whether the column is visible or not. If it is visible, then @@ -98536,7 +98536,7 @@ the tree will show the column. - + Returns the `GtkWidget` in the button on the column header. If a custom widget has not been set then %NULL is returned. @@ -98551,7 +98551,7 @@ If a custom widget has not been set then %NULL is returned. - + Returns the current size of @tree_column in pixels. The current width of @tree_column. @@ -98564,7 +98564,7 @@ If a custom widget has not been set then %NULL is returned. - + Returns the current X offset of @tree_column in pixels. The current X offset of @tree_column. @@ -98634,7 +98634,7 @@ their sizes renegotiated. - + Sets the alignment of the title or custom widget inside the column header. The alignment determines its location inside the button -- 0.0 for left, 0.5 for center, 1.0 for right. @@ -98710,7 +98710,7 @@ older one. - + Sets the header to be active if @clickable is %TRUE. When the header is active, then it can take keyboard focus, and can be clicked. @@ -98727,7 +98727,7 @@ active, then it can take keyboard focus, and can be clicked. - + Sets the column to take available extra space. This space is shared equally amongst all columns that have the expand set to %TRUE. If no column has this option set, then the last column gets all extra space. By default, every @@ -98749,7 +98749,7 @@ resized by the user. - + If @fixed_width is not -1, sets the fixed width of @tree_column; otherwise unsets it. The effective value of @fixed_width is clamped between the minimum and maximum width of the column; however, the value stored in the @@ -98775,7 +98775,7 @@ resized by the user. - + Sets the maximum width of the @tree_column. If @max_width is -1, then the maximum width is unset. Note, the column can actually be wider than max width if it’s the last column in a view. In this case, the column expands to @@ -98794,7 +98794,7 @@ fill any extra space. - + Sets the minimum width of the @tree_column. If @min_width is -1, then the minimum width is unset. @@ -98811,7 +98811,7 @@ minimum width is unset. - + If @reorderable is %TRUE, then the column can be reordered by the end user dragging the header. @@ -98828,7 +98828,7 @@ dragging the header. - + If @resizable is %TRUE, then the user can explicitly resize the column by grabbing the outer edge of the column button. @@ -98849,7 +98849,7 @@ mode is changed to %GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_GROW_ONLY. - + Sets the growth behavior of @tree_column to @type. @@ -98865,7 +98865,7 @@ mode is changed to %GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_GROW_ONLY. - + Sets the logical @sort_column_id that this column sorts on when this column is selected for sorting. Doing so makes the column header clickable. @@ -98882,7 +98882,7 @@ is selected for sorting. Doing so makes the column header clickable. - + Call this function with a @setting of %TRUE to display an arrow in the header button indicating the column is sorted. Call gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_order() to change the direction of @@ -98901,7 +98901,7 @@ the arrow. - + Changes the appearance of the sort indicator. This does not actually sort the model. Use @@ -98927,7 +98927,7 @@ calling this function; see gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_indicator(). - + Sets the spacing field of @tree_column, which is the number of pixels to place between cell renderers packed into it. @@ -98944,7 +98944,7 @@ place between cell renderers packed into it. - + Sets the title of the @tree_column. If a custom widget has been set, then this value is ignored. @@ -98961,7 +98961,7 @@ this value is ignored. - + Sets the visibility of @tree_column. @@ -98977,7 +98977,7 @@ this value is ignored. - + Sets the widget in the header to be @widget. If widget is %NULL, then the header button is set with a `GtkLabel` set to the title of @tree_column. @@ -98994,7 +98994,7 @@ header button is set with a `GtkLabel` set to the title of @tree_column. - + @@ -99004,57 +99004,57 @@ If no area is specified when creating the tree view column with gtk_tree_view_co a horizontally oriented `GtkCellAreaBox` will be used. - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting. Setting the sort column ID makes the column header clickable. Set to -1 to make the column unsortable. - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + @@ -99104,43 +99104,43 @@ spot to the user. The sizing method the column uses to determine its width. Please note that %GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_AUTOSIZE are inefficient for large views, and can make columns appear choppy. - + Columns only get bigger in reaction to changes in the model - + Columns resize to be the optimal size every time the model changes. - + Columns are a fixed numbers of pixels wide. An enum for determining where a dropped row goes. - + dropped row is inserted before - + dropped row is inserted after - + dropped row becomes a child or is inserted before - + dropped row becomes a child or is inserted after Used to indicate which grid lines to draw in a tree view. - + No grid lines. - + Horizontal grid lines. - + Vertical grid lines. - + Horizontal and vertical grid lines. @@ -99223,16 +99223,16 @@ has some similarity to strcmp() returning 0 for equal strings. See also gtk_print_settings_set_paper_width(). - + No units. - + Dimensions in points. - + Dimensions in inches. - + Dimensions in millimeters @@ -99339,7 +99339,7 @@ This is a utility function that calls [ctor@Gtk.Video.new_for_file]. - + Returns %TRUE if videos have been set to loop. @@ -99353,7 +99353,7 @@ This is a utility function that calls [ctor@Gtk.Video.new_for_file]. - + Gets the file played by @self or %NULL if not playing back a file. @@ -99368,7 +99368,7 @@ a file. - + Returns %TRUE if videos have been set to loop. @@ -99382,7 +99382,7 @@ a file. - + Gets the media stream managed by @self or %NULL if none. @@ -99396,7 +99396,7 @@ a file. - + Sets whether @self automatically starts playback when it becomes visible or when a new file gets loaded. @@ -99414,7 +99414,7 @@ becomes visible or when a new file gets loaded. - + Makes @self play the given @file. @@ -99449,7 +99449,7 @@ This is a utility function that calls gtk_video_set_file(), - + Sets whether new files loaded by @self should be set to loop. @@ -99466,7 +99466,7 @@ This is a utility function that calls gtk_video_set_file(), - + Sets the media stream to be played back. @@ -99508,25 +99508,25 @@ This is a utility function that calls [method@Gtk.Video.set_file]. - + If the video should automatically begin playing. - + The file played by this video if the video is playing a file. - + If new media files should be set to loop. - + The media-stream played @@ -99579,7 +99579,7 @@ adjustments if none are given. - + Gets the child widget of @viewport. @@ -99593,7 +99593,7 @@ adjustments if none are given. - + Gets whether the viewport is scrolling to keep the focused child in view. @@ -99608,7 +99608,7 @@ child in view. - + Sets the child widget of @viewport. @@ -99625,7 +99625,7 @@ child in view. - + Sets whether the viewport should automatically scroll to keep the focused child in view. @@ -99643,13 +99643,13 @@ to keep the focused child in view. - + The child widget. - + Whether to scroll when the focus changes. @@ -101230,7 +101230,7 @@ considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself. - + Determines whether the input focus can enter @widget or any of its children. @@ -101247,7 +101247,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_focusable]. - + Queries whether @widget can be the target of pointer events. @@ -101299,7 +101299,7 @@ realized yet. - + Returns the list of style classes applied to @widget. @@ -101317,7 +101317,7 @@ realized yet. - + Returns the CSS name that is used for @self. @@ -101331,7 +101331,7 @@ realized yet. - + Queries the cursor set on @widget. @@ -101414,7 +101414,7 @@ This API is primarily meant for widget implementations. - + Returns whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse. @@ -101432,7 +101432,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_focus_on_click]. - + Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. @@ -101513,7 +101513,7 @@ Unrealized widgets do not have a frame clock. - + Gets the horizontal alignment of @widget. @@ -101532,7 +101532,7 @@ alignment. - + Returns the current value of the `has-tooltip` property. @@ -101565,7 +101565,7 @@ For pointer events, see [method@Gtk.Widget.contains]. - + Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal space. @@ -101594,7 +101594,7 @@ wants to expand. - + Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to explicitly set the expand flag on this widget. @@ -101632,7 +101632,7 @@ This API is primarily meant for widget implementations. - + Retrieves the layout manager used by @widget. @@ -101661,7 +101661,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_layout_manager]. - + Gets the bottom margin of @widget. @@ -101675,7 +101675,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_layout_manager]. - + Gets the end margin of @widget. @@ -101689,7 +101689,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_layout_manager]. - + Gets the start margin of @widget. @@ -101703,7 +101703,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_layout_manager]. - + Gets the top margin of @widget. @@ -101717,7 +101717,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_layout_manager]. - + Retrieves the name of a widget. @@ -101767,7 +101767,7 @@ This API is primarily meant for widget implementations. - + #Fetches the requested opacity for this widget. @@ -101783,7 +101783,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_opacity]. - + Returns the widgets overflow value. @@ -101818,7 +101818,7 @@ This can be tracked by listening to changes of the - + Returns the parent widget of @widget. @@ -101912,7 +101912,7 @@ realized yet. - + Determines whether @widget is always treated as the default widget within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget @@ -101950,7 +101950,7 @@ allocation capabilities. - + Returns the `GtkRoot` widget of @widget. @@ -101969,7 +101969,7 @@ inside a widget tree with a root widget. - + Retrieves the internal scale factor that maps from window coordinates to the actual device pixels. @@ -101989,7 +101989,7 @@ See [method@Gdk.Surface.get_scale_factor]. - + Returns the widget’s sensitivity. @@ -102149,7 +102149,7 @@ bindings which cannot easily make use of the GObject structure offsets. - + Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget. @@ -102167,7 +102167,7 @@ function returns %NULL. - + Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget. @@ -102185,7 +102185,7 @@ this function will return the escaped text. - + Gets the vertical alignment of @widget. @@ -102199,7 +102199,7 @@ this function will return the escaped text. - + Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical space. @@ -102216,7 +102216,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Widget.get_hexpand] for more detail. - + Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to explicitly set the expand flag on this widget. @@ -102233,7 +102233,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Widget.get_hexpand_set] for more detail. - + Determines whether the widget is visible. @@ -102314,7 +102314,7 @@ is allowed, should not have an effect, and return %TRUE. - + Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its toplevel. @@ -102330,7 +102330,7 @@ within its toplevel. - + Determines if the widget has the global input focus. @@ -103022,7 +103022,7 @@ gtk_widget_add_tick_callback(). - + Specifies whether the input focus can enter the widget or any of its children. @@ -103053,7 +103053,7 @@ the input focus on a widget. - + Sets whether @widget can be the target of pointer events. @@ -103103,7 +103103,7 @@ and should never be called by an application. - + Clear all style classes applied to @widget and replace them with @classes. @@ -103124,7 +103124,7 @@ and replace them with @classes. - + Sets the cursor to be shown when pointer devices point towards @widget. @@ -103220,7 +103220,7 @@ If you want a certain widget to get the input focus, call - + Sets whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse. @@ -103243,7 +103243,7 @@ the main area of the application. - + Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. @@ -103317,7 +103317,7 @@ will be used. - + Sets the horizontal alignment of @widget. @@ -103334,7 +103334,7 @@ will be used. - + Sets the `has-tooltip` property on @widget to @has_tooltip. @@ -103351,7 +103351,7 @@ will be used. - + Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal space. @@ -103394,7 +103394,7 @@ value to be used, rather than looking at children and widget state. - + Sets whether the hexpand flag will be used. @@ -103424,7 +103424,7 @@ for completeness and consistency. - + Sets the layout manager delegate instance that provides an implementation for measuring and allocating the children of @widget. @@ -103442,7 +103442,7 @@ implementation for measuring and allocating the children of @widget. - + Sets the bottom margin of @widget. @@ -103459,7 +103459,7 @@ implementation for measuring and allocating the children of @widget. - + Sets the end margin of @widget. @@ -103476,7 +103476,7 @@ implementation for measuring and allocating the children of @widget. - + Sets the start margin of @widget. @@ -103493,7 +103493,7 @@ implementation for measuring and allocating the children of @widget. - + Sets the top margin of @widget. @@ -103510,7 +103510,7 @@ implementation for measuring and allocating the children of @widget. - + Sets a widgets name. @@ -103537,7 +103537,7 @@ of alphanumeric symbols, dashes and underscores will suffice. - + Request the @widget to be rendered partially transparent. @@ -103575,7 +103575,7 @@ even if they are attached to a toplevel that is translucent. - + Sets how @widget treats content that is drawn outside the widget's content area. @@ -103624,7 +103624,7 @@ This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of - + Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default widget within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if @@ -103643,7 +103643,7 @@ another widget is the default. - + Sets the sensitivity of a widget. @@ -103747,7 +103747,7 @@ This function is for use in widget implementations. - + Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with Pango markup. @@ -103771,7 +103771,7 @@ See also [method@Gtk.Tooltip.set_markup]. - + Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. @@ -103797,7 +103797,7 @@ See also [method@Gtk.Tooltip.set_text]. - + Sets the vertical alignment of @widget. @@ -103814,7 +103814,7 @@ See also [method@Gtk.Tooltip.set_text]. - + Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical space. @@ -103834,7 +103834,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_hexpand] for more detail. - + Sets whether the vexpand flag will be used. @@ -103853,7 +103853,7 @@ See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_hexpand_set] for more detail. - + Sets the visibility state of @widget. @@ -104090,7 +104090,7 @@ This function is for use in widget implementations. - + Whether the widget or any of its descendents can accept @@ -104100,13 +104100,13 @@ This property is meant to be set by widget implementations, typically in their instance init function. - + Whether the widget can receive pointer events. - + A list of css classes applied to this widget. @@ -104114,7 +104114,7 @@ typically in their instance init function. - + The name of this widget in the CSS tree. @@ -104122,13 +104122,13 @@ This property is meant to be set by widget implementations, typically in their instance init function. - + The cursor used by @widget. - + Whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse. @@ -104136,29 +104136,29 @@ typically in their instance init function. This property is only relevant for widgets that can take focus. - + Whether this widget itself will accept the input focus. - + How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space. - + Whether the widget is the default widget. - + Whether the widget has the input focus. - + Enables or disables the emission of the ::query-tooltip signal on @widget. @@ -104174,19 +104174,19 @@ determine whether it will provide a tooltip or not. If this is -1, the natural request will be used. - + Whether to expand horizontally. - + Whether to use the `hexpand` property. - + The `GtkLayoutManager` instance to use to compute the preferred size @@ -104196,7 +104196,7 @@ This property is meant to be set by widget implementations, typically in their instance init function. - + Margin on bottom side of widget. @@ -104206,7 +104206,7 @@ request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from [method@Gtk.Widget.set_size_request] for example. - + Margin on end of widget, horizontally. @@ -104219,7 +104219,7 @@ request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from [method@Gtk.Widget.set_size_request] for example. - + Margin on start of widget, horizontally. @@ -104232,7 +104232,7 @@ request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from [method@Gtk.Widget.set_size_request] for example. - + Margin on top side of widget. @@ -104242,19 +104242,19 @@ request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from [method@Gtk.Widget.set_size_request] for example. - + The name of the widget. - + The requested opacity of the widget. - + How content outside the widget's content area is treated. @@ -104263,36 +104263,36 @@ This property is meant to be set by widget implementations, typically in their instance init function. - + The parent widget of this widget. - + Whether the widget will receive the default action when it is focused. - + The `GtkRoot` widget of the widget tree containing this widget. This will be %NULL if the widget is not contained in a root widget. - + The scale factor of the widget. - + Whether the widget responds to input. - + Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up @@ -104310,7 +104310,7 @@ Note that if both [property@Gtk.Widget:tooltip-text] and [property@Gtk.Widget:tooltip-markup] are set, the last one wins. - + Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string. @@ -104327,25 +104327,25 @@ Note that if both [property@Gtk.Widget:tooltip-text] and [property@Gtk.Widget:tooltip-markup] are set, the last one wins. - + How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space. - + Whether to expand vertically. - + Whether to use the `vexpand` property. - + Whether the widget is visible. @@ -105612,7 +105612,7 @@ end up with an infinitely growing widget. - + Returns the widget that is observed or %NULL if none. @@ -105626,7 +105626,7 @@ end up with an infinitely growing widget. - + Sets the widget that should be observed. @@ -105643,7 +105643,7 @@ end up with an infinitely growing widget. - + The observed widget or %NULL if none. @@ -105950,7 +105950,7 @@ notifications of the [property@Gtk.Window:fullscreened] property. - + Gets the `GtkApplication` associated with the window. @@ -105964,7 +105964,7 @@ notifications of the [property@Gtk.Window:fullscreened] property. - + Gets the child widget of @window. @@ -105978,7 +105978,7 @@ notifications of the [property@Gtk.Window:fullscreened] property. - + Returns whether the window has been set to have decorations. @@ -106016,7 +106016,7 @@ size has not been explicitly set for that dimension, so the - + Returns the default widget for @window. @@ -106030,7 +106030,7 @@ size has not been explicitly set for that dimension, so the - + Returns whether the window has been set to have a close button. @@ -106044,7 +106044,7 @@ size has not been explicitly set for that dimension, so the - + Returns whether the window will be destroyed with its transient parent. @@ -106077,7 +106077,7 @@ not be %TRUE for the widget. - + Gets whether “focus rectangles” are supposed to be visible. @@ -106108,7 +106108,7 @@ If the window has no group, then the default group is returned. - + Returns whether this window reacts to F10 key presses by activating a menubar it contains. @@ -106123,7 +106123,7 @@ activating a menubar it contains. - + Returns whether the window will be hidden when the close button is clicked. @@ -106137,7 +106137,7 @@ activating a menubar it contains. - + Returns the name of the themed icon for the window. @@ -106151,7 +106151,7 @@ activating a menubar it contains. - + Gets whether mnemonics are supposed to be visible. @@ -106166,7 +106166,7 @@ activating a menubar it contains. - + Returns whether the window is modal. @@ -106181,7 +106181,7 @@ activating a menubar it contains. - + Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_resizable(). @@ -106195,7 +106195,7 @@ activating a menubar it contains. - + Retrieves the title of the window. @@ -106223,7 +106223,7 @@ gtk_window_set_titlebar(). - + Fetches the transient parent for this window. @@ -106250,7 +106250,7 @@ gtk_window_set_titlebar(). - + Returns whether the window is part of the current active toplevel. @@ -106419,7 +106419,7 @@ the window is ready to be shown. - + Sets or unsets the `GtkApplication` associated with the window. @@ -106448,7 +106448,7 @@ as relevant. - + Sets the child widget of @window. @@ -106465,7 +106465,7 @@ as relevant. - + Sets whether the window should be decorated. @@ -106538,7 +106538,7 @@ or shrinking windows. - + Sets the default widget. @@ -106559,7 +106559,7 @@ presses Enter in a dialog (for example). - + Sets whether the window should be deletable. @@ -106587,7 +106587,7 @@ manager policy involved. - + If @setting is %TRUE, then destroying the transient parent of @window will also destroy @window itself. @@ -106608,7 +106608,7 @@ of the main window they are associated with, for example. - + Sets the `GdkDisplay` where the @window is displayed. @@ -106652,7 +106652,7 @@ to use [method@Gtk.Widget.grab_focus] instead of this function. - + Sets whether “focus rectangles” are supposed to be visible. @@ -106669,7 +106669,7 @@ to use [method@Gtk.Widget.grab_focus] instead of this function. - + Sets whether this window should react to F10 key presses by activating a menubar it contains. @@ -106687,7 +106687,7 @@ by activating a menubar it contains. - + If @setting is %TRUE, then clicking the close button on the window will not destroy it, but only hide it. @@ -106705,7 +106705,7 @@ will not destroy it, but only hide it. - + Sets the icon for the window from a named themed icon. @@ -106728,7 +106728,7 @@ property which is mentioned in the ICCCM. - + Sets whether mnemonics are supposed to be visible. @@ -106744,7 +106744,7 @@ property which is mentioned in the ICCCM. - + Sets a window modal or non-modal. @@ -106767,7 +106767,7 @@ dialog below the parent. - + Sets whether the user can resize a window. @@ -106786,7 +106786,7 @@ Windows are user resizable by default. - + Sets the startup notification ID. @@ -106816,7 +106816,7 @@ This function is only useful on X11, not with other GTK targets. - + Sets the title of the `GtkWindow`. @@ -106868,7 +106868,7 @@ that is already visible, so you set the titlebar before calling - + Dialog windows should be set transient for the main application window they were spawned from. This allows window managers to e.g. @@ -106961,7 +106961,7 @@ You can track result of this operation via the - + The `GtkApplication` associated with the window. @@ -106975,13 +106975,13 @@ will remain until the window is destroyed, but you can explicitly remove it by setting the :application property to %NULL. - + The child widget. - + Whether the window should have a frame (also known as *decorations*). @@ -106991,7 +106991,7 @@ remove it by setting the :application property to %NULL. The default height of the window. - + The default widget. @@ -107001,24 +107001,24 @@ remove it by setting the :application property to %NULL. The default width of the window. - + Whether the window frame should have a close button. - + If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed. - + The display that will display this window. - + Whether 'focus rectangles' are currently visible in this window. @@ -107044,20 +107044,20 @@ connect to the ::notify signal in order to know whether the operation was successful. - + Whether the window frame should handle F10 for activating menubars. - + If this window should be hidden when the users clicks the close button. - + Specifies the name of the themed icon to use as the window icon. @@ -107065,7 +107065,7 @@ menubars. See [class@Gtk.IconTheme] for more details. - + Whether the toplevel is the currently active window. @@ -107081,7 +107081,7 @@ connect to the ::notify signal in order to know whether the operation was successful. - + Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window. @@ -107090,30 +107090,30 @@ This property is maintained by GTK based on user input, and should not be set by applications. - + If %TRUE, the window is modal. - + If %TRUE, users can resize the window. - + A write-only property for setting window's startup notification identifier. - + The title of the window. - + The transient parent of the window. @@ -107318,7 +107318,7 @@ style class. - + Gets the decoration layout of this `GtkWindowControls`. @@ -107332,7 +107332,7 @@ style class. - + Gets whether the widget has any window buttons. @@ -107346,7 +107346,7 @@ style class. - + Gets the side to which this `GtkWindowControls` instance belongs. @@ -107360,7 +107360,7 @@ style class. - + Sets the decoration layout for the title buttons. @@ -107391,7 +107391,7 @@ will display the part before the colon, otherwise after that. - + Determines which part of decoration layout the `GtkWindowControls` uses. @@ -107410,7 +107410,7 @@ See [property@Gtk.WindowControls:decoration-layout]. - + The decoration layout for window buttons. @@ -107419,12 +107419,12 @@ If this property is not set, the [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-decoration-layout] setting is used. - + Whether the widget has any window buttons. - + Whether the widget shows start or end side of the decoration layout. @@ -107577,7 +107577,7 @@ right click, double click and middle click as expected of a titlebar. - + Gets the child widget of @self. @@ -107591,7 +107591,7 @@ right click, double click and middle click as expected of a titlebar. - + Sets the child widget of @self. @@ -107608,7 +107608,7 @@ right click, double click and middle click as expected of a titlebar. - + The child widget. @@ -107622,18 +107622,18 @@ right click, double click and middle click as expected of a titlebar. Describes a type of line wrapping. - + do not wrap lines; just make the text area wider - + wrap text, breaking lines anywhere the cursor can appear (between characters, usually - if you want to be technical, between graphemes, see pango_get_log_attrs()) - + wrap text, breaking lines in between words - + wrap text, breaking lines in between words, or if that is not enough, also between graphemes diff --git a/JavaScriptCore-4.0.gir b/JavaScriptCore-4.0.gir new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f97a6cb --- /dev/null +++ b/JavaScriptCore-4.0.gir @@ -0,0 +1,3149 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + major version (e.g. 1 for version 1.2.5) + + + minor version (e.g. 2 for version 1.2.5) + + + micro version (e.g. 5 for version 1.2.5) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values to specify a mode to check for syntax errors in jsc_context_check_syntax(). + + mode to check syntax of a script + + + mode to check syntax of a module + + + + Enum values to specify the result of jsc_context_check_syntax(). + + no errors + + + recoverable syntax error + + + irrecoverable syntax error + + + unterminated literal error + + + out of memory error + + + stack overflow error + + + + + Add a constructor to @jsc_class. If @name is %NULL, the class name will be used. When <function>new</function> +is used with the constructor or jsc_value_constructor_call() is called, @callback is invoked receiving the +parameters and @user_data as the last parameter. When the constructor object is cleared in the #JSCClass context, +@destroy_notify is called with @user_data as parameter. + +This function creates the constructor, which needs to be added to an object as a property to be able to use it. Use +jsc_context_set_value() to make the constructor available in the global object. + +Note that the value returned by @callback is adopted by @jsc_class, and the #GDestroyNotify passed to +jsc_context_register_class() is responsible for disposing of it. + + a #JSCValue representing the class constructor. + + + + + a #JSCClass + + + + the constructor name or %NULL + + + + a #GCallback to be called to create an instance of @jsc_class + + + + user data to pass to @callback + + + + destroy notifier for @user_data + + + + the #GType of the constructor return value + + + + the number of parameter types to follow or 0 if constructor doesn't receive parameters. + + + + a list of #GType<!-- -->s, one for each parameter. + + + + + + Add a constructor to @jsc_class. If @name is %NULL, the class name will be used. When <function>new</function> +is used with the constructor or jsc_value_constructor_call() is called, @callback is invoked receiving +a #GPtrArray of #JSCValue<!-- -->s as arguments and @user_data as the last parameter. When the constructor object +is cleared in the #JSCClass context, @destroy_notify is called with @user_data as parameter. + +This function creates the constructor, which needs to be added to an object as a property to be able to use it. Use +jsc_context_set_value() to make the constructor available in the global object. + +Note that the value returned by @callback is adopted by @jsc_class, and the #GDestroyNotify passed to +jsc_context_register_class() is responsible for disposing of it. + + a #JSCValue representing the class constructor. + + + + + a #JSCClass + + + + the constructor name or %NULL + + + + a #GCallback to be called to create an instance of @jsc_class + + + + user data to pass to @callback + + + + destroy notifier for @user_data + + + + the #GType of the constructor return value + + + + + + Add a constructor to @jsc_class. If @name is %NULL, the class name will be used. When <function>new</function> +is used with the constructor or jsc_value_constructor_call() is called, @callback is invoked receiving the +parameters and @user_data as the last parameter. When the constructor object is cleared in the #JSCClass context, +@destroy_notify is called with @user_data as parameter. + +This function creates the constructor, which needs to be added to an object as a property to be able to use it. Use +jsc_context_set_value() to make the constructor available in the global object. + +Note that the value returned by @callback is adopted by @jsc_class, and the #GDestroyNotify passed to +jsc_context_register_class() is responsible for disposing of it. + + a #JSCValue representing the class constructor. + + + + + a #JSCClass + + + + the constructor name or %NULL + + + + a #GCallback to be called to create an instance of @jsc_class + + + + user data to pass to @callback + + + + destroy notifier for @user_data + + + + the #GType of the constructor return value + + + + the number of parameters + + + + a list of #GType<!-- -->s, one for each parameter, or %NULL + + + + + + + + Add method with @name to @jsc_class. When the method is called by JavaScript or jsc_value_object_invoke_method(), +@callback is called receiving the class instance as first parameter, followed by the method parameters and then +@user_data as last parameter. When the method is cleared in the #JSCClass context, @destroy_notify is called with +@user_data as parameter. + +Note that the value returned by @callback must be transfer full. In case of non-refcounted boxed types, you should use +%G_TYPE_POINTER instead of the actual boxed #GType to ensure that the instance owned by #JSCClass is used. +If you really want to return a new copy of the boxed type, use #JSC_TYPE_VALUE and return a #JSCValue created +with jsc_value_new_object() that receives the copy as the instance parameter. + + + + + + a #JSCClass + + + + the method name + + + + a #GCallback to be called to invoke method @name of @jsc_class + + + + user data to pass to @callback + + + + destroy notifier for @user_data + + + + the #GType of the method return value, or %G_TYPE_NONE if the method is void. + + + + the number of parameter types to follow or 0 if the method doesn't receive parameters. + + + + a list of #GType<!-- -->s, one for each parameter. + + + + + + Add method with @name to @jsc_class. When the method is called by JavaScript or jsc_value_object_invoke_method(), +@callback is called receiving the class instance as first parameter, followed by a #GPtrArray of #JSCValue<!-- -->s +with the method arguments and then @user_data as last parameter. When the method is cleared in the #JSCClass context, +@destroy_notify is called with @user_data as parameter. + +Note that the value returned by @callback must be transfer full. In case of non-refcounted boxed types, you should use +%G_TYPE_POINTER instead of the actual boxed #GType to ensure that the instance owned by #JSCClass is used. +If you really want to return a new copy of the boxed type, use #JSC_TYPE_VALUE and return a #JSCValue created +with jsc_value_new_object() that receives the copy as the instance parameter. + + + + + + a #JSCClass + + + + the method name + + + + a #GCallback to be called to invoke method @name of @jsc_class + + + + user data to pass to @callback + + + + destroy notifier for @user_data + + + + the #GType of the method return value, or %G_TYPE_NONE if the method is void. + + + + + + Add method with @name to @jsc_class. When the method is called by JavaScript or jsc_value_object_invoke_method(), +@callback is called receiving the class instance as first parameter, followed by the method parameters and then +@user_data as last parameter. When the method is cleared in the #JSCClass context, @destroy_notify is called with +@user_data as parameter. + +Note that the value returned by @callback must be transfer full. In case of non-refcounted boxed types, you should use +%G_TYPE_POINTER instead of the actual boxed #GType to ensure that the instance owned by #JSCClass is used. +If you really want to return a new copy of the boxed type, use #JSC_TYPE_VALUE and return a #JSCValue created +with jsc_value_new_object() that receives the copy as the instance parameter. + + + + + + a #JSCClass + + + + the method name + + + + a #GCallback to be called to invoke method @name of @jsc_class + + + + user data to pass to @callback + + + + destroy notifier for @user_data + + + + the #GType of the method return value, or %G_TYPE_NONE if the method is void. + + + + the number of parameter types to follow or 0 if the method doesn't receive parameters. + + + + a list of #GType<!-- -->s, one for each parameter, or %NULL + + + + + + + + Add a property with @name to @jsc_class. When the property value needs to be getted, @getter is called +receiving the the class instance as first parameter and @user_data as last parameter. When the property +value needs to be set, @setter is called receiving the the class instance as first parameter, followed +by the value to be set and then @user_data as the last parameter. When the property is cleared in the +#JSCClass context, @destroy_notify is called with @user_data as parameter. + +Note that the value returned by @getter must be transfer full. In case of non-refcounted boxed types, you should use +%G_TYPE_POINTER instead of the actual boxed #GType to ensure that the instance owned by #JSCClass is used. +If you really want to return a new copy of the boxed type, use #JSC_TYPE_VALUE and return a #JSCValue created +with jsc_value_new_object() that receives the copy as the instance parameter. + + + + + + a #JSCClass + + + + the property name + + + + the #GType of the property value + + + + a #GCallback to be called to get the property value + + + + a #GCallback to be called to set the property value + + + + user data to pass to @getter and @setter + + + + destroy notifier for @user_data + + + + + + Get the class name of @jsc_class + + the name of @jsc_class + + + + + a @JSCClass + + + + + + Get the parent class of @jsc_class + + the parent class of @jsc_class + + + + + a @JSCClass + + + + + + The #JSCContext in which the class was registered. + + + + The name of the class. + + + + The parent class or %NULL in case of final classes. + + + + + + The type of delete_property in #JSCClassVTable. This is only required when you need to handle +external properties not added to the prototype. + + %TRUE if handled or %FALSE to to forward the request to the parent class or prototype chain. + + + + + a #JSCClass + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + the @jsc_class instance + + + + the property name + + + + + + The type of enumerate_properties in #JSCClassVTable. This is only required when you need to handle +external properties not added to the prototype. + + a %NULL-terminated array of strings + containing the property names, or %NULL if @instance doesn't have enumerable properties. + + + + + + + a #JSCClass + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + the @jsc_class instance + + + + + + The type of get_property in #JSCClassVTable. This is only required when you need to handle +external properties not added to the prototype. + + a #JSCValue or %NULL to forward the request to + the parent class or prototype chain + + + + + a #JSCClass + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + the @jsc_class instance + + + + the property name + + + + + + The type of has_property in #JSCClassVTable. This is only required when you need to handle +external properties not added to the prototype. + + %TRUE if @instance has a property with @name or %FALSE to forward the request + to the parent class or prototype chain. + + + + + a #JSCClass + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + the @jsc_class instance + + + + the property name + + + + + + The type of set_property in #JSCClassVTable. This is only required when you need to handle +external properties not added to the prototype. + + %TRUE if handled or %FALSE to forward the request to the parent class or prototype chain. + + + + + a #JSCClass + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + the @jsc_class instance + + + + the property name + + + + the #JSCValue to set + + + + + + Virtual table for a JSCClass. This can be optionally used when registering a #JSCClass in a #JSCContext +to provide a custom implementation for the class. All virtual functions are optional and can be set to +%NULL to fallback to the default implementation. + + a #JSCClassGetPropertyFunction for getting a property. + + + + a #JSCClassSetPropertyFunction for setting a property. + + + + a #JSCClassHasPropertyFunction for querying a property. + + + + a #JSCClassDeletePropertyFunction for deleting a property. + + + + a #JSCClassEnumeratePropertiesFunction for enumerating properties. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Create a new #JSCContext. The context is created in a new #JSCVirtualMachine. +Use jsc_context_new_with_virtual_machine() to create a new #JSCContext in an +existing #JSCVirtualMachine. + + the newly created #JSCContext. + + + + + Create a new #JSCContext in @virtual_machine. + + the newly created #JSCContext. + + + + + a #JSCVirtualMachine + + + + + + Get the #JSCContext that is currently executing a function. This should only be +called within a function or method callback, otherwise %NULL will be returned. + + the #JSCContext that is currently executing. + + + + + Check the given @code in @context for syntax errors. The @line_number is the starting line number in @uri; +the value is one-based so the first line is 1. @uri and @line_number are only used to fill the @exception. +In case of errors @exception will be set to a new #JSCException with the details. You can pass %NULL to +@exception to ignore the error details. + + a #JSCCheckSyntaxResult + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + a JavaScript script to check + + + + length of @code, or -1 if @code is a nul-terminated string + + + + a #JSCCheckSyntaxMode + + + + the source URI + + + + the starting line number + + + + return location for a #JSCException, or %NULL to ignore + + + + + + Clear the uncaught exception in @context if any. + + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + + + Evaluate @code in @context. + + a #JSCValue representing the last value generated by the script. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + a JavaScript script to evaluate + + + + length of @code, or -1 if @code is a nul-terminated string + + + + + + Evaluate @code and create an new object where symbols defined in @code will be added as properties, +instead of being added to @context global object. The new object is returned as @object parameter. +Similar to how jsc_value_new_object() works, if @object_instance is not %NULL @object_class must be provided too. +The @line_number is the starting line number in @uri; the value is one-based so the first line is 1. +@uri and @line_number will be shown in exceptions and they don't affect the behavior of the script. + + a #JSCValue representing the last value generated by the script. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + a JavaScript script to evaluate + + + + length of @code, or -1 if @code is a nul-terminated string + + + + an object instance + + + + a #JSCClass or %NULL to use the default + + + + the source URI + + + + the starting line number + + + + return location for a #JSCValue. + + + + + + Evaluate @code in @context using @uri as the source URI. The @line_number is the starting line number +in @uri; the value is one-based so the first line is 1. @uri and @line_number will be shown in exceptions and +they don't affect the behavior of the script. + + a #JSCValue representing the last value generated by the script. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + a JavaScript script to evaluate + + + + length of @code, or -1 if @code is a nul-terminated string + + + + the source URI + + + + the starting line number + + + + + + Get the last unhandled exception thrown in @context by API functions calls. + + a #JSCException or %NULL if there isn't any + unhandled exception in the #JSCContext. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + + + Get a #JSCValue referencing the @context global object + + a #JSCValue + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + + + Get a property of @context global object with @name. + + a #JSCValue + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + the value name + + + + + + Get the #JSCVirtualMachine where @context was created. + + the #JSCVirtualMachine where the #JSCContext was created. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + + + Remove the last #JSCExceptionHandler previously pushed to @context with +jsc_context_push_exception_handler(). + + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + + + Push an exception handler in @context. Whenever a JavaScript exception happens in +the #JSCContext, the given @handler will be called. The default #JSCExceptionHandler +simply calls jsc_context_throw_exception() to throw the exception to the #JSCContext. +If you don't want to catch the exception, but only get notified about it, call +jsc_context_throw_exception() in @handler like the default one does. +The last exception handler pushed is the only one used by the #JSCContext, use +jsc_context_pop_exception_handler() to remove it and set the previous one. When @handler +is removed from the context, @destroy_notify i called with @user_data as parameter. + + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + a #JSCExceptionHandler + + + + user data to pass to @handler + + + + destroy notifier for @user_data + + + + + + Register a custom class in @context using the given @name. If the new class inherits from +another #JSCClass, the parent should be passed as @parent_class, otherwise %NULL should be +used. The optional @vtable parameter allows to provide a custom implementation for handling +the class, for example, to handle external properties not added to the prototype. +When an instance of the #JSCClass is cleared in the context, @destroy_notify is called with +the instance as parameter. + + a #JSCClass + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + the class name + + + + a #JSCClass or %NULL + + + + an optional #JSCClassVTable or %NULL + + + + a destroy notifier for class instances + + + + + + Set a property of @context global object with @name and @value. + + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + the value name + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + + + Throw an exception to @context using the given error message. The created #JSCException +can be retrieved with jsc_context_get_exception(). + + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + an error message + + + + + + Throw @exception to @context. + + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + a #JSCException + + + + + + Throw an exception to @context using the given formatted string as error message. +The created #JSCException can be retrieved with jsc_context_get_exception(). + + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + the string format + + + + the parameters to insert into the format string + + + + + + Throw an exception to @context using the given error name and message. The created #JSCException +can be retrieved with jsc_context_get_exception(). + + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + the error name + + + + an error message + + + + + + Throw an exception to @context using the given error name and the formatted string as error message. +The created #JSCException can be retrieved with jsc_context_get_exception(). + + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + the error name + + + + the string format + + + + the parameters to insert into the format string + + + + + + The #JSCVirtualMachine in which the context was created. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Create a new #JSCException in @context with @message. + + a new #JSCException. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + the error message + + + + + + Create a new #JSCException in @context using a formatted string +for the message. + + a new #JSCException. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + the string format + + + + the parameters to insert into the format string + + + + + + Create a new #JSCException in @context using a formatted string +for the message. This is similar to jsc_exception_new_printf() +except that the arguments to the format string are passed as a va_list. + + a new #JSCException. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + the string format + + + + the parameters to insert into the format string + + + + + + Create a new #JSCException in @context with @name and @message. + + a new #JSCException. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + the error name + + + + the error message + + + + + + Create a new #JSCException in @context with @name and using a formatted string +for the message. + + a new #JSCException. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + the error name + + + + the string format + + + + the parameters to insert into the format string + + + + + + Create a new #JSCException in @context with @name and using a formatted string +for the message. This is similar to jsc_exception_new_with_name_printf() +except that the arguments to the format string are passed as a va_list. + + a new #JSCException. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + the error name + + + + the string format + + + + the parameters to insert into the format string + + + + + + Get a string with the exception backtrace. + + the exception backtrace string or %NULL. + + + + + a #JSCException + + + + + + Get the column number at which @exception happened. + + the column number of @exception. + + + + + a #JSCException + + + + + + Get the line number at which @exception happened. + + the line number of @exception. + + + + + a #JSCException + + + + + + Get the error message of @exception. + + the @exception error message. + + + + + a #JSCException + + + + + + Get the error name of @exception + + the @exception error name. + + + + + a #JSCException + + + + + + Get the source URI of @exception. + + the the source URI of @exception, or %NULL. + + + + + a #JSCException + + + + + + Return a report message of @exception, containing all the possible details such us +source URI, line, column and backtrace, and formatted to be printed. + + a new string with the exception report + + + + + a #JSCException + + + + + + Get the string representation of @exception error. + + the string representation of @exception. + + + + + a #JSCException + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Function used to handle JavaScript exceptions in a #JSCContext. + + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + a #JSCException + + + + user data + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A JSSClass represents a custom JavaScript class registered by the user in a #JSCContext. +It allows to create new JavaScripts objects whose instances are created by the user using +this API. +It's possible to add constructors, properties and methods for a JSSClass by providing +#GCallback<!-- -->s to implement them. + + + JSCContext represents a JavaScript execution context, where all operations +take place and where the values will be associated. + +When a new context is created, a global object is allocated and the built-in JavaScript +objects (Object, Function, String, Array) are populated. You can execute JavaScript in +the context by using jsc_context_evaluate() or jsc_context_evaluate_with_source_uri(). +It's also possible to register custom objects in the context with jsc_context_register_class(). + + + JSCException represents a JavaScript exception. + + + JavaScript options allow changing the behavior of the JavaScript engine. +They affect the way the engine works, so the options must be set +at the very beginning of the program execution, before any other JavaScript +API call. Most of the options are only useful for testing and debugging. +Only a few of them are documented; you can use the undocumented options at +your own risk. (You can find the list of options in the WebKit source code). + +The API allows to set and get any option using the types defined in #JSCOptionType. +You can also iterate all the available options using jsc_options_foreach() and +passing a #JSCOptionsFunc callback. If your application uses #GOptionContext to handle +command line arguments, you can easily integrate the JSCOptions by adding the +#GOptionGroup returned by jsc_options_get_option_group(). + + + JSCValue represents a reference to a value in a #JSCContext. The JSCValue +protects the referenced value from being garbage collected. + + + Provides convenience functions returning JavaScriptCore's major, minor and +micro versions of the JavaScriptCore library your code is running +against. This is not necessarily the same as the +#JSC_MAJOR_VERSION, #JSC_MINOR_VERSION or +#JSC_MICRO_VERSION, which represent the version of the JavaScriptCore +headers included when compiling the code. + + + JSCVirtualMachine represents a group of JSCContext<!-- -->s. It allows +concurrent JavaScript execution by creating a different instance of +JSCVirtualMachine in each thread. + +To create a group of JSCContext<!-- -->s pass the same JSCVirtualMachine +instance to every JSCContext constructor. + + + JSCWeakValue represents a weak reference to a value in a #JSCContext. It can be used +to keep a reference to a JavaScript value without protecting it from being garbage +collected and without referencing the #JSCContext either. + + + Like jsc_get_major_version(), but from the headers used at +application compile time, rather than from the library linked +against at application run time. + + + + Like jsc_get_micro_version(), but from the headers used at +application compile time, rather than from the library linked +against at application run time. + + + + Like jsc_get_minor_version(), but from the headers used at +application compile time, rather than from the library linked +against at application run time. + + + + Allows the DFG JIT to be used if %TRUE. +Option type: %JSC_OPTION_BOOLEAN +Default value: %TRUE. + + + + Allows the FTL JIT to be used if %TRUE. +Option type: %JSC_OPTION_BOOLEAN +Default value: %TRUE. + + + + Allows the executable pages to be allocated for JIT and thunks if %TRUE. +Option type: %JSC_OPTION_BOOLEAN +Default value: %TRUE. + + + + Allows the LLINT to be used if %TRUE. +Option type: %JSC_OPTION_BOOLEAN +Default value: %TRUE. + + + + Enum values for options types. + + A #gboolean option type. + + + A #gint option type. + + + A #guint option type. + + + A #gsize options type. + + + A #gdouble options type. + + + A string option type. + + + A range string option type. + + + + Function used to iterate options. + +Not that @description string is not localized. + + %TRUE to stop the iteration, or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + the option name + + + + the option #JSCOptionType + + + + the option description, or %NULL + + + + user data + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Create a new #JSCValue referencing an array with the given items. If @first_item_type +is %G_TYPE_NONE an empty array is created. + + a #JSCValue. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + #GType of first item, or %G_TYPE_NONE + + + + value of the first item, followed optionally by more type/value pairs, followed by %G_TYPE_NONE. + + + + + + Create a new #JSCValue referencing an array with the items from @array. If @array +is %NULL or empty a new empty array will be created. Elements of @array should be +pointers to a #JSCValue. + + a #JSCValue. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + a #GPtrArray + + + + + + + + Create a new #JSCValue referencing an array of strings with the items from @strv. If @array +is %NULL or empty a new empty array will be created. + + a #JSCValue. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + a %NULL-terminated array of strings + + + + + + + + Create a new #JSCValue from @value + + a #JSCValue. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + a #gboolean + + + + + + Create a new #JSCValue referencing a new value created by parsing @json. + + a #JSCValue. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + the JSON string to be parsed + + + + + + Create a function in @context. If @name is %NULL an anonymous function will be created. +When the function is called by JavaScript or jsc_value_function_call(), @callback is called +receiving the function parameters and then @user_data as last parameter. When the function is +cleared in @context, @destroy_notify is called with @user_data as parameter. + +Note that the value returned by @callback must be fully transferred. In case of boxed types, you could use +%G_TYPE_POINTER instead of the actual boxed #GType to ensure that the instance owned by #JSCClass is used. +If you really want to return a new copy of the boxed type, use #JSC_TYPE_VALUE and return a #JSCValue created +with jsc_value_new_object() that receives the copy as instance parameter. + + a #JSCValue. + + + + + a #JSCContext: + + + + the function name or %NULL + + + + a #GCallback. + + + + user data to pass to @callback. + + + + destroy notifier for @user_data + + + + the #GType of the function return value, or %G_TYPE_NONE if the function is void. + + + + the number of parameter types to follow or 0 if the function doesn't receive parameters. + + + + a list of #GType<!-- -->s, one for each parameter. + + + + + + Create a function in @context. If @name is %NULL an anonymous function will be created. +When the function is called by JavaScript or jsc_value_function_call(), @callback is called +receiving an #GPtrArray of #JSCValue<!-- -->s with the arguments and then @user_data as last parameter. +When the function is cleared in @context, @destroy_notify is called with @user_data as parameter. + +Note that the value returned by @callback must be fully transferred. In case of boxed types, you could use +%G_TYPE_POINTER instead of the actual boxed #GType to ensure that the instance owned by #JSCClass is used. +If you really want to return a new copy of the boxed type, use #JSC_TYPE_VALUE and return a #JSCValue created +with jsc_value_new_object() that receives the copy as instance parameter. + + a #JSCValue. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + the function name or %NULL + + + + a #GCallback. + + + + user data to pass to @callback. + + + + destroy notifier for @user_data + + + + the #GType of the function return value, or %G_TYPE_NONE if the function is void. + + + + + + Create a function in @context. If @name is %NULL an anonymous function will be created. +When the function is called by JavaScript or jsc_value_function_call(), @callback is called +receiving the function parameters and then @user_data as last parameter. When the function is +cleared in @context, @destroy_notify is called with @user_data as parameter. + +Note that the value returned by @callback must be fully transferred. In case of boxed types, you could use +%G_TYPE_POINTER instead of the actual boxed #GType to ensure that the instance owned by #JSCClass is used. +If you really want to return a new copy of the boxed type, use #JSC_TYPE_VALUE and return a #JSCValue created +with jsc_value_new_object() that receives the copy as instance parameter. + + a #JSCValue. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + the function name or %NULL + + + + a #GCallback. + + + + user data to pass to @callback. + + + + destroy notifier for @user_data + + + + the #GType of the function return value, or %G_TYPE_NONE if the function is void. + + + + the number of parameters + + + + a list of #GType<!-- -->s, one for each parameter, or %NULL + + + + + + + + Create a new #JSCValue referencing <function>null</function> in @context. + + a #JSCValue. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + + + Create a new #JSCValue from @number. + + a #JSCValue. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + a number + + + + + + Create a new #JSCValue from @instance. If @instance is %NULL a new empty object is created. +When @instance is provided, @jsc_class must be provided too. @jsc_class takes ownership of +@instance that will be freed by the #GDestroyNotify passed to jsc_context_register_class(). + + a #JSCValue. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + an object instance or %NULL + + + + the #JSCClass of @instance + + + + + + Create a new #JSCValue from @string. If you need to create a #JSCValue from a +string containing null characters, use jsc_value_new_string_from_bytes() instead. + + a #JSCValue. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + a null-terminated string + + + + + + Create a new #JSCValue from @bytes. + + a #JSCValue. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + a #GBytes + + + + + + Create a new #JSCValue referencing <function>undefined</function> in @context. + + a #JSCValue. + + + + + a #JSCContext + + + + + + Invoke <function>new</function> with constructor referenced by @value. If @first_parameter_type +is %G_TYPE_NONE no parameters will be passed to the constructor. + + a #JSCValue referencing the newly created object instance. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + #GType of first parameter, or %G_TYPE_NONE + + + + value of the first parameter, followed optionally by more type/value pairs, followed by %G_TYPE_NONE + + + + + + Invoke <function>new</function> with constructor referenced by @value. If @n_parameters +is 0 no parameters will be passed to the constructor. + + a #JSCValue referencing the newly created object instance. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + the number of parameters + + + + the #JSCValue<!-- -->s to pass as parameters to the constructor, or %NULL + + + + + + + + Call function referenced by @value, passing the given parameters. If @first_parameter_type +is %G_TYPE_NONE no parameters will be passed to the function. + +This function always returns a #JSCValue, in case of void functions a #JSCValue referencing +<function>undefined</function> is returned + + a #JSCValue with the return value of the function. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + #GType of first parameter, or %G_TYPE_NONE + + + + value of the first parameter, followed optionally by more type/value pairs, followed by %G_TYPE_NONE + + + + + + Call function referenced by @value, passing the given @parameters. If @n_parameters +is 0 no parameters will be passed to the function. + +This function always returns a #JSCValue, in case of void functions a #JSCValue referencing +<function>undefined</function> is returned + + a #JSCValue with the return value of the function. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + the number of parameters + + + + the #JSCValue<!-- -->s to pass as parameters to the function, or %NULL + + + + + + + + Get the #JSCContext in which @value was created. + + the #JSCValue context. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + + + Get whether the value referenced by @value is an array. + + whether the value is an array. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + + + Get whether the value referenced by @value is a boolean. + + whether the value is a boolean. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + + + Get whether the value referenced by @value is a constructor. + + whether the value is a constructor. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + + + Get whether the value referenced by @value is a function + + whether the value is a function. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + + + Get whether the value referenced by @value is <function>null</function>. + + whether the value is null. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + + + Get whether the value referenced by @value is a number. + + whether the value is a number. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + + + Get whether the value referenced by @value is an object. + + whether the value is an object. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + + + Get whether the value referenced by @value is a string + + whether the value is a string + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + + + Get whether the value referenced by @value is <function>undefined</function>. + + whether the value is undefined. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + + + Define or modify a property with @property_name in object referenced by @value. When the +property value needs to be getted or set, @getter and @setter callbacks will be called. +When the property is cleared in the #JSCClass context, @destroy_notify is called with +@user_data as parameter. This is equivalent to JavaScript <function>Object.defineProperty()</function> +when used with an accessor descriptor. + +Note that the value returned by @getter must be fully transferred. In case of boxed types, you could use +%G_TYPE_POINTER instead of the actual boxed #GType to ensure that the instance owned by #JSCClass is used. +If you really want to return a new copy of the boxed type, use #JSC_TYPE_VALUE and return a #JSCValue created +with jsc_value_new_object() that receives the copy as instance parameter. + + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + the name of the property to define + + + + #JSCValuePropertyFlags + + + + the #GType of the property + + + + a #GCallback to be called to get the property value + + + + a #GCallback to be called to set the property value + + + + user data to pass to @getter and @setter + + + + destroy notifier for @user_data + + + + + + Define or modify a property with @property_name in object referenced by @value. This is equivalent to +JavaScript <function>Object.defineProperty()</function> when used with a data descriptor. + + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + the name of the property to define + + + + #JSCValuePropertyFlags + + + + the default property value + + + + + + Try to delete property with @name from @value. This function will return %FALSE if +the property was defined without %JSC_VALUE_PROPERTY_CONFIGURABLE flag. + + %TRUE if the property was deleted, or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + the property name + + + + + + Get the list of property names of @value. Only properties defined with %JSC_VALUE_PROPERTY_ENUMERABLE +flag will be collected. + + a %NULL-terminated array of strings containing the + property names, or %NULL if @value doesn't have enumerable properties. Use g_strfreev() to free. + + + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + + + Get property with @name from @value. + + the property #JSCValue. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + the property name + + + + + + Get property at @index from @value. + + the property #JSCValue. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + the property index + + + + + + Get whether @value has property with @name. + + %TRUE if @value has a property with @name, or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + the property name + + + + + + Invoke method with @name on object referenced by @value, passing the given parameters. If +@first_parameter_type is %G_TYPE_NONE no parameters will be passed to the method. +The object instance will be handled automatically even when the method is a custom one +registered with jsc_class_add_method(), so it should never be passed explicitly as parameter +of this function. + +This function always returns a #JSCValue, in case of void methods a #JSCValue referencing +<function>undefined</function> is returned. + + a #JSCValue with the return value of the method. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + the method name + + + + #GType of first parameter, or %G_TYPE_NONE + + + + value of the first parameter, followed optionally by more type/value pairs, followed by %G_TYPE_NONE + + + + + + Invoke method with @name on object referenced by @value, passing the given @parameters. If +@n_parameters is 0 no parameters will be passed to the method. +The object instance will be handled automatically even when the method is a custom one +registered with jsc_class_add_method(), so it should never be passed explicitly as parameter +of this function. + +This function always returns a #JSCValue, in case of void methods a #JSCValue referencing +<function>undefined</function> is returned. + + a #JSCValue with the return value of the method. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + the method name + + + + the number of parameters + + + + the #JSCValue<!-- -->s to pass as parameters to the method, or %NULL + + + + + + + + Get whether the value referenced by @value is an instance of class @name. + + whether the value is an object instance of class @name. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + a class name + + + + + + Set @property with @name on @value. + + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + the property name + + + + the #JSCValue to set + + + + + + Set @property at @index on @value. + + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + the property index + + + + the #JSCValue to set + + + + + + Convert @value to a boolean. + + a #gboolean result of the conversion. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + + + Convert @value to a double. + + a #gdouble result of the conversion. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + + + Convert @value to a #gint32. + + a #gint32 result of the conversion. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + + + Create a JSON string of @value serialization. If @indent is 0, the resulting JSON will +not contain newlines. The size of the indent is clamped to 10 spaces. + + a null-terminated JSON string with serialization of @value + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + The number of spaces to indent when nesting. + + + + + + Convert @value to a string. Use jsc_value_to_string_as_bytes() instead, if you need to +handle strings containing null characters. + + a null-terminated string result of the conversion. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + + + Convert @value to a string and return the results as #GBytes. This is needed +to handle strings with null characters. + + a #GBytes with the result of the conversion. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + + + The #JSCContext in which the value was created. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Flags used when defining properties with jsc_value_object_define_property_data() and +jsc_value_object_define_property_accessor(). + + the type of the property descriptor may be changed and the + property may be deleted from the corresponding object. + + + the property shows up during enumeration of the properties on + the corresponding object. + + + the value associated with the property may be changed with an + assignment operator. This doesn't have any effect when passed to jsc_value_object_define_property_accessor(). + + + + + Create a new #JSCVirtualMachine. + + the newly created #JSCVirtualMachine. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Create a new #JSCWeakValue for the JavaScript value referenced by @value. + + a new #JSCWeakValue + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + + + Get a #JSCValue referencing the JavaScript value of @weak_value. + + a new #JSCValue or %NULL if @weak_value was cleared. + + + + + a #JSCWeakValue + + + + + + The #JSCValue referencing the JavaScript value. + + + + + + + + + + This signal is emitted when the JavaScript value is destroyed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the major version number of the JavaScriptCore library. +(e.g. in JavaScriptCore version 1.8.3 this is 1.) + +This function is in the library, so it represents the JavaScriptCore library +your code is running against. Contrast with the #JSC_MAJOR_VERSION +macro, which represents the major version of the JavaScriptCore headers you +have included when compiling your code. + + the major version number of the JavaScriptCore library + + + + + Returns the micro version number of the JavaScriptCore library. +(e.g. in JavaScriptCore version 1.8.3 this is 3.) + +This function is in the library, so it represents the JavaScriptCore library +your code is running against. Contrast with the #JSC_MICRO_VERSION +macro, which represents the micro version of the JavaScriptCore headers you +have included when compiling your code. + + the micro version number of the JavaScriptCore library + + + + + Returns the minor version number of the JavaScriptCore library. +(e.g. in JavaScriptCore version 1.8.3 this is 8.) + +This function is in the library, so it represents the JavaScriptCore library +your code is running against. Contrast with the #JSC_MINOR_VERSION +macro, which represents the minor version of the JavaScriptCore headers you +have included when compiling your code. + + the minor version number of the JavaScriptCore library + + + + + Iterates all available options calling @function for each one. Iteration can +stop early if @function returns %FALSE. + + + + + + a #JSCOptionsFunc callback + + + + callback user data + + + + + + Get @option as a #gboolean value. + + %TRUE if @value has been set or %FALSE if the option doesn't exist + + + + + the option identifier + + + + return location for the option value + + + + + + Get @option as a #gdouble value. + + %TRUE if @value has been set or %FALSE if the option doesn't exist + + + + + the option identifier + + + + return location for the option value + + + + + + Get @option as a #gint value. + + %TRUE if @value has been set or %FALSE if the option doesn't exist + + + + + the option identifier + + + + return location for the option value + + + + + + Create a #GOptionGroup to handle JSCOptions as command line arguments. +The options will be exposed as command line arguments with the form +<emphasis>--jsc-&lt;option&gt;=&lt;value&gt;</emphasis>. +Each entry in the returned #GOptionGroup is configured to apply the +corresponding option during command line parsing. Applications only need to +pass the returned group to g_option_context_add_group(), and the rest will +be taken care for automatically. + + a #GOptionGroup for the JSCOptions + + + + + Get @option as a range string. The string must be in the +format <emphasis>[!]&lt;low&gt;[:&lt;high&gt;]</emphasis> where low and high are #guint values. +Values between low and high (both included) will be considered in +the range, unless <emphasis>!</emphasis> is used to invert the range. + + %TRUE if @value has been set or %FALSE if the option doesn't exist + + + + + the option identifier + + + + return location for the option value + + + + + + Get @option as a #gsize value. + + %TRUE if @value has been set or %FALSE if the option doesn't exist + + + + + the option identifier + + + + return location for the option value + + + + + + Get @option as a string. + + %TRUE if @value has been set or %FALSE if the option doesn't exist + + + + + the option identifier + + + + return location for the option value + + + + + + Get @option as a #guint value. + + %TRUE if @value has been set or %FALSE if the option doesn't exist + + + + + the option identifier + + + + return location for the option value + + + + + + Set @option as a #gboolean value. + + %TRUE if option was correctly set or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + the option identifier + + + + the value to set + + + + + + Set @option as a #gdouble value. + + %TRUE if option was correctly set or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + the option identifier + + + + the value to set + + + + + + Set @option as a #gint value. + + %TRUE if option was correctly set or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + the option identifier + + + + the value to set + + + + + + Set @option as a range string. The string must be in the +format <emphasis>[!]&lt;low&gt;[:&lt;high&gt;]</emphasis> where low and high are #guint values. +Values between low and high (both included) will be considered in +the range, unless <emphasis>!</emphasis> is used to invert the range. + + %TRUE if option was correctly set or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + the option identifier + + + + the value to set + + + + + + Set @option as a #gsize value. + + %TRUE if option was correctly set or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + the option identifier + + + + the value to set + + + + + + Set @option as a string. + + %TRUE if option was correctly set or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + the option identifier + + + + the value to set + + + + + + Set @option as a #guint value. + + %TRUE if option was correctly set or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + the option identifier + + + + the value to set + + + + + + diff --git a/Soup-2.4.gir b/Soup-2.4.gir new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b44c3d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Soup-2.4.gir @@ -0,0 +1,20754 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This can be passed to any #SoupAddress method that expects a port, +to indicate that you don't care what port is used. + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupAddress:family property. (The +#SoupAddressFamily for this address.) + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupAddress:name property. (The hostname for +this address.) + + + + An alias for the #SoupAddress:physical property. (The +stringified IP address for this address.) + + + + An alias for the #SoupAddress:port property. (The port for +this address.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupAddress:protocol property. (The URI scheme +used with this address.) + + + + An alias for the #SoupAddress:sockaddr property. (A pointer +to the struct sockaddr for this address.) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupAuthDomain:add-path property. (Shortcut +for calling soup_auth_domain_add_path().) + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupAuthDomainBasic:auth-callback property. +(The #SoupAuthDomainBasicAuthCallback.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupAuthDomainBasic:auth-data property. +(The data to pass to the #SoupAuthDomainBasicAuthCallback.) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupAuthDomainDigest:auth-callback property. +(The #SoupAuthDomainDigestAuthCallback.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupAuthDomainDigest:auth-callback property. +(The #SoupAuthDomainDigestAuthCallback.) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupAuthDomain:filter property. (The +#SoupAuthDomainFilter for the domain.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupAuthDomain:filter-data property. (Data +to pass to the #SoupAuthDomainFilter.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupAuthDomain:generic-auth-callback property. +(The #SoupAuthDomainGenericAuthCallback.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupAuthDomain:generic-auth-data property. +(The data to pass to the #SoupAuthDomainGenericAuthCallback.) + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupAuthDomain:proxy property. (Whether or +not this is a proxy auth domain.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupAuthDomain:realm property. (The realm of +this auth domain.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupAuthDomain:remove-path property. +(Shortcut for calling soup_auth_domain_remove_path().) + + + + + + + + + + An alias for the #SoupAuth:host property. (The +host being authenticated to.) + + + + An alias for the #SoupAuth:is-authenticated property. +(Whether or not the auth has been authenticated.) + + + + An alias for the #SoupAuth:is-for-proxy property. (Whether +or not the auth is for a proxy server.) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + An alias for the #SoupAuth:realm property. (The +authentication realm.) + + + + An alias for the #SoupAuth:scheme-name property. (The +authentication scheme name.) + + + + + + Creates a #SoupAddress from @name and @port. The #SoupAddress's IP +address may not be available right away; the caller can call +soup_address_resolve_async() or soup_address_resolve_sync() to +force a DNS resolution. + + a #SoupAddress + + + + + a hostname or physical address + + + + a port number + + + + + + Returns a #SoupAddress corresponding to the "any" address +for @family (or %NULL if @family isn't supported), suitable for +using as a listening #SoupSocket. + + the new #SoupAddress + + + + + the address family + + + + the port number (usually %SOUP_ADDRESS_ANY_PORT) + + + + + + Returns a #SoupAddress equivalent to @sa (or %NULL if @sa's +address family isn't supported) + + the new #SoupAddress + + + + + a pointer to a sockaddr + + + + size of @sa + + + + + + Tests if @addr1 and @addr2 have the same IP address. This method +can be used with soup_address_hash_by_ip() to create a +#GHashTable that hashes on IP address. + +This would be used to distinguish hosts in situations where +different virtual hosts on the same IP address should be considered +the same. Eg, if "www.example.com" and "www.example.net" have the +same IP address, then a single connection can be used to talk +to either of them. + +See also soup_address_equal_by_name(), which compares by name +rather than by IP address. + + whether or not @addr1 and @addr2 have the same IP +address. + + + + + a #SoupAddress with a resolved IP + address + + + + another #SoupAddress with a resolved + IP address + + + + + + Tests if @addr1 and @addr2 have the same "name". This method can be +used with soup_address_hash_by_name() to create a #GHashTable that +hashes on address "names". + +Comparing by name normally means comparing the addresses by their +hostnames. But if the address was originally created using an IP +address literal, then it will be compared by that instead. + +In particular, if "www.example.com" has the IP address 10.0.0.1, +and @addr1 was created with the name "www.example.com" and @addr2 +was created with the name "10.0.0.1", then they will compare as +unequal for purposes of soup_address_equal_by_name(). + +This would be used to distinguish hosts in situations where +different virtual hosts on the same IP address should be considered +different. Eg, for purposes of HTTP authentication or cookies, two +hosts with the same IP address but different names are considered +to be different hosts. + +See also soup_address_equal_by_ip(), which compares by IP address +rather than by name. + + whether or not @addr1 and @addr2 have the same name + + + + + a #SoupAddress with a resolved name + + + + another #SoupAddress with a resolved + name + + + + + + Creates a new #GSocketAddress corresponding to @addr (which is assumed +to only have one socket address associated with it). + + a new #GSocketAddress + + + + + a #SoupAddress + + + + + + Returns the hostname associated with @addr. + +This method is not thread-safe; if you call it while @addr is being +resolved in another thread, it may return garbage. You can use +soup_address_is_resolved() to safely test whether or not an address +is resolved before fetching its name or address. + + the hostname, or %NULL if it is not known. + + + + + a #SoupAddress + + + + + + Returns the physical address associated with @addr as a string. +(Eg, "127.0.0.1"). If the address is not yet known, returns %NULL. + +This method is not thread-safe; if you call it while @addr is being +resolved in another thread, it may return garbage. You can use +soup_address_is_resolved() to safely test whether or not an address +is resolved before fetching its name or address. + + the physical address, or %NULL + + + + + a #SoupAddress + + + + + + Returns the port associated with @addr. + + the port + + + + + a #SoupAddress + + + + + + Returns the sockaddr associated with @addr, with its length in +*@len. If the sockaddr is not yet known, returns %NULL. + +This method is not thread-safe; if you call it while @addr is being +resolved in another thread, it may return garbage. You can use +soup_address_is_resolved() to safely test whether or not an address +is resolved before fetching its name or address. + + the sockaddr, or %NULL + + + + + a #SoupAddress + + + + return location for sockaddr length + + + + + + A hash function (for #GHashTable) that corresponds to +soup_address_equal_by_ip(), qv + + the IP-based hash value for @addr. + + + + + a #SoupAddress + + + + + + A hash function (for #GHashTable) that corresponds to +soup_address_equal_by_name(), qv + + the named-based hash value for @addr. + + + + + a #SoupAddress + + + + + + Tests if @addr has already been resolved. Unlike the other +#SoupAddress "get" methods, this is safe to call when @addr might +be being resolved in another thread. + + %TRUE if @addr has been resolved. + + + + + a #SoupAddress + + + + + + Asynchronously resolves the missing half of @addr (its IP address +if it was created with soup_address_new(), or its hostname if it +was created with soup_address_new_from_sockaddr() or +soup_address_new_any().) + +If @cancellable is non-%NULL, it can be used to cancel the +resolution. @callback will still be invoked in this case, with a +status of %SOUP_STATUS_CANCELLED. + +It is safe to call this more than once on a given address, from the +same thread, with the same @async_context (and doing so will not +result in redundant DNS queries being made). But it is not safe to +call from multiple threads, or with different @async_contexts, or +mixed with calls to soup_address_resolve_sync(). + + + + + + a #SoupAddress + + + + the #GMainContext to call @callback from + + + + a #GCancellable object, or %NULL + + + + callback to call with the result + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + Synchronously resolves the missing half of @addr, as with +soup_address_resolve_async(). + +If @cancellable is non-%NULL, it can be used to cancel the +resolution. soup_address_resolve_sync() will then return a status +of %SOUP_STATUS_CANCELLED. + +It is safe to call this more than once, even from different +threads, but it is not safe to mix calls to +soup_address_resolve_sync() with calls to +soup_address_resolve_async() on the same address. + + %SOUP_STATUS_OK, %SOUP_STATUS_CANT_RESOLVE, or +%SOUP_STATUS_CANCELLED. + + + + + a #SoupAddress + + + + a #GCancellable object, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The callback function passed to soup_address_resolve_async(). + + + + + + the #SoupAddress that was resolved + + + + %SOUP_STATUS_OK, %SOUP_STATUS_CANT_RESOLVE, or +%SOUP_STATUS_CANCELLED + + + + the user data that was passed to +soup_address_resolve_async() + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The supported address families. + + an invalid %SoupAddress + + + an IPv4 address + + + an IPv6 address + + + + The abstract base class for handling authentication. Specific HTTP +Authentication mechanisms are implemented by its subclasses, but +applications never need to be aware of the specific subclasses +being used. + + Creates a new #SoupAuth of type @type with the information from +@msg and @auth_header. + +This is called by #SoupSession; you will normally not create auths +yourself. + + the new #SoupAuth, or %NULL if it could +not be created + + + + + the type of auth to create (a subtype of #SoupAuth) + + + + the #SoupMessage the auth is being created for + + + + the WWW-Authenticate/Proxy-Authenticate header + + + + + + Call this on an auth to authenticate it; normally this will cause +the auth's message to be requeued with the new authentication info. + + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + the username provided by the user or client + + + + the password provided by the user or client + + + + + + Tests if @auth is able to authenticate by providing credentials to the +soup_auth_authenticate(). + + %TRUE if @auth is able to accept credentials. + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + + + Generates an appropriate "Authorization" header for @msg. (The +session will only call this if soup_auth_is_authenticated() +returned %TRUE.) + + the "Authorization" header, which must be freed. + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + the #SoupMessage to be authorized + + + + + + Returns a list of paths on the server which @auth extends over. +(All subdirectories of these paths are also assumed to be part +of @auth's protection space, unless otherwise discovered not to +be.) + + the list of +paths, which can be freed with soup_auth_free_protection_space(). + + + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + the URI of the request that @auth was generated in +response to. + + + + + + Tests if @auth has been given a username and password + + %TRUE if @auth has been given a username and password + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + + + Tests if @auth is ready to make a request for @msg with. For most +auths, this is equivalent to soup_auth_is_authenticated(), but for +some auth types (eg, NTLM), the auth may be sendable (eg, as an +authentication request) even before it is authenticated. + + %TRUE if @auth is ready to make a request with. + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + Updates @auth with the information from @msg and @auth_header, +possibly un-authenticating it. As with soup_auth_new(), this is +normally only used by #SoupSession. + + %TRUE if @auth is still a valid (but potentially +unauthenticated) #SoupAuth. %FALSE if something about @auth_params +could not be parsed or incorporated into @auth at all. + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + the #SoupMessage @auth is being updated for + + + + the WWW-Authenticate/Proxy-Authenticate header + + + + + + + + + Call this on an auth to authenticate it; normally this will cause +the auth's message to be requeued with the new authentication info. + + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + the username provided by the user or client + + + + the password provided by the user or client + + + + + + Tests if @auth is able to authenticate by providing credentials to the +soup_auth_authenticate(). + + %TRUE if @auth is able to accept credentials. + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + + + Frees @space. + + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + the return value from soup_auth_get_protection_space() + + + + + + + + Generates an appropriate "Authorization" header for @msg. (The +session will only call this if soup_auth_is_authenticated() +returned %TRUE.) + + the "Authorization" header, which must be freed. + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + the #SoupMessage to be authorized + + + + + + Returns the host that @auth is associated with. + + the hostname + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + + + Gets an opaque identifier for @auth, for use as a hash key or the +like. #SoupAuth objects from the same server with the same +identifier refer to the same authentication domain (eg, the URLs +associated with them take the same usernames and passwords). + + the identifier + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + + + Returns a list of paths on the server which @auth extends over. +(All subdirectories of these paths are also assumed to be part +of @auth's protection space, unless otherwise discovered not to +be.) + + the list of +paths, which can be freed with soup_auth_free_protection_space(). + + + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + the URI of the request that @auth was generated in +response to. + + + + + + Returns @auth's realm. This is an identifier that distinguishes +separate authentication spaces on a given server, and may be some +string that is meaningful to the user. (Although it is probably not +localized.) + + the realm name + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns @auth's scheme name. (Eg, "Basic", "Digest", or "NTLM") + + the scheme name + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Tests if @auth has been given a username and password + + %TRUE if @auth has been given a username and password + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + + + Tests whether or not @auth is associated with a proxy server rather +than an "origin" server. + + %TRUE or %FALSE + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + + + Tests if @auth is ready to make a request for @msg with. For most +auths, this is equivalent to soup_auth_is_authenticated(), but for +some auth types (eg, NTLM), the auth may be sendable (eg, as an +authentication request) even before it is authenticated. + + %TRUE if @auth is ready to make a request with. + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Updates @auth with the information from @msg and @auth_header, +possibly un-authenticating it. As with soup_auth_new(), this is +normally only used by #SoupSession. + + %TRUE if @auth is still a valid (but potentially +unauthenticated) #SoupAuth. %FALSE if something about @auth_params +could not be parsed or incorporated into @auth at all. + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + the #SoupMessage @auth is being updated for + + + + the WWW-Authenticate/Proxy-Authenticate header + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @auth is still a valid (but potentially +unauthenticated) #SoupAuth. %FALSE if something about @auth_params +could not be parsed or incorporated into @auth at all. + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + the #SoupMessage @auth is being updated for + + + + the WWW-Authenticate/Proxy-Authenticate header + + + + + + + + + + + + the list of +paths, which can be freed with soup_auth_free_protection_space(). + + + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + the URI of the request that @auth was generated in +response to. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + the username provided by the user or client + + + + the password provided by the user or client + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @auth has been given a username and password + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + + + + + + the "Authorization" header, which must be freed. + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + the #SoupMessage to be authorized + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @auth is ready to make a request with. + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @auth is able to accept credentials. + + + + + a #SoupAuth + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds a "WWW-Authenticate" or "Proxy-Authenticate" header to @msg, +requesting that the client authenticate, and sets @msg's status +accordingly. + +This is used by #SoupServer internally and is probably of no use to +anyone else. + + + + + + a #SoupAuthDomain + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + Checks if @msg authenticates to @domain via @username and +@password. This would normally be called from a +#SoupAuthDomainGenericAuthCallback. + + whether or not the message is authenticated + + + + + a #SoupAuthDomain + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + a username + + + + a password + + + + + + Checks if @msg contains appropriate authorization for @domain to +accept it. Mirroring soup_auth_domain_covers(), this does not check +whether or not @domain <emphasis>cares</emphasis> if @msg is +authorized. + +This is used by #SoupServer internally and is probably of no use to +anyone else. + + the username that @msg has authenticated +as, if in fact it has authenticated. %NULL otherwise. + + + + + a #SoupAuthDomain + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + Adds @path to @domain, such that requests under @path on @domain's +server will require authentication (unless overridden by +soup_auth_domain_remove_path() or soup_auth_domain_set_filter()). + +You can also add paths by setting the %SOUP_AUTH_DOMAIN_ADD_PATH +property, which can also be used to add one or more paths at +construct time. + + + + + + a #SoupAuthDomain + + + + the path to add to @domain + + + + + + Adds a "WWW-Authenticate" or "Proxy-Authenticate" header to @msg, +requesting that the client authenticate, and sets @msg's status +accordingly. + +This is used by #SoupServer internally and is probably of no use to +anyone else. + + + + + + a #SoupAuthDomain + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + Checks if @msg authenticates to @domain via @username and +@password. This would normally be called from a +#SoupAuthDomainGenericAuthCallback. + + whether or not the message is authenticated + + + + + a #SoupAuthDomain + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + a username + + + + a password + + + + + + Checks if @domain requires @msg to be authenticated (according to +its paths and filter function). This does not actually look at +whether @msg <emphasis>is</emphasis> authenticated, merely whether +or not it needs to be. + +This is used by #SoupServer internally and is probably of no use to +anyone else. + + %TRUE if @domain requires @msg to be authenticated + + + + + a #SoupAuthDomain + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + Gets the realm name associated with @domain + + @domain's realm + + + + + a #SoupAuthDomain + + + + + + Removes @path from @domain, such that requests under @path on +@domain's server will NOT require authentication. + +This is not simply an undo-er for soup_auth_domain_add_path(); it +can be used to "carve out" a subtree that does not require +authentication inside a hierarchy that does. Note also that unlike +with soup_auth_domain_add_path(), this cannot be overridden by +adding a filter, as filters can only bypass authentication that +would otherwise be required, not require it where it would +otherwise be unnecessary. + +You can also remove paths by setting the +%SOUP_AUTH_DOMAIN_REMOVE_PATH property, which can also be used to +remove one or more paths at construct time. + + + + + + a #SoupAuthDomain + + + + the path to remove from @domain + + + + + + Adds @filter as an authentication filter to @domain. The filter +gets a chance to bypass authentication for certain requests that +would otherwise require it. Eg, it might check the message's path +in some way that is too complicated to do via the other methods, or +it might check the message's method, and allow GETs but not PUTs. + +The filter function returns %TRUE if the request should still +require authentication, or %FALSE if authentication is unnecessary +for this request. + +To help prevent security holes, your filter should return %TRUE by +default, and only return %FALSE under specifically-tested +circumstances, rather than the other way around. Eg, in the example +above, where you want to authenticate PUTs but not GETs, you should +check if the method is GET and return %FALSE in that case, and then +return %TRUE for all other methods (rather than returning %TRUE for +PUT and %FALSE for all other methods). This way if it turned out +(now or later) that some paths supported additional methods besides +GET and PUT, those methods would default to being NOT allowed for +unauthenticated users. + +You can also set the filter by setting the %SOUP_AUTH_DOMAIN_FILTER +and %SOUP_AUTH_DOMAIN_FILTER_DATA properties, which can also be +used to set the filter at construct time. + + + + + + a #SoupAuthDomain + + + + the auth filter for @domain + + + + data to pass to @filter + + + + destroy notifier to free @filter_data when @domain +is destroyed + + + + + + Sets @auth_callback as an authentication-handling callback for +@domain. Whenever a request comes in to @domain which cannot be +authenticated via a domain-specific auth callback (eg, +#SoupAuthDomainDigestAuthCallback), the generic auth callback +will be invoked. See #SoupAuthDomainGenericAuthCallback for information +on what the callback should do. + + + + + + a #SoupAuthDomain + + + + the auth callback + + + + data to pass to @auth_callback + + + + destroy notifier to free @auth_data when @domain +is destroyed + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The #SoupAuthDomainFilter for the domain + + + + + + + The #SoupAuthDomainGenericAuthCallback for the domain + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a #SoupAuthDomainBasic. You must set the +%SOUP_AUTH_DOMAIN_REALM parameter, to indicate the realm name to be +returned with the authentication challenge to the client. Other +parameters are optional. + + the new #SoupAuthDomain + + + + + name of first option, or %NULL + + + + option name/value pairs + + + + + + Sets the callback that @domain will use to authenticate incoming +requests. For each request containing authorization, @domain will +invoke the callback, and then either accept or reject the request +based on @callback's return value. + +You can also set the auth callback by setting the +%SOUP_AUTH_DOMAIN_BASIC_AUTH_CALLBACK and +%SOUP_AUTH_DOMAIN_BASIC_AUTH_DATA properties, which can also be +used to set the callback at construct time. + + + + + + the domain + + + + the callback + + + + data to pass to @auth_callback + + + + destroy notifier to free @user_data when @domain +is destroyed + + + + + + The #SoupAuthDomainBasicAuthCallback + + + + The data to pass to the #SoupAuthDomainBasicAuthCallback + + + + + + + + Callback used by #SoupAuthDomainBasic for authentication purposes. +The application should verify that @username and @password and valid +and return %TRUE or %FALSE. + +If you are maintaining your own password database (rather than +using the password to authenticate against some other system like +PAM or a remote server), you should make sure you know what you are +doing. In particular, don't store cleartext passwords, or +easily-computed hashes of cleartext passwords, even if you don't +care that much about the security of your server, because users +will frequently use the same password for multiple sites, and so +compromising any site with a cleartext (or easily-cracked) password +database may give attackers access to other more-interesting sites +as well. + + %TRUE if @username and @password are valid + + + + + the domain + + + + the message being authenticated + + + + the username provided by the client + + + + the password provided by the client + + + + the data passed to soup_auth_domain_basic_set_auth_callback() + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #SoupAuthDomain + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + + + + whether or not the message is authenticated + + + + + a #SoupAuthDomain + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + a username + + + + a password + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a #SoupAuthDomainDigest. You must set the +%SOUP_AUTH_DOMAIN_REALM parameter, to indicate the realm name to be +returned with the authentication challenge to the client. Other +parameters are optional. + + the new #SoupAuthDomain + + + + + name of first option, or %NULL + + + + option name/value pairs + + + + + + Encodes the username/realm/password triplet for Digest +authentication. (That is, it returns a stringified MD5 hash of +@username, @realm, and @password concatenated together). This is +the form that is needed as the return value of +#SoupAuthDomainDigest's auth handler. + +For security reasons, you should store the encoded hash, rather +than storing the cleartext password itself and calling this method +only when you need to verify it. This way, if your server is +compromised, the attackers will not gain access to cleartext +passwords which might also be usable at other sites. (Note also +that the encoded password returned by this method is identical to +the encoded password stored in an Apache .htdigest file.) + + the encoded password + + + + + a username + + + + an auth realm name + + + + the password for @username in @realm + + + + + + Sets the callback that @domain will use to authenticate incoming +requests. For each request containing authorization, @domain will +invoke the callback, and then either accept or reject the request +based on @callback's return value. + +You can also set the auth callback by setting the +%SOUP_AUTH_DOMAIN_DIGEST_AUTH_CALLBACK and +%SOUP_AUTH_DOMAIN_DIGEST_AUTH_DATA properties, which can also be +used to set the callback at construct time. + + + + + + the domain + + + + the callback + + + + data to pass to @auth_callback + + + + destroy notifier to free @user_data when @domain +is destroyed + + + + + + The #SoupAuthDomainDigestAuthCallback + + + + The data to pass to the #SoupAuthDomainDigestAuthCallback + + + + + + + + Callback used by #SoupAuthDomainDigest for authentication purposes. +The application should look up @username in its password database, +and return the corresponding encoded password (see +soup_auth_domain_digest_encode_password()). + + the encoded password, or %NULL if +@username is not a valid user. @domain will free the password when +it is done with it. + + + + + the domain + + + + the message being authenticated + + + + the username provided by the client + + + + the data passed to soup_auth_domain_digest_set_auth_callback() + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The prototype for a #SoupAuthDomain filter; see +soup_auth_domain_set_filter() for details. + + %TRUE if @msg requires authentication, %FALSE if not. + + + + + a #SoupAuthDomain + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + the data passed to soup_auth_domain_set_filter() + + + + + + The prototype for a #SoupAuthDomain generic authentication callback. + +The callback should look up the user's password, call +soup_auth_domain_check_password(), and use the return value from +that method as its own return value. + +In general, for security reasons, it is preferable to use the +auth-domain-specific auth callbacks (eg, +#SoupAuthDomainBasicAuthCallback and +#SoupAuthDomainDigestAuthCallback), because they don't require +keeping a cleartext password database. Most users will use the same +password for many different sites, meaning if any site with a +cleartext password database is compromised, accounts on other +servers might be compromised as well. For many of the cases where +#SoupServer is used, this is not really relevant, but it may still +be worth considering. + + %TRUE if @msg is authenticated, %FALSE if not. + + + + + a #SoupAuthDomain + + + + the #SoupMessage being authenticated + + + + the username from @msg + + + + the data passed to +soup_auth_domain_set_generic_auth_callback() + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Clear all credentials cached by @manager + + + + + + a #SoupAuthManager + + + + + + Records that @auth is to be used under @uri, as though a +WWW-Authenticate header had been received at that URI. This can be +used to "preload" @manager's auth cache, to avoid an extra HTTP +round trip in the case where you know ahead of time that a 401 +response will be returned. + +This is only useful for authentication types where the initial +Authorization header does not depend on any additional information +from the server. (Eg, Basic or NTLM, but not Digest.) + + + + + + a #SoupAuthManager + + + + the #SoupURI under which @auth is to be used + + + + the #SoupAuth to use + + + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when the manager requires the application to +provide authentication credentials. + +#SoupSession connects to this signal and emits its own +#SoupSession::authenticate signal when it is emitted, so +you shouldn't need to use this signal directly. + + + + + + the #SoupMessage being sent + + + + the #SoupAuth to authenticate + + + + %TRUE if this is the second (or later) attempt + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether libsoup was built with GSSAPI support. If this is +%FALSE, %SOUP_TYPE_AUTH_NEGOTIATE will still be defined and can +still be added to a #SoupSession, but libsoup will never attempt to +actually use this auth type. + + + + + + + A data buffer, generally used to represent a chunk of a +#SoupMessageBody. + +@data is a #char because that's generally convenient; in some +situations you may need to cast it to #guchar or another type. + + the data + + + + length of @data + + + + Creates a new #SoupBuffer containing @length bytes from @data. + + the new #SoupBuffer. + + + + + how @data is to be used by the buffer + + + + data + + + + + + length of @data + + + + + + Creates a new #SoupBuffer containing @length bytes from @data. + +This function is exactly equivalent to soup_buffer_new() with +%SOUP_MEMORY_TAKE as first argument; it exists mainly for +convenience and simplifying language bindings. + + the new #SoupBuffer. + + + + + data + + + + + + length of @data + + + + + + Creates a new #SoupBuffer containing @length bytes from @data. When +the #SoupBuffer is freed, it will call @owner_dnotify, passing +@owner to it. You must ensure that @data will remain valid until +@owner_dnotify is called. + +For example, you could use this to create a buffer containing data +returned from libxml without needing to do an extra copy: + +<informalexample><programlisting> +xmlDocDumpMemory (doc, &xmlbody, &len); +return soup_buffer_new_with_owner (xmlbody, len, xmlbody, + (GDestroyNotify)xmlFree); +</programlisting></informalexample> + +In this example, @data and @owner are the same, but in other cases +they would be different (eg, @owner would be a object, and @data +would be a pointer to one of the object's fields). + + the new #SoupBuffer. + + + + + data + + + + + + length of @data + + + + pointer to an object that owns @data + + + + a function to free/unref @owner when +the buffer is freed + + + + + + Makes a copy of @buffer. In reality, #SoupBuffer is a refcounted +type, and calling soup_buffer_copy() will normally just increment +the refcount on @buffer and return it. However, if @buffer was +created with #SOUP_MEMORY_TEMPORARY memory, then soup_buffer_copy() +will actually return a copy of it, so that the data in the copy +will remain valid after the temporary buffer is freed. + + the new (or newly-reffed) buffer + + + + + a #SoupBuffer + + + + + + Frees @buffer. (In reality, as described in the documentation for +soup_buffer_copy(), this is actually an "unref" operation, and may +or may not actually free @buffer.) + + + + + + a #SoupBuffer + + + + + + Creates a #GBytes pointing to the same memory as @buffer. The +#GBytes will hold a reference on @buffer to ensure that it is not +freed while the #GBytes is still valid. + + a new #GBytes which has the same content +as the #SoupBuffer. + + + + + a #SoupBuffer + + + + + + This function exists for use by language bindings, because it's not +currently possible to get the right effect by annotating the fields +of #SoupBuffer. + + + + + + a #SoupBuffer + + + + the pointer +to the buffer data is stored here + + + + + + the length of the buffer data is stored here + + + + + + Gets the "owner" object for a buffer created with +soup_buffer_new_with_owner(). + + the owner pointer + + + + + a #SoupBuffer created with soup_buffer_new_with_owner() + + + + + + Creates a new #SoupBuffer containing @length bytes "copied" from +@parent starting at @offset. (Normally this will not actually copy +any data, but will instead simply reference the same data as +@parent does.) + + the new #SoupBuffer. + + + + + the parent #SoupBuffer + + + + offset within @parent to start at + + + + number of bytes to copy from @parent + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Macro to test the version of libsoup being compiled against. + + + major version (e.g. 2 for version 2.42.0) + + + minor version (e.g. 42 for version 2.42.0) + + + micro version (e.g. 0 for version 2.42.0) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupCookieJar:accept-policy property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupCookieJarDB:filename property. (The +cookie-storage filename.) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupCookieJar:read-only property. (Whether +or not the cookie jar is read-only.) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupCookieJarText:filename property. (The +cookie-storage filename.) + + + + + + + + + + A constant corresponding to 1 day, for use with soup_cookie_new() +and soup_cookie_set_max_age(). + + + + A constant corresponding to 1 hour, for use with soup_cookie_new() +and soup_cookie_set_max_age(). + + + + A constant corresponding to 1 week, for use with soup_cookie_new() +and soup_cookie_set_max_age(). + + + + A constant corresponding to 1 year, for use with soup_cookie_new() +and soup_cookie_set_max_age(). + + + + + + Creates a new #SoupCache. + + a new #SoupCache + + + + + the directory to store the cached data, or %NULL + to use the default one. Note that since the cache isn't safe to access for + multiple processes at once, and the default directory isn't namespaced by + process, clients are strongly discouraged from passing %NULL. + + + + the #SoupCacheType of the cache + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Will remove all entries in the @cache plus all the cache files. + + + + + + a #SoupCache + + + + + + Synchronously writes the cache index out to disk. Contrast with +soup_cache_flush(), which writes pending cache +<emphasis>entries</emphasis> to disk. + +You must call this before exiting if you want your cache data to +persist between sessions. + + + + + + a #SoupCache + + + + + + This function will force all pending writes in the @cache to be +committed to disk. For doing so it will iterate the #GMainContext +associated with @cache's session as long as needed. + +Contrast with soup_cache_dump(), which writes out the cache index +file. + + + + + + a #SoupCache + + + + + + Gets the maximum size of the cache. + + the maximum size of the cache, in bytes. + + + + + a #SoupCache + + + + + + Loads the contents of @cache's index into memory. + + + + + + a #SoupCache + + + + + + Sets the maximum size of the cache. + + + + + + a #SoupCache + + + + the maximum size of the cache, in bytes + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The type of cache; this affects what kinds of responses will be +saved. + + a single-user cache + + + a shared cache + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The prototype for a chunk allocation callback. This should allocate +a new #SoupBuffer and return it for the I/O layer to read message +body data off the network into. + +If @max_len is non-0, it indicates the maximum number of bytes that +could be read, based on what is known about the message size. Note +that this might be a very large number, and you should not simply +try to allocate that many bytes blindly. If @max_len is 0, that +means that libsoup does not know how many bytes remain to be read, +and the allocator should return a buffer of a size that it finds +convenient. + +If the allocator returns %NULL, the message will be paused. It is +up to the application to make sure that it gets unpaused when it +becomes possible to allocate a new buffer. + Use #SoupRequest if you want to read into your +own buffers. + + the new buffer (or %NULL) + + + + + the #SoupMessage the chunk is being allocated for + + + + the maximum length that will be read, or 0. + + + + the data passed to soup_message_set_chunk_allocator() + + + + + + A #SoupClientContext provides additional information about the +client making a particular request. In particular, you can use +soup_client_context_get_auth_domain() and +soup_client_context_get_auth_user() to determine if HTTP +authentication was used successfully. + +soup_client_context_get_remote_address() and/or +soup_client_context_get_host() can be used to get information for +logging or debugging purposes. soup_client_context_get_gsocket() may +also be of use in some situations (eg, tracking when multiple +requests are made on the same connection). + + Retrieves the #SoupAddress associated with the remote end +of a connection. + Use soup_client_context_get_remote_address(), which returns +a #GSocketAddress. + + the #SoupAddress +associated with the remote end of a connection, it may be +%NULL if you used soup_server_accept_iostream(). + + + + + a #SoupClientContext + + + + + + Checks whether the request associated with @client has been +authenticated, and if so returns the #SoupAuthDomain that +authenticated it. + + a #SoupAuthDomain, or +%NULL if the request was not authenticated. + + + + + a #SoupClientContext + + + + + + Checks whether the request associated with @client has been +authenticated, and if so returns the username that the client +authenticated as. + + the authenticated-as user, or %NULL if +the request was not authenticated. + + + + + a #SoupClientContext + + + + + + Retrieves the #GSocket that @client is associated with. + +If you are using this method to observe when multiple requests are +made on the same persistent HTTP connection (eg, as the ntlm-test +test program does), you will need to pay attention to socket +destruction as well (eg, by using weak references), so that you do +not get fooled when the allocator reuses the memory address of a +previously-destroyed socket to represent a new socket. + + the #GSocket that @client is +associated with, %NULL if you used soup_server_accept_iostream(). + + + + + a #SoupClientContext + + + + + + Retrieves the IP address associated with the remote end of a +connection. + + the IP address associated with the remote +end of a connection, it may be %NULL if you used +soup_server_accept_iostream(). + + + + + a #SoupClientContext + + + + + + Retrieves the #GSocketAddress associated with the local end +of a connection. + + the #GSocketAddress +associated with the local end of a connection, it may be +%NULL if you used soup_server_accept_iostream(). + + + + + a #SoupClientContext + + + + + + Retrieves the #GSocketAddress associated with the remote end +of a connection. + + the #GSocketAddress +associated with the remote end of a connection, it may be +%NULL if you used soup_server_accept_iostream(). + + + + + a #SoupClientContext + + + + + + Retrieves the #SoupSocket that @client is associated with. + +If you are using this method to observe when multiple requests are +made on the same persistent HTTP connection (eg, as the ntlm-test +test program does), you will need to pay attention to socket +destruction as well (either by using weak references, or by +connecting to the #SoupSocket::disconnected signal), so that you do +not get fooled when the allocator reuses the memory address of a +previously-destroyed socket to represent a new socket. + use soup_client_context_get_gsocket(), which returns +a #GSocket. + + the #SoupSocket that @client is +associated with. + + + + + a #SoupClientContext + + + + + + "Steals" the HTTP connection associated with @client from its +#SoupServer. This happens immediately, regardless of the current +state of the connection; if the response to the current +#SoupMessage has not yet finished being sent, then it will be +discarded; you can steal the connection from a +#SoupMessage:wrote-informational or #SoupMessage:wrote-body signal +handler if you need to wait for part or all of the response to be +sent. + +Note that when calling this function from C, @client will most +likely be freed as a side effect. + + the #GIOStream formerly associated + with @client (or %NULL if @client was no longer associated with a + connection). No guarantees are made about what kind of #GIOStream + is returned. + + + + + a #SoupClientContext + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new #SoupContentSniffer. + + a new #SoupContentSniffer + + + + + Gets the number of bytes @sniffer needs in order to properly sniff +a buffer. + + the number of bytes to sniff + + + + + a #SoupContentSniffer + + + + + + Sniffs @buffer to determine its Content-Type. The result may also +be influenced by the Content-Type declared in @msg's response +headers. + + the sniffed Content-Type of @buffer; this will never be %NULL, + but may be "application/octet-stream". + + + + + a #SoupContentSniffer + + + + the message to sniff + + + + a buffer containing the start of @msg's response body + + + + return + location for Content-Type parameters (eg, "charset"), or %NULL + + + + + + + + + Gets the number of bytes @sniffer needs in order to properly sniff +a buffer. + + the number of bytes to sniff + + + + + a #SoupContentSniffer + + + + + + Sniffs @buffer to determine its Content-Type. The result may also +be influenced by the Content-Type declared in @msg's response +headers. + + the sniffed Content-Type of @buffer; this will never be %NULL, + but may be "application/octet-stream". + + + + + a #SoupContentSniffer + + + + the message to sniff + + + + a buffer containing the start of @msg's response body + + + + return + location for Content-Type parameters (eg, "charset"), or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + the sniffed Content-Type of @buffer; this will never be %NULL, + but may be "application/octet-stream". + + + + + a #SoupContentSniffer + + + + the message to sniff + + + + a buffer containing the start of @msg's response body + + + + return + location for Content-Type parameters (eg, "charset"), or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + the number of bytes to sniff + + + + + a #SoupContentSniffer + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + An HTTP cookie. + +@name and @value will be set for all cookies. If the cookie is +generated from a string that appears to have no name, then @name +will be the empty string. + +@domain and @path give the host or domain, and path within that +host/domain, to restrict this cookie to. If @domain starts with +".", that indicates a domain (which matches the string after the +".", or any hostname that has @domain as a suffix). Otherwise, it +is a hostname and must match exactly. + +@expires will be non-%NULL if the cookie uses either the original +"expires" attribute, or the newer "max-age" attribute. If @expires +is %NULL, it indicates that neither "expires" nor "max-age" was +specified, and the cookie expires at the end of the session. + +If @http_only is set, the cookie should not be exposed to untrusted +code (eg, javascript), so as to minimize the danger posed by +cross-site scripting attacks. + + the cookie name + + + + the cookie value + + + + the "domain" attribute, or else the hostname that the +cookie came from. + + + + the "path" attribute, or %NULL + + + + the cookie expiration time, or %NULL for a session cookie + + + + %TRUE if the cookie should only be tranferred over SSL + + + + %TRUE if the cookie should not be exposed to scripts + + + + Creates a new #SoupCookie with the given attributes. (Use +soup_cookie_set_secure() and soup_cookie_set_http_only() if you +need to set those attributes on the returned cookie.) + +If @domain starts with ".", that indicates a domain (which matches +the string after the ".", or any hostname that has @domain as a +suffix). Otherwise, it is a hostname and must match exactly. + +@max_age is used to set the "expires" attribute on the cookie; pass +-1 to not include the attribute (indicating that the cookie expires +with the current session), 0 for an already-expired cookie, or a +lifetime in seconds. You can use the constants +%SOUP_COOKIE_MAX_AGE_ONE_HOUR, %SOUP_COOKIE_MAX_AGE_ONE_DAY, +%SOUP_COOKIE_MAX_AGE_ONE_WEEK and %SOUP_COOKIE_MAX_AGE_ONE_YEAR (or +multiples thereof) to calculate this value. (If you really care +about setting the exact time that the cookie will expire, use +soup_cookie_set_expires().) + + a new #SoupCookie. + + + + + cookie name + + + + cookie value + + + + cookie domain or hostname + + + + cookie path, or %NULL + + + + max age of the cookie, or -1 for a session cookie + + + + + + Tests if @cookie should be sent to @uri. + +(At the moment, this does not check that @cookie's domain matches +@uri, because it assumes that the caller has already done that. +But don't rely on that; it may change in the future.) + + %TRUE if @cookie should be sent to @uri, %FALSE if +not + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + + + Copies @cookie. + + a copy of @cookie + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + + + Checks if the @cookie's domain and @host match in the sense that +@cookie should be sent when making a request to @host, or that +@cookie should be accepted when receiving a response from @host. + + %TRUE if the domains match, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + a URI + + + + + + Tests if @cookie1 and @cookie2 are equal. + +Note that currently, this does not check that the cookie domains +match. This may change in the future. + + whether the cookies are equal. + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + + + Frees @cookie + + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + + + Gets @cookie's domain + + @cookie's domain + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + + + Gets @cookie's expiration time. + + @cookie's expiration +time, which is owned by @cookie and should not be modified or +freed. + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + + + Gets @cookie's HttpOnly attribute + + @cookie's HttpOnly attribute + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + + + Gets @cookie's name + + @cookie's name + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + + + Gets @cookie's path + + @cookie's path + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + + + + a #SoupSameSitePolicy + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + + + Gets @cookie's secure attribute + + @cookie's secure attribute + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + + + Gets @cookie's value + + @cookie's value + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + + + Sets @cookie's domain to @domain + + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + the new domain + + + + + + Sets @cookie's expiration time to @expires. If @expires is %NULL, +@cookie will be a session cookie and will expire at the end of the +client's session. + +(This sets the same property as soup_cookie_set_max_age().) + + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + the new expiration time, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets @cookie's HttpOnly attribute to @http_only. If %TRUE, @cookie +will be marked as "http only", meaning it should not be exposed to +web page scripts or other untrusted code. + + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + the new value for the HttpOnly attribute + + + + + + Sets @cookie's max age to @max_age. If @max_age is -1, the cookie +is a session cookie, and will expire at the end of the client's +session. Otherwise, it is the number of seconds until the cookie +expires. You can use the constants %SOUP_COOKIE_MAX_AGE_ONE_HOUR, +%SOUP_COOKIE_MAX_AGE_ONE_DAY, %SOUP_COOKIE_MAX_AGE_ONE_WEEK and +%SOUP_COOKIE_MAX_AGE_ONE_YEAR (or multiples thereof) to calculate +this value. (A value of 0 indicates that the cookie should be +considered already-expired.) + +(This sets the same property as soup_cookie_set_expires().) + + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + the new max age + + + + + + Sets @cookie's name to @name + + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + the new name + + + + + + Sets @cookie's path to @path + + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + the new path + + + + + + When used in conjunction with soup_cookie_jar_get_cookie_list_with_same_site_info() this +sets the policy of when this cookie should be exposed. + + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + a #SoupSameSitePolicy + + + + + + Sets @cookie's secure attribute to @secure. If %TRUE, @cookie will +only be transmitted from the client to the server over secure +(https) connections. + + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + the new value for the secure attribute + + + + + + Sets @cookie's value to @value + + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + the new value + + + + + + Serializes @cookie in the format used by the Cookie header (ie, for +returning a cookie from a #SoupSession to a server). + + the header + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + + + Serializes @cookie in the format used by the Set-Cookie header +(ie, for sending a cookie from a #SoupServer to a client). + + the header + + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + + + Parses @header and returns a #SoupCookie. (If @header contains +multiple cookies, only the first one will be parsed.) + +If @header does not have "path" or "domain" attributes, they will +be defaulted from @origin. If @origin is %NULL, path will default +to "/", but domain will be left as %NULL. Note that this is not a +valid state for a #SoupCookie, and you will need to fill in some +appropriate string for the domain if you want to actually make use +of the cookie. + + a new #SoupCookie, or %NULL if it could +not be parsed, or contained an illegal "domain" attribute for a +cookie originating from @origin. + + + + + a cookie string (eg, the value of a Set-Cookie header) + + + + origin of the cookie, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + Creates a new #SoupCookieJar. The base #SoupCookieJar class does +not support persistent storage of cookies; use a subclass for that. + + a new #SoupCookieJar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets whether @jar stores cookies persistenly. + + %TRUE if @jar storage is persistent or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #SoupCookieJar + + + + + + This function exists for backward compatibility, but does not do +anything any more; cookie jars are saved automatically when they +are changed. + This is a no-op. + + + + + + a #SoupCookieJar + + + + + + Adds @cookie to @jar, emitting the 'changed' signal if we are modifying +an existing cookie or adding a valid new cookie ('valid' means +that the cookie's expire date is not in the past). + +@cookie will be 'stolen' by the jar, so don't free it afterwards. + + + + + + a #SoupCookieJar + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + + + Adds @cookie to @jar, emitting the 'changed' signal if we are modifying +an existing cookie or adding a valid new cookie ('valid' means +that the cookie's expire date is not in the past). + +@first_party will be used to reject cookies coming from third party +resources in case such a security policy is set in the @jar. + +@uri will be used to reject setting or overwriting secure cookies +from insecure origins. %NULL is treated as secure. + +@cookie will be 'stolen' by the jar, so don't free it afterwards. + + + + + + a #SoupCookieJar + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + the URI setting the cookie + + + + the URI for the main document + + + + + + Adds @cookie to @jar, emitting the 'changed' signal if we are modifying +an existing cookie or adding a valid new cookie ('valid' means +that the cookie's expire date is not in the past). + +@first_party will be used to reject cookies coming from third party +resources in case such a security policy is set in the @jar. + +@cookie will be 'stolen' by the jar, so don't free it afterwards. + +For secure cookies to work properly you may want to use +soup_cookie_jar_add_cookie_full(). + + + + + + a #SoupCookieJar + + + + the URI for the main document + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + + + Constructs a #GSList with every cookie inside the @jar. +The cookies in the list are a copy of the original, so +you have to free them when you are done with them. + + a #GSList +with all the cookies in the @jar. + + + + + + + a #SoupCookieJar + + + + + + Deletes @cookie from @jar, emitting the 'changed' signal. + + + + + + a #SoupCookieJar + + + + a #SoupCookie + + + + + + Gets @jar's #SoupCookieJarAcceptPolicy + + the #SoupCookieJarAcceptPolicy set in the @jar + + + + + a #SoupCookieJar + + + + + + Retrieves the list of cookies that would be sent with a request to @uri +as a #GSList of #SoupCookie objects. + +If @for_http is %TRUE, the return value will include cookies marked +"HttpOnly" (that is, cookies that the server wishes to keep hidden +from client-side scripting operations such as the JavaScript +document.cookies property). Since #SoupCookieJar sets the Cookie +header itself when making the actual HTTP request, you should +almost certainly be setting @for_http to %FALSE if you are calling +this. + + a #GSList +with the cookies in the @jar that would be sent with a request to @uri. + + + + + + + a #SoupCookieJar + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + whether or not the return value is being passed directly +to an HTTP operation + + + + + + This is an extended version of soup_cookie_jar_get_cookie_list() that +provides more information required to use SameSite cookies. See the +[SameSite cookies spec](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-httpbis-cookie-same-site-00) +for more detailed information. + + a #GSList +with the cookies in the @jar that would be sent with a request to @uri. + + + + + + + a #SoupCookieJar + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + a #SoupURI for the top level document + + + + a #SoupURI indicating the origin to get cookies for + + + + whether or not the return value is being passed directly +to an HTTP operation + + + + if the HTTP method is safe, as defined by RFC 7231, ignored when @for_http is %FALSE + + + + whether or not the HTTP request is part of +top level navigation + + + + + + Retrieves (in Cookie-header form) the list of cookies that would +be sent with a request to @uri. + +If @for_http is %TRUE, the return value will include cookies marked +"HttpOnly" (that is, cookies that the server wishes to keep hidden +from client-side scripting operations such as the JavaScript +document.cookies property). Since #SoupCookieJar sets the Cookie +header itself when making the actual HTTP request, you should +almost certainly be setting @for_http to %FALSE if you are calling +this. + + the cookies, in string form, or %NULL if +there are no cookies for @uri. + + + + + a #SoupCookieJar + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + whether or not the return value is being passed directly +to an HTTP operation + + + + + + Gets whether @jar stores cookies persistenly. + + %TRUE if @jar storage is persistent or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #SoupCookieJar + + + + + + This function exists for backward compatibility, but does not do +anything any more; cookie jars are saved automatically when they +are changed. + This is a no-op. + + + + + + a #SoupCookieJar + + + + + + Sets @policy as the cookie acceptance policy for @jar. + + + + + + a #SoupCookieJar + + + + a #SoupCookieJarAcceptPolicy + + + + + + Adds @cookie to @jar, exactly as though it had appeared in a +Set-Cookie header returned from a request to @uri. + +Keep in mind that if the #SoupCookieJarAcceptPolicy set is either +%SOUP_COOKIE_JAR_ACCEPT_NO_THIRD_PARTY or +%SOUP_COOKIE_JAR_ACCEPT_GRANDFATHERED_THIRD_PARTY you'll need to use +soup_cookie_jar_set_cookie_with_first_party(), otherwise the jar +will have no way of knowing if the cookie is being set by a third +party or not. + + + + + + a #SoupCookieJar + + + + the URI setting the cookie + + + + the stringified cookie to set + + + + + + Adds @cookie to @jar, exactly as though it had appeared in a +Set-Cookie header returned from a request to @uri. @first_party +will be used to reject cookies coming from third party resources in +case such a security policy is set in the @jar. + + + + + + a #SoupCookieJar + + + + the URI setting the cookie + + + + the URI for the main document + + + + the stringified cookie to set + + + + + + The policy the jar should follow to accept or reject cookies + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when @jar changes. If a cookie has been added, +@new_cookie will contain the newly-added cookie and +@old_cookie will be %NULL. If a cookie has been deleted, +@old_cookie will contain the to-be-deleted cookie and +@new_cookie will be %NULL. If a cookie has been changed, +@old_cookie will contain its old value, and @new_cookie its +new value. + + + + + + the old #SoupCookie value + + + + the new #SoupCookie value + + + + + + + The policy for accepting or rejecting cookies returned in +responses. + + accept all cookies unconditionally. + + + reject all cookies unconditionally. + + + accept all cookies set by +the main document loaded in the application using libsoup. An +example of the most common case, web browsers, would be: If +http://www.example.com is the page loaded, accept all cookies set +by example.com, but if a resource from http://www.third-party.com +is loaded from that page reject any cookie that it could try to +set. For libsoup to be able to tell apart first party cookies from +the rest, the application must call soup_message_set_first_party() +on each outgoing #SoupMessage, setting the #SoupURI of the main +document. If no first party is set in a message when this policy is +in effect, cookies will be assumed to be third party by default. + + + accept all cookies +set by the main document loaded in the application using libsoup, and +from domains that have previously set at least one cookie when loaded +as the main document. An example of the most common case, web browsers, +would be: if http://www.example.com is the page loaded, accept all +cookies set by example.com, but if a resource from http://www.third-party.com +is loaded from that page, reject any cookie that it could try to +set unless it already has a cookie in the cookie jar. For libsoup to +be able to tell apart first party cookies from the rest, the +application must call soup_message_set_first_party() on each outgoing +#SoupMessage, setting the #SoupURI of the main document. If no first +party is set in a message when this policy is in effect, cookies will +be assumed to be third party by default. Since 2.72. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #SoupCookieJar + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @jar storage is persistent or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #SoupCookieJar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a #SoupCookieJarDB. + +@filename will be read in at startup to create an initial set of +cookies. If @read_only is %FALSE, then the non-session cookies will +be written to @filename when the 'changed' signal is emitted from +the jar. (If @read_only is %TRUE, then the cookie jar will only be +used for this session, and changes made to it will be lost when the +jar is destroyed.) + + the new #SoupCookieJar + + + + + the filename to read to/write from, or %NULL + + + + %TRUE if @filename is read-only + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a #SoupCookieJarText. + +@filename will be read in at startup to create an initial set of +cookies. If @read_only is %FALSE, then the non-session cookies will +be written to @filename when the 'changed' signal is emitted from +the jar. (If @read_only is %TRUE, then the cookie jar will only be +used for this session, and changes made to it will be lost when the +jar is destroyed.) + + the new #SoupCookieJar + + + + + the filename to read to/write from + + + + %TRUE if @filename is read-only + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A date and time. The date is assumed to be in the (proleptic) +Gregorian calendar. The time is in UTC if @utc is %TRUE. Otherwise, +the time is a local time, and @offset gives the offset from UTC in +minutes (such that adding @offset to the time would give the +correct UTC time). If @utc is %FALSE and @offset is 0, then the +%SoupDate represents a "floating" time with no associated timezone +information. + + the year, 1 to 9999 + + + + the month, 1 to 12 + + + + day of the month, 1 to 31 + + + + hour of the day, 0 to 23 + + + + minute, 0 to 59 + + + + second, 0 to 59 (or up to 61 in the case of leap seconds) + + + + %TRUE if the date is in UTC + + + + offset from UTC + + + + Creates a #SoupDate representing the indicated time, UTC. + + a new #SoupDate + + + + + the year (1-9999) + + + + the month (1-12) + + + + the day of the month (1-31, as appropriate for @month) + + + + the hour (0-23) + + + + the minute (0-59) + + + + the second (0-59, or up to 61 for leap seconds) + + + + + + Creates a #SoupDate representing a time @offset_seconds after the +current time (or before it, if @offset_seconds is negative). If +offset_seconds is 0, returns the current time. + +If @offset_seconds would indicate a time not expressible as a +<type>time_t</type>, the return value will be clamped into range. + + a new #SoupDate + + + + + offset from current time + + + + + + Parses @date_string and tries to extract a date from it. This +recognizes all of the "HTTP-date" formats from RFC 2616, all ISO +8601 formats containing both a time and a date, RFC 2822 dates, +and reasonable approximations thereof. (Eg, it is lenient about +whitespace, leading "0"s, etc.) + + a new #SoupDate, or %NULL if @date_string +could not be parsed. + + + + + the date in some plausible format + + + + + + Creates a #SoupDate corresponding to @when + + a new #SoupDate + + + + + a <type>time_t</type> + + + + + + Copies @date. + + + + + + a #SoupDate + + + + + + Frees @date. + + + + + + a #SoupDate + + + + + + Gets @date's day. + + @date's day + + + + + a #SoupDate + + + + + + Gets @date's hour. + + @date's hour + + + + + a #SoupDate + + + + + + Gets @date's minute. + + @date's minute + + + + + a #SoupDate + + + + + + Gets @date's month. + + @date's month + + + + + a #SoupDate + + + + + + Gets @date's offset from UTC. + + @date's offset from UTC. If soup_date_get_utc() +returns %FALSE but soup_date_get_offset() returns 0, that means the +date is a "floating" time with no associated offset information. + + + + + a #SoupDate + + + + + + Gets @date's second. + + @date's second + + + + + a #SoupDate + + + + + + Gets @date's UTC flag + + %TRUE if @date is UTC. + + + + + a #SoupDate + + + + + + Gets @date's year. + + @date's year + + + + + a #SoupDate + + + + + + Determines if @date is in the past. + + %TRUE if @date is in the past + + + + + a #SoupDate + + + + + + Converts @date to a string in the format described by @format. + + @date as a string + + + + + a #SoupDate + + + + the format to generate the date in + + + + + + Converts @date to a <type>time_t</type>, assumming it to be in +UTC. + +If @date is not representable as a <type>time_t</type>, it will be +clamped into range. (In particular, some HTTP cookies have +expiration dates after "Y2.038k" (2038-01-19T03:14:07Z).) + + @date as a <type>time_t</type> + + + + + a #SoupDate + + + + + + Converts @date to a #GTimeVal. + Do not use #GTimeVal, as it's not Y2038-safe. + + + + + + a #SoupDate + + + + a #GTimeVal structure in which to store the converted time. + + + + + + + Date formats that soup_date_to_string() can use. + +@SOUP_DATE_HTTP and @SOUP_DATE_COOKIE always coerce the time to +UTC. @SOUP_DATE_ISO8601_XMLRPC uses the time as given, ignoring the +offset completely. @SOUP_DATE_RFC2822 and the other ISO 8601 +variants use the local time, appending the offset information if +available. + +This enum may be extended with more values in future releases. + + RFC 1123 format, used by the HTTP "Date" header. Eg +"Sun, 06 Nov 1994 08:49:37 GMT" + + + The format for the "Expires" timestamp in the +Netscape cookie specification. Eg, "Sun, 06-Nov-1994 08:49:37 GMT". + + + RFC 2822 format, eg "Sun, 6 Nov 1994 09:49:37 -0100" + + + ISO 8601 date/time with no optional +punctuation. Eg, "19941106T094937-0100". + + + ISO 8601 date/time with all optional +punctuation. Eg, "1994-11-06T09:49:37-01:00". + + + An alias for @SOUP_DATE_ISO8601_FULL. + + + ISO 8601 date/time as used by XML-RPC. +Eg, "19941106T09:49:37". + + + + How a message body is encoded for transport + + unknown / error + + + no body is present (which is not the same as a +0-length body, and only occurs in certain places) + + + Content-Length encoding + + + Response body ends when the connection is closed + + + chunked encoding (currently only supported +for response) + + + multipart/byteranges (Reserved for future +use: NOT CURRENTLY IMPLEMENTED) + + + + Represents the parsed value of the "Expect" header. + + any unrecognized expectation + + + "100-continue" + + + + A macro containing the value +<literal>"multipart/form-data"</literal>; the MIME type used for +posting form data that contains files to be uploaded. + + + + A macro containing the value +<literal>"application/x-www-form-urlencoded"</literal>; the default +MIME type for POSTing HTML form data. + + + + + + Creates a new #SoupHSTSEnforcer. The base #SoupHSTSEnforcer class +does not support persistent storage of HSTS policies, see +#SoupHSTSEnforcerDB for that. + + a new #SoupHSTSEnforcer + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets whether @hsts_enforcer has a currently valid policy for @domain. + + %TRUE if access to @domain should happen over HTTPS, false +otherwise. + + + + + a #SoupHSTSEnforcer + + + + a domain. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets whether @hsts_enforcer stores policies persistenly. + + %TRUE if @hsts_enforcer storage is persistent or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #SoupHSTSEnforcer + + + + + + Gets a list of domains for which there are policies in @enforcer. + + a newly allocated +list of domains. Use g_list_free_full() and g_free() to free the +list. + + + + + + + a #SoupHSTSEnforcer + + + + whether to include session policies + + + + + + Gets a list with the policies in @enforcer. + + a newly +allocated list of policies. Use g_list_free_full() and +soup_hsts_policy_free() to free the list. + + + + + + + a #SoupHSTSEnforcer + + + + whether to include session policies + + + + + + Gets whether @hsts_enforcer has a currently valid policy for @domain. + + %TRUE if access to @domain should happen over HTTPS, false +otherwise. + + + + + a #SoupHSTSEnforcer + + + + a domain. + + + + + + Gets whether @hsts_enforcer stores policies persistenly. + + %TRUE if @hsts_enforcer storage is persistent or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #SoupHSTSEnforcer + + + + + + Sets @policy to @hsts_enforcer. If @policy is expired, any +existing HSTS policy for its host will be removed instead. If a +policy existed for this host, it will be replaced. Otherwise, the +new policy will be inserted. If the policy is a session policy, that +is, one created with soup_hsts_policy_new_session_policy(), the policy +will not expire and will be enforced during the lifetime of +@hsts_enforcer's #SoupSession. + + + + + + a #SoupHSTSEnforcer + + + + the policy of the HSTS host + + + + + + Sets a session policy for @domain. A session policy is a policy +that is permanent to the lifetime of @hsts_enforcer's #SoupSession +and doesn't expire. + + + + + + a #SoupHSTSEnforcer + + + + policy domain or hostname + + + + %TRUE if the policy applies on sub domains + + + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when @hsts_enforcer changes. If a policy has been added, +@new_policy will contain the newly-added policy and +@old_policy will be %NULL. If a policy has been deleted, +@old_policy will contain the to-be-deleted policy and +@new_policy will be %NULL. If a policy has been changed, +@old_policy will contain its old value, and @new_policy its +new value. + +Note that you shouldn't modify the policies from a callback to +this signal. + + + + + + the old #SoupHSTSPolicy value + + + + the new #SoupHSTSPolicy value + + + + + + Emitted when @hsts_enforcer has upgraded the protocol +for @message to HTTPS as a result of matching its domain with +a HSTS policy. + + + + + + the message for which HSTS is being enforced + + + + + + + + The parent class. + + + + + + %TRUE if @hsts_enforcer storage is persistent or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #SoupHSTSEnforcer + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if access to @domain should happen over HTTPS, false +otherwise. + + + + + a #SoupHSTSEnforcer + + + + a domain. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a #SoupHSTSEnforcerDB. + +@filename will be read in during the initialization of a +#SoupHSTSEnforcerDB, in order to create an initial set of HSTS +policies. If the file doesn't exist, a new database will be created +and initialized. Changes to the policies during the lifetime of a +#SoupHSTSEnforcerDB will be written to @filename when +#SoupHSTSEnforcer::changed is emitted. + + the new #SoupHSTSEnforcer + + + + + the filename of the database to read/write from. + + + + + + The filename of the SQLite database where HSTS policies are stored. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + An HTTP Strict Transport Security policy. + +@domain represents the host that this policy applies to. The domain +must be IDNA-canonicalized. soup_hsts_policy_new() and related methods +will do this for you. + +@max_age contains the 'max-age' value from the Strict Transport +Security header and indicates the time to live of this policy, +in seconds. + +@expires will be non-%NULL if the policy has been set by the host and +hence has an expiry time. If @expires is %NULL, it indicates that the +policy is a permanent session policy set by the user agent. + +If @include_subdomains is %TRUE, the Strict Transport Security policy +must also be enforced on subdomains of @domain. + + The domain or hostname that the policy applies to + + + + The maximum age, in seconds, that the policy is valid + + + + the policy expiration time, or %NULL for a permanent session policy + + + + %TRUE if the policy applies on subdomains + + + + Creates a new #SoupHSTSPolicy with the given attributes. + +@domain is a domain on which the strict transport security policy +represented by this object must be enforced. + +@max_age is used to set the "expires" attribute on the policy; pass +SOUP_HSTS_POLICY_MAX_AGE_PAST for an already-expired policy, or a +lifetime in seconds. + +If @include_subdomains is %TRUE, the strict transport security policy +must also be enforced on all subdomains of @domain. + + a new #SoupHSTSPolicy. + + + + + policy domain or hostname + + + + max age of the policy + + + + %TRUE if the policy applies on subdomains + + + + + + Parses @msg's first "Strict-Transport-Security" response header and +returns a #SoupHSTSPolicy. + + a new #SoupHSTSPolicy, or %NULL if no valid +"Strict-Transport-Security" response header was found. + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + Full version of #soup_hsts_policy_new(), to use with an existing +expiration date. See #soup_hsts_policy_new() for details. + + a new #SoupHSTSPolicy. + + + + + policy domain or hostname + + + + max age of the policy + + + + the date of expiration of the policy or %NULL for a permanent policy + + + + %TRUE if the policy applies on subdomains + + + + + + Creates a new session #SoupHSTSPolicy with the given attributes. +A session policy is a policy that is valid during the lifetime of +the #SoupHSTSEnforcer it is added to. Contrary to regular policies, +it has no expiration date and is not stored in persistent +enforcers. These policies are useful for user-agent to load their +own or user-defined rules. + +@domain is a domain on which the strict transport security policy +represented by this object must be enforced. + +If @include_subdomains is %TRUE, the strict transport security policy +must also be enforced on all subdomains of @domain. + + a new #SoupHSTSPolicy. + + + + + policy domain or hostname + + + + %TRUE if the policy applies on sub domains + + + + + + Copies @policy. + + a copy of @policy + + + + + a #SoupHSTSPolicy + + + + + + Tests if @policy1 and @policy2 are equal. + + whether the policies are equal. + + + + + a #SoupHSTSPolicy + + + + a #SoupHSTSPolicy + + + + + + Frees @policy. + + + + + + a #SoupHSTSPolicy + + + + + + Gets @policy's domain. + + @policy's domain. + + + + + a #SoupHSTSPolicy + + + + + + Gets whether @policy include its subdomains. + + %TRUE if @policy includes subdomains, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #SoupHSTSPolicy + + + + + + Gets whether @policy is expired. Permanent policies never +expire. + + %TRUE if @policy is expired, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #SoupHSTSPolicy + + + + + + Gets whether @policy is a non-permanent, non-expirable session policy. +see soup_hsts_policy_new_session_policy() for details. + + %TRUE if @policy is permanent, %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #SoupHSTSPolicy + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates the HTTP protocol version being used. + + HTTP 1.0 (RFC 1945) + + + HTTP 1.1 (RFC 2616) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupLogger:level property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupLogger:max-body-size property, qv. + + + + + + Creates a new #SoupLogger with the given debug level. If @level is +%SOUP_LOGGER_LOG_BODY, @max_body_size gives the maximum number of +bytes of the body that will be logged. (-1 means "no limit".) + +If you need finer control over what message parts are and aren't +logged, use soup_logger_set_request_filter() and +soup_logger_set_response_filter(). + + a new #SoupLogger + + + + + the debug level + + + + the maximum body size to output, or -1 + + + + + + Sets @logger to watch @session and print debug information for +its messages. + +(The session will take a reference on @logger, which will be +removed when you call soup_logger_detach(), or when the session is +destroyed.) + Use soup_session_add_feature() instead. + + + + + + a #SoupLogger + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + + + Stops @logger from watching @session. + Use soup_session_remove_feature() instead. + + + + + + a #SoupLogger + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + + + Sets up an alternate log printing routine, if you don't want +the log to go to <literal>stdout</literal>. + + + + + + a #SoupLogger + + + + the callback for printing logging output + + + + data to pass to the callback + + + + a #GDestroyNotify to free @printer_data + + + + + + Sets up a filter to determine the log level for a given request. +For each HTTP request @logger will invoke @request_filter to +determine how much (if any) of that request to log. (If you do not +set a request filter, @logger will just always log requests at the +level passed to soup_logger_new().) + + + + + + a #SoupLogger + + + + the callback for request debugging + + + + data to pass to the callback + + + + a #GDestroyNotify to free @filter_data + + + + + + Sets up a filter to determine the log level for a given response. +For each HTTP response @logger will invoke @response_filter to +determine how much (if any) of that response to log. (If you do not +set a response filter, @logger will just always log responses at +the level passed to soup_logger_new().) + + + + + + a #SoupLogger + + + + the callback for response debugging + + + + data to pass to the callback + + + + a #GDestroyNotify to free @filter_data + + + + + + The level of logging output + + + + If #SoupLogger:level is %SOUP_LOGGER_LOG_BODY, this gives +the maximum number of bytes of the body that will be logged. +(-1 means "no limit".) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The prototype for a logging filter. The filter callback will be +invoked for each request or response, and should analyze it and +return a #SoupLoggerLogLevel value indicating how much of the +message to log. Eg, it might choose between %SOUP_LOGGER_LOG_BODY +and %SOUP_LOGGER_LOG_HEADERS depending on the Content-Type. + + a #SoupLoggerLogLevel value indicating how much of +the message to log + + + + + the #SoupLogger + + + + the message being logged + + + + the data passed to soup_logger_set_request_filter() +or soup_logger_set_response_filter() + + + + + + Describes the level of logging output to provide. + + No logging + + + Log the Request-Line or Status-Line and +the Soup-Debug pseudo-headers + + + Log the full request/response headers + + + Log the full headers and request/response +bodies. + + + + The prototype for a custom printing callback. + +@level indicates what kind of information is being printed. Eg, it +will be %SOUP_LOGGER_LOG_HEADERS if @data is header data. + +@direction is either '<', '>', or ' ', and @data is the single line +to print; the printer is expected to add a terminating newline. + +To get the effect of the default printer, you would do: + +<informalexample><programlisting> +printf ("%c %s\n", direction, data); +</programlisting></informalexample> + + + + + + the #SoupLogger + + + + the level of the information being printed. + + + + a single-character prefix to @data + + + + data to print + + + + the data passed to soup_logger_set_printer() + + + + + + Like soup_get_major_version(), but from the headers used at +application compile time, rather than from the library linked +against at application run time. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupMessage:first-party property. (The +#SoupURI loaded in the application when the message was +queued.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupMessage:flags property. (The message's +#SoupMessageFlags.) + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupMessage:http-version property. (The +message's #SoupHTTPVersion.) + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupMessage:method property. (The message's +HTTP method.) + + + + Sets the priority of the #SoupMessage. See +soup_message_set_priority() for further details. + + + + Alias for the #SoupMessage:reason-phrase property. (The +message's HTTP response reason phrase.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupMessage:request-body property. (The +message's HTTP request body.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupMessage:request-body-data property. (The +message's HTTP request body, as a #GBytes.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupMessage:request-headers property. (The +message's HTTP request headers.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupMessage:response-body property. (The +message's HTTP response body.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupMessage:response-body-data property. (The +message's HTTP response body, as a #GBytes.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupMessage:response-headers property. (The +message's HTTP response headers.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupMessage:server-side property. (%TRUE if +the message was created by #SoupServer.) + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupMessage:status-code property. (The +message's HTTP response status code.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupMessage:tls-certificate property. (The +TLS certificate associated with the message, if any.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupMessage:tls-errors property. (The +verification errors on #SoupMessage:tls-certificate.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupMessage:uri property. (The message's +#SoupURI.) + + + + Like soup_get_micro_version(), but from the headers used at +application compile time, rather than from the library linked +against at application run time. + + + + Like soup_get_minor_version(), but from the headers used at +application compile time, rather than from the library linked +against at application run time. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Describes how #SoupBuffer should use the data passed in by the +caller. + +See also soup_buffer_new_with_owner(), which allows to you create a +buffer containing data which is owned by another object. + + The memory is statically allocated and +constant; libsoup can use the passed-in buffer directly and not +need to worry about it being modified or freed. + + + The caller has allocated the memory for the +#SoupBuffer's use; libsoup will assume ownership of it and free it +(with g_free()) when it is done with it. + + + The passed-in data belongs to the caller; the +#SoupBuffer will copy it into new memory, leaving the caller free +to reuse the original memory. + + + The passed-in data belongs to the caller, +but will remain valid for the lifetime of the #SoupBuffer. The +difference between this and @SOUP_MEMORY_STATIC is that if you copy +a @SOUP_MEMORY_TEMPORARY buffer, it will make a copy of the memory +as well, rather than reusing the original memory. + + + + Represents an HTTP message being sent or received. + +@status_code will normally be a #SoupStatus value, eg, +%SOUP_STATUS_OK, though of course it might actually be an unknown +status code. @reason_phrase is the actual text returned from the +server, which may or may not correspond to the "standard" +description of @status_code. At any rate, it is almost certainly +not localized, and not very descriptive even if it is in the user's +language; you should not use @reason_phrase in user-visible +messages. Rather, you should look at @status_code, and determine an +end-user-appropriate message based on that and on what you were +trying to do. + +As described in the #SoupMessageBody documentation, the +@request_body and @response_body <literal>data</literal> fields +will not necessarily be filled in at all times. When the body +fields are filled in, they will be terminated with a '\0' byte +(which is not included in the <literal>length</literal>), so you +can use them as ordinary C strings (assuming that you know that the +body doesn't have any other '\0' bytes). + +For a client-side #SoupMessage, @request_body's +<literal>data</literal> is usually filled in right before libsoup +writes the request to the network, but you should not count on +this; use soup_message_body_flatten() if you want to ensure that +<literal>data</literal> is filled in. If you are not using +#SoupRequest to read the response, then @response_body's +<literal>data</literal> will be filled in before +#SoupMessage::finished is emitted. (If you are using #SoupRequest, +then the message body is not accumulated by default, so +@response_body's <literal>data</literal> will always be %NULL.) + +For a server-side #SoupMessage, @request_body's %data will be +filled in before #SoupMessage::got_body is emitted. + +To prevent the %data field from being filled in at all (eg, if you +are handling the data from a #SoupMessage::got_chunk, and so don't +need to see it all at the end), call +soup_message_body_set_accumulate() on @response_body or +@request_body as appropriate, passing %FALSE. + + Creates a new empty #SoupMessage, which will connect to @uri + + the new #SoupMessage (or %NULL if @uri +could not be parsed). + + + + + the HTTP method for the created request + + + + the destination endpoint (as a string) + + + + + + Creates a new empty #SoupMessage, which will connect to @uri + + the new #SoupMessage + + + + + the HTTP method for the created request + + + + the destination endpoint (as a #SoupURI) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds a signal handler to @msg for @signal, as with +g_signal_connect(), but the @callback will only be run if @msg's +incoming messages headers (that is, the +<literal>request_headers</literal> for a client #SoupMessage, or +the <literal>response_headers</literal> for a server #SoupMessage) +contain a header named @header. + + the handler ID from g_signal_connect() + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + signal to connect the handler to. + + + + HTTP response header to match against + + + + the header handler + + + + data to pass to @handler_cb + + + + + + Adds a signal handler to @msg for @signal, as with +g_signal_connect(), but the @callback will only be run if @msg has +the status @status_code. + +@signal must be a signal that will be emitted after @msg's status +is set. For a client #SoupMessage, this means it can't be a "wrote" +signal. For a server #SoupMessage, this means it can't be a "got" +signal. + + the handler ID from g_signal_connect() + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + signal to connect the handler to. + + + + status code to match against + + + + the header handler + + + + data to pass to @handler_cb + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This disables the actions of #SoupSessionFeature<!-- -->s with the +given @feature_type (or a subclass of that type) on @msg, so that +@msg is processed as though the feature(s) hadn't been added to the +session. Eg, passing #SOUP_TYPE_CONTENT_SNIFFER for @feature_type +will disable Content-Type sniffing on the message. + +You must call this before queueing @msg on a session; calling it on +a message that has already been queued is undefined. In particular, +you cannot call this on a message that is being requeued after a +redirect or authentication. + + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + the #GType of a #SoupSessionFeature + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the address @msg's URI points to. After first setting the +URI on a message, this will be unresolved, although the message's +session will resolve it before sending the message. + + the address @msg's URI points to + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + Gets @msg's first-party #SoupURI + + the @msg's first party #SoupURI + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + Gets the flags on @msg + + the flags + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + Gets the HTTP version of @msg. This is the minimum of the +version from the request and the version from the response. + + the HTTP version + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + If @msg is using https (or attempted to use https but got +%SOUP_STATUS_SSL_FAILED), this retrieves the #GTlsCertificate +associated with its connection, and the #GTlsCertificateFlags +showing what problems, if any, have been found with that +certificate. + +<note><para>This is only meaningful with messages processed by a #SoupSession and is +not useful for messages received by a #SoupServer</para></note> + + %TRUE if @msg used/attempted https, %FALSE if not + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + @msg's TLS certificate + + + + the verification status of @certificate + + + + + + + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + Retrieves the #SoupMessagePriority. If not set this value defaults +to #SOUP_MESSAGE_PRIORITY_NORMAL. + + the priority of the message. + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + Gets @msg's site for cookies #SoupURI + + the @msg's site for cookies #SoupURI + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + If @msg is associated with a #SoupRequest, this returns that +request. Otherwise it returns %NULL. + + @msg's associated #SoupRequest + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + Gets @msg's URI + + the URI @msg is targeted for. + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get whether #SoupSessionFeature<!-- -->s of the given @feature_type +(or a subclass of that type) are disabled on @msg. +See soup_message_disable_feature(). + + %TRUE if feature is disabled, or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + the #GType of a #SoupSessionFeature + + + + + + Determines whether or not @msg's connection can be kept alive for +further requests after processing @msg, based on the HTTP version, +Connection header, etc. + + %TRUE or %FALSE. + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Sets an alternate chunk-allocation function to use when reading +@msg's body when using the traditional (ie, +non-#SoupRequest<!-- -->-based) API. Every time data is available +to read, libsoup will call @allocator, which should return a +#SoupBuffer. (See #SoupChunkAllocator for additional details.) +Libsoup will then read data from the network into that buffer, and +update the buffer's <literal>length</literal> to indicate how much +data it read. + +Generally, a custom chunk allocator would be used in conjunction +with soup_message_body_set_accumulate() %FALSE and +#SoupMessage::got_chunk, as part of a strategy to avoid unnecessary +copying of data. However, you cannot assume that every call to the +allocator will be followed by a call to your +#SoupMessage::got_chunk handler; if an I/O error occurs, then the +buffer will be unreffed without ever having been used. If your +buffer-allocation strategy requires special cleanup, use +soup_buffer_new_with_owner() rather than doing the cleanup from the +#SoupMessage::got_chunk handler. + +The other thing to remember when using non-accumulating message +bodies is that the buffer passed to the #SoupMessage::got_chunk +handler will be unreffed after the handler returns, just as it +would be in the non-custom-allocated case. If you want to hand the +chunk data off to some other part of your program to use later, +you'll need to ref the #SoupBuffer (or its owner, in the +soup_buffer_new_with_owner() case) to ensure that the data remains +valid. + #SoupRequest provides a much simpler API that lets you +read the response directly into your own buffers without needing to +mess with callbacks, pausing/unpausing, etc. + + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + the chunk allocator callback + + + + data to pass to @allocator + + + + destroy notifier to free @user_data when @msg is +destroyed + + + + + + Sets @first_party as the main document #SoupURI for @msg. For +details of when and how this is used refer to the documentation for +#SoupCookieJarAcceptPolicy. + + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + the #SoupURI for the @msg's first party + + + + + + Sets the specified flags on @msg. + + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + a set of #SoupMessageFlags values + + + + + + Sets the HTTP version on @msg. The default version is +%SOUP_HTTP_1_1. Setting it to %SOUP_HTTP_1_0 will prevent certain +functionality from being used. + + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + the HTTP version + + + + + + See the [same-site spec](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-httpbis-cookie-same-site-00) +for more information. + + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + if %TRUE indicate the current request is a top-level navigation + + + + + + Sets the priority of a message. Note that this won't have any +effect unless used before the message is added to the session's +message processing queue. + +The message will be placed just before any other previously added +message with lower priority (messages with the same priority are +processed on a FIFO basis). + +Setting priorities does not currently work with #SoupSessionSync +(or with synchronous messages on a plain #SoupSession) because in +the synchronous/blocking case, priority ends up being determined +semi-randomly by thread scheduling. + + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + the #SoupMessagePriority + + + + + + Sets @msg's status_code to @status_code and adds a Location header +pointing to @redirect_uri. Use this from a #SoupServer when you +want to redirect the client to another URI. + +@redirect_uri can be a relative URI, in which case it is +interpreted relative to @msg's current URI. In particular, if +@redirect_uri is just a path, it will replace the path +<emphasis>and query</emphasis> of @msg's URI. + + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + a 3xx status code + + + + the URI to redirect @msg to + + + + + + Convenience function to set the request body of a #SoupMessage. If +@content_type is %NULL, the request body must be empty as well. + + + + + + the message + + + + MIME Content-Type of the body + + + + a #SoupMemoryUse describing how to handle @req_body + + + + + a data buffer containing the body of the message request. + + + + + + the byte length of @req_body. + + + + + + Convenience function to set the response body of a #SoupMessage. If +@content_type is %NULL, the response body must be empty as well. + + + + + + the message + + + + MIME Content-Type of the body + + + + a #SoupMemoryUse describing how to handle @resp_body + + + + + a data buffer containing the body of the message response. + + + + + + the byte length of @resp_body. + + + + + + Sets @site_for_cookies as the policy URL for same-site cookies for @msg. + +It is either the URL of the top-level document or %NULL depending on whether the registrable +domain of this document's URL matches the registrable domain of its parent's/opener's +URL. For the top-level document it is set to the document's URL. + +See the [same-site spec](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-httpbis-cookie-same-site-00) +for more information. + + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + the #SoupURI for the @msg's site for cookies + + + + + + Sets @msg's status code to @status_code. If @status_code is a +known value, it will also set @msg's reason_phrase. + + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + an HTTP status code + + + + + + Sets @msg's status code and reason phrase. + + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + an HTTP status code + + + + a description of the status + + + + + + Sets @msg's URI to @uri. If @msg has already been sent and you want +to re-send it with the new URI, you need to call +soup_session_requeue_message(). + + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + the new #SoupURI + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The #SoupURI loaded in the application when the message was +queued. + + + + + + + + + + Set when the message is navigating between top level domains. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The message's HTTP request body, as a #GBytes. + + + + + + + + + + The message's HTTP response body, as a #GBytes. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The #GTlsCertificate associated with the message + + + + The verification errors on #SoupMessage:tls-certificate + + + + + + + + + + the HTTP method + + + + the HTTP status code + + + + the status phrase associated with @status_code + + + + the request body + + + + the request headers + + + + the response body + + + + the response headers + + + + This signal is emitted after #SoupMessage::got-headers, and +before the first #SoupMessage::got-chunk. If content +sniffing is disabled, or no content sniffing will be +performed, due to the sniffer deciding to trust the +Content-Type sent by the server, this signal is emitted +immediately after #SoupMessage::got-headers, and @type is +%NULL. + +If the #SoupContentSniffer feature is enabled, and the +sniffer decided to perform sniffing, the first +#SoupMessage::got-chunk emission may be delayed, so that the +sniffer has enough data to correctly sniff the content. It +notified the library user that the content has been +sniffed, and allows it to change the header contents in the +message, if desired. + +After this signal is emitted, the data that was spooled so +that sniffing could be done is delivered on the first +emission of #SoupMessage::got-chunk. + + + + + + the content type that we got from sniffing + + + + a #GHashTable with the parameters + + + + + + + + + Emitted when all HTTP processing is finished for a message. +(After #SoupMessage::got_body for client-side messages, or +after #SoupMessage::wrote_body for server-side messages.) + + + + + + Emitted after receiving the complete message body. (For a +server-side message, this means it has received the request +body. For a client-side message, this means it has received +the response body and is nearly done with the message.) + +See also soup_message_add_header_handler() and +soup_message_add_status_code_handler(), which can be used +to connect to a subset of emissions of this signal. + + + + + + Emitted after receiving a chunk of a message body. Note +that "chunk" in this context means any subpiece of the +body, not necessarily the specific HTTP 1.1 chunks sent by +the other side. + +If you cancel or requeue @msg while processing this signal, +then the current HTTP I/O will be stopped after this signal +emission finished, and @msg's connection will be closed. + + + + + + the just-read chunk + + + + + + Emitted after receiving all message headers for a message. +(For a client-side message, this is after receiving the +Status-Line and response headers; for a server-side +message, it is after receiving the Request-Line and request +headers.) + +See also soup_message_add_header_handler() and +soup_message_add_status_code_handler(), which can be used +to connect to a subset of emissions of this signal. + +If you cancel or requeue @msg while processing this signal, +then the current HTTP I/O will be stopped after this signal +emission finished, and @msg's connection will be closed. +(If you need to requeue a message--eg, after handling +authentication or redirection--it is usually better to +requeue it from a #SoupMessage::got_body handler rather +than a #SoupMessage::got_headers handler, so that the +existing HTTP connection can be reused.) + + + + + + Emitted after receiving a 1xx (Informational) response for +a (client-side) message. The response_headers will be +filled in with the headers associated with the +informational response; however, those header values will +be erased after this signal is done. + +If you cancel or requeue @msg while processing this signal, +then the current HTTP I/O will be stopped after this signal +emission finished, and @msg's connection will be closed. + + + + + + Emitted to indicate that some network-related event +related to @msg has occurred. This essentially proxies the +#GSocketClient::event signal, but only for events that +occur while @msg "owns" the connection; if @msg is sent on +an existing persistent connection, then this signal will +not be emitted. (If you want to force the message to be +sent on a new connection, set the +%SOUP_MESSAGE_NEW_CONNECTION flag on it.) + +See #GSocketClient::event for more information on what +the different values of @event correspond to, and what +@connection will be in each case. + + + + + + the network event + + + + the current state of the network connection + + + + + + Emitted when a request that was already sent once is now +being sent again (eg, because the first attempt received a +redirection response, or because we needed to use +authentication). + + + + + + Emitted just before a message is sent. + + + + + + Emitted immediately after writing the complete body for a +message. (For a client-side message, this means that +libsoup is done writing and is now waiting for the response +from the server. For a server-side message, this means that +libsoup has finished writing the response and is nearly +done with the message.) + + + + + + Emitted immediately after writing a portion of the message +body to the network. + +Unlike #SoupMessage::wrote_chunk, this is emitted after +every successful write() call, not only after finishing a +complete "chunk". + + + + + + the data written + + + + + + Emitted immediately after writing a body chunk for a message. + +Note that this signal is not parallel to +#SoupMessage::got_chunk; it is emitted only when a complete +chunk (added with soup_message_body_append() or +soup_message_body_append_buffer()) has been written. To get +more useful continuous progress information, use +#SoupMessage::wrote_body_data. + + + + + + Emitted immediately after writing the headers for a +message. (For a client-side message, this is after writing +the request headers; for a server-side message, it is after +writing the response headers.) + + + + + + Emitted immediately after writing a 1xx (Informational) +response for a (server-side) message. + + + + + + + A #SoupMessage request or response body. + +Note that while @length always reflects the full length of the +message body, @data is normally %NULL, and will only be filled in +after soup_message_body_flatten() is called. For client-side +messages, this automatically happens for the response body after it +has been fully read, unless you set the +%SOUP_MESSAGE_OVERWRITE_CHUNKS flags. Likewise, for server-side +messages, the request body is automatically filled in after being +read. + +As an added bonus, when @data is filled in, it is always terminated +with a '\0' byte (which is not reflected in @length). + + the data + + + + length of @data + + + + Creates a new #SoupMessageBody. #SoupMessage uses this internally; you +will not normally need to call it yourself. + + a new #SoupMessageBody. + + + + + Appends @length bytes from @data to @body according to @use. + + + + + + a #SoupMessageBody + + + + how to use @data + + + + data to append + + + + + + length of @data + + + + + + Appends the data from @buffer to @body. (#SoupMessageBody uses +#SoupBuffers internally, so this is normally a constant-time +operation that doesn't actually require copying the data in +@buffer.) + + + + + + a #SoupMessageBody + + + + a #SoupBuffer + + + + + + Appends @length bytes from @data to @body. + +This function is exactly equivalent to soup_message_body_append() +with %SOUP_MEMORY_TAKE as second argument; it exists mainly for +convenience and simplifying language bindings. + + + + + + a #SoupMessageBody + + + + data to append + + + + + + length of @data + + + + + + Tags @body as being complete; Call this when using chunked encoding +after you have appended the last chunk. + + + + + + a #SoupMessageBody + + + + + + Fills in @body's data field with a buffer containing all of the +data in @body (plus an additional '\0' byte not counted by @body's +length field). + + a #SoupBuffer containing the same data as @body. +(You must free this buffer if you do not want it.) + + + + + a #SoupMessageBody + + + + + + Frees @body. You will not normally need to use this, as +#SoupMessage frees its associated message bodies automatically. + + + + + + a #SoupMessageBody + + + + + + Gets the accumulate flag on @body; see +soup_message_body_set_accumulate() for details. + + the accumulate flag for @body. + + + + + a #SoupMessageBody + + + + + + Gets a #SoupBuffer containing data from @body starting at @offset. +The size of the returned chunk is unspecified. You can iterate +through the entire body by first calling +soup_message_body_get_chunk() with an offset of 0, and then on each +successive call, increment the offset by the length of the +previously-returned chunk. + +If @offset is greater than or equal to the total length of @body, +then the return value depends on whether or not +soup_message_body_complete() has been called or not; if it has, +then soup_message_body_get_chunk() will return a 0-length chunk +(indicating the end of @body). If it has not, then +soup_message_body_get_chunk() will return %NULL (indicating that +@body may still potentially have more data, but that data is not +currently available). + + a #SoupBuffer, or %NULL. + + + + + a #SoupMessageBody + + + + an offset + + + + + + Handles the #SoupMessageBody part of receiving a chunk of data from +the network. Normally this means appending @chunk to @body, exactly +as with soup_message_body_append_buffer(), but if you have set +@body's accumulate flag to %FALSE, then that will not happen. + +This is a low-level method which you should not normally need to +use. + + + + + + a #SoupMessageBody + + + + a #SoupBuffer received from the network + + + + + + Sets or clears the accumulate flag on @body. (The default value is +%TRUE.) If set to %FALSE, @body's %data field will not be filled in +after the body is fully sent/received, and the chunks that make up +@body may be discarded when they are no longer needed. + +In particular, if you set this flag to %FALSE on an "incoming" +message body (that is, the #SoupMessage:response_body of a +client-side message, or #SoupMessage:request_body of a server-side +message), this will cause each chunk of the body to be discarded +after its corresponding #SoupMessage::got_chunk signal is emitted. +(This is equivalent to setting the deprecated +%SOUP_MESSAGE_OVERWRITE_CHUNKS flag on the message.) + +If you set this flag to %FALSE on the #SoupMessage:response_body of +a server-side message, it will cause each chunk of the body to be +discarded after its corresponding #SoupMessage::wrote_chunk signal +is emitted. + +If you set the flag to %FALSE on the #SoupMessage:request_body of a +client-side message, it will block the accumulation of chunks into +@body's %data field, but it will not normally cause the chunks to +be discarded after being written like in the server-side +#SoupMessage:response_body case, because the request body needs to +be kept around in case the request needs to be sent a second time +due to redirection or authentication. However, if you set the +%SOUP_MESSAGE_CAN_REBUILD flag on the message, then the chunks will +be discarded, and you will be responsible for recreating the +request body after the #SoupMessage::restarted signal is emitted. + + + + + + a #SoupMessageBody + + + + whether or not to accumulate body chunks in @body + + + + + + Deletes all of the data in @body. + + + + + + a #SoupMessageBody + + + + + + Handles the #SoupMessageBody part of writing a chunk of data to the +network. Normally this is a no-op, but if you have set @body's +accumulate flag to %FALSE, then this will cause @chunk to be +discarded to free up memory. + +This is a low-level method which you should not need to use, and +there are further restrictions on its proper use which are not +documented here. + + + + + + a #SoupMessageBody + + + + a #SoupBuffer returned from soup_message_body_get_chunk() + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Various flags that can be set on a #SoupMessage to alter its +behavior. + + The session should not follow redirect + (3xx) responses received by this message. + + + The caller will rebuild the request + body if the message is restarted; see + soup_message_body_set_accumulate() for more details. + + + Deprecated: equivalent to calling + soup_message_body_set_accumulate() on the incoming message body + (ie, #SoupMessage:response_body for a client-side request), + passing %FALSE. + + + Set by #SoupContentDecoder to + indicate that it has removed the Content-Encoding on a message (and + so headers such as Content-Length may no longer accurately describe + the body). + + + if set after an https response + has been received, indicates that the server's SSL certificate is + trusted according to the session's CA. + + + Requests that the message should be + sent on a newly-created connection, not reusing an existing + persistent connection. Note that messages with non-idempotent + #SoupMessage:method<!-- -->s behave this way by default, unless + #SOUP_MESSAGE_IDEMPOTENT is set. + + + The message is considered idempotent, + regardless its #SoupMessage:method, and allows reuse of existing + idle connections, instead of always requiring a new one, unless + #SOUP_MESSAGE_NEW_CONNECTION is set. + + + Request that a new connection is + created for the message if there aren't idle connections available + and it's not possible to create new connections due to any of the + connection limits has been reached. If a dedicated connection is + eventually created for this message, it will be dropped when the + message finishes. Since 2.50 + + + The #SoupAuthManager should not use + the credentials cache for this message, neither to use cached credentials + to automatically authenticate this message nor to cache the credentials + after the message is successfully authenticated. This applies to both server + and proxy authentication. Note that #SoupSession::authenticate signal will + be emitted, if you want to disable authentication for a message use + soup_message_disable_feature() passing #SOUP_TYPE_AUTH_MANAGER instead. Since 2.58 + + + + The HTTP message headers associated with a request or response. + + Creates a #SoupMessageHeaders. (#SoupMessage does this +automatically for its own headers. You would only need to use this +method if you are manually parsing or generating message headers.) + + a new #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + + the type of headers + + + + + + Appends a new header with name @name and value @value to @hdrs. (If +there is an existing header with name @name, then this creates a +second one, which is only allowed for list-valued headers; see also +soup_message_headers_replace().) + +The caller is expected to make sure that @name and @value are +syntactically correct. + + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + the header name to add + + + + the new value of @name + + + + + + Removes all the headers listed in the Connection header. + + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + + + Clears @hdrs. + + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + + + Calls @func once for each header value in @hdrs. + +Beware that unlike soup_message_headers_get(), this processes the +headers in exactly the way they were added, rather than +concatenating multiple same-named headers into a single value. +(This is intentional; it ensures that if you call +soup_message_headers_append() multiple times with the same name, +then the I/O code will output multiple copies of the header when +sending the message to the remote implementation, which may be +required for interoperability in some cases.) + +You may not modify the headers from @func. + + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + callback function to run for each header + + + + data to pass to @func + + + + + + Frees @hdrs. + + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + + + Frees the array of ranges returned from soup_message_headers_get_ranges(). + + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + an array of #SoupRange + + + + + + Gets the value of header @name in @hdrs. + +This method was supposed to work correctly for both single-valued +and list-valued headers, but because some HTTP clients/servers +mistakenly send multiple copies of headers that are supposed to be +single-valued, it sometimes returns incorrect results. To fix this, +the methods soup_message_headers_get_one() and +soup_message_headers_get_list() were introduced, so callers can +explicitly state which behavior they are expecting. + Use soup_message_headers_get_one() or +soup_message_headers_get_list() instead. + + as with soup_message_headers_get_list(). + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + header name + + + + + + Looks up the "Content-Disposition" header in @hdrs, parses it, and +returns its value in *@disposition and *@params. @params can be +%NULL if you are only interested in the disposition-type. + +In HTTP, the most common use of this header is to set a +disposition-type of "attachment", to suggest to the browser that a +response should be saved to disk rather than displayed in the +browser. If @params contains a "filename" parameter, this is a +suggestion of a filename to use. (If the parameter value in the +header contains an absolute or relative path, libsoup will truncate +it down to just the final path component, so you do not need to +test this yourself.) + +Content-Disposition is also used in "multipart/form-data", however +this is handled automatically by #SoupMultipart and the associated +form methods. + + %TRUE if @hdrs contains a "Content-Disposition" +header, %FALSE if not (in which case *@disposition and *@params +will be unchanged). + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + return location for the +disposition-type, or %NULL + + + + return +location for the Content-Disposition parameters, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + Gets the message body length that @hdrs declare. This will only +be non-0 if soup_message_headers_get_encoding() returns +%SOUP_ENCODING_CONTENT_LENGTH. + + the message body length declared by @hdrs. + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + + + Parses @hdrs's Content-Range header and returns it in @start, +@end, and @total_length. If the total length field in the header +was specified as "*", then @total_length will be set to -1. + + %TRUE if @hdrs contained a "Content-Range" header +containing a byte range which could be parsed, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + return value for the start of the range + + + + return value for the end of the range + + + + return value for the total length of the +resource, or %NULL if you don't care. + + + + + + Looks up the "Content-Type" header in @hdrs, parses it, and returns +its value in *@content_type and *@params. @params can be %NULL if you +are only interested in the content type itself. + + a string with the value of the +"Content-Type" header or %NULL if @hdrs does not contain that +header or it cannot be parsed (in which case *@params will be +unchanged). + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + + return location for the Content-Type parameters (eg, "charset"), or + %NULL + + + + + + + + + Gets the message body encoding that @hdrs declare. This may not +always correspond to the encoding used on the wire; eg, a HEAD +response may declare a Content-Length or Transfer-Encoding, but +it will never actually include a body. + + the encoding declared by @hdrs. + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + + + Gets the expectations declared by @hdrs's "Expect" header. +Currently this will either be %SOUP_EXPECTATION_CONTINUE or +%SOUP_EXPECTATION_UNRECOGNIZED. + + the contents of @hdrs's "Expect" header + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + + + Gets the type of headers. + + the header's type. + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + + + Gets the value of header @name in @hdrs. Use this for headers whose +values are comma-delimited lists, and which are therefore allowed +to appear multiple times in the headers. For non-list-valued +headers, use soup_message_headers_get_one(). + +If @name appears multiple times in @hdrs, +soup_message_headers_get_list() will concatenate all of the values +together, separated by commas. This is sometimes awkward to parse +(eg, WWW-Authenticate, Set-Cookie), but you have to be able to deal +with it anyway, because the HTTP spec explicitly states that this +transformation is allowed, and so an upstream proxy could do the +same thing. + + the header's value or %NULL if not found. + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + header name + + + + + + Gets the value of header @name in @hdrs. Use this for headers whose +values are <emphasis>not</emphasis> comma-delimited lists, and +which therefore can only appear at most once in the headers. For +list-valued headers, use soup_message_headers_get_list(). + +If @hdrs does erroneously contain multiple copies of the header, it +is not defined which one will be returned. (Ideally, it will return +whichever one makes libsoup most compatible with other HTTP +implementations.) + + the header's value or %NULL if not found. + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + header name + + + + + + Parses @hdrs's Range header and returns an array of the requested +byte ranges. The returned array must be freed with +soup_message_headers_free_ranges(). + +If @total_length is non-0, its value will be used to adjust the +returned ranges to have explicit start and end values, and the +returned ranges will be sorted and non-overlapping. If +@total_length is 0, then some ranges may have an end value of -1, +as described under #SoupRange, and some of the ranges may be +redundant. + +Beware that even if given a @total_length, this function does not +check that the ranges are satisfiable. + +<note><para> +#SoupServer has built-in handling for range requests. If your +server handler returns a %SOUP_STATUS_OK response containing the +complete response body (rather than pausing the message and +returning some of the response body later), and there is a Range +header in the request, then libsoup will automatically convert the +response to a %SOUP_STATUS_PARTIAL_CONTENT response containing only +the range(s) requested by the client. + +The only time you need to process the Range header yourself is if +either you need to stream the response body rather than returning +it all at once, or you do not already have the complete response +body available, and only want to generate the parts that were +actually requested by the client. +</para></note> + + %TRUE if @hdrs contained a syntactically-valid +"Range" header, %FALSE otherwise (in which case @range and @length +will not be set). + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + the total_length of the response body + + + + return location for an array +of #SoupRange + + + + + + the length of the returned array + + + + + + Checks whether the list-valued header @name is present in @hdrs, +and contains a case-insensitive match for @token. + +(If @name is present in @hdrs, then this is equivalent to calling +soup_header_contains() on its value.) + + %TRUE if the header is present and contains @token, + %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + header name + + + + token to look for + + + + + + Checks whether the header @name is present in @hdrs and is +(case-insensitively) equal to @value. + + %TRUE if the header is present and its value is + @value, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + header name + + + + expected value + + + + + + Removes @name from @hdrs. If there are multiple values for @name, +they are all removed. + + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + the header name to remove + + + + + + Replaces the value of the header @name in @hdrs with @value. (See +also soup_message_headers_append().) + +The caller is expected to make sure that @name and @value are +syntactically correct. + + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + the header name to replace + + + + the new value of @name + + + + + + Sets the "Content-Disposition" header in @hdrs to @disposition, +optionally with additional parameters specified in @params. + +See soup_message_headers_get_content_disposition() for a discussion +of how Content-Disposition is used in HTTP. + + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + the disposition-type + + + + additional +parameters, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + Sets the message body length that @hdrs will declare, and sets +@hdrs's encoding to %SOUP_ENCODING_CONTENT_LENGTH. + +You do not normally need to call this; if @hdrs is set to use +Content-Length encoding, libsoup will automatically set its +Content-Length header for you immediately before sending the +headers. One situation in which this method is useful is when +generating the response to a HEAD request; Calling +soup_message_headers_set_content_length() allows you to put the +correct content length into the response without needing to waste +memory by filling in a response body which won't actually be sent. + + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + the message body length + + + + + + Sets @hdrs's Content-Range header according to the given values. +(Note that @total_length is the total length of the entire resource +that this is a range of, not simply @end - @start + 1.) + +<note><para> +#SoupServer has built-in handling for range requests, and you do +not normally need to call this function youself. See +soup_message_headers_get_ranges() for more details. +</para></note> + + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + the start of the range + + + + the end of the range + + + + the total length of the resource, or -1 if unknown + + + + + + Sets the "Content-Type" header in @hdrs to @content_type, +optionally with additional parameters specified in @params. + + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + the MIME type + + + + additional +parameters, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + Sets the message body encoding that @hdrs will declare. In particular, +you should use this if you are going to send a request or response in +chunked encoding. + + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + a #SoupEncoding + + + + + + Sets @hdrs's "Expect" header according to @expectations. + +Currently %SOUP_EXPECTATION_CONTINUE is the only known expectation +value. You should set this value on a request if you are sending a +large message body (eg, via POST or PUT), and want to give the +server a chance to reject the request after seeing just the headers +(eg, because it will require authentication before allowing you to +post, or because you're POSTing to a URL that doesn't exist). This +saves you from having to transmit the large request body when the +server is just going to ignore it anyway. + + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + the expectations to set + + + + + + Sets @hdrs's Range header to request the indicated range. +@start and @end are interpreted as in a #SoupRange. + +If you need to request multiple ranges, use +soup_message_headers_set_ranges(). + + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + the start of the range to request + + + + the end of the range to request + + + + + + Sets @hdrs's Range header to request the indicated ranges. (If you +only want to request a single range, you can use +soup_message_headers_set_range().) + + + + + + a #SoupMessageHeaders + + + + an array of #SoupRange + + + + the length of @range + + + + + + + The callback passed to soup_message_headers_foreach(). + + + + + + the header name + + + + the header value + + + + the data passed to soup_message_headers_foreach() + + + + + + An opaque type used to iterate over a %SoupMessageHeaders +structure. + +After intializing the iterator with +soup_message_headers_iter_init(), call +soup_message_headers_iter_next() to fetch data from it. + +You may not modify the headers while iterating over them. + + + + + + + Yields the next name/value pair in the %SoupMessageHeaders being +iterated by @iter. If @iter has already yielded the last header, +then soup_message_headers_iter_next() will return %FALSE and @name +and @value will be unchanged. + + %TRUE if another name and value were returned, %FALSE +if the end of the headers has been reached. + + + + + a %SoupMessageHeadersIter + + + + pointer to a variable to return +the header name in + + + + pointer to a variable to return +the header value in + + + + + + Initializes @iter for iterating @hdrs. + + + + + + a pointer to a %SoupMessageHeadersIter +structure + + + + a %SoupMessageHeaders + + + + + + + Value passed to soup_message_headers_new() to set certain default +behaviors. + + request headers + + + response headers + + + multipart body part headers + + + + Priorities that can be set on a #SoupMessage to instruct the +message queue to process it before any other message with lower +priority. + + The lowest priority, the messages + with this priority will be the last ones to be attended. + + + Use this for low priority messages, a + #SoupMessage with the default priority will be processed first. + + + The default priotity, this is the + priority assigned to the #SoupMessage by default. + + + High priority, a #SoupMessage with + this priority will be processed before the ones with the default + priority. + + + The highest priority, use this + for very urgent #SoupMessage as they will be the first ones to be + attended. + + + + + + Represents a multipart HTTP message body, parsed according to the +syntax of RFC 2046. Of particular interest to HTTP are +<literal>multipart/byte-ranges</literal> and +<literal>multipart/form-data</literal>. + +Although the headers of a #SoupMultipart body part will contain the +full headers from that body part, libsoup does not interpret them +according to MIME rules. For example, each body part is assumed to +have "binary" Content-Transfer-Encoding, even if its headers +explicitly state otherwise. In other words, don't try to use +#SoupMultipart for handling real MIME multiparts. + + Creates a new empty #SoupMultipart with a randomly-generated +boundary string. Note that @mime_type must be the full MIME type, +including "multipart/". + + a new empty #SoupMultipart of the given @mime_type + + + + + the MIME type of the multipart to create. + + + + + + Parses @headers and @body to form a new #SoupMultipart + + a new #SoupMultipart (or %NULL if the +message couldn't be parsed or wasn't multipart). + + + + + the headers of the HTTP message to parse + + + + the body of the HTTP message to parse + + + + + + Adds a new MIME part containing @body to @multipart, using +"Content-Disposition: form-data", as per the HTML forms +specification. See soup_form_request_new_from_multipart() for more +details. + + + + + + a multipart (presumably of type "multipart/form-data") + + + + the name of the control associated with this file + + + + the name of the file, or %NULL if not known + + + + the MIME type of the file, or %NULL if not known + + + + the file data + + + + + + Adds a new MIME part containing @data to @multipart, using +"Content-Disposition: form-data", as per the HTML forms +specification. See soup_form_request_new_from_multipart() for more +details. + + + + + + a multipart (presumably of type "multipart/form-data") + + + + the name of the control associated with @data + + + + the body data + + + + + + Adds a new MIME part to @multipart with the given headers and body. +(The multipart will make its own copies of @headers and @body, so +you should free your copies if you are not using them for anything +else.) + + + + + + a #SoupMultipart + + + + the MIME part headers + + + + the MIME part body + + + + + + Frees @multipart + + + + + + a #SoupMultipart + + + + + + Gets the number of body parts in @multipart + + the number of body parts in @multipart + + + + + a #SoupMultipart + + + + + + Gets the indicated body part from @multipart. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if @part is out of range (in +which case @headers and @body won't be set) + + + + + a #SoupMultipart + + + + the part number to get (counting from 0) + + + + return location for the MIME part +headers + + + + return location for the MIME part +body + + + + + + Serializes @multipart to @dest_headers and @dest_body. + + + + + + a #SoupMultipart + + + + the headers of the HTTP message to serialize @multipart to + + + + the body of the HTTP message to serialize @multipart to + + + + + + + + + Creates a new #SoupMultipartInputStream that wraps the +#GInputStream obtained by sending the #SoupRequest. Reads should +not be done directly through this object, use the input streams +returned by soup_multipart_input_stream_next_part() or its async +counterpart instead. + + a new #SoupMultipartInputStream + + + + + the #SoupMessage the response is related to. + + + + the #GInputStream returned by sending the request. + + + + + + Obtains the headers for the part currently being processed. Note +that the #SoupMessageHeaders that are returned are owned by the +#SoupMultipartInputStream and will be replaced when a call is made +to soup_multipart_input_stream_next_part() or its async +counterpart, so if keeping the headers is required, a copy must be +made. + +Note that if a part had no headers at all an empty #SoupMessageHeaders +will be returned. + + a #SoupMessageHeaders +containing the headers for the part currently being processed or +%NULL if the headers failed to parse. + + + + + a #SoupMultipartInputStream. + + + + + + Obtains an input stream for the next part. When dealing with a +multipart response the input stream needs to be wrapped in a +#SoupMultipartInputStream and this function or its async +counterpart need to be called to obtain the first part for +reading. + +After calling this function, +soup_multipart_input_stream_get_headers() can be used to obtain the +headers for the first part. A read of 0 bytes indicates the end of +the part; a new call to this function should be done at that point, +to obtain the next part. + + a new #GInputStream, or +%NULL if there are no more parts + + + + + the #SoupMultipartInputStream + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Obtains a #GInputStream for the next request. See +soup_multipart_input_stream_next_part() for details on the +workflow. + + + + + + the #SoupMultipartInputStream. + + + + the I/O priority for the request. + + + + a #GCancellable. + + + + callback to call when request is satisfied. + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous request for the next part. + + a newly created +#GInputStream for reading the next part or %NULL if there are no +more parts. + + + + + a #SoupMultipartInputStream. + + + + a #GAsyncResult. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use SoupProxyURIResolver.get_proxy_uri_async instead + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use SoupProxyURIResolver.get_proxy_uri_sync() instead + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use SoupProxyURIResolver.get_proxy_uri_async instead + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use SoupProxyURIResolver.get_proxy_uri_sync() instead + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use SoupProxyURIResolver instead + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Asynchronously determines a proxy URI to use for @msg and calls +@callback. + #SoupProxyURIResolver is deprecated in favor of +#GProxyResolver + + + + + + the #SoupProxyURIResolver + + + + the #SoupURI you want a proxy for + + + + the #GMainContext to invoke @callback in + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to invoke with the proxy address + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + Synchronously determines a proxy URI to use for @uri. If @uri +should be sent via proxy, *@proxy_uri will be set to the URI of the +proxy, else it will be set to %NULL. + #SoupProxyURIResolver is deprecated in favor of +#GProxyResolver + + %SOUP_STATUS_OK if successful, or a transport-level +error. + + + + + the #SoupProxyURIResolver + + + + the #SoupURI you want a proxy for + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + on return, will contain the proxy URI + + + + + + Asynchronously determines a proxy URI to use for @msg and calls +@callback. + #SoupProxyURIResolver is deprecated in favor of +#GProxyResolver + + + + + + the #SoupProxyURIResolver + + + + the #SoupURI you want a proxy for + + + + the #GMainContext to invoke @callback in + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to invoke with the proxy address + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + Synchronously determines a proxy URI to use for @uri. If @uri +should be sent via proxy, *@proxy_uri will be set to the URI of the +proxy, else it will be set to %NULL. + #SoupProxyURIResolver is deprecated in favor of +#GProxyResolver + + %SOUP_STATUS_OK if successful, or a transport-level +error. + + + + + the #SoupProxyURIResolver + + + + the #SoupURI you want a proxy for + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + on return, will contain the proxy URI + + + + + + + Callback for soup_proxy_uri_resolver_get_proxy_uri_async() + + + + + + the #SoupProxyURIResolver + + + + a #SoupStatus + + + + the resolved proxy URI, or %NULL + + + + data passed to soup_proxy_uri_resolver_get_proxy_uri_async() + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + the #SoupProxyURIResolver + + + + the #SoupURI you want a proxy for + + + + the #GMainContext to invoke @callback in + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to invoke with the proxy address + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + + + + %SOUP_STATUS_OK if successful, or a transport-level +error. + + + + + the #SoupProxyURIResolver + + + + the #SoupURI you want a proxy for + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + on return, will contain the proxy URI + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupRequest:session property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupRequest:uri property, qv. + + + + Represents a byte range as used in the Range header. + +If @end is non-negative, then @start and @end represent the bounds +of of the range, counting from 0. (Eg, the first 500 bytes would be +represented as @start = 0 and @end = 499.) + +If @end is -1 and @start is non-negative, then this represents a +range starting at @start and ending with the last byte of the +requested resource body. (Eg, all but the first 500 bytes would be +@start = 500, and @end = -1.) + +If @end is -1 and @start is negative, then it represents a "suffix +range", referring to the last -@start bytes of the resource body. +(Eg, the last 500 bytes would be @start = -500 and @end = -1.) + + the start of the range + + + + the end of the range + + + + + A request to retrieve a particular URI. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the length of the data represented by @request. For most +request types, this will not be known until after you call +soup_request_send() or soup_request_send_finish(). + + the length of the data represented by @request, + or -1 if not known. + + + + + a #SoupRequest + + + + + + Gets the type of the data represented by @request. For most request +types, this will not be known until after you call +soup_request_send() or soup_request_send_finish(). + +As in the HTTP Content-Type header, this may include parameters +after the MIME type. + + the type of the data represented by + @request, or %NULL if not known. + + + + + a #SoupRequest + + + + + + Synchronously requests the URI pointed to by @request, and returns +a #GInputStream that can be used to read its contents. + +Note that you cannot use this method with #SoupRequests attached to +a #SoupSessionAsync. + + a #GInputStream that can be used to + read from the URI pointed to by @request. + + + + + a #SoupRequest + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Begins an asynchronously request for the URI pointed to by +@request. + +Note that you cannot use this method with #SoupRequests attached to +a #SoupSessionSync. + + + + + + a #SoupRequest + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + user data passed to @callback + + + + + + Gets the result of a soup_request_send_async(). + + a #GInputStream that can be used to + read from the URI pointed to by @request. + + + + + a #SoupRequest + + + + the #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Gets the length of the data represented by @request. For most +request types, this will not be known until after you call +soup_request_send() or soup_request_send_finish(). + + the length of the data represented by @request, + or -1 if not known. + + + + + a #SoupRequest + + + + + + Gets the type of the data represented by @request. For most request +types, this will not be known until after you call +soup_request_send() or soup_request_send_finish(). + +As in the HTTP Content-Type header, this may include parameters +after the MIME type. + + the type of the data represented by + @request, or %NULL if not known. + + + + + a #SoupRequest + + + + + + Gets @request's #SoupSession + + @request's #SoupSession + + + + + a #SoupRequest + + + + + + Gets @request's URI + + @request's URI + + + + + a #SoupRequest + + + + + + Synchronously requests the URI pointed to by @request, and returns +a #GInputStream that can be used to read its contents. + +Note that you cannot use this method with #SoupRequests attached to +a #SoupSessionAsync. + + a #GInputStream that can be used to + read from the URI pointed to by @request. + + + + + a #SoupRequest + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + Begins an asynchronously request for the URI pointed to by +@request. + +Note that you cannot use this method with #SoupRequests attached to +a #SoupSessionSync. + + + + + + a #SoupRequest + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + user data passed to @callback + + + + + + Gets the result of a soup_request_send_async(). + + a #GInputStream that can be used to + read from the URI pointed to by @request. + + + + + a #SoupRequest + + + + the #GAsyncResult + + + + + + The request's #SoupSession. + + + + The request URI. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #GInputStream that can be used to + read from the URI pointed to by @request. + + + + + a #SoupRequest + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #SoupRequest + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + user data passed to @callback + + + + + + + + + a #GInputStream that can be used to + read from the URI pointed to by @request. + + + + + a #SoupRequest + + + + the #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + the length of the data represented by @request, + or -1 if not known. + + + + + a #SoupRequest + + + + + + + + + the type of the data represented by + @request, or %NULL if not known. + + + + + a #SoupRequest + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A #SoupRequest error. + + the URI could not be parsed + + + the URI scheme is not + supported by this #SoupSession + + + the server's response could not + be parsed + + + the server's response was in an + unsupported format + + + + + + + + + + + Gets a #GFile corresponding to @file's URI + + a #GFile corresponding to @file + + + + + a #SoupRequestFile + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets a new reference to the #SoupMessage associated to this SoupRequest + + a new reference to the #SoupMessage + + + + + a #SoupRequestHTTP object + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupServer:add-websocket-extension property, qv. + + + + Alias for the deprecated #SoupServer:async-context +property, qv. + The new API uses the thread-default #GMainContext +rather than having an explicitly-specified one. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupServer:https-aliases property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupServer:http-aliases property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupServer:interface property, qv. + #SoupServers can listen on multiple interfaces +at once now. Use soup_server_listen(), etc, to listen on an +interface, and soup_server_get_uris() to see what addresses +are being listened on. + + + + Alias for the deprecated #SoupServer:port property, qv. + #SoupServers can listen on multiple interfaces +at once now. Use soup_server_listen(), etc, to listen on a +port, and soup_server_get_uris() to see what ports are +being listened on. + + + + Alias for the #SoupServer:raw-paths property. (If %TRUE, +percent-encoding in the Request-URI path will not be +automatically decoded.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupServer:remove-websocket-extension property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupServer:server-header property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupServer:ssl-cert-file property, qv. + use #SoupServer:tls-certificate or +soup_server_set_ssl_certificate(). + + + + Alias for the #SoupServer:ssl-key-file property, qv. + use #SoupServer:tls-certificate or +soup_server_set_ssl_certificate(). + + + + Alias for the #SoupServer:tls-certificate property, qv. + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:accept-language property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:accept-language-auto property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:add-feature property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:add-feature-by-type property, qv. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:async-context property, qv. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:https-aliases property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:http-aliases property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:idle-timeout property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:local-address property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:max-conns property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:max-conns-per-host property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:proxy-resolver property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:proxy-uri property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:remove-feature-by-type property, +qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:ssl-ca-file property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:ssl-strict property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:ssl-use-system-ca-file property, +qv. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:timeout property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:tls-database property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:tls-interaction property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:user-agent property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:use-ntlm property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSession:use-thread-context property, qv. + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupSocket:async-context property. (The +socket's #GMainContext.) + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupSocket:non-blocking property. (Whether +or not the socket uses non-blocking I/O.) + + + + + + + + + + Alias for the #SoupSocket:is-server property, qv. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSocket:local-address property. (Address +of local end of socket.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupSocket:remote-address property. (Address +of remote end of socket.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupSocket:ssl-creds property. +(SSL credential information.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupSocket:ssl-fallback property. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSocket:ssl-strict property. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSocket:timeout property. (The timeout +in seconds for blocking socket I/O operations.) + + + + Alias for the #SoupSocket:tls-certificate +property. Note that this property's value is only useful +if the socket is for a TLS connection, and only reliable +after some data has been transferred to or from it. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSocket:tls-errors +property. Note that this property's value is only useful +if the socket is for a TLS connection, and only reliable +after some data has been transferred to or from it. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSocket:trusted-certificate +property. + + + + Alias for the #SoupSocket:use-thread-context property. (Use +g_main_context_get_thread_default()) + + + + Tests if @status is a Client Error (4xx) response. + + + an HTTP status code + + + + + Tests if @status is an Informational (1xx) response. + + + an HTTP status code + + + + + Tests if @status is a Redirection (3xx) response. + + + an HTTP status code + + + + + Tests if @status is a Server Error (5xx) response. + + + an HTTP status code + + + + + Tests if @status is a Successful (2xx) response. + + + an HTTP status code + + + + + Tests if @status is a libsoup transport error. + + + a status code + + + + + + The cookie is exposed with both cross-site and same-site requests + + + The cookie is withheld on cross-site requests but exposed on cross-site navigations + + + The cookie is only exposed for same-site requests + + + + + Creates a new #SoupServer. This is exactly equivalent to calling +g_object_new() and specifying %SOUP_TYPE_SERVER as the type. + + a new #SoupServer. If you are using +certain legacy properties, this may also return %NULL if an error +occurs. + + + + + name of first property to set + + + + value of @optname1, followed by additional property/value pairs + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Add a new client stream to the @server. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if the stream could not be +accepted or any other error occurred (in which case @error will be +set). + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + a #GIOStream + + + + the local #GSocketAddress associated with the @stream + + + + the remote #GSocketAddress associated with the @stream + + + + + + Adds an authentication domain to @server. Each auth domain will +have the chance to require authentication for each request that +comes in; normally auth domains will require authentication for +requests on certain paths that they have been set up to watch, or +that meet other criteria set by the caller. If an auth domain +determines that a request requires authentication (and the request +doesn't contain authentication), @server will automatically reject +the request with an appropriate status (401 Unauthorized or 407 +Proxy Authentication Required). If the request used the +"100-continue" Expectation, @server will reject it before the +request body is sent. + + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + a #SoupAuthDomain + + + + + + Adds an "early" handler to @server for requests under @path. Note +that "normal" and "early" handlers are matched up together, so if +you add a normal handler for "/foo" and an early handler for +"/foo/bar", then a request to "/foo/bar" (or any path below it) +will run only the early handler. (But if you add both handlers at +the same path, then both will get run.) + +For requests under @path (that have not already been assigned a +status code by a #SoupAuthDomain or a signal handler), @callback +will be invoked after receiving the request headers, but before +receiving the request body; the message's #SoupMessage:method and +#SoupMessage:request-headers fields will be filled in. + +Early handlers are generally used for processing requests with +request bodies in a streaming fashion. If you determine that the +request will contain a message body, normally you would call +soup_message_body_set_accumulate() on the message's +#SoupMessage:request-body to turn off request-body accumulation, +and connect to the message's #SoupMessage::got-chunk signal to +process each chunk as it comes in. + +To complete the message processing after the full message body has +been read, you can either also connect to #SoupMessage::got-body, +or else you can register a non-early handler for @path as well. As +long as you have not set the #SoupMessage:status-code by the time +#SoupMessage::got-body is emitted, the non-early handler will be +run as well. + + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + the toplevel path for the handler + + + + callback to invoke for requests under @path + + + + data for @callback + + + + destroy notifier to free @user_data + + + + + + Adds a handler to @server for requests under @path. If @path is +%NULL or "/", then this will be the default handler for all +requests that don't have a more specific handler. (Note though that +if you want to handle requests to the special "*" URI, you must +explicitly register a handler for "*"; the default handler will not +be used for that case.) + +For requests under @path (that have not already been assigned a +status code by a #SoupAuthDomain, an early #SoupServerHandler, or a +signal handler), @callback will be invoked after receiving the +request body; the message's #SoupMessage:method, +#SoupMessage:request-headers, and #SoupMessage:request-body fields +will be filled in. + +After determining what to do with the request, the callback must at +a minimum call soup_message_set_status() (or +soup_message_set_status_full()) on the message to set the response +status code. Additionally, it may set response headers and/or fill +in the response body. + +If the callback cannot fully fill in the response before returning +(eg, if it needs to wait for information from a database, or +another network server), it should call soup_server_pause_message() +to tell @server to not send the response right away. When the +response is ready, call soup_server_unpause_message() to cause it +to be sent. + +To send the response body a bit at a time using "chunked" encoding, +first call soup_message_headers_set_encoding() to set +%SOUP_ENCODING_CHUNKED on the #SoupMessage:response-headers. Then call +soup_message_body_append() (or soup_message_body_append_buffer()) +to append each chunk as it becomes ready, and +soup_server_unpause_message() to make sure it's running. (The +server will automatically pause the message if it is using chunked +encoding but no more chunks are available.) When you are done, call +soup_message_body_complete() to indicate that no more chunks are +coming. + + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + the toplevel path for the handler + + + + callback to invoke for requests under @path + + + + data for @callback + + + + destroy notifier to free @user_data + + + + + + Add support for a WebSocket extension of the given @extension_type. +When a WebSocket client requests an extension of @extension_type, +a new #SoupWebsocketExtension of type @extension_type will be created +to handle the request. + +You can also add support for a WebSocket extension to the server at +construct time by using the %SOUP_SERVER_ADD_WEBSOCKET_EXTENSION property. +Note that #SoupWebsocketExtensionDeflate is supported by default, use +soup_server_remove_websocket_extension() if you want to disable it. + + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + a #GType + + + + + + Adds a WebSocket handler to @server for requests under @path. (If +@path is %NULL or "/", then this will be the default handler for +all requests that don't have a more specific handler.) + +When a path has a WebSocket handler registered, @server will check +incoming requests for WebSocket handshakes after all other handlers +have run (unless some earlier handler has already set a status code +on the message), and update the request's status, response headers, +and response body accordingly. + +If @origin is non-%NULL, then only requests containing a matching +"Origin" header will be accepted. If @protocols is non-%NULL, then +only requests containing a compatible "Sec-WebSocket-Protocols" +header will be accepted. More complicated requirements can be +handled by adding a normal handler to @path, and having it perform +whatever checks are needed (possibly calling +soup_server_check_websocket_handshake() one or more times), and +setting a failure status code if the handshake should be rejected. + + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + the toplevel path for the handler + + + + the origin of the connection + + + + the protocols + supported by this handler + + + + + + callback to invoke for successful WebSocket requests under @path + + + + data for @callback + + + + destroy notifier to free @user_data + + + + + + Closes and frees @server's listening sockets. If you are using the +old #SoupServer APIs, this also includes the effect of +soup_server_quit(). + +Note that if there are currently requests in progress on @server, +that they will continue to be processed if @server's #GMainContext +is still running. + +You can call soup_server_listen(), etc, after calling this function +if you want to start listening again. + + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + + + Gets @server's async_context, if you are using the old API. (With +the new API, the server runs in the thread's thread-default +#GMainContext, regardless of what this method returns.) + +This does not add a ref to the context, so you will need to ref it +yourself if you want it to outlive its server. + If you are using soup_server_listen(), etc, then +the server listens on the thread-default #GMainContext, and this +property is ignored. + + @server's #GMainContext, +which may be %NULL + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + + + Gets @server's listening socket, if you are using the old API. + +You should treat this socket as read-only; writing to it or +modifiying it may cause @server to malfunction. + If you are using soup_server_listen(), etc, then use +soup_server_get_listeners() to get a list of all listening sockets, +but note that that function returns #GSockets, not #SoupSockets. + + the listening socket. + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + + + Gets @server's list of listening sockets. + +You should treat these sockets as read-only; writing to or +modifiying any of these sockets may cause @server to malfunction. + +(Beware that in contrast to the old soup_server_get_listener(), this +function returns #GSockets, not #SoupSockets.) + + a +list of listening sockets. + + + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + + + Gets the TCP port that @server is listening on, if you are using +the old API. + If you are using soup_server_listen(), etc, then use +soup_server_get_uris() to get a list of all listening addresses. + + the port @server is listening on. + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + + + Gets a list of URIs corresponding to the interfaces @server is +listening on. These will contain IP addresses, not hostnames, and +will also indicate whether the given listener is http or https. + +Note that if you used soup_server_listen_all(), the returned URIs +will use the addresses <literal>0.0.0.0</literal> and +<literal>::</literal>, rather than actually returning separate URIs +for each interface on the system. + + a list of +#SoupURIs, which you must free when you are done with it. + + + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + + + Checks whether @server is capable of https. + +In order for a server to run https, you must call +soup_server_set_ssl_cert_file(), or set the +#SoupServer:tls-certificate property, to provide it with a +certificate to use. + +If you are using the deprecated single-listener APIs, then a return +value of %TRUE indicates that the #SoupServer serves https +exclusively. If you are using soup_server_listen(), etc, then a +%TRUE return value merely indicates that the server is +<emphasis>able</emphasis> to do https, regardless of whether it +actually currently is or not. Use soup_server_get_uris() to see if +it currently has any https listeners. + + %TRUE if @server is configured to serve https. + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + + + This attempts to set up @server to listen for connections on +@address. + +If @options includes %SOUP_SERVER_LISTEN_HTTPS, and @server has +been configured for TLS, then @server will listen for https +connections on this port. Otherwise it will listen for plain http. + +You may call this method (along with the other "listen" methods) +any number of times on a server, if you want to listen on multiple +ports, or set up both http and https service. + +After calling this method, @server will begin accepting and +processing connections as soon as the appropriate #GMainContext is +run. + +Note that #SoupServer never makes use of dual IPv4/IPv6 sockets; if +@address is an IPv6 address, it will only accept IPv6 connections. +You must configure IPv4 listening separately. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if @address could not be +bound or any other error occurred (in which case @error will be +set). + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + the address of the interface to listen on + + + + listening options for this server + + + + + + This attempts to set up @server to listen for connections on all +interfaces on the system. (That is, it listens on the addresses +<literal>0.0.0.0</literal> and/or <literal>::</literal>, depending +on whether @options includes %SOUP_SERVER_LISTEN_IPV4_ONLY, +%SOUP_SERVER_LISTEN_IPV6_ONLY, or neither.) If @port is specified, +@server will listen on that port. If it is 0, @server will find an +unused port to listen on. (In that case, you can use +soup_server_get_uris() to find out what port it ended up choosing.) + +See soup_server_listen() for more details. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if @port could not be bound +or any other error occurred (in which case @error will be set). + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + the port to listen on, or 0 + + + + listening options for this server + + + + + + This attempts to set up @server to listen for connections on +@fd. + +See soup_server_listen() for more details. + +Note that @server will close @fd when you free it or call +soup_server_disconnect(). + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error occurred (in +which case @error will be set). + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + the file descriptor of a listening socket + + + + listening options for this server + + + + + + This attempts to set up @server to listen for connections on +"localhost" (that is, <literal>127.0.0.1</literal> and/or +<literal>::1</literal>, depending on whether @options includes +%SOUP_SERVER_LISTEN_IPV4_ONLY, %SOUP_SERVER_LISTEN_IPV6_ONLY, or +neither). If @port is specified, @server will listen on that port. +If it is 0, @server will find an unused port to listen on. (In that +case, you can use soup_server_get_uris() to find out what port it +ended up choosing.) + +See soup_server_listen() for more details. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if @port could not be bound +or any other error occurred (in which case @error will be set). + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + the port to listen on, or 0 + + + + listening options for this server + + + + + + This attempts to set up @server to listen for connections on +@socket. + +See soup_server_listen() for more details. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error occurred (in +which case @error will be set). + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + a listening #GSocket + + + + listening options for this server + + + + + + Pauses I/O on @msg. This can be used when you need to return from +the server handler without having the full response ready yet. Use +soup_server_unpause_message() to resume I/O. + +This must only be called on #SoupMessages which were created by the +#SoupServer and are currently doing I/O, such as those passed into a +#SoupServerCallback or emitted in a #SoupServer::request-read signal. + + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + a #SoupMessage associated with @server. + + + + + + Stops processing for @server, if you are using the old API. Call +this to clean up after soup_server_run_async(), or to terminate a +call to soup_server_run(). + +Note that messages currently in progress will continue to be +handled, if the main loop associated with the server is resumed or +kept running. + +@server is still in a working state after this call; you can start +and stop a server as many times as you want. + When using soup_server_listen(), etc, the server will +always listen for connections, and will process them whenever the +thread-default #GMainContext is running. + + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + + + Removes @auth_domain from @server. + + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + a #SoupAuthDomain + + + + + + Removes all handlers (early and normal) registered at @path. + + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + the toplevel path for the handler + + + + + + Removes support for WebSocket extension of type @extension_type (or any subclass of +@extension_type) from @server. You can also remove extensions enabled by default +from the server at construct time by using the %SOUP_SERVER_REMOVE_WEBSOCKET_EXTENSION +property. + + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + a #GType + + + + + + Starts @server, if you are using the old API, causing it to listen +for and process incoming connections. Unlike +soup_server_run_async(), this creates a #GMainLoop and runs it, and +it will not return until someone calls soup_server_quit() to stop +the server. + When using soup_server_listen(), etc, the server will +always listen for connections, and will process them whenever the +thread-default #GMainContext is running. + + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + + + Starts @server, if you are using the old API, causing it to listen +for and process incoming connections. + +The server runs in @server's #GMainContext. It will not actually +perform any processing unless the appropriate main loop is running. +In the simple case where you did not set the server's +%SOUP_SERVER_ASYNC_CONTEXT property, this means the server will run +whenever the glib main loop is running. + When using soup_server_listen(), etc, the server will +always listen for connections, and will process them whenever the +thread-default #GMainContext is running. + + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + + + Sets @server up to do https, using the SSL/TLS certificate +specified by @ssl_cert_file and @ssl_key_file (which may point to +the same file). + +Alternatively, you can set the #SoupServer:tls-certificate property +at construction time, if you already have a #GTlsCertificate. + + success or failure. + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + path to a file containing a PEM-encoded SSL/TLS + certificate. + + + + path to a file containing a PEM-encoded private key. + + + + + + Resumes I/O on @msg. Use this to resume after calling +soup_server_pause_message(), or after adding a new chunk to a +chunked response. + +I/O won't actually resume until you return to the main loop. + +This must only be called on #SoupMessages which were created by the +#SoupServer and are currently doing I/O, such as those passed into a +#SoupServerCallback or emitted in a #SoupServer::request-read signal. + + + + + + a #SoupServer + + + + a #SoupMessage associated with @server. + + + + + + Add support for #SoupWebsocketExtension of the given type. +(Shortcut for calling soup_server_add_websocket_extension().) + + + + The server's #GMainContext, if you are using the old API. +Servers created using soup_server_listen() will listen on +the #GMainContext that was the thread-default context at +the time soup_server_listen() was called. + The new API uses the thread-default #GMainContext +rather than having an explicitly-specified one. + + + + A %NULL-terminated array of URI schemes that should be +considered to be aliases for "http". Eg, if this included +<literal>"dav"</literal>, than a URI of +<literal>dav://example.com/path</literal> would be treated +identically to <literal>http://example.com/path</literal>. +In particular, this is needed in cases where a client +sends requests with absolute URIs, where those URIs do +not use "http:". + +The default value is an array containing the single element +<literal>"*"</literal>, a special value which means that +any scheme except "https" is considered to be an alias for +"http". + +See also #SoupServer:https-aliases. + + + + + + A comma-delimited list of URI schemes that should be +considered to be aliases for "https". See +#SoupServer:http-aliases for more information. + +The default value is %NULL, meaning that no URI schemes +are considered aliases for "https". + + + + + + The address of the network interface the server is +listening on, if you are using the old #SoupServer API. +(This will not be set if you use soup_server_listen(), +etc.) + #SoupServers can listen on multiple interfaces +at once now. Use soup_server_listen(), etc, to listen on an +interface, and soup_server_get_uris() to see what addresses +are being listened on. + + + + The port the server is listening on, if you are using the +old #SoupServer API. (This will not be set if you use +soup_server_listen(), etc.) + #SoupServers can listen on multiple interfaces +at once now. Use soup_server_listen(), etc, to listen on a +port, and soup_server_get_uris() to see what ports are +being listened on. + + + + + + + Remove support for #SoupWebsocketExtension of the given type. (Shortcut for +calling soup_server_remove_websocket_extension().) + + + + If non-%NULL, the value to use for the "Server" header on +#SoupMessage<!-- -->s processed by this server. + +The Server header is the server equivalent of the +User-Agent header, and provides information about the +server and its components. It contains a list of one or +more product tokens, separated by whitespace, with the most +significant product token coming first. The tokens must be +brief, ASCII, and mostly alphanumeric (although "-", "_", +and "." are also allowed), and may optionally include a "/" +followed by a version string. You may also put comments, +enclosed in parentheses, between or after the tokens. + +Some HTTP server implementations intentionally do not use +version numbers in their Server header, so that +installations running older versions of the server don't +end up advertising their vulnerability to specific security +holes. + +As with #SoupSession:user_agent, if you set a +#SoupServer:server_header property that has trailing whitespace, +#SoupServer will append its own product token (eg, +"<literal>libsoup/2.3.2</literal>") to the end of the +header for you. + + + + Path to a file containing a PEM-encoded certificate. + +If you set this property and #SoupServer:ssl-key-file at +construct time, then soup_server_new() will try to read the +files; if it cannot, it will return %NULL, with no explicit +indication of what went wrong (and logging a warning with +newer versions of glib, since returning %NULL from a +constructor is illegal). + use #SoupServer:tls-certificate or +soup_server_set_ssl_certificate(). + + + + Path to a file containing a PEM-encoded private key. See +#SoupServer:ssl-cert-file for more information about how this +is used. + use #SoupServer:tls-certificate or +soup_server_set_ssl_certificate(). + + + + A #GTlsCertificate that has a #GTlsCertificate:private-key +set. If this is set, then the server will be able to speak +https in addition to (or instead of) plain http. + +Alternatively, you can call soup_server_set_ssl_cert_file() +to have #SoupServer read in a a certificate from a file. + + + + + + + Emitted when processing has failed for a message; this +could mean either that it could not be read (if +#SoupServer::request_read has not been emitted for it yet), +or that the response could not be written back (if +#SoupServer::request_read has been emitted but +#SoupServer::request_finished has not been). + +@message is in an undefined state when this signal is +emitted; the signal exists primarily to allow the server to +free any state that it may have allocated in +#SoupServer::request_started. + + + + + + the message + + + + the client context + + + + + + Emitted when the server has finished writing a response to +a request. + + + + + + the message + + + + the client context + + + + + + Emitted when the server has successfully read a request. +@message will have all of its request-side information +filled in, and if the message was authenticated, @client +will have information about that. This signal is emitted +before any (non-early) handlers are called for the message, +and if it sets the message's #status_code, then normal +handler processing will be skipped. + + + + + + the message + + + + the client context + + + + + + Emitted when the server has started reading a new request. +@message will be completely blank; not even the +Request-Line will have been read yet. About the only thing +you can usefully do with it is connect to its signals. + +If the request is read successfully, this will eventually +be followed by a #SoupServer::request_read signal. If a +response is then sent, the request processing will end with +a #SoupServer::request_finished signal. If a network error +occurs, the processing will instead end with +#SoupServer::request_aborted. + + + + + + the new message + + + + the client context + + + + + + + A callback used to handle requests to a #SoupServer. + +@path and @query contain the likewise-named components of the +Request-URI, subject to certain assumptions. By default, +#SoupServer decodes all percent-encoding in the URI path, such that +"/foo%<!-- -->2Fbar" is treated the same as "/foo/bar". If your +server is serving resources in some non-POSIX-filesystem namespace, +you may want to distinguish those as two distinct paths. In that +case, you can set the %SOUP_SERVER_RAW_PATHS property when creating +the #SoupServer, and it will leave those characters undecoded. (You +may want to call soup_uri_normalize() to decode any percent-encoded +characters that you aren't handling specially.) + +@query contains the query component of the Request-URI parsed +according to the rules for HTML form handling. Although this is the +only commonly-used query string format in HTTP, there is nothing +that actually requires that HTTP URIs use that format; if your +server needs to use some other format, you can just ignore @query, +and call soup_message_get_uri() and parse the URI's query field +yourself. + +See soup_server_add_handler() and soup_server_add_early_handler() +for details of what handlers can/should do. + + + + + + the #SoupServer + + + + the message being processed + + + + the path component of @msg's Request-URI + + + + the parsed query + component of @msg's Request-URI + + + + + + + additional contextual information about the client + + + + the data passed to soup_server_add_handler() or + soup_server_add_early_handler(). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Options to pass to soup_server_listen(), etc. + +%SOUP_SERVER_LISTEN_IPV4_ONLY and %SOUP_SERVER_LISTEN_IPV6_ONLY +only make sense with soup_server_listen_all() and +soup_server_listen_local(), not plain soup_server_listen() (which +simply listens on whatever kind of socket you give it). And you +cannot specify both of them in a single call. + + Listen for https connections rather + than plain http. + + + Only listen on IPv4 interfaces. + + + Only listen on IPv6 interfaces. + + + + A callback used to handle WebSocket requests to a #SoupServer. The +callback will be invoked after sending the handshake response back +to the client (and is only invoked if the handshake was +successful). + +@path contains the path of the Request-URI, subject to the same +rules as #SoupServerCallback (qv). + + + + + + the #SoupServer + + + + the newly created WebSocket connection + + + + the path component of @msg's Request-URI + + + + additional contextual information about the client + + + + the data passed to @soup_server_add_handler + + + + + + + Creates a #SoupSession with the default options. + + the new session. + + + + + Creates a #SoupSession with the specified options. + + the new session. + + + + + name of first property to set + + + + value of @optname1, followed by additional property/value pairs + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Causes @session to immediately finish processing @msg (regardless +of its current state) with a final status_code of @status_code. You +may call this at any time after handing @msg off to @session; if +@session has started sending the request but has not yet received +the complete response, then it will close the request's connection. +Note that with requests that have side effects (eg, +<literal>POST</literal>, <literal>PUT</literal>, +<literal>DELETE</literal>) it is possible that you might cancel the +request after the server acts on it, but before it returns a +response, leaving the remote resource in an unknown state. + +If the message is cancelled while its response body is being read, +then the response body in @msg will be left partially-filled-in. +The response headers, on the other hand, will always be either +empty or complete. + +Beware that with the deprecated #SoupSessionAsync, messages queued +with soup_session_queue_message() will have their callbacks invoked +before soup_session_cancel_message() returns. The plain +#SoupSession does not have this behavior; cancelling an +asynchronous message will merely queue its callback to be run after +returning to the main loop. + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + the message to cancel + + + + status code to set on @msg (generally +%SOUP_STATUS_CANCELLED) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Queues the message @msg for asynchronously sending the request and +receiving a response in the current thread-default #GMainContext. +If @msg has been processed before, any resources related to the +time it was last sent are freed. + +Upon message completion, the callback specified in @callback will +be invoked. If after returning from this callback the message has not +been requeued, @msg will be unreffed. + +(The behavior above applies to a plain #SoupSession; if you are +using #SoupSessionAsync or #SoupSessionSync, then the #GMainContext +that is used depends on the settings of #SoupSession:async-context +and #SoupSession:use-thread-context, and for #SoupSessionSync, the +message will actually be sent and processed in another thread, with +only the final callback occurring in the indicated #GMainContext.) + +Contrast this method with soup_session_send_async(), which also +asynchronously sends a message, but returns before reading the +response body, and allows you to read the response via a +#GInputStream. + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + the message to queue + + + + a #SoupSessionCallback which will +be called after the message completes or when an unrecoverable error occurs. + + + + a pointer passed to @callback. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This causes @msg to be placed back on the queue to be attempted +again. + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + the message to requeue + + + + + + Synchronously send @msg. This call will not return until the +transfer is finished successfully or there is an unrecoverable +error. + +Unlike with soup_session_queue_message(), @msg is not freed upon +return. + +(Note that if you call this method on a #SoupSessionAsync, it will +still use asynchronous I/O internally, running the glib main loop +to process the message, which may also cause other events to be +processed.) + +Contrast this method with soup_session_send(), which also +synchronously sends a message, but returns before reading the +response body, and allows you to read the response via a +#GInputStream. + + the HTTP status code of the response + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + the message to send + + + + + + Cancels all pending requests in @session and closes all idle +persistent connections. + +The message cancellation has the same semantics as with +soup_session_cancel_message(); asynchronous requests on a +#SoupSessionAsync will have their callback called before +soup_session_abort() returns. Requests on a plain #SoupSession will +not. + + + + + + the session + + + + + + Adds @feature's functionality to @session. You can also add a +feature to the session at construct time by using the +%SOUP_SESSION_ADD_FEATURE property. + +See the main #SoupSession documentation for information on what +features are present in sessions by default. + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + an object that implements #SoupSessionFeature + + + + + + If @feature_type is the type of a class that implements +#SoupSessionFeature, this creates a new feature of that type and +adds it to @session as with soup_session_add_feature(). You can use +this when you don't need to customize the new feature in any way. + +If @feature_type is not a #SoupSessionFeature type, this gives each +existing feature on @session the chance to accept @feature_type as +a "subfeature". This can be used to add new #SoupAuth or +#SoupRequest types, for instance. + +You can also add a feature to the session at construct time by +using the %SOUP_SESSION_ADD_FEATURE_BY_TYPE property. + +See the main #SoupSession documentation for information on what +features are present in sessions by default. + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + a #GType + + + + + + Causes @session to immediately finish processing @msg (regardless +of its current state) with a final status_code of @status_code. You +may call this at any time after handing @msg off to @session; if +@session has started sending the request but has not yet received +the complete response, then it will close the request's connection. +Note that with requests that have side effects (eg, +<literal>POST</literal>, <literal>PUT</literal>, +<literal>DELETE</literal>) it is possible that you might cancel the +request after the server acts on it, but before it returns a +response, leaving the remote resource in an unknown state. + +If the message is cancelled while its response body is being read, +then the response body in @msg will be left partially-filled-in. +The response headers, on the other hand, will always be either +empty or complete. + +Beware that with the deprecated #SoupSessionAsync, messages queued +with soup_session_queue_message() will have their callbacks invoked +before soup_session_cancel_message() returns. The plain +#SoupSession does not have this behavior; cancelling an +asynchronous message will merely queue its callback to be run after +returning to the main loop. + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + the message to cancel + + + + status code to set on @msg (generally +%SOUP_STATUS_CANCELLED) + + + + + + Start a connection to @uri. The operation can be monitored by providing a @progress_callback +and finishes when the connection is done or an error ocurred. + +Call soup_session_connect_finish() to get the #GIOStream to communicate with the server. + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + a #SoupURI to connect to + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + a #SoupSessionConnectProgressCallback which +will be called for every network event that occurs during the connection. + + + + the callback to invoke when the operation finishes + + + + data for @progress_callback and @callback + + + + + + Gets the #GIOStream created for the connection to communicate with the server. + + a new #GIOStream, or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + the #GAsyncResult passed to your callback + + + + + + Gets @session's #SoupSession:async-context. This does not add a ref +to the context, so you will need to ref it yourself if you want it +to outlive its session. + +For a modern #SoupSession, this will always just return the +thread-default #GMainContext, and so is not especially useful. + + @session's #GMainContext, +which may be %NULL + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + + + Gets the first feature in @session of type @feature_type. For +features where there may be more than one feature of a given type, +use soup_session_get_features(). + + a #SoupSessionFeature, or +%NULL. The feature is owned by @session. + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + the #GType of the feature to get + + + + + + Gets the first feature in @session of type @feature_type, provided +that it is not disabled for @msg. As with +soup_session_get_feature(), this should only be used for features +where @feature_type is only expected to match a single feature. In +particular, if there are two matching features, and the first is +disabled on @msg, and the second is not, then this will return +%NULL, not the second feature. + + a #SoupSessionFeature, or %NULL. The +feature is owned by @session. + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + the #GType of the feature to get + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + Generates a list of @session's features of type @feature_type. (If +you want to see all features, you can pass %SOUP_TYPE_SESSION_FEATURE +for @feature_type.) + + +a list of features. You must free the list, but not its contents + + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + the #GType of the class of features to get + + + + + + Tests if @session has at a feature of type @feature_type (which can +be the type of either a #SoupSessionFeature, or else a subtype of +some class managed by another feature, such as #SoupAuth or +#SoupRequest). + + %TRUE or %FALSE + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + the #GType of the class of features to check for + + + + + + Pauses HTTP I/O on @msg. Call soup_session_unpause_message() to +resume I/O. + +This may only be called for asynchronous messages (those sent on a +#SoupSessionAsync or using soup_session_queue_message()). + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + a #SoupMessage currently running on @session + + + + + + Tells @session that an URI from the given @hostname may be requested +shortly, and so the session can try to prepare by resolving the +domain name in advance, in order to work more quickly once the URI +is actually requested. + +If @cancellable is non-%NULL, it can be used to cancel the +resolution. @callback will still be invoked in this case, with a +status of %SOUP_STATUS_CANCELLED. + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + a hostname to be resolved + + + + a #GCancellable object, or %NULL + + + + callback to call with the + result, or %NULL + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + Tells @session that @uri may be requested shortly, and so the +session can try to prepare (resolving the domain name, obtaining +proxy address, etc.) in order to work more quickly once the URI is +actually requested. + use soup_session_prefetch_dns() instead + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + a #SoupURI which may be required + + + + + + Queues the message @msg for asynchronously sending the request and +receiving a response in the current thread-default #GMainContext. +If @msg has been processed before, any resources related to the +time it was last sent are freed. + +Upon message completion, the callback specified in @callback will +be invoked. If after returning from this callback the message has not +been requeued, @msg will be unreffed. + +(The behavior above applies to a plain #SoupSession; if you are +using #SoupSessionAsync or #SoupSessionSync, then the #GMainContext +that is used depends on the settings of #SoupSession:async-context +and #SoupSession:use-thread-context, and for #SoupSessionSync, the +message will actually be sent and processed in another thread, with +only the final callback occurring in the indicated #GMainContext.) + +Contrast this method with soup_session_send_async(), which also +asynchronously sends a message, but returns before reading the +response body, and allows you to read the response via a +#GInputStream. + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + the message to queue + + + + a #SoupSessionCallback which will +be called after the message completes or when an unrecoverable error occurs. + + + + a pointer passed to @callback. + + + + + + Updates @msg's URI according to its status code and "Location" +header, and requeues it on @session. Use this when you have set +%SOUP_MESSAGE_NO_REDIRECT on a message, but have decided to allow a +particular redirection to occur, or if you want to allow a +redirection that #SoupSession will not perform automatically (eg, +redirecting a non-safe method such as DELETE). + +If @msg's status code indicates that it should be retried as a GET +request, then @msg will be modified accordingly. + +If @msg has already been redirected too many times, this will +cause it to fail with %SOUP_STATUS_TOO_MANY_REDIRECTS. + + %TRUE if a redirection was applied, %FALSE if not +(eg, because there was no Location header, or it could not be +parsed). + + + + + the session + + + + a #SoupMessage that has received a 3xx response + + + + + + Removes @feature's functionality from @session. + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + a feature that has previously been added to @session + + + + + + Removes all features of type @feature_type (or any subclass of +@feature_type) from @session. You can also remove standard features +from the session at construct time by using the +%SOUP_SESSION_REMOVE_FEATURE_BY_TYPE property. + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + a #GType + + + + + + Creates a #SoupRequest for retrieving @uri_string. + + a new #SoupRequest, or + %NULL on error. + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + a URI, in string form + + + + + + Creates a #SoupRequest for retrieving @uri_string, which must be an +"http" or "https" URI (or another protocol listed in @session's +#SoupSession:http-aliases or #SoupSession:https-aliases). + + a new #SoupRequestHTTP, or + %NULL on error. + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + an HTTP method + + + + a URI, in string form + + + + + + Creates a #SoupRequest for retrieving @uri, which must be an +"http" or "https" URI (or another protocol listed in @session's +#SoupSession:http-aliases or #SoupSession:https-aliases). + + a new #SoupRequestHTTP, or + %NULL on error. + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + an HTTP method + + + + a #SoupURI representing the URI to retrieve + + + + + + Creates a #SoupRequest for retrieving @uri. + + a new #SoupRequest, or + %NULL on error. + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + a #SoupURI representing the URI to retrieve + + + + + + This causes @msg to be placed back on the queue to be attempted +again. + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + the message to requeue + + + + + + Synchronously sends @msg and waits for the beginning of a response. +On success, a #GInputStream will be returned which you can use to +read the response body. ("Success" here means only that an HTTP +response was received and understood; it does not necessarily mean +that a 2xx class status code was received.) + +If non-%NULL, @cancellable can be used to cancel the request; +soup_session_send() will return a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error. Note +that with requests that have side effects (eg, +<literal>POST</literal>, <literal>PUT</literal>, +<literal>DELETE</literal>) it is possible that you might cancel the +request after the server acts on it, but before it returns a +response, leaving the remote resource in an unknown state. + +If @msg is requeued due to a redirect or authentication, the +initial (3xx/401/407) response body will be suppressed, and +soup_session_send() will only return once a final response has been +received. + +Contrast this method with soup_session_send_message(), which also +synchronously sends a #SoupMessage, but doesn't return until the +response has been completely read. + +(Note that this method cannot be called on the deprecated +#SoupSessionAsync subclass.) + + a #GInputStream for reading the + response body, or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Asynchronously sends @msg and waits for the beginning of a +response. When @callback is called, then either @msg has been sent, +and its response headers received, or else an error has occurred. +Call soup_session_send_finish() to get a #GInputStream for reading +the response body. + +See soup_session_send() for more details on the general semantics. + +Contrast this method with soup_session_queue_message(), which also +asynchronously sends a #SoupMessage, but doesn't invoke its +callback until the response has been completely read. + +(Note that this method cannot be called on the deprecated +#SoupSessionSync subclass, and can only be called on +#SoupSessionAsync if you have set the +#SoupSession:use-thread-context property.) + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + the callback to invoke + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + Gets the response to a soup_session_send_async() call and (if +successful), returns a #GInputStream that can be used to read the +response body. + + a #GInputStream for reading the + response body, or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + the #GAsyncResult passed to your callback + + + + + + Synchronously send @msg. This call will not return until the +transfer is finished successfully or there is an unrecoverable +error. + +Unlike with soup_session_queue_message(), @msg is not freed upon +return. + +(Note that if you call this method on a #SoupSessionAsync, it will +still use asynchronous I/O internally, running the glib main loop +to process the message, which may also cause other events to be +processed.) + +Contrast this method with soup_session_send(), which also +synchronously sends a message, but returns before reading the +response body, and allows you to read the response via a +#GInputStream. + + the HTTP status code of the response + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + the message to send + + + + + + "Steals" the HTTP connection associated with @msg from @session. +This happens immediately, regardless of the current state of the +connection, and @msg's callback will not be called. You can steal +the connection from a #SoupMessage signal handler if you need to +wait for part or all of the response to be received first. + +Calling this function may cause @msg to be freed if you are not +holding any other reference to it. + + the #GIOStream formerly associated + with @msg (or %NULL if @msg was no longer associated with a + connection). No guarantees are made about what kind of #GIOStream + is returned. + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + the message whose connection is to be stolen + + + + + + Resumes HTTP I/O on @msg. Use this to resume after calling +soup_session_pause_message(). + +If @msg is being sent via blocking I/O, this will resume reading or +writing immediately. If @msg is using non-blocking I/O, then +reading or writing won't resume until you return to the main loop. + +This may only be called for asynchronous messages (those sent on a +#SoupSessionAsync or using soup_session_queue_message()). + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + a #SoupMessage currently running on @session + + + + + + Asynchronously creates a #SoupWebsocketConnection to communicate +with a remote server. + +All necessary WebSocket-related headers will be added to @msg, and +it will then be sent and asynchronously processed normally +(including handling of redirection and HTTP authentication). + +If the server returns "101 Switching Protocols", then @msg's status +code and response headers will be updated, and then the WebSocket +handshake will be completed. On success, +soup_session_websocket_connect_finish() will return a new +#SoupWebsocketConnection. On failure it will return a #GError. + +If the server returns a status other than "101 Switching +Protocols", then @msg will contain the complete response headers +and body from the server's response, and +soup_session_websocket_connect_finish() will return +%SOUP_WEBSOCKET_ERROR_NOT_WEBSOCKET. + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + #SoupMessage indicating the WebSocket server to connect to + + + + origin of the connection + + + + a + %NULL-terminated array of protocols supported + + + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + the callback to invoke + + + + data for @callback + + + + + + Gets the #SoupWebsocketConnection response to a +soup_session_websocket_connect_async() call and (if successful), +returns a #SoupWebsocketConnection that can be used to communicate +with the server. + + a new #SoupWebsocketConnection, or + %NULL on error. + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + the #GAsyncResult passed to your callback + + + + + + Checks if @msg contains a response that would cause @session to +redirect it to a new URL (ignoring @msg's %SOUP_MESSAGE_NO_REDIRECT +flag, and the number of times it has already been redirected). + + whether @msg would be redirected + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + a #SoupMessage that has response headers + + + + + + If non-%NULL, the value to use for the "Accept-Language" header +on #SoupMessage<!-- -->s sent from this session. + +Setting this will disable +#SoupSession:accept-language-auto. + + + + If %TRUE, #SoupSession will automatically set the string +for the "Accept-Language" header on every #SoupMessage +sent, based on the return value of g_get_language_names(). + +Setting this will override any previous value of +#SoupSession:accept-language. + + + + Add a feature object to the session. (Shortcut for calling +soup_session_add_feature().) + + + + Add a feature object of the given type to the session. +(Shortcut for calling soup_session_add_feature_by_type().) + + + + The #GMainContext that miscellaneous session-related +asynchronous callbacks are invoked on. (Eg, setting +#SoupSession:idle-timeout will add a timeout source on this +context.) + +For a plain #SoupSession, this property is always set to +the #GMainContext that is the thread-default at the time +the session was created, and cannot be overridden. For the +deprecated #SoupSession subclasses, the default value is +%NULL, meaning to use the global default #GMainContext. + +If #SoupSession:use-thread-context is %FALSE, this context +will also be used for asynchronous HTTP I/O. + + + + A %NULL-terminated array of URI schemes that should be +considered to be aliases for "http". Eg, if this included +<literal>"dav"</literal>, than a URI of +<literal>dav://example.com/path</literal> would be treated +identically to <literal>http://example.com/path</literal>. + +In a plain #SoupSession, the default value is %NULL, +meaning that only "http" is recognized as meaning "http". +In #SoupSessionAsync and #SoupSessionSync, for backward +compatibility, the default value is an array containing the +single element <literal>"*"</literal>, a special value +which means that any scheme except "https" is considered to +be an alias for "http". + +See also #SoupSession:https-aliases. + + + + + + A comma-delimited list of URI schemes that should be +considered to be aliases for "https". See +#SoupSession:http-aliases for more information. + +The default value is %NULL, meaning that no URI schemes +are considered aliases for "https". + + + + + + Connection lifetime (in seconds) when idle. Any connection +left idle longer than this will be closed. + +Although you can change this property at any time, it will +only affect newly-created connections, not currently-open +ones. You can call soup_session_abort() after setting this +if you want to ensure that all future connections will have +this timeout value. + +Note that the default value of 60 seconds only applies to +plain #SoupSessions. If you are using #SoupSessionAsync or +#SoupSessionSync, the default value is 0 (meaning idle +connections will never time out). + + + + Sets the #SoupAddress to use for the client side of +the connection. + +Use this property if you want for instance to bind the +local socket to a specific IP address. + + + + + + + + + + A #GProxyResolver to use with this session. Setting this +will clear the #SoupSession:proxy-uri property, and remove +any <type>SoupProxyURIResolver</type> features that have +been added to the session. + +By default, in a plain #SoupSession, this is set to the +default #GProxyResolver, but you can set it to %NULL if you +don't want to use proxies, or set it to your own +#GProxyResolver if you want to control what proxies get +used. + + + + A proxy to use for all http and https requests in this +session. Setting this will clear the +#SoupSession:proxy-resolver property, and remove any +<type>SoupProxyURIResolver</type> features that have been +added to the session. Setting this property will also +cancel all currently pending messages. + +Note that #SoupSession will normally handle looking up the +user's proxy settings for you; you should only use +#SoupSession:proxy-uri if you need to override the user's +normal proxy settings. + +Also note that this proxy will be used for +<emphasis>all</emphasis> requests; even requests to +<literal>localhost</literal>. If you need more control over +proxies, you can create a #GSimpleProxyResolver and set the +#SoupSession:proxy-resolver property. + Use SoupSession:proxy-resolver along with #GSimpleProxyResolver. + + + + Remove feature objects from the session. (Shortcut for +calling soup_session_remove_feature_by_type().) + + + + File containing SSL CA certificates. + +If the specified file does not exist or cannot be read, +then libsoup will print a warning, and then behave as +though it had read in a empty CA file, meaning that all SSL +certificates will be considered invalid. + use #SoupSession:ssl-use-system-ca-file, or +else #SoupSession:tls-database with a #GTlsFileDatabase +(which allows you to do explicit error handling). + + + + Normally, if #SoupSession:tls-database is set (including if +it was set via #SoupSession:ssl-use-system-ca-file or +#SoupSession:ssl-ca-file), then libsoup will reject any +certificate that is invalid (ie, expired) or that is not +signed by one of the given CA certificates, and the +#SoupMessage will fail with the status +%SOUP_STATUS_SSL_FAILED. + +If you set #SoupSession:ssl-strict to %FALSE, then all +certificates will be accepted, and you will need to call +soup_message_get_https_status() to distinguish valid from +invalid certificates. (This can be used, eg, if you want to +accept invalid certificates after giving some sort of +warning.) + +For a plain #SoupSession, if the session has no CA file or +TLS database, and this property is %TRUE, then all +certificates will be rejected. However, beware that the +deprecated #SoupSession subclasses (#SoupSessionAsync and +#SoupSessionSync) have the opposite behavior: if there is +no CA file or TLS database, then all certificates are always +accepted, and this property has no effect. + + + + Setting this to %TRUE is equivalent to setting +#SoupSession:tls-database to the default system CA database. +(and likewise, setting #SoupSession:tls-database to the +default database by hand will cause this property to +become %TRUE). + +Setting this to %FALSE (when it was previously %TRUE) will +clear the #SoupSession:tls-database field. + +See #SoupSession:ssl-strict for more information on how +https certificate validation is handled. + +If you are using #SoupSessionAsync or +#SoupSessionSync, on libsoup older than 2.72.1, the default value +is %FALSE, for backward compatibility. + + + + The timeout (in seconds) for socket I/O operations +(including connecting to a server, and waiting for a reply +to an HTTP request). + +Although you can change this property at any time, it will +only affect newly-created connections, not currently-open +ones. You can call soup_session_abort() after setting this +if you want to ensure that all future connections will have +this timeout value. + +Note that the default value of 60 seconds only applies to +plain #SoupSessions. If you are using #SoupSessionAsync or +#SoupSessionSync, the default value is 0 (meaning socket I/O +will not time out). + +Not to be confused with #SoupSession:idle-timeout (which is +the length of time that idle persistent connections will be +kept open). + + + + Sets the #GTlsDatabase to use for validating SSL/TLS +certificates. + +Note that setting the #SoupSession:ssl-ca-file or +#SoupSession:ssl-use-system-ca-file property will cause +this property to be set to a #GTlsDatabase corresponding to +the indicated file or system default. + +See #SoupSession:ssl-strict for more information on how +https certificate validation is handled. + +If you are using a plain #SoupSession then +#SoupSession:ssl-use-system-ca-file will be %TRUE by +default, and so this property will be a copy of the system +CA database. If you are using #SoupSessionAsync or +#SoupSessionSync, on libsoup older than 2.72.1, this property +will be %NULL by default. + + + + A #GTlsInteraction object that will be passed on to any +#GTlsConnections created by the session. (This can be used to +provide client-side certificates, for example.) + + + + Whether or not to use NTLM authentication. + use soup_session_add_feature_by_type() with +#SOUP_TYPE_AUTH_NTLM. + + + + If %TRUE (which it always is on a plain #SoupSession), +asynchronous HTTP requests in this session will run in +whatever the thread-default #GMainContext is at the time +they are started, rather than always occurring in +#SoupSession:async-context. + + + + If non-%NULL, the value to use for the "User-Agent" header +on #SoupMessage<!-- -->s sent from this session. + +RFC 2616 says: "The User-Agent request-header field +contains information about the user agent originating the +request. This is for statistical purposes, the tracing of +protocol violations, and automated recognition of user +agents for the sake of tailoring responses to avoid +particular user agent limitations. User agents SHOULD +include this field with requests." + +The User-Agent header contains a list of one or more +product tokens, separated by whitespace, with the most +significant product token coming first. The tokens must be +brief, ASCII, and mostly alphanumeric (although "-", "_", +and "." are also allowed), and may optionally include a "/" +followed by a version string. You may also put comments, +enclosed in parentheses, between or after the tokens. + +If you set a #SoupSession:user_agent property that has trailing +whitespace, #SoupSession will append its own product token +(eg, "<literal>libsoup/2.3.2</literal>") to the end of the +header for you. + + + + + + + Emitted when the session requires authentication. If +credentials are available call soup_auth_authenticate() on +@auth. If these credentials fail, the signal will be +emitted again, with @retrying set to %TRUE, which will +continue until you return without calling +soup_auth_authenticate() on @auth. + +Note that this may be emitted before @msg's body has been +fully read. + +If you call soup_session_pause_message() on @msg before +returning, then you can authenticate @auth asynchronously +(as long as you g_object_ref() it to make sure it doesn't +get destroyed), and then unpause @msg when you are ready +for it to continue. + + + + + + the #SoupMessage being sent + + + + the #SoupAuth to authenticate + + + + %TRUE if this is the second (or later) attempt + + + + + + Emitted when a new connection is created. This is an +internal signal intended only to be used for debugging +purposes, and may go away in the future. + + + + + + the connection + + + + + + Emitted when a request is queued on @session. (Note that +"queued" doesn't just mean soup_session_queue_message(); +soup_session_send_message() implicitly queues the message +as well.) + +When sending a request, first #SoupSession::request_queued +is emitted, indicating that the session has become aware of +the request. + +Once a connection is available to send the request on, the +session emits #SoupSession::request_started. Then, various +#SoupMessage signals are emitted as the message is +processed. If the message is requeued, it will emit +#SoupMessage::restarted, which will then be followed by +another #SoupSession::request_started and another set of +#SoupMessage signals when the message is re-sent. + +Eventually, the message will emit #SoupMessage::finished. +Normally, this signals the completion of message +processing. However, it is possible that the application +will requeue the message from the "finished" handler (or +equivalently, from the soup_session_queue_message() +callback). In that case, the process will loop back to +#SoupSession::request_started. + +Eventually, a message will reach "finished" and not be +requeued. At that point, the session will emit +#SoupSession::request_unqueued to indicate that it is done +with the message. + +To sum up: #SoupSession::request_queued and +#SoupSession::request_unqueued are guaranteed to be emitted +exactly once, but #SoupSession::request_started and +#SoupMessage::finished (and all of the other #SoupMessage +signals) may be invoked multiple times for a given message. + + + + + + the request that was queued + + + + + + Emitted just before a request is sent. See +#SoupSession::request_queued for a detailed description of +the message lifecycle within a session. + Use #SoupMessage::starting instead. + + + + + + the request being sent + + + + the socket the request is being sent on + + + + + + Emitted when a request is removed from @session's queue, +indicating that @session is done with it. See +#SoupSession::request_queued for a detailed description of the +message lifecycle within a session. + + + + + + the request that was unqueued + + + + + + Emitted when an SSL tunnel is being created on a proxy +connection. This is an internal signal intended only to be +used for debugging purposes, and may go away in the future. + + + + + + the connection + + + + + + + + Creates an asynchronous #SoupSession with the default options. + #SoupSessionAsync is deprecated; use a plain +#SoupSession, created with soup_session_new(). See the <link +linkend="libsoup-session-porting">porting guide</link>. + + the new session. + + + + + Creates an asynchronous #SoupSession with the specified options. + #SoupSessionAsync is deprecated; use a plain +#SoupSession, created with soup_session_new_with_options(). See the +<link linkend="libsoup-session-porting">porting guide</link>. + + the new session. + + + + + name of first property to set + + + + value of @optname1, followed by additional property/value pairs + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Prototype for the callback passed to soup_session_queue_message(), +qv. + + + + + + the session + + + + the message that has finished + + + + the data passed to soup_session_queue_message + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + the message to queue + + + + a #SoupSessionCallback which will +be called after the message completes or when an unrecoverable error occurs. + + + + a pointer passed to @callback. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + the message to requeue + + + + + + + + + the HTTP status code of the response + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + the message to send + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #SoupSession + + + + the message to cancel + + + + status code to set on @msg (generally +%SOUP_STATUS_CANCELLED) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Prototype for the progress callback passed to soup_session_connect_async(). + + + + + + the #SoupSession + + + + a #GSocketClientEvent + + + + the current state of the network connection + + + + the data passed to soup_session_connect_async(). + + + + + + An object that implement some sort of optional feature for +#SoupSession. + + Adds a "sub-feature" of type @type to the base feature @feature. +This is used for features that can be extended with multiple +different types. Eg, the authentication manager can be extended +with subtypes of #SoupAuth. + + %TRUE if @feature accepted @type as a subfeature. + + + + + the "base" feature + + + + the #GType of a "sub-feature" + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Tests if @feature has a "sub-feature" of type @type. See +soup_session_feature_add_feature(). + + %TRUE if @feature has a subfeature of type @type + + + + + the "base" feature + + + + the #GType of a "sub-feature" + + + + + + Removes the "sub-feature" of type @type from the base feature +@feature. See soup_session_feature_add_feature(). + + %TRUE if @type was removed from @feature + + + + + the "base" feature + + + + the #GType of a "sub-feature" + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds a "sub-feature" of type @type to the base feature @feature. +This is used for features that can be extended with multiple +different types. Eg, the authentication manager can be extended +with subtypes of #SoupAuth. + + %TRUE if @feature accepted @type as a subfeature. + + + + + the "base" feature + + + + the #GType of a "sub-feature" + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Tests if @feature has a "sub-feature" of type @type. See +soup_session_feature_add_feature(). + + %TRUE if @feature has a subfeature of type @type + + + + + the "base" feature + + + + the #GType of a "sub-feature" + + + + + + Removes the "sub-feature" of type @type from the base feature +@feature. See soup_session_feature_add_feature(). + + %TRUE if @type was removed from @feature + + + + + the "base" feature + + + + the #GType of a "sub-feature" + + + + + + + The interface implemented by #SoupSessionFeature<!-- -->s. + + The parent interface. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @feature accepted @type as a subfeature. + + + + + the "base" feature + + + + the #GType of a "sub-feature" + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @type was removed from @feature + + + + + the "base" feature + + + + the #GType of a "sub-feature" + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if @feature has a subfeature of type @type + + + + + the "base" feature + + + + the #GType of a "sub-feature" + + + + + + + + + Creates an synchronous #SoupSession with the default options. + #SoupSessionSync is deprecated; use a plain +#SoupSession, created with soup_session_new(). See the <link +linkend="libsoup-session-porting">porting guide</link>. + + the new session. + + + + + Creates an synchronous #SoupSession with the specified options. + #SoupSessionSync is deprecated; use a plain +#SoupSession, created with soup_session_new_with_options(). See the +<link linkend="libsoup-session-porting">porting guide</link>. + + the new session. + + + + + name of first property to set + + + + value of @optname1, followed by additional property/value pairs + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new (disconnected) socket + + the new socket + + + + + name of first property to set (or %NULL) + + + + value of @optname1, followed by additional property/value pairs + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Begins asynchronously connecting to @sock's remote address. The +socket will call @callback when it succeeds or fails (but not +before returning from this function). + +If @cancellable is non-%NULL, it can be used to cancel the +connection. @callback will still be invoked in this case, with a +status of %SOUP_STATUS_CANCELLED. + + + + + + a client #SoupSocket (which must not already be connected) + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + callback to call after connecting + + + + data to pass to @callback + + + + + + Attempt to synchronously connect @sock to its remote address. + +If @cancellable is non-%NULL, it can be used to cancel the +connection, in which case soup_socket_connect_sync() will return +%SOUP_STATUS_CANCELLED. + + a success or failure code. + + + + + a client #SoupSocket (which must not already be connected) + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Disconnects @sock. Any further read or write attempts on it will +fail. + + + + + + a #SoupSocket + + + + + + Gets @sock's underlying file descriptor. + +Note that fiddling with the file descriptor may break the +#SoupSocket. + + @sock's file descriptor. + + + + + a #SoupSocket + + + + + + Returns the #SoupAddress corresponding to the local end of @sock. + +Calling this method on an unconnected socket is considered to be +an error, and produces undefined results. + + the #SoupAddress + + + + + a #SoupSocket + + + + + + Returns the #SoupAddress corresponding to the remote end of @sock. + +Calling this method on an unconnected socket is considered to be +an error, and produces undefined results. + + the #SoupAddress + + + + + a #SoupSocket + + + + + + Tests if @sock is connected to another host + + %TRUE or %FALSE. + + + + + a #SoupSocket + + + + + + Tests if @sock is doing (or has attempted to do) SSL. + + %TRUE if @sock has SSL credentials set + + + + + a #SoupSocket + + + + + + Makes @sock start listening on its local address. When connections +come in, @sock will emit #SoupSocket::new_connection. + + whether or not @sock is now listening. + + + + + a server #SoupSocket (which must not already be connected or +listening) + + + + + + Attempts to read up to @len bytes from @sock into @buffer. If some +data is successfully read, soup_socket_read() will return +%SOUP_SOCKET_OK, and *@nread will contain the number of bytes +actually read (which may be less than @len). + +If @sock is non-blocking, and no data is available, the return +value will be %SOUP_SOCKET_WOULD_BLOCK. In this case, the caller +can connect to the #SoupSocket::readable signal to know when there +is more data to read. (NB: You MUST read all available data off the +socket first. #SoupSocket::readable is only emitted after +soup_socket_read() returns %SOUP_SOCKET_WOULD_BLOCK, and it is only +emitted once. See the documentation for #SoupSocket:non-blocking.) + + a #SoupSocketIOStatus, as described above (or +%SOUP_SOCKET_EOF if the socket is no longer connected, or +%SOUP_SOCKET_ERROR on any other error, in which case @error will +also be set). + + + + + the socket + + + + buffer to read + into + + + + + + size of @buffer in bytes + + + + on return, the number of bytes read into @buffer + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Like soup_socket_read(), but reads no further than the first +occurrence of @boundary. (If the boundary is found, it will be +included in the returned data, and *@got_boundary will be set to +%TRUE.) Any data after the boundary will returned in future reads. + +soup_socket_read_until() will almost always return fewer than @len +bytes: if the boundary is found, then it will only return the bytes +up until the end of the boundary, and if the boundary is not found, +then it will leave the last <literal>(boundary_len - 1)</literal> +bytes in its internal buffer, in case they form the start of the +boundary string. Thus, @len normally needs to be at least 1 byte +longer than @boundary_len if you want to make any progress at all. + + as for soup_socket_read() + + + + + the socket + + + + buffer to read + into + + + + + + size of @buffer in bytes + + + + boundary to read until + + + + length of @boundary in bytes + + + + on return, the number of bytes read into @buffer + + + + on return, whether or not the data in @buffer +ends with the boundary string + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + Starts using SSL on @socket, expecting to find a host named +@ssl_host. + + success or failure + + + + + the socket + + + + hostname of the SSL server + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Starts using SSL on @socket. + + success or failure + + + + + the socket + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + + + Attempts to write @len bytes from @buffer to @sock. If some data is +successfully written, the return status will be %SOUP_SOCKET_OK, +and *@nwrote will contain the number of bytes actually written +(which may be less than @len). + +If @sock is non-blocking, and no data could be written right away, +the return value will be %SOUP_SOCKET_WOULD_BLOCK. In this case, +the caller can connect to the #SoupSocket::writable signal to know +when more data can be written. (NB: #SoupSocket::writable is only +emitted after soup_socket_write() returns %SOUP_SOCKET_WOULD_BLOCK, +and it is only emitted once. See the documentation for +#SoupSocket:non-blocking.) + + a #SoupSocketIOStatus, as described above (or +%SOUP_SOCKET_EOF or %SOUP_SOCKET_ERROR. @error will be set if the +return value is %SOUP_SOCKET_ERROR.) + + + + + the socket + + + + data to write + + + + + + size of @buffer, in bytes + + + + on return, number of bytes written + + + + a #GCancellable, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Whether or not the socket is a server socket. + +Note that for "ordinary" #SoupSockets this will be set for +both listening sockets and the sockets emitted by +#SoupSocket::new-connection, but for sockets created by +setting #SoupSocket:fd, it will only be set for listening +sockets. + + + + + + + Whether or not the socket uses non-blocking I/O. + +#SoupSocket's I/O methods are designed around the idea of +using a single codepath for both synchronous and +asynchronous I/O. If you want to read off a #SoupSocket, +the "correct" way to do it is to call soup_socket_read() or +soup_socket_read_until() repeatedly until you have read +everything you want. If it returns %SOUP_SOCKET_WOULD_BLOCK +at any point, stop reading and wait for it to emit the +#SoupSocket::readable signal. Then go back to the +reading-as-much-as-you-can loop. Likewise, for writing to a +#SoupSocket, you should call soup_socket_write() either +until you have written everything, or it returns +%SOUP_SOCKET_WOULD_BLOCK (in which case you wait for +#SoupSocket::writable and then go back into the loop). + +Code written this way will work correctly with both +blocking and non-blocking sockets; blocking sockets will +simply never return %SOUP_SOCKET_WOULD_BLOCK, and so the +code that handles that case just won't get used for them. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use g_main_context_get_thread_default(). + + + + + + + Emitted when the socket is disconnected, for whatever +reason. + + + + + + Emitted when a network-related event occurs. See +#GSocketClient::event for more details. + + + + + + the event that occurred + + + + the current connection state + + + + + + Emitted when a listening socket (set up with +soup_socket_listen()) receives a new connection. + +You must ref the @new if you want to keep it; otherwise it +will be destroyed after the signal is emitted. + + + + + + the new socket + + + + + + Emitted when an async socket is readable. See +soup_socket_read(), soup_socket_read_until() and +#SoupSocket:non-blocking. + + + + + + Emitted when an async socket is writable. See +soup_socket_write() and #SoupSocket:non-blocking. + + + + + + + The callback function passed to soup_socket_connect_async(). + + + + + + the #SoupSocket + + + + an HTTP status code indicating success or failure + + + + the data passed to soup_socket_connect_async() + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Return value from the #SoupSocket IO methods. + + Success + + + Cannot read/write any more at this time + + + End of file + + + Other error + + + + These represent the known HTTP status code values, plus various +network and internal errors. + +Note that no libsoup functions take or return this type directly; +any function that works with status codes will accept unrecognized +status codes as well. + +Prior to 2.44 this type was called +<literal>SoupKnownStatusCode</literal>, but the individual values +have always had the names they have now. + + No status available. (Eg, the message has not +been sent yet) + + + Message was cancelled locally + + + Unable to resolve destination host name + + + Unable to resolve proxy host name + + + Unable to connect to remote host + + + Unable to connect to proxy + + + SSL/TLS negotiation failed + + + A network error occurred, or the other end +closed the connection unexpectedly + + + Malformed data (usually a programmer error) + + + Used internally + + + There were too many redirections + + + Used internally + + + 100 Continue (HTTP) + + + 101 Switching Protocols (HTTP) + + + 102 Processing (WebDAV) + + + 200 Success (HTTP). Also used by many lower-level +soup routines to indicate success. + + + 201 Created (HTTP) + + + 202 Accepted (HTTP) + + + 203 Non-Authoritative Information +(HTTP) + + + 204 No Content (HTTP) + + + 205 Reset Content (HTTP) + + + 206 Partial Content (HTTP) + + + 207 Multi-Status (WebDAV) + + + 300 Multiple Choices (HTTP) + + + 301 Moved Permanently (HTTP) + + + 302 Found (HTTP) + + + 302 Moved Temporarily (old name, +RFC 2068) + + + 303 See Other (HTTP) + + + 304 Not Modified (HTTP) + + + 305 Use Proxy (HTTP) + + + 306 [Unused] (HTTP) + + + 307 Temporary Redirect (HTTP) + + + + + 400 Bad Request (HTTP) + + + 401 Unauthorized (HTTP) + + + 402 Payment Required (HTTP) + + + 403 Forbidden (HTTP) + + + 404 Not Found (HTTP) + + + 405 Method Not Allowed (HTTP) + + + 406 Not Acceptable (HTTP) + + + 407 Proxy Authentication +Required (HTTP) + + + shorter alias for +%SOUP_STATUS_PROXY_AUTHENTICATION_REQUIRED + + + 408 Request Timeout (HTTP) + + + 409 Conflict (HTTP) + + + 410 Gone (HTTP) + + + 411 Length Required (HTTP) + + + 412 Precondition Failed (HTTP) + + + 413 Request Entity Too Large +(HTTP) + + + 414 Request-URI Too Long (HTTP) + + + 415 Unsupported Media Type +(HTTP) + + + 416 Requested Range +Not Satisfiable (HTTP) + + + shorter alias for +%SOUP_STATUS_REQUESTED_RANGE_NOT_SATISFIABLE + + + 417 Expectation Failed (HTTP) + + + 422 Unprocessable Entity +(WebDAV) + + + 423 Locked (WebDAV) + + + 424 Failed Dependency (WebDAV) + + + 500 Internal Server Error +(HTTP) + + + 501 Not Implemented (HTTP) + + + 502 Bad Gateway (HTTP) + + + 503 Service Unavailable (HTTP) + + + 504 Gateway Timeout (HTTP) + + + 505 HTTP Version Not +Supported (HTTP) + + + 507 Insufficient Storage +(WebDAV) + + + 510 Not Extended (RFC 2774) + + + Looks up the stock HTTP description of @status_code. This is used +by soup_message_set_status() to get the correct text to go with a +given status code. + +<emphasis>There is no reason for you to ever use this +function.</emphasis> If you wanted the textual description for the +#SoupMessage:status_code of a given #SoupMessage, you should just +look at the message's #SoupMessage:reason_phrase. However, you +should only do that for use in debugging messages; HTTP reason +phrases are not localized, and are not generally very descriptive +anyway, and so they should never be presented to the user directly. +Instead, you should create you own error messages based on the +status code, and on what you were trying to do. + + the (terse, English) description of @status_code + + + + + an HTTP status code + + + + + + Turns %SOUP_STATUS_CANT_RESOLVE into +%SOUP_STATUS_CANT_RESOLVE_PROXY and %SOUP_STATUS_CANT_CONNECT into +%SOUP_STATUS_CANT_CONNECT_PROXY. Other status codes are passed +through unchanged. + + the "proxified" equivalent of @status_code. + + + + + a status code + + + + + + + Error codes for %SOUP_TLD_ERROR. + + A hostname was syntactically + invalid. + + + The passed-in "hostname" was + actually an IP address (and thus has no base domain or + public suffix). + + + The passed-in hostname + did not have enough components. Eg, calling + soup_tld_get_base_domain() on <literal>"co.uk"</literal>. + + + The passed-in hostname has + no recognized public suffix. + + + + + + + + + + + A #SoupURI represents a (parsed) URI. #SoupURI supports RFC 3986 +(URI Generic Syntax), and can parse any valid URI. However, libsoup +only uses "http" and "https" URIs internally; You can use +SOUP_URI_VALID_FOR_HTTP() to test if a #SoupURI is a valid HTTP +URI. + +@scheme will always be set in any URI. It is an interned string and +is always all lowercase. (If you parse a URI with a non-lowercase +scheme, it will be converted to lowercase.) The macros +%SOUP_URI_SCHEME_HTTP and %SOUP_URI_SCHEME_HTTPS provide the +interned values for "http" and "https" and can be compared against +URI @scheme values. + +@user and @password are parsed as defined in the older URI specs +(ie, separated by a colon; RFC 3986 only talks about a single +"userinfo" field). Note that @password is not included in the +output of soup_uri_to_string(). libsoup does not normally use these +fields; authentication is handled via #SoupSession signals. + +@host contains the hostname, and @port the port specified in the +URI. If the URI doesn't contain a hostname, @host will be %NULL, +and if it doesn't specify a port, @port may be 0. However, for +"http" and "https" URIs, @host is guaranteed to be non-%NULL +(trying to parse an http URI with no @host will return %NULL), and +@port will always be non-0 (because libsoup knows the default value +to use when it is not specified in the URI). + +@path is always non-%NULL. For http/https URIs, @path will never be +an empty string either; if the input URI has no path, the parsed +#SoupURI will have a @path of "/". + +@query and @fragment are optional for all URI types. +soup_form_decode() may be useful for parsing @query. + +Note that @path, @query, and @fragment may contain +%<!-- -->-encoded characters. soup_uri_new() calls +soup_uri_normalize() on them, but not soup_uri_decode(). This is +necessary to ensure that soup_uri_to_string() will generate a URI +that has exactly the same meaning as the original. (In theory, +#SoupURI should leave @user, @password, and @host partially-encoded +as well, but this would be more annoying than useful.) + + the URI scheme (eg, "http") + + + + a username, or %NULL + + + + a password, or %NULL + + + + the hostname or IP address, or %NULL + + + + the port number on @host + + + + the path on @host + + + + a query for @path, or %NULL + + + + a fragment identifier within @path, or %NULL + + + + Parses an absolute URI. + +You can also pass %NULL for @uri_string if you want to get back an +"empty" #SoupURI that you can fill in by hand. (You will need to +call at least soup_uri_set_scheme() and soup_uri_set_path(), since +those fields are required.) + + a #SoupURI, or %NULL if the given string + was found to be invalid. + + + + + a URI + + + + + + Parses @uri_string relative to @base. + + a parsed #SoupURI. + + + + + a base URI + + + + the URI + + + + + + Copies @uri + + a copy of @uri, which must be freed with soup_uri_free() + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + + + Makes a copy of @uri, considering only the protocol, host, and port + + the new #SoupURI + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + + + Tests whether or not @uri1 and @uri2 are equal in all parts + + %TRUE or %FALSE + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + another #SoupURI + + + + + + Frees @uri. + + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + + + Gets @uri's fragment. + + @uri's fragment. + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + + + Gets @uri's host. + + @uri's host. + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + + + Gets @uri's password. + + @uri's password. + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + + + Gets @uri's path. + + @uri's path. + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + + + Gets @uri's port. + + @uri's port. + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + + + Gets @uri's query. + + @uri's query. + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + + + Gets @uri's scheme. + + @uri's scheme. + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + + + Gets @uri's user. + + @uri's user. + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + + + Compares @v1 and @v2, considering only the scheme, host, and port. + + whether or not the URIs are equal in scheme, host, +and port. + + + + + a #SoupURI with a non-%NULL @host member + + + + a #SoupURI with a non-%NULL @host member + + + + + + Hashes @key, considering only the scheme, host, and port. + + a hash + + + + + a #SoupURI with a non-%NULL @host member + + + + + + Sets @uri's fragment to @fragment. + + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + the fragment + + + + + + Sets @uri's host to @host. + +If @host is an IPv6 IP address, it should not include the brackets +required by the URI syntax; they will be added automatically when +converting @uri to a string. + +http and https URIs should not have a %NULL @host. + + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + the hostname or IP address, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets @uri's password to @password. + + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + the password, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets @uri's path to @path. + + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + the non-%NULL path + + + + + + Sets @uri's port to @port. If @port is 0, @uri will not have an +explicitly-specified port. + + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + the port, or 0 + + + + + + Sets @uri's query to @query. + + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + the query + + + + + + Sets @uri's query to the result of encoding the given form fields +and values according to the * HTML form rules. See +soup_form_encode() for more information. + + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + name of the first form field to encode into query + + + + value of @first_field, followed by additional field names +and values, terminated by %NULL. + + + + + + Sets @uri's query to the result of encoding @form according to the +HTML form rules. See soup_form_encode_hash() for more information. + + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + a #GHashTable containing HTML form +information + + + + + + + + + Sets @uri's scheme to @scheme. This will also set @uri's port to +the default port for @scheme, if known. + + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + the URI scheme + + + + + + Sets @uri's user to @user. + + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + the username, or %NULL + + + + + + Returns a string representing @uri. + +If @just_path_and_query is %TRUE, this concatenates the path and query +together. That is, it constructs the string that would be needed in +the Request-Line of an HTTP request for @uri. + +Note that the output will never contain a password, even if @uri +does. + + a string representing @uri, which the caller must free. + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + if %TRUE, output just the path and query portions + + + + + + Tests if @uri uses the default port for its scheme. (Eg, 80 for +http.) (This only works for http, https and ftp; libsoup does not know +the default ports of other protocols.) + + %TRUE or %FALSE + + + + + a #SoupURI + + + + + + Fully %<!-- -->-decodes @part. + +In the past, this would return %NULL if @part contained invalid +percent-encoding, but now it just ignores the problem (as +soup_uri_new() already did). + + the decoded URI part. + + + + + a URI part + + + + + + This %<!-- -->-encodes the given URI part and returns the escaped +version in allocated memory, which the caller must free when it is +done. + + the encoded URI part + + + + + a URI part + + + + additional reserved characters to +escape (or %NULL) + + + + + + %<!-- -->-decodes any "unreserved" characters (or characters in +@unescape_extra) in @part, and %<!-- -->-encodes any non-ASCII +characters, spaces, and non-printing characters in @part. + +"Unreserved" characters are those that are not allowed to be used +for punctuation according to the URI spec. For example, letters are +unreserved, so soup_uri_normalize() will turn +<literal>http://example.com/foo/b%<!-- -->61r</literal> into +<literal>http://example.com/foo/bar</literal>, which is guaranteed +to mean the same thing. However, "/" is "reserved", so +<literal>http://example.com/foo%<!-- -->2Fbar</literal> would not +be changed, because it might mean something different to the +server. + +In the past, this would return %NULL if @part contained invalid +percent-encoding, but now it just ignores the problem (as +soup_uri_new() already did). + + the normalized URI part + + + + + a URI part + + + + reserved characters to unescape (or %NULL) + + + + + + + Tests whether @uri is a valid #SoupURI; that is, that it is non-%NULL +and its @scheme and @path members are also non-%NULL. + +This macro does not check whether http and https URIs have a non-%NULL +@host member. + + + a #SoupURI + + + + + Tests if @uri is a valid #SoupURI for HTTP communication; that is, if +it can be used to construct a #SoupMessage. + + + a #SoupURI + + + + + Extracts a value of type @type from @val into @args. The return +value will point to the same data as @val rather than being a copy +of it. + Use #GVariant API instead. + + + a #GValue + + + a #GType + + + #va_list pointing to a value of type pointer-to-@type + + + + + Copies an argument of type @type from @args into @val. @val will +point directly to the value in @args rather than copying it, so you +must g_value_copy() it if you want it to remain valid. + Use #GVariant API instead. + + + a #GValue + + + a #GType + + + #va_list pointing to a value of type @type + + + + + A macro that should be defined by the user prior to including +libsoup.h. The definition should be one of the predefined libsoup +version macros: %SOUP_VERSION_2_24, %SOUP_VERSION_2_26, ... + +This macro defines the earliest version of libsoup that the package +is required to be able to compile against. + +If the compiler is configured to warn about the use of deprecated +functions, then using functions that were deprecated in version +%SOUP_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED or earlier will cause warnings (but +using functions deprecated in later releases will not). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Pre-defined close codes that can be passed to +soup_websocket_connection_close() or received from +soup_websocket_connection_get_close_code(). (However, other codes +are also allowed.) + + a normal, non-error close + + + the client/server is going away + + + a protocol error occurred + + + the endpoint received data + of a type that it does not support. + + + reserved value indicating that + no close code was present; must not be sent. + + + reserved value indicating that + the connection was closed abnormally; must not be sent. + + + the endpoint received data that + was invalid (eg, non-UTF-8 data in a text message). + + + generic error code + indicating some sort of policy violation. + + + the endpoint received a message + that is too big to process. + + + the client is closing the + connection because the server failed to negotiate a required + extension. + + + the server is closing the + connection because it was unable to fulfill the request. + + + reserved value indicating that + the TLS handshake failed; must not be sent. + + + + A class representing a WebSocket connection. + + Creates a #SoupWebsocketConnection on @stream. This should be +called after completing the handshake to begin using the WebSocket +protocol. + + a new #SoupWebsocketConnection + + + + + a #GIOStream connected to the WebSocket server + + + + the URI of the connection + + + + the type of connection (client/side) + + + + the Origin of the client + + + + the subprotocol in use + + + + + + Creates a #SoupWebsocketConnection on @stream with the given active @extensions. +This should be called after completing the handshake to begin using the WebSocket +protocol. + + a new #SoupWebsocketConnection + + + + + a #GIOStream connected to the WebSocket server + + + + the URI of the connection + + + + the type of connection (client/side) + + + + the Origin of the client + + + + the subprotocol in use + + + + a #GList of #SoupWebsocketExtension objects + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Close the connection in an orderly fashion. + +Note that until the #SoupWebsocketConnection::closed signal fires, the connection +is not yet completely closed. The close message is not even sent until the +main loop runs. + +The @code and @data are sent to the peer along with the close request. +If @code is %SOUP_WEBSOCKET_CLOSE_NO_STATUS a close message with no body +(without code and data) is sent. +Note that the @data must be UTF-8 valid. + + + + + + the WebSocket + + + + close code + + + + close data + + + + + + Get the close code received from the WebSocket peer. + +This only becomes valid once the WebSocket is in the +%SOUP_WEBSOCKET_STATE_CLOSED state. The value will often be in the +#SoupWebsocketCloseCode enumeration, but may also be an application +defined close code. + + the close code or zero. + + + + + the WebSocket + + + + + + Get the close data received from the WebSocket peer. + +This only becomes valid once the WebSocket is in the +%SOUP_WEBSOCKET_STATE_CLOSED state. The data may be freed once +the main loop is run, so copy it if you need to keep it around. + + the close data or %NULL + + + + + the WebSocket + + + + + + Get the connection type (client/server) of the connection. + + the connection type + + + + + the WebSocket + + + + + + Get the extensions chosen via negotiation with the peer. + + a #GList of #SoupWebsocketExtension objects + + + + + + + the WebSocket + + + + + + Get the I/O stream the WebSocket is communicating over. + + the WebSocket's I/O stream. + + + + + the WebSocket + + + + + + Gets the keepalive interval in seconds or 0 if disabled. + + the keepalive interval. + + + + + the WebSocket + + + + + + Gets the maximum payload size allowed for incoming packets. + + the maximum payload size. + + + + + the WebSocket + + + + + + Get the origin of the WebSocket. + + the origin, or %NULL + + + + + the WebSocket + + + + + + Get the protocol chosen via negotiation with the peer. + + the chosen protocol, or %NULL + + + + + the WebSocket + + + + + + Get the current state of the WebSocket. + + the state + + + + + the WebSocket + + + + + + Get the URI of the WebSocket. + +For servers this represents the address of the WebSocket, and +for clients it is the address connected to. + + the URI + + + + + the WebSocket + + + + + + Send a binary message to the peer. If @length is 0, @data may be %NULL. + +The message is queued to be sent and will be sent when the main loop +is run. + + + + + + the WebSocket + + + + the message contents + + + + + + the length of @data + + + + + + Send a message of the given @type to the peer. Note that this method, +allows to send text messages containing %NULL characters. + +The message is queued to be sent and will be sent when the main loop +is run. + + + + + + the WebSocket + + + + the type of message contents + + + + the message data as #GBytes + + + + + + Send a %NULL-terminated text (UTF-8) message to the peer. If you need +to send text messages containing %NULL characters use +soup_websocket_connection_send_message() instead. + +The message is queued to be sent and will be sent when the main loop +is run. + + + + + + the WebSocket + + + + the message contents + + + + + + Sets the interval in seconds on when to send a ping message which will serve +as a keepalive message. If set to 0 the keepalive message is disabled. + + + + + + the WebSocket + + + + the interval to send a ping message or 0 to disable it + + + + + + Sets the maximum payload size allowed for incoming packets. It +does not limit the outgoing packet size. + + + + + + the WebSocket + + + + the maximum payload size + + + + + + The type of connection (client/server). + + + + List of #SoupWebsocketExtension objects that are active in the connection. + + + + The underlying IO stream the WebSocket is communicating +over. + +The input and output streams must be pollable streams. + + + + Interval in seconds on when to send a ping message which will +serve as a keepalive message. If set to 0 the keepalive message is +disabled. + + + + The maximum payload size for incoming packets the protocol expects +or 0 to not limit it. + + + + The client's Origin. + + + + The chosen protocol, or %NULL if a protocol was not agreed +upon. + + + + The current state of the WebSocket. + + + + The URI of the WebSocket. + +For servers this represents the address of the WebSocket, +and for clients it is the address connected to. + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when the connection has completely closed, either +due to an orderly close from the peer, one initiated via +soup_websocket_connection_close() or a fatal error +condition that caused a close. + +This signal will be emitted once. + + + + + + This signal will be emitted during an orderly close. + + + + + + Emitted when an error occurred on the WebSocket. This may +be fired multiple times. Fatal errors will be followed by +the #SoupWebsocketConnection::closed signal being emitted. + + + + + + the error that occured + + + + + + Emitted when we receive a message from the peer. + +As a convenience, the @message data will always be +NUL-terminated, but the NUL byte will not be included in +the length count. + + + + + + the type of message contents + + + + the message data + + + + + + Emitted when we receive a Pong frame (solicited or +unsolicited) from the peer. + +As a convenience, the @message data will always be +NUL-terminated, but the NUL byte will not be included in +the length count. + + + + + + the application data (if any) + + + + + + + The abstract base class for #SoupWebsocketConnection + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The type of a #SoupWebsocketConnection. + + unknown/invalid connection + + + a client-side connection + + + a server-side connection + + + + The type of data contained in a #SoupWebsocketConnection::message +signal. + + UTF-8 text + + + binary data + + + + WebSocket-related errors. + + a generic error + + + attempted to handshake with a + server that does not appear to understand WebSockets. + + + the WebSocket handshake failed + because some detail was invalid (eg, incorrect accept key). + + + the WebSocket handshake failed + because the "Origin" header was not an allowed value. + + + + + + + + + + Configures @extension with the given @params + + %TRUE if extension could be configured with the given parameters, or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #SoupWebsocketExtension + + + + either %SOUP_WEBSOCKET_CONNECTION_CLIENT or %SOUP_WEBSOCKET_CONNECTION_SERVER + + + + the parameters, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + Get the parameters strings to be included in the request header. If the extension +doesn't include any parameter in the request, this function returns %NULL. + + a new allocated string with the parameters + + + + + a #SoupWebsocketExtension + + + + + + Get the parameters strings to be included in the response header. If the extension +doesn't include any parameter in the response, this function returns %NULL. + + a new allocated string with the parameters + + + + + a #SoupWebsocketExtension + + + + + + Process a message after it's received. If the payload isn't changed the given +@payload is just returned, otherwise g_bytes_unref() is called on the given +@payload and a new #GBytes is returned with the new data. + +Extensions using reserved bits of the header will reset them in @header. + + the message payload data, or %NULL in case of error + + + + + a #SoupWebsocketExtension + + + + the message header + + + + the payload data + + + + + + Process a message before it's sent. If the payload isn't changed the given +@payload is just returned, otherwise g_bytes_unref() is called on the given +@payload and a new #GBytes is returned with the new data. + +Extensions using reserved bits of the header will change them in @header. + + the message payload data, or %NULL in case of error + + + + + a #SoupWebsocketExtension + + + + the message header + + + + the payload data + + + + + + Configures @extension with the given @params + + %TRUE if extension could be configured with the given parameters, or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #SoupWebsocketExtension + + + + either %SOUP_WEBSOCKET_CONNECTION_CLIENT or %SOUP_WEBSOCKET_CONNECTION_SERVER + + + + the parameters, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + Get the parameters strings to be included in the request header. If the extension +doesn't include any parameter in the request, this function returns %NULL. + + a new allocated string with the parameters + + + + + a #SoupWebsocketExtension + + + + + + Get the parameters strings to be included in the response header. If the extension +doesn't include any parameter in the response, this function returns %NULL. + + a new allocated string with the parameters + + + + + a #SoupWebsocketExtension + + + + + + Process a message after it's received. If the payload isn't changed the given +@payload is just returned, otherwise g_bytes_unref() is called on the given +@payload and a new #GBytes is returned with the new data. + +Extensions using reserved bits of the header will reset them in @header. + + the message payload data, or %NULL in case of error + + + + + a #SoupWebsocketExtension + + + + the message header + + + + the payload data + + + + + + Process a message before it's sent. If the payload isn't changed the given +@payload is just returned, otherwise g_bytes_unref() is called on the given +@payload and a new #GBytes is returned with the new data. + +Extensions using reserved bits of the header will change them in @header. + + the message payload data, or %NULL in case of error + + + + + a #SoupWebsocketExtension + + + + the message header + + + + the payload data + + + + + + + + + + The class structure for the SoupWebsocketExtension. + + the parent class + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if extension could be configured with the given parameters, or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #SoupWebsocketExtension + + + + either %SOUP_WEBSOCKET_CONNECTION_CLIENT or %SOUP_WEBSOCKET_CONNECTION_SERVER + + + + the parameters, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + a new allocated string with the parameters + + + + + a #SoupWebsocketExtension + + + + + + + + + a new allocated string with the parameters + + + + + a #SoupWebsocketExtension + + + + + + + + + the message payload data, or %NULL in case of error + + + + + a #SoupWebsocketExtension + + + + the message header + + + + the payload data + + + + + + + + + the message payload data, or %NULL in case of error + + + + + a #SoupWebsocketExtension + + + + the message header + + + + the payload data + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The state of the WebSocket connection. + + the connection is ready to send messages + + + the connection is in the process of + closing down; messages may be received, but not sent + + + the connection is completely closed down + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Pre-defined XML-RPC fault codes from <ulink +url="http://xmlrpc-epi.sourceforge.net/specs/rfc.fault_codes.php">http://xmlrpc-epi.sourceforge.net/specs/rfc.fault_codes.php</ulink>. +These are an extension, not part of the XML-RPC spec; you can't +assume servers will use them. + + request was not + well-formed + + + request was in + an unsupported encoding + + + request contained an invalid character + + + request was not + valid XML-RPC + + + method + not found + + + invalid + parameters + + + internal + error + + + start of reserved range for + application error codes + + + start of reserved range for + system error codes + + + start of reserved range for + transport error codes + + + + + + + + + Opaque structure containing XML-RPC methodCall parameter values. +Can be parsed using soup_xmlrpc_params_parse() and freed with +soup_xmlrpc_params_free(). + + Free a #SoupXMLRPCParams returned by soup_xmlrpc_parse_request(). + + + + + + a SoupXMLRPCParams + + + + + + Parse method parameters returned by soup_xmlrpc_parse_request(). + +Deserialization details: + - If @signature is provided, &lt;int&gt; and &lt;i4&gt; can be deserialized + to byte, int16, uint16, int32, uint32, int64 or uint64. Otherwise + it will be deserialized to int32. If the value is out of range + for the target type it will return an error. + - &lt;struct&gt; will be deserialized to "a{sv}". @signature could define + another value type (e.g. "a{ss}"). + - &lt;array&gt; will be deserialized to "av". @signature could define + another element type (e.g. "as") or could be a tuple (e.g. "(ss)"). + - &lt;base64&gt; will be deserialized to "ay". + - &lt;string&gt; will be deserialized to "s". + - &lt;dateTime.iso8601&gt; will be deserialized to an unspecified variant + type. If @signature is provided it must have the generic "v" type, which + means there is no guarantee that it's actually a datetime that has been + received. soup_xmlrpc_variant_get_datetime() must be used to parse and + type check this special variant. + - @signature must not have maybes, otherwise an error is returned. + - Dictionaries must have string keys, otherwise an error is returned. + + a new (non-floating) #GVariant, or %NULL + + + + + A #SoupXMLRPCParams + + + + A valid #GVariant type string, or %NULL + + + + + + + Adds @function to be executed from inside @async_context with the +default priority. Use this when you want to complete an action in +@async_context's main loop, as soon as possible. + + a #GSource, which can be removed from @async_context +with g_source_destroy(). + + + + + the #GMainContext to dispatch the I/O +watch in, or %NULL for the default context + + + + the callback to invoke + + + + user data to pass to @function + + + + + + Adds an idle event as with g_idle_add(), but using the given +@async_context. + +If you want @function to run "right away", use +soup_add_completion(), since that sets a higher priority on the +#GSource than soup_add_idle() does. + + a #GSource, which can be removed from @async_context +with g_source_destroy(). + + + + + the #GMainContext to dispatch the I/O +watch in, or %NULL for the default context + + + + the callback to invoke at idle time + + + + user data to pass to @function + + + + + + Adds an I/O watch as with g_io_add_watch(), but using the given +@async_context. + + a #GSource, which can be removed from @async_context +with g_source_destroy(). + + + + + the #GMainContext to dispatch the I/O +watch in, or %NULL for the default context + + + + the #GIOChannel to watch + + + + the condition to watch for + + + + the callback to invoke when @condition occurs + + + + user data to pass to @function + + + + + + Adds a timeout as with g_timeout_add(), but using the given +@async_context. + + a #GSource, which can be removed from @async_context +with g_source_destroy(). + + + + + the #GMainContext to dispatch the I/O +watch in, or %NULL for the default context + + + + the timeout interval, in milliseconds + + + + the callback to invoke at timeout time + + + + user data to pass to @function + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Like SOUP_CHECK_VERSION, but the check for soup_check_version is +at runtime instead of compile time. This is useful for compiling +against older versions of libsoup, but using features from newer +versions. + + %TRUE if the version of the libsoup currently loaded +is the same as or newer than the passed-in version. + + + + + the major version to check + + + + the minor version to check + + + + the micro version to check + + + + + + Parses @header and returns a #SoupCookie. (If @header contains +multiple cookies, only the first one will be parsed.) + +If @header does not have "path" or "domain" attributes, they will +be defaulted from @origin. If @origin is %NULL, path will default +to "/", but domain will be left as %NULL. Note that this is not a +valid state for a #SoupCookie, and you will need to fill in some +appropriate string for the domain if you want to actually make use +of the cookie. + + a new #SoupCookie, or %NULL if it could +not be parsed, or contained an illegal "domain" attribute for a +cookie originating from @origin. + + + + + a cookie string (eg, the value of a Set-Cookie header) + + + + origin of the cookie, or %NULL + + + + + + Frees @cookies. + + + + + + a #GSList of #SoupCookie + + + + + + + + Parses @msg's Cookie request header and returns a #GSList of +#SoupCookie<!-- -->s. As the "Cookie" header, unlike "Set-Cookie", +only contains cookie names and values, none of the other +#SoupCookie fields will be filled in. (Thus, you can't generally +pass a cookie returned from this method directly to +soup_cookies_to_response().) + + a #GSList +of #SoupCookie<!-- -->s, which can be freed with +soup_cookies_free(). + + + + + + + a #SoupMessage containing a "Cookie" request header + + + + + + Parses @msg's Set-Cookie response headers and returns a #GSList of +#SoupCookie<!-- -->s. Cookies that do not specify "path" or +"domain" attributes will have their values defaulted from @msg. + + a #GSList +of #SoupCookie<!-- -->s, which can be freed with +soup_cookies_free(). + + + + + + + a #SoupMessage containing a "Set-Cookie" response header + + + + + + Serializes a #GSList of #SoupCookie into a string suitable for +setting as the value of the "Cookie" header. + + the serialization of @cookies + + + + + a #GSList of #SoupCookie + + + + + + + + Adds the name and value of each cookie in @cookies to @msg's +"Cookie" request. (If @msg already has a "Cookie" request header, +these cookies will be appended to the cookies already present. Be +careful that you do not append the same cookies twice, eg, when +requeuing a message.) + + + + + + a #GSList of #SoupCookie + + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + Appends a "Set-Cookie" response header to @msg for each cookie in +@cookies. (This is in addition to any other "Set-Cookie" headers +@msg may already have.) + + + + + + a #GSList of #SoupCookie + + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + + + Decodes @form, which is an urlencoded dataset as defined in the +HTML 4.01 spec. + + a hash +table containing the name/value pairs from @encoded_form, which you +can free with g_hash_table_destroy(). + + + + + + + + data of type "application/x-www-form-urlencoded" + + + + + + Decodes the "multipart/form-data" request in @msg; this is a +convenience method for the case when you have a single file upload +control in a form. (Or when you don't have any file upload +controls, but are still using "multipart/form-data" anyway.) Pass +the name of the file upload control in @file_control_name, and +soup_form_decode_multipart() will extract the uploaded file data +into @filename, @content_type, and @file. All of the other form +control data will be returned (as strings, as with +soup_form_decode()) in the returned #GHashTable. + +You may pass %NULL for @filename, @content_type and/or @file if you do not +care about those fields. soup_form_decode_multipart() may also +return %NULL in those fields if the client did not provide that +information. You must free the returned filename and content-type +with g_free(), and the returned file data with soup_buffer_free(). + +If you have a form with more than one file upload control, you will +need to decode it manually, using soup_multipart_new_from_message() +and soup_multipart_get_part(). + + +a hash table containing the name/value pairs (other than +@file_control_name) from @msg, which you can free with +g_hash_table_destroy(). On error, it will return %NULL. + + + + + + + + a #SoupMessage containing a "multipart/form-data" request body + + + + the name of the HTML file upload control, or %NULL + + + + return location for the name of the uploaded file, or %NULL + + + + return location for the MIME type of the uploaded file, or %NULL + + + + return location for the uploaded file data, or %NULL + + + + + + Encodes the given field names and values into a value of type +"application/x-www-form-urlencoded", as defined in the HTML 4.01 +spec. + +This method requires you to know the names of the form fields (or +at the very least, the total number of fields) at compile time; for +working with dynamic forms, use soup_form_encode_hash() or +soup_form_encode_datalist(). + + the encoded form + + + + + name of the first form field + + + + value of @first_field, followed by additional field names +and values, terminated by %NULL. + + + + + + Encodes @form_data_set into a value of type +"application/x-www-form-urlencoded", as defined in the HTML 4.01 +spec. Unlike soup_form_encode_hash(), this preserves the ordering +of the form elements, which may be required in some situations. + + the encoded form + + + + + a datalist containing name/value pairs + + + + + + Encodes @form_data_set into a value of type +"application/x-www-form-urlencoded", as defined in the HTML 4.01 +spec. + +Note that the HTML spec states that "The control names/values are +listed in the order they appear in the document." Since this method +takes a hash table, it cannot enforce that; if you care about the +ordering of the form fields, use soup_form_encode_datalist(). + + the encoded form + + + + + a hash table containing +name/value pairs (as strings) + + + + + + + + + See soup_form_encode(). This is mostly an internal method, used by +various other methods such as soup_uri_set_query_from_fields() and +soup_form_request_new(). + + the encoded form + + + + + name of the first form field + + + + pointer to additional values, as in soup_form_encode() + + + + + + Creates a new %SoupMessage and sets it up to send the given data +to @uri via @method. (That is, if @method is "GET", it will encode +the form data into @uri's query field, and if @method is "POST", it +will encode it into the %SoupMessage's request_body.) + + the new %SoupMessage + + + + + the HTTP method, either "GET" or "POST" + + + + the URI to send the form data to + + + + name of the first form field + + + + value of @first_field, followed by additional field names +and values, terminated by %NULL. + + + + + + Creates a new %SoupMessage and sets it up to send @form_data_set to +@uri via @method, as with soup_form_request_new(). + + the new %SoupMessage + + + + + the HTTP method, either "GET" or "POST" + + + + the URI to send the form data to + + + + the data to send to @uri + + + + + + Creates a new %SoupMessage and sets it up to send @form_data_set to +@uri via @method, as with soup_form_request_new(). + + the new %SoupMessage + + + + + the HTTP method, either "GET" or "POST" + + + + the URI to send the form data to + + + + the data to send to @uri + + + + + + + + + Creates a new %SoupMessage and sets it up to send @multipart to +@uri via POST. + +To send a <literal>"multipart/form-data"</literal> POST, first +create a #SoupMultipart, using %SOUP_FORM_MIME_TYPE_MULTIPART as +the MIME type. Then use soup_multipart_append_form_string() and +soup_multipart_append_form_file() to add the value of each form +control to the multipart. (These are just convenience methods, and +you can use soup_multipart_append_part() if you need greater +control over the part headers.) Finally, call +soup_form_request_new_from_multipart() to serialize the multipart +structure and create a #SoupMessage. + + the new %SoupMessage + + + + + the URI to send the form data to + + + + a "multipart/form-data" #SoupMultipart + + + + + + Returns the major version number of the libsoup library. +(e.g. in libsoup version 2.42.0 this is 2.) + +This function is in the library, so it represents the libsoup library +your code is running against. Contrast with the #SOUP_MAJOR_VERSION +macro, which represents the major version of the libsoup headers you +have included when compiling your code. + + the major version number of the libsoup library + + + + + Returns the micro version number of the libsoup library. +(e.g. in libsoup version 2.42.0 this is 0.) + +This function is in the library, so it represents the libsoup library +your code is running against. Contrast with the #SOUP_MICRO_VERSION +macro, which represents the micro version of the libsoup headers you +have included when compiling your code. + + the micro version number of the libsoup library + + + + + Returns the minor version number of the libsoup library. +(e.g. in libsoup version 2.42.0 this is 42.) + +This function is in the library, so it represents the libsoup library +your code is running against. Contrast with the #SOUP_MINOR_VERSION +macro, which represents the minor version of the libsoup headers you +have included when compiling your code. + + the minor version number of the libsoup library + + + + + + + + + + Parses @header to see if it contains the token @token (matched +case-insensitively). Note that this can't be used with lists +that have qvalues. + + whether or not @header contains @token + + + + + An HTTP header suitable for parsing with +soup_header_parse_list() + + + + a token + + + + + + Frees @list. + + + + + + a #GSList returned from soup_header_parse_list() or +soup_header_parse_quality_list() + + + + + + + + Frees @param_list. + + + + + + a #GHashTable returned from soup_header_parse_param_list() +or soup_header_parse_semi_param_list() + + + + + + + + + Appends something like <literal>@name=@value</literal> to @string, +taking care to quote @value if needed, and if so, to escape any +quotes or backslashes in @value. + +Alternatively, if @value is a non-ASCII UTF-8 string, it will be +appended using RFC5987 syntax. Although in theory this is supposed +to work anywhere in HTTP that uses this style of parameter, in +reality, it can only be used portably with the Content-Disposition +"filename" parameter. + +If @value is %NULL, this will just append @name to @string. + + + + + + a #GString being used to construct an HTTP header value + + + + a parameter name + + + + a parameter value, or %NULL + + + + + + Appends something like <literal>@name="@value"</literal> to +@string, taking care to escape any quotes or backslashes in @value. + +If @value is (non-ASCII) UTF-8, this will instead use RFC 5987 +encoding, just like soup_header_g_string_append_param(). + + + + + + a #GString being used to construct an HTTP header value + + + + a parameter name + + + + a parameter value + + + + + + Parses a header whose content is described by RFC2616 as +"#something", where "something" does not itself contain commas, +except as part of quoted-strings. + + a #GSList of +list elements, as allocated strings + + + + + + + a header value + + + + + + Parses a header which is a comma-delimited list of something like: +<literal>token [ "=" ( token | quoted-string ) ]</literal>. + +Tokens that don't have an associated value will still be added to +the resulting hash table, but with a %NULL value. + +This also handles RFC5987 encoding (which in HTTP is mostly used +for giving UTF8-encoded filenames in the Content-Disposition +header). + + a +#GHashTable of list elements, which can be freed with +soup_header_free_param_list(). + + + + + + + + a header value + + + + + + A strict version of soup_header_parse_param_list() +that bails out if there are duplicate parameters. +Note that this function will treat RFC5987-encoded +parameters as duplicated if an ASCII version is also +present. For header fields that might contain +RFC5987-encoded parameters, use +soup_header_parse_param_list() instead. + + +a #GHashTable of list elements, which can be freed with +soup_header_free_param_list() or %NULL if there are duplicate +elements. + + + + + + + + a header value + + + + + + Parses a header whose content is a list of items with optional +"qvalue"s (eg, Accept, Accept-Charset, Accept-Encoding, +Accept-Language, TE). + +If @unacceptable is not %NULL, then on return, it will contain the +items with qvalue 0. Either way, those items will be removed from +the main list. + + a #GSList of +acceptable values (as allocated strings), highest-qvalue first. + + + + + + + a header value + + + + on +return, will contain a list of unacceptable values + + + + + + + + Parses a header which is a semicolon-delimited list of something +like: <literal>token [ "=" ( token | quoted-string ) ]</literal>. + +Tokens that don't have an associated value will still be added to +the resulting hash table, but with a %NULL value. + +This also handles RFC5987 encoding (which in HTTP is mostly used +for giving UTF8-encoded filenames in the Content-Disposition +header). + + a +#GHashTable of list elements, which can be freed with +soup_header_free_param_list(). + + + + + + + + a header value + + + + + + A strict version of soup_header_parse_semi_param_list() +that bails out if there are duplicate parameters. +Note that this function will treat RFC5987-encoded +parameters as duplicated if an ASCII version is also +present. For header fields that might contain +RFC5987-encoded parameters, use +soup_header_parse_semi_param_list() instead. + + +a #GHashTable of list elements, which can be freed with +soup_header_free_param_list() or %NULL if there are duplicate +elements. + + + + + + + + a header value + + + + + + Parses the headers of an HTTP request or response in @str and +stores the results in @dest. Beware that @dest may be modified even +on failure. + +This is a low-level method; normally you would use +soup_headers_parse_request() or soup_headers_parse_response(). + + success or failure + + + + + the header string (including the Request-Line or Status-Line, + but not the trailing blank line) + + + + length of @str + + + + #SoupMessageHeaders to store the header values in + + + + + + Parses the headers of an HTTP request in @str and stores the +results in @req_method, @req_path, @ver, and @req_headers. + +Beware that @req_headers may be modified even on failure. + + %SOUP_STATUS_OK if the headers could be parsed, or an +HTTP error to be returned to the client if they could not be. + + + + + the headers (up to, but not including, the trailing blank line) + + + + length of @str + + + + #SoupMessageHeaders to store the header values in + + + + if non-%NULL, will be filled in with the +request method + + + + if non-%NULL, will be filled in with the +request path + + + + if non-%NULL, will be filled in with the HTTP +version + + + + + + Parses the headers of an HTTP response in @str and stores the +results in @ver, @status_code, @reason_phrase, and @headers. + +Beware that @headers may be modified even on failure. + + success or failure. + + + + + the headers (up to, but not including, the trailing blank line) + + + + length of @str + + + + #SoupMessageHeaders to store the header values in + + + + if non-%NULL, will be filled in with the HTTP +version + + + + if non-%NULL, will be filled in with +the status code + + + + if non-%NULL, will be filled in with +the reason phrase + + + + + + Parses the HTTP Status-Line string in @status_line into @ver, +@status_code, and @reason_phrase. @status_line must be terminated by +either "\0" or "\r\n". + + %TRUE if @status_line was parsed successfully. + + + + + an HTTP Status-Line + + + + if non-%NULL, will be filled in with the HTTP +version + + + + if non-%NULL, will be filled in with +the status code + + + + if non-%NULL, will be filled in with +the reason phrase + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes @iter for iterating @hdrs. + + + + + + a pointer to a %SoupMessageHeadersIter +structure + + + + a %SoupMessageHeaders + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #SoupAddress represents the address of a TCP connection endpoint: +both the IP address and the port. (It is somewhat like an +object-oriented version of struct sockaddr.) + +Although #SoupAddress is still used in some libsoup API's, it +should not be used in new code; use GLib's #GNetworkAddress or +#GSocketAddress instead. + + + #SoupAuth objects store the authentication data associated with a +given bit of web space. They are created automatically by +#SoupSession. + + + A #SoupAuthDomain manages authentication for all or part of a +#SoupServer. To make a server require authentication, first create +an appropriate subclass of #SoupAuthDomain, and then add it to the +server with soup_server_add_auth_domain(). + +In order for an auth domain to have any effect, you must add one or +more paths to it (via soup_auth_domain_add_path() or the +%SOUP_AUTH_DOMAIN_ADD_PATH property). To require authentication for +all ordinary requests, add the path "/". (Note that this does not +include the special "*" URI (eg, "OPTIONS *"), which must be added +as a separate path if you want to cover it.) + +If you need greater control over which requests should and +shouldn't be authenticated, add paths covering everything you +<emphasis>might</emphasis> want authenticated, and then use a +filter (soup_auth_domain_set_filter()) to bypass authentication for +those requests that don't need it. + + + #SoupAuthDomainBasic handles the server side of HTTP "Basic" (ie, +cleartext password) authentication. + + + #SoupAuthDomainDigest handles the server side of HTTP "Digest" +authentication. + + + #SoupAuthManager is the #SoupSessionFeature that handles HTTP +authentication for a #SoupSession. + +A #SoupAuthManager is added to the session by default, and normally +you don't need to worry about it at all. However, if you want to +disable HTTP authentication, you can remove the feature from the +session with soup_session_remove_feature_by_type(), or disable it on +individual requests with soup_message_disable_feature(). + + + #SoupCache implements a file-based cache for HTTP resources. + + + #SoupContentDecoder handles adding the "Accept-Encoding" header on +outgoing messages, and processing the "Content-Encoding" header on +incoming ones. Currently it supports the "gzip", "deflate", and "br" +content codings. + +If you are using a plain #SoupSession (ie, not #SoupSessionAsync or +#SoupSessionSync), then a #SoupContentDecoder will automatically be +added to the session by default. (You can use +%SOUP_SESSION_REMOVE_FEATURE_BY_TYPE at construct time if you don't +want this.) If you are using one of the deprecated #SoupSession +subclasses, you can add a #SoupContentDecoder to your session with +soup_session_add_feature() or soup_session_add_feature_by_type(). + +If #SoupContentDecoder successfully decodes the Content-Encoding, +it will set the %SOUP_MESSAGE_CONTENT_DECODED flag on the message, +and the message body and the chunks in the #SoupMessage::got_chunk +signals will contain the decoded data; however, the message headers +will be unchanged (and so "Content-Encoding" will still be present, +"Content-Length" will describe the original encoded length, etc). + +If "Content-Encoding" contains any encoding types that +#SoupContentDecoder doesn't recognize, then none of the encodings +will be decoded (and the %SOUP_MESSAGE_CONTENT_DECODED flag will +not be set). + +(Note that currently there is no way to (automatically) use +Content-Encoding when sending a request body, or to pick specific +encoding types to support.) + + + A #SoupContentSniffer tries to detect the actual content type of +the files that are being downloaded by looking at some of the data +before the #SoupMessage emits its #SoupMessage::got-headers signal. +#SoupContentSniffer implements #SoupSessionFeature, so you can add +content sniffing to a session with soup_session_add_feature() or +soup_session_add_feature_by_type(). + + + #SoupCookie implements HTTP cookies, as described by <ulink +url="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6265.txt">RFC 6265</ulink>. + +To have a #SoupSession handle cookies for your appliction +automatically, use a #SoupCookieJar. + + + A #SoupCookieJar stores #SoupCookie<!-- -->s and arrange for them +to be sent with the appropriate #SoupMessage<!-- -->s. +#SoupCookieJar implements #SoupSessionFeature, so you can add a +cookie jar to a session with soup_session_add_feature() or +soup_session_add_feature_by_type(). + +Note that the base #SoupCookieJar class does not support any form +of long-term cookie persistence. + + + #SoupCookieJarDB is a #SoupCookieJar that reads cookies from and +writes them to a sqlite database in the new Mozilla format. + +(This is identical to <literal>SoupCookieJarSqlite</literal> in +libsoup-gnome; it has just been moved into libsoup proper, and +renamed to avoid conflicting.) + + + #SoupCookieJarText is a #SoupCookieJar that reads cookies from and +writes them to a text file in the Mozilla "cookies.txt" format. + + + libsoup contains several help methods for processing HTML forms as +defined by <ulink +url="http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/interact/forms.html#h-17.13">the +HTML 4.01 specification</ulink>. + + + A #SoupHSTSEnforcer stores HSTS policies and enforces them when +required. #SoupHSTSEnforcer implements #SoupSessionFeature, so you +can add an HSTS enforcer to a session with +soup_session_add_feature() or soup_session_add_feature_by_type(). + +#SoupHSTSEnforcer keeps track of all the HTTPS destinations that, +when connected to, return the Strict-Transport-Security header with +valid values. #SoupHSTSEnforcer will forget those destinations +upon expiry or when the server requests it. + +When the #SoupSession the #SoupHSTSEnforcer is attached to queues +or restarts a message, the #SoupHSTSEnforcer will rewrite the URI +to HTTPS if the destination is a known HSTS host and is contacted +over an insecure transport protocol (HTTP). Users of +#SoupHSTSEnforcer are advised to listen to changes in +SoupMessage:uri in order to be aware of changes in the message URI. + +Note that #SoupHSTSEnforcer does not support any form of long-term +HSTS policy persistence. See #SoupHSTSDBEnforcer for a persistent +enforcer. + + + #SoupHSTSEnforcerDB is a #SoupHSTSEnforcer that uses a SQLite +database as a backend for persistency. + + + #SoupHSTSPolicy implements HTTP policies, as described by <ulink +url="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6797">RFC 6797</ulink>. + +To have a #SoupSession handle HSTS policies for your appliction +automatically, use a #SoupHSTSEnforcer. + + + #SoupLogger watches a #SoupSession and logs the HTTP traffic that +it generates, for debugging purposes. Many applications use an +environment variable to determine whether or not to use +#SoupLogger, and to determine the amount of debugging output. + +To use #SoupLogger, first create a logger with soup_logger_new(), +optionally configure it with soup_logger_set_request_filter(), +soup_logger_set_response_filter(), and soup_logger_set_printer(), +and then attach it to a session (or multiple sessions) with +soup_session_add_feature(). + +By default, the debugging output is sent to +<literal>stdout</literal>, and looks something like: + +<informalexample><screen> +> POST /unauth HTTP/1.1 +> Soup-Debug-Timestamp: 1200171744 +> Soup-Debug: SoupSessionAsync 1 (0x612190), SoupMessage 1 (0x617000), SoupSocket 1 (0x612220) +> Host: localhost +> Content-Type: text/plain +> Connection: close +> +> This is a test. + +&lt; HTTP/1.1 201 Created +&lt; Soup-Debug-Timestamp: 1200171744 +&lt; Soup-Debug: SoupMessage 1 (0x617000) +&lt; Date: Sun, 12 Jan 2008 21:02:24 GMT +&lt; Content-Length: 0 +</screen></informalexample> + +The <literal>Soup-Debug-Timestamp</literal> line gives the time (as +a <type>time_t</type>) when the request was sent, or the response fully +received. + +The <literal>Soup-Debug</literal> line gives further debugging +information about the #SoupSession, #SoupMessage, and #SoupSocket +involved; the hex numbers are the addresses of the objects in +question (which may be useful if you are running in a debugger). +The decimal IDs are simply counters that uniquely identify objects +across the lifetime of the #SoupLogger. In particular, this can be +used to identify when multiple messages are sent across the same +connection. + +Currently, the request half of the message is logged just before +the first byte of the request gets written to the network (from the +#SoupMessage::starting signal), which means that if you have +not made the complete request body available at that point, it will +not be logged. + +The response is logged just after the last byte of the response +body is read from the network (from the #SoupMessage::got_body or +#SoupMessage::got_informational signal), which means that the +#SoupMessage::got_headers signal, and anything triggered off it +(such as #SoupSession::authenticate) will be emitted +<emphasis>before</emphasis> the response headers are actually +logged. + +If the response doesn't happen to trigger the +#SoupMessage::got_body nor #SoupMessage::got_informational signals +due to, for example, a cancellation before receiving the last byte +of the response body, the response will still be logged on the +event of the #SoupMessage::finished signal. + + + A #SoupMessage represents an HTTP message that is being sent or +received. + +For client-side usage, if you are using the traditional +#SoupSession APIs (soup_session_queue_message() and +soup_session_send_message()), you would create a #SoupMessage with +soup_message_new() or soup_message_new_from_uri(), set up its +fields appropriately, and send it. If you are using the newer +#SoupRequest API, you would create a request with +soup_session_request_http() or soup_session_request_http_uri(), and +the returned #SoupRequestHTTP will already have an associated +#SoupMessage that you can retrieve via +soup_request_http_get_message(). + +For server-side usage, #SoupServer will create #SoupMessage<!-- +-->s automatically for incoming requests, which your application +will receive via handlers. + +Note that libsoup's terminology here does not quite match the HTTP +specification: in RFC 2616, an "HTTP-message" is +<emphasis>either</emphasis> a Request, <emphasis>or</emphasis> a +Response. In libsoup, a #SoupMessage combines both the request and +the response. + + + #SoupMessageBody represents the request or response body of a +#SoupMessage. + +In addition to #SoupMessageBody, libsoup also defines a "smaller" +data buffer type, #SoupBuffer, which is primarily used as a +component of #SoupMessageBody. In particular, when using chunked +encoding to transmit or receive a message, each chunk is +represented as a #SoupBuffer. + + + #SoupMessageHeaders represents the HTTP message headers associated +with a request or response. + + + soup-method.h contains a number of defines for standard HTTP and +WebDAV headers. You do not need to use these defines; you can pass +arbitrary strings to soup_message_new() if you prefer. + +The thing that these defines <emphasis>are</emphasis> useful for is +performing quick comparisons against #SoupMessage's %method field; +because that field always contains an interned string, and these +macros return interned strings, you can compare %method directly +against these macros rather than needing to use strcmp(). This is +most useful in SoupServer handlers. Eg: + +<informalexample><programlisting> + if (msg->method != SOUP_METHOD_GET &amp;&amp; msg->method != SOUP_METHOD_HEAD) { + soup_message_set_status (msg, SOUP_METHOD_NOT_IMPLEMENTED); + return; + } +</programlisting></informalexample> + + + This adds support for the multipart responses. For handling the +multiple parts the user needs to wrap the #GInputStream obtained by +sending the request with a #SoupMultipartInputStream and use +soup_multipart_input_stream_next_part() before reading. Responses +which are not wrapped will be treated like non-multipart responses. + +Note that although #SoupMultipartInputStream is a #GInputStream, +you should not read directly from it, and the results are undefined +if you do. + + + #SoupProxyResolverDefault is a <type>SoupProxyURIResolver</type> +implementation that uses the default gio #GProxyResolver to resolve +proxies. + +In libsoup 2.44 and later, you can set the session's +#SoupSession:proxy-resolver property to the resolver returned by +g_proxy_resolver_get_default() to get the same effect. Note that +for "plain" #SoupSessions (ie, not #SoupSessionAsync or +#SoupSessionSync), this is done for you automatically. + + + #SoupProxyURIResolver is an interface for finding appropriate HTTP +proxies to use. + + + A #SoupRequest is created by #SoupSession, and represents a request +to retrieve a particular URI. + + + #SoupRequestData implements #SoupRequest for "data" URIs. + + + #SoupRequestFile implements #SoupRequest for "file" and "resource" +URIs. + + + #SoupRequestHTTP implements #SoupRequest for "http" and "https" +URIs. + +To do more complicated HTTP operations using the #SoupRequest APIs, +call soup_request_http_get_message() to get the request's +#SoupMessage. + + + #SoupServer implements a simple HTTP server. + +(The following documentation describes the current #SoupServer API, +available in <application>libsoup</application> 2.48 and later. See +the section "<link linkend="soup-server-old-api">The Old SoupServer +Listening API</link>" in the server how-to documentation for +details on the older #SoupServer API.) + +To begin, create a server using soup_server_new(). Add at least one +handler by calling soup_server_add_handler() or +soup_server_add_early_handler(); the handler will be called to +process any requests underneath the path you pass. (If you want all +requests to go to the same handler, just pass "/" (or %NULL) for +the path.) + +When a new connection is accepted (or a new request is started on +an existing persistent connection), the #SoupServer will emit +#SoupServer::request-started and then begin processing the request +as described below, but note that once the message is assigned a +#SoupMessage:status-code, then callbacks after that point will be +skipped. Note also that it is not defined when the callbacks happen +relative to various #SoupMessage signals. + +Once the headers have been read, #SoupServer will check if there is +a #SoupAuthDomain (qv) covering the Request-URI; if so, and if the +message does not contain suitable authorization, then the +#SoupAuthDomain will set a status of %SOUP_STATUS_UNAUTHORIZED on +the message. + +After checking for authorization, #SoupServer will look for "early" +handlers (added with soup_server_add_early_handler()) matching the +Request-URI. If one is found, it will be run; in particular, this +can be used to connect to signals to do a streaming read of the +request body. + +(At this point, if the request headers contain "<literal>Expect: +100-continue</literal>", and a status code has been set, then +#SoupServer will skip the remaining steps and return the response. +If the request headers contain "<literal>Expect: +100-continue</literal>" and no status code has been set, +#SoupServer will return a %SOUP_STATUS_CONTINUE status before +continuing.) + +The server will then read in the response body (if present). At +this point, if there are no handlers at all defined for the +Request-URI, then the server will return %SOUP_STATUS_NOT_FOUND to +the client. + +Otherwise (assuming no previous step assigned a status to the +message) any "normal" handlers (added with +soup_server_add_handler()) for the message's Request-URI will be +run. + +Then, if the path has a WebSocket handler registered (and has +not yet been assigned a status), #SoupServer will attempt to +validate the WebSocket handshake, filling in the response and +setting a status of %SOUP_STATUS_SWITCHING_PROTOCOLS or +%SOUP_STATUS_BAD_REQUEST accordingly. + +If the message still has no status code at this point (and has not +been paused with soup_server_pause_message()), then it will be +given a status of %SOUP_STATUS_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR (because at +least one handler ran, but returned without assigning a status). + +Finally, the server will emit #SoupServer::request-finished (or +#SoupServer::request-aborted if an I/O error occurred before +handling was completed). + +If you want to handle the special "*" URI (eg, "OPTIONS *"), you +must explicitly register a handler for "*"; the default handler +will not be used for that case. + +If you want to process https connections in addition to (or instead +of) http connections, you can either set the +%SOUP_SERVER_TLS_CERTIFICATE property when creating the server, or +else call soup_server_set_ssl_certificate() after creating it. + +Once the server is set up, make one or more calls to +soup_server_listen(), soup_server_listen_local(), or +soup_server_listen_all() to tell it where to listen for +connections. (All ports on a #SoupServer use the same handlers; if +you need to handle some ports differently, such as returning +different data for http and https, you'll need to create multiple +#SoupServers, or else check the passed-in URI in the handler +function.). + +#SoupServer will begin processing connections as soon as you return +to (or start) the main loop for the current thread-default +#GMainContext. + + + #SoupSession is the object that controls client-side HTTP. A +#SoupSession encapsulates all of the state that libsoup is keeping +on behalf of your program; cached HTTP connections, authentication +information, etc. It also keeps track of various global options +and features that you are using. + +Most applications will only need a single #SoupSession; the primary +reason you might need multiple sessions is if you need to have +multiple independent authentication contexts. (Eg, you are +connecting to a server and authenticating as two different users at +different times; the easiest way to ensure that each #SoupMessage +is sent with the authentication information you intended is to use +one session for the first user, and a second session for the other +user.) + +In the past, #SoupSession was an abstract class, and users needed +to choose between #SoupSessionAsync (which always uses +#GMainLoop<!-- -->-based I/O), or #SoupSessionSync (which always uses +blocking I/O and can be used from multiple threads simultaneously). +This is no longer necessary; you can (and should) use a plain +#SoupSession, which supports both synchronous and asynchronous use. +(When using a plain #SoupSession, soup_session_queue_message() +behaves like it traditionally did on a #SoupSessionAsync, and +soup_session_send_message() behaves like it traditionally did on a +#SoupSessionSync.) + +Additional #SoupSession functionality is provided by +#SoupSessionFeature objects, which can be added to a session with +soup_session_add_feature() or soup_session_add_feature_by_type() +(or at construct time with the %SOUP_SESSION_ADD_FEATURE_BY_TYPE +pseudo-property). For example, #SoupLogger provides support for +logging HTTP traffic, #SoupContentDecoder provides support for +compressed response handling, and #SoupContentSniffer provides +support for HTML5-style response body content sniffing. +Additionally, subtypes of #SoupAuth and #SoupRequest can be added +as features, to add support for additional authentication and URI +types. + +All #SoupSessions are created with a #SoupAuthManager, and support +for %SOUP_TYPE_AUTH_BASIC and %SOUP_TYPE_AUTH_DIGEST. For +#SoupRequest types, #SoupRequestHTTP, #SoupRequestFile, and +#SoupRequestData are supported. Additionally, sessions using the +plain #SoupSession class (rather than one of its deprecated +subtypes) have a #SoupContentDecoder by default. + + + #SoupSessionAsync is an implementation of #SoupSession that uses +non-blocking I/O via the glib main loop for all I/O. + + + #SoupSessionFeature is the interface used by classes that extend +the functionality of a #SoupSession. Some features like HTTP +authentication handling are implemented internally via +#SoupSessionFeature<!-- -->s. Other features can be added to the session +by the application. (Eg, #SoupLogger, #SoupCookieJar.) + +See soup_session_add_feature(), etc, to add a feature to a session. + + + #SoupSessionSync is an implementation of #SoupSession that uses +synchronous I/O, intended for use in multi-threaded programs. + + + #SoupSocket is libsoup's TCP socket type. While it is primarily +intended for internal use, #SoupSocket<!-- -->s are exposed in the +API in various places, and some of their methods (eg, +soup_socket_get_remote_address()) may be useful to applications. + + + These functions can be used to parse hostnames to attempt to determine +what part of the name belongs to the domain owner, and what part is +simply a "public suffix" such as ".com". + + + A #SoupURI represents a (parsed) URI. + +Many applications will not need to use #SoupURI directly at all; on +the client side, soup_message_new() takes a stringified URI, and on +the server side, the path and query components are provided for you +in the server callback. + + + These methods are useful for manipulating #GValue<!-- -->s, and in +particular, arrays and hash tables of #GValue<!-- -->s, in a +slightly nicer way than the standard #GValue API. + +They are written for use with soup-xmlrpc, but they also work with +types not used by XML-RPC. + + + #SoupWebsocketConnection provides support for the <ulink +url="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6455">WebSocket</ulink> protocol. + +To connect to a WebSocket server, create a #SoupSession and call +soup_session_websocket_connect_async(). To accept WebSocket +connections, create a #SoupServer and add a handler to it with +soup_server_add_websocket_handler(). + +(Lower-level support is available via +soup_websocket_client_prepare_handshake() and +soup_websocket_client_verify_handshake(), for handling the client +side of the WebSocket handshake, and +soup_websocket_server_process_handshake() for handling the server +side.) + +#SoupWebsocketConnection handles the details of WebSocket +communication. You can use soup_websocket_connection_send_text() +and soup_websocket_connection_send_binary() to send data, and the +#SoupWebsocketConnection::message signal to receive data. +(#SoupWebsocketConnection currently only supports asynchronous +I/O.) + + + SoupWebsocketExtension is the base class for WebSocket extension objects. + + + SoupWebsocketExtensionManager is the #SoupSessionFeature that handles WebSockets +extensions for a #SoupSession. + +A SoupWebsocketExtensionManager is added to the session by default, and normally +you don't need to worry about it at all. However, if you want to +disable WebSocket extensions, you can remove the feature from the +session with soup_session_remove_feature_by_type(), or disable it on +individual requests with soup_message_disable_feature(). + + + Looks up the stock HTTP description of @status_code. This is used +by soup_message_set_status() to get the correct text to go with a +given status code. + +<emphasis>There is no reason for you to ever use this +function.</emphasis> If you wanted the textual description for the +#SoupMessage:status_code of a given #SoupMessage, you should just +look at the message's #SoupMessage:reason_phrase. However, you +should only do that for use in debugging messages; HTTP reason +phrases are not localized, and are not generally very descriptive +anyway, and so they should never be presented to the user directly. +Instead, you should create you own error messages based on the +status code, and on what you were trying to do. + + the (terse, English) description of @status_code + + + + + an HTTP status code + + + + + + Turns %SOUP_STATUS_CANT_RESOLVE into +%SOUP_STATUS_CANT_RESOLVE_PROXY and %SOUP_STATUS_CANT_CONNECT into +%SOUP_STATUS_CANT_CONNECT_PROXY. Other status codes are passed +through unchanged. + + the "proxified" equivalent of @status_code. + + + + + a status code + + + + + + Compares @v1 and @v2 in a case-insensitive manner + + %TRUE if they are equal (modulo case) + + + + + an ASCII string + + + + another ASCII string + + + + + + Hashes @key in a case-insensitive manner. + + the hash code. + + + + + ASCII string to hash + + + + + + Looks whether the @domain passed as argument is a public domain +suffix (.org, .com, .co.uk, etc) or not. + +Prior to libsoup 2.46, this function required that @domain be in +UTF-8 if it was an IDN. From 2.46 on, the name can be in either +UTF-8 or ASCII format. + + %TRUE if it is a public domain, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a domain name + + + + + + + + + + + Finds the base domain for a given @hostname. The base domain is +composed by the top level domain (such as .org, .com, .co.uk, etc) +plus the second level domain, for example for myhost.mydomain.com +it will return mydomain.com. + +Note that %NULL will be returned for private URLs (those not ending +with any well known TLD) because choosing a base domain for them +would be totally arbitrary. + +Prior to libsoup 2.46, this function required that @hostname be in +UTF-8 if it was an IDN. From 2.46 on, the name can be in either +UTF-8 or ASCII format (and the return value will be in the same +format). + + a pointer to the start of the base domain in @hostname. If +an error occurs, %NULL will be returned and @error set. + + + + + a hostname + + + + + + Fully %<!-- -->-decodes @part. + +In the past, this would return %NULL if @part contained invalid +percent-encoding, but now it just ignores the problem (as +soup_uri_new() already did). + + the decoded URI part. + + + + + a URI part + + + + + + This %<!-- -->-encodes the given URI part and returns the escaped +version in allocated memory, which the caller must free when it is +done. + + the encoded URI part + + + + + a URI part + + + + additional reserved characters to +escape (or %NULL) + + + + + + %<!-- -->-decodes any "unreserved" characters (or characters in +@unescape_extra) in @part, and %<!-- -->-encodes any non-ASCII +characters, spaces, and non-printing characters in @part. + +"Unreserved" characters are those that are not allowed to be used +for punctuation according to the URI spec. For example, letters are +unreserved, so soup_uri_normalize() will turn +<literal>http://example.com/foo/b%<!-- -->61r</literal> into +<literal>http://example.com/foo/bar</literal>, which is guaranteed +to mean the same thing. However, "/" is "reserved", so +<literal>http://example.com/foo%<!-- -->2Fbar</literal> would not +be changed, because it might mean something different to the +server. + +In the past, this would return %NULL if @part contained invalid +percent-encoding, but now it just ignores the problem (as +soup_uri_new() already did). + + the normalized URI part + + + + + a URI part + + + + reserved characters to unescape (or %NULL) + + + + + + Appends the provided value of type @type to @array as with +g_value_array_append(). (The provided data is copied rather than +being inserted directly.) + Use #GVariant API instead. + + + + + + a #GValueArray + + + + a #GType + + + + a value of type @type + + + + + + Appends the provided values into @array as with +g_value_array_append(). (The provided data is copied rather than +being inserted directly.) + Use #GVariant API instead. + + + + + + a #GValueArray + + + + the type of the first value to add + + + + the first value to add, followed by other type/value +pairs, terminated by %G_TYPE_INVALID + + + + + + Creates a #GValueArray from the provided arguments, which must +consist of pairs of a #GType and a value of that type, terminated +by %G_TYPE_INVALID. (The array will contain copies of the provided +data rather than pointing to the passed-in data directly.) + Use #GVariant API instead. + + a new #GValueArray, or %NULL if an error +occurred. + + + + + arguments to create a #GValueArray from + + + + + + Gets the @index_ element of @array and stores its value into the +provided location. + Use #GVariant API instead. + + %TRUE if @array contained a value with index @index_ +and type @type, %FALSE if not. + + + + + a #GValueArray + + + + the index to look up + + + + a #GType + + + + a value of type pointer-to-@type + + + + + + Inserts the provided value of type @type into @array as with +g_value_array_insert(). (The provided data is copied rather than +being inserted directly.) + Use #GVariant API instead. + + + + + + a #GValueArray + + + + the index to insert at + + + + a #GType + + + + a value of type @type + + + + + + Creates a new %GValueArray. (This is just a wrapper around +g_value_array_new(), for naming consistency purposes.) + Use #GVariant API instead. + + a new %GValueArray + + + + + Creates a new %GValueArray and copies the provided values +into it. + Use #GVariant API instead. + + a new %GValueArray + + + + + the type of the first value to add + + + + the first value to add, followed by other type/value +pairs, terminated by %G_TYPE_INVALID + + + + + + Extracts a #GValueArray into the provided arguments, which must +consist of pairs of a #GType and a value of pointer-to-that-type, +terminated by %G_TYPE_INVALID. The returned values will point to the +same memory as the values in the array. + Use #GVariant API instead. + + success or failure + + + + + a #GValueArray + + + + arguments to extract @array into + + + + + + Inserts the provided value of type @type into @hash. (Unlike with +g_hash_table_insert(), both the key and the value are copied). + Use #GVariant API instead. + + + + + + a value hash + + + + + + + the key + + + + a #GType + + + + a value of type @type + + + + + + Inserts the given data into @hash. As with +soup_value_hash_insert(), the keys and values are copied rather +than being inserted directly. + Use #GVariant API instead. + + + + + + a value hash + + + + + + + the key for the first value + + + + the type of @first_key, followed by the value, followed +by additional key/type/value triplets, terminated by %NULL + + + + + + Inserts @value into @hash. (Unlike with g_hash_table_insert(), both +the key and the value are copied). + Use #GVariant API instead. + + + + + + a value hash + + + + + + + the key + + + + a value + + + + + + Looks up @key in @hash and stores its value into the provided +location. + Use #GVariant API instead. + + %TRUE if @hash contained a value with key @key and +type @type, %FALSE if not. + + + + + a value hash + + + + + + + the key to look up + + + + a #GType + + + + a value of type pointer-to-@type + + + + + + Looks up a number of keys in @hash and returns their values. + Use #GVariant API instead. + + %TRUE if all of the keys were found, %FALSE +if any were missing; note that you will generally need to +initialize each destination variable to a reasonable default +value, since there is no way to tell which keys were found +and which were not. + + + + + a value hash + + + + + + + the first key to look up + + + + the type of @first_key, a pointer to that type, and +then additional key/type/pointer triplets, terminated +by %NULL. + + + + + + Creates a #GHashTable whose keys are strings and whose values +are #GValue. + Use #GVariant API instead. + + a new +empty #GHashTable + + + + + + + + Creates a #GHashTable whose keys are strings and whose values +are #GValue, and initializes it with the provided data. As +with soup_value_hash_insert(), the keys and values are copied +rather than being inserted directly. + Use #GVariant API instead. + + a new +#GHashTable, initialized with the given values + + + + + + + + the key for the first value + + + + the type of @first_key, followed by the value, followed +by additional key/type/value triplets, terminated by %NULL + + + + + + Adds the necessary headers to @msg to request a WebSocket +handshake. The message body and non-WebSocket-related headers are +not modified. + +Use soup_websocket_client_prepare_handshake_with_extensions() if you +want to include "Sec-WebSocket-Extensions" header in the request. + +This is a low-level function; if you use +soup_session_websocket_connect_async() to create a WebSocket +connection, it will call this for you. + + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + the "Origin" header to set + + + + list of + protocols to offer + + + + + + + + Adds the necessary headers to @msg to request a WebSocket +handshake including supported WebSocket extensions. +The message body and non-WebSocket-related headers are +not modified. + +This is a low-level function; if you use +soup_session_websocket_connect_async() to create a WebSocket +connection, it will call this for you. + + + + + + a #SoupMessage + + + + the "Origin" header to set + + + + list of + protocols to offer + + + + + + list + of supported extension types + + + + + + + + Looks at the response status code and headers in @msg and +determines if they contain a valid WebSocket handshake response +(given the handshake request in @msg's request headers). + +If the response contains the "Sec-WebSocket-Extensions" header, +the handshake will be considered invalid. You need to use +soup_websocket_client_verify_handshake_with_extensions() to handle +responses with extensions. + +This is a low-level function; if you use +soup_session_websocket_connect_async() to create a WebSocket +connection, it will call this for you. + + %TRUE if @msg contains a completed valid WebSocket + handshake, %FALSE and an error if not. + + + + + #SoupMessage containing both client and server sides of a + WebSocket handshake + + + + + + Looks at the response status code and headers in @msg and +determines if they contain a valid WebSocket handshake response +(given the handshake request in @msg's request headers). + +If @supported_extensions is non-%NULL, extensions included in the +response "Sec-WebSocket-Extensions" are verified too. Accepted +extensions are returned in @accepted_extensions parameter if non-%NULL. + +This is a low-level function; if you use +soup_session_websocket_connect_async() to create a WebSocket +connection, it will call this for you. + + %TRUE if @msg contains a completed valid WebSocket + handshake, %FALSE and an error if not. + + + + + #SoupMessage containing both client and server sides of a + WebSocket handshake + + + + list + of supported extension types + + + + + + a + #GList of #SoupWebsocketExtension objects + + + + + + + + + + + + + Examines the method and request headers in @msg and determines +whether @msg contains a valid handshake request. + +If @origin is non-%NULL, then only requests containing a matching +"Origin" header will be accepted. If @protocols is non-%NULL, then +only requests containing a compatible "Sec-WebSocket-Protocols" +header will be accepted. + +Requests containing "Sec-WebSocket-Extensions" header will be +accepted even if the header is not valid. To check a request +with extensions you need to use +soup_websocket_server_check_handshake_with_extensions() and provide +the list of supported extension types. + +Normally soup_websocket_server_process_handshake() will take care +of this for you, and if you use soup_server_add_websocket_handler() +to handle accepting WebSocket connections, it will call that for +you. However, this function may be useful if you need to perform +more complicated validation; eg, accepting multiple different Origins, +or handling different protocols depending on the path. + + %TRUE if @msg contained a valid WebSocket handshake, + %FALSE and an error if not. + + + + + #SoupMessage containing the client side of a WebSocket handshake + + + + expected Origin header + + + + allowed WebSocket + protocols. + + + + + + + + Examines the method and request headers in @msg and determines +whether @msg contains a valid handshake request. + +If @origin is non-%NULL, then only requests containing a matching +"Origin" header will be accepted. If @protocols is non-%NULL, then +only requests containing a compatible "Sec-WebSocket-Protocols" +header will be accepted. If @supported_extensions is non-%NULL, then +only requests containing valid supported extensions in +"Sec-WebSocket-Extensions" header will be accepted. + +Normally soup_websocket_server_process_handshake_with_extensioins() +will take care of this for you, and if you use +soup_server_add_websocket_handler() to handle accepting WebSocket +connections, it will call that for you. However, this function may +be useful if you need to perform more complicated validation; eg, +accepting multiple different Origins, or handling different protocols +depending on the path. + + %TRUE if @msg contained a valid WebSocket handshake, + %FALSE and an error if not. + + + + + #SoupMessage containing the client side of a WebSocket handshake + + + + expected Origin header + + + + allowed WebSocket + protocols. + + + + + + list + of supported extension types + + + + + + + + Examines the method and request headers in @msg and (assuming @msg +contains a valid handshake request), fills in the handshake +response. + +If @expected_origin is non-%NULL, then only requests containing a matching +"Origin" header will be accepted. If @protocols is non-%NULL, then +only requests containing a compatible "Sec-WebSocket-Protocols" +header will be accepted. + +Requests containing "Sec-WebSocket-Extensions" header will be +accepted even if the header is not valid. To process a request +with extensions you need to use +soup_websocket_server_process_handshake_with_extensions() and provide +the list of supported extension types. + +This is a low-level function; if you use +soup_server_add_websocket_handler() to handle accepting WebSocket +connections, it will call this for you. + + %TRUE if @msg contained a valid WebSocket handshake + request and was updated to contain a handshake response. %FALSE if not. + + + + + #SoupMessage containing the client side of a WebSocket handshake + + + + expected Origin header + + + + allowed WebSocket + protocols. + + + + + + + + Examines the method and request headers in @msg and (assuming @msg +contains a valid handshake request), fills in the handshake +response. + +If @expected_origin is non-%NULL, then only requests containing a matching +"Origin" header will be accepted. If @protocols is non-%NULL, then +only requests containing a compatible "Sec-WebSocket-Protocols" +header will be accepted. If @supported_extensions is non-%NULL, then +only requests containing valid supported extensions in +"Sec-WebSocket-Extensions" header will be accepted. The accepted extensions +will be returned in @accepted_extensions parameter if non-%NULL. + +This is a low-level function; if you use +soup_server_add_websocket_handler() to handle accepting WebSocket +connections, it will call this for you. + + %TRUE if @msg contained a valid WebSocket handshake + request and was updated to contain a handshake response. %FALSE if not. + + + + + #SoupMessage containing the client side of a WebSocket handshake + + + + expected Origin header + + + + allowed WebSocket + protocols. + + + + + + list + of supported extension types + + + + + + a + #GList of #SoupWebsocketExtension objects + + + + + + + + This creates an XML-RPC fault response and returns it as a string. +(To create a successful response, use +soup_xmlrpc_build_method_response().) + + the text of the fault + + + + + the fault code + + + + a printf()-style format string + + + + the parameters to @fault_format + + + + + + This creates an XML-RPC methodCall and returns it as a string. +This is the low-level method that soup_xmlrpc_request_new() is +built on. + +@params is an array of #GValue representing the parameters to +@method. (It is *not* a #GValueArray, although if you have a +#GValueArray, you can just pass its <literal>values</literal>f and +<literal>n_values</literal> fields.) + +The correspondence between glib types and XML-RPC types is: + + int: #int (%G_TYPE_INT) + boolean: #gboolean (%G_TYPE_BOOLEAN) + string: #char* (%G_TYPE_STRING) + double: #double (%G_TYPE_DOUBLE) + datetime.iso8601: #SoupDate (%SOUP_TYPE_DATE) + base64: #GByteArray (%SOUP_TYPE_BYTE_ARRAY) + struct: #GHashTable (%G_TYPE_HASH_TABLE) + array: #GValueArray (%G_TYPE_VALUE_ARRAY) + +For structs, use a #GHashTable that maps strings to #GValue; +soup_value_hash_new() and related methods can help with this. + Use soup_xmlrpc_build_request() instead. + + the text of the methodCall, or %NULL on +error + + + + + the name of the XML-RPC method + + + + arguments to @method + + + + + + length of @params + + + + + + This creates a (successful) XML-RPC methodResponse and returns it +as a string. To create a fault response, use +soup_xmlrpc_build_fault(). + +The glib type to XML-RPC type mapping is as with +soup_xmlrpc_build_method_call(), qv. + Use soup_xmlrpc_build_response() instead. + + the text of the methodResponse, or %NULL +on error + + + + + the return value + + + + + + This creates an XML-RPC methodCall and returns it as a string. +This is the low-level method that soup_xmlrpc_message_new() is +built on. + +@params is a #GVariant tuple representing the method parameters. + +Serialization details: + - "a{s*}" and "{s*}" are serialized as &lt;struct&gt; + - "ay" is serialized as &lt;base64&gt; + - Other arrays and tuples are serialized as &lt;array&gt; + - booleans are serialized as &lt;boolean&gt; + - byte, int16, uint16 and int32 are serialized as &lt;int&gt; + - uint32 and int64 are serialized as the nonstandard &lt;i8&gt; type + - doubles are serialized as &lt;double&gt; + - Strings are serialized as &lt;string&gt; + - Variants (i.e. "v" type) are unwrapped and their child is serialized. + - #GVariants created by soup_xmlrpc_variant_new_datetime() are serialized as + &lt;dateTime.iso8601&gt; + - Other types are not supported and will return %NULL and set @error. + This notably includes: object-paths, signatures, uint64, handles, maybes + and dictionaries with non-string keys. + +If @params is floating, it is consumed. + + the text of the methodCall, or %NULL on error. + + + + + the name of the XML-RPC method + + + + a #GVariant tuple + + + + + + This creates a (successful) XML-RPC methodResponse and returns it +as a string. To create a fault response, use soup_xmlrpc_build_fault(). This +is the low-level method that soup_xmlrpc_message_set_response() is built on. + +See soup_xmlrpc_build_request() for serialization details, but note +that since a method can only have a single return value, @value +should not be a tuple here (unless the return value is an array). + +If @value is floating, it is consumed. + + the text of the methodResponse, or %NULL on error. + + + + + the return value + + + + + + + + + + + Parses @method_call to get the name and parameters, and puts +the parameters into variables of the appropriate types. + +The parameters are handled similarly to +@soup_xmlrpc_build_method_call, with pairs of types and values, +terminated by %G_TYPE_INVALID, except that values are pointers to +variables of the indicated type, rather than values of the type. + +See also soup_xmlrpc_parse_method_call(), which can be used if +you don't know the types of the parameters. + Use soup_xmlrpc_parse_request_full() instead. + + success or failure. + + + + + the XML-RPC methodCall string + + + + the length of @method_call, or -1 if it is NUL-terminated + + + + on return, the methodName from @method_call + + + + return types and locations for parameters + + + + + + Parses @method_response and extracts the return value into +a variable of the correct type. + +If @method_response is a fault, the return value will be unset, +and @error will be set to an error of type %SOUP_XMLRPC_FAULT, with +the error #code containing the fault code, and the error #message +containing the fault string. (If @method_response cannot be parsed +at all, soup_xmlrpc_extract_method_response() will return %FALSE, +but @error will be unset.) + Use soup_xmlrpc_parse_response() instead. + + %TRUE if a return value was parsed, %FALSE if the +response was of the wrong type, or contained a fault. + + + + + the XML-RPC methodResponse string + + + + the length of @method_response, or -1 if it is NUL-terminated + + + + error return value + + + + the expected type of the return value + + + + location for return value + + + + + + + + + + + Creates an XML-RPC methodCall and returns a #SoupMessage, ready +to send, for that method call. + +See soup_xmlrpc_build_request() for serialization details. + +If @params is floating, it is consumed. + + a #SoupMessage encoding the + indicated XML-RPC request, or %NULL on error. + + + + + URI of the XML-RPC service + + + + the name of the XML-RPC method to invoke at @uri + + + + a #GVariant tuple + + + + + + Sets the status code and response body of @msg to indicate an +unsuccessful XML-RPC call, with the error described by @fault_code +and @fault_format. + + + + + + an XML-RPC request + + + + the fault code + + + + a printf()-style format string + + + + the parameters to @fault_format + + + + + + Sets the status code and response body of @msg to indicate a +successful XML-RPC call, with a return value given by @value. To set a +fault response, use soup_xmlrpc_message_set_fault(). + +See soup_xmlrpc_build_request() for serialization details. + +If @value is floating, it is consumed. + + %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + an XML-RPC request + + + + a #GVariant + + + + + + Parses @method_call to get the name and parameters, and returns the +parameter values in a #GValueArray; see also +soup_xmlrpc_extract_method_call(), which is more convenient if you +know in advance what the types of the parameters will be. + Use soup_xmlrpc_parse_request_full() instead. + + success or failure. + + + + + the XML-RPC methodCall string + + + + the length of @method_call, or -1 if it is NUL-terminated + + + + on return, the methodName from @method_call + + + + on return, the parameters from @method_call + + + + + + Parses @method_response and returns the return value in @value. If +@method_response is a fault, @value will be unchanged, and @error +will be set to an error of type %SOUP_XMLRPC_FAULT, with the error +#code containing the fault code, and the error #message containing +the fault string. (If @method_response cannot be parsed at all, +soup_xmlrpc_parse_method_response() will return %FALSE, but @error +will be unset.) + Use soup_xmlrpc_parse_response() instead. + + %TRUE if a return value was parsed, %FALSE if the +response could not be parsed, or contained a fault. + + + + + the XML-RPC methodResponse string + + + + the length of @method_response, or -1 if it is NUL-terminated + + + + on return, the return value from @method_call + + + + + + Parses @method_call and return the method name. Method parameters can be +parsed later using soup_xmlrpc_params_parse(). + + method's name, or %NULL on error. + + + + + the XML-RPC methodCall string + + + + the length of @method_call, or -1 if it is NUL-terminated + + + + on success, a new #SoupXMLRPCParams + + + + + + Parses @method_response and returns the return value. If +@method_response is a fault, %NULL is returned, and @error +will be set to an error in the %SOUP_XMLRPC_FAULT domain, with the error +code containing the fault code, and the error message containing +the fault string. If @method_response cannot be parsed, %NULL is returned, +and @error will be set to an error in the %SOUP_XMLRPC_ERROR domain. + +See soup_xmlrpc_params_parse() for deserialization details. + + a new (non-floating) #GVariant, or %NULL + + + + + the XML-RPC methodResponse string + + + + the length of @method_response, or -1 if it is NUL-terminated + + + + A valid #GVariant type string, or %NULL + + + + + + Creates an XML-RPC methodCall and returns a #SoupMessage, ready +to send, for that method call. + +The parameters are passed as type/value pairs; ie, first a #GType, +and then a value of the appropriate type, finally terminated by +%G_TYPE_INVALID. + Use soup_xmlrpc_message_new() instead. + + a #SoupMessage encoding the +indicated XML-RPC request. + + + + + URI of the XML-RPC service + + + + the name of the XML-RPC method to invoke at @uri + + + + parameters for @method + + + + + + Sets the status code and response body of @msg to indicate an +unsuccessful XML-RPC call, with the error described by @fault_code +and @fault_format. + Use soup_xmlrpc_message_set_fault() instead. + + + + + + an XML-RPC request + + + + the fault code + + + + a printf()-style format string + + + + the parameters to @fault_format + + + + + + Sets the status code and response body of @msg to indicate a +successful XML-RPC call, with a return value given by @type and the +following varargs argument, of the type indicated by @type. + Use soup_xmlrpc_message_set_response() instead. + + + + + + an XML-RPC request + + + + the type of the response value + + + + the response value + + + + + + Get the #SoupDate from special #GVariant created by +soup_xmlrpc_variant_new_datetime() or by parsing a &lt;dateTime.iso8601&gt; +node. See soup_xmlrpc_params_parse(). + +If @variant does not contain a datetime it will return an error but it is not +considered a programmer error because it generally means parameters received +are not in the expected type. + + a new #SoupDate, or %NULL on error. + + + + + a #GVariant + + + + + + Construct a special #GVariant used to serialize a &lt;dateTime.iso8601&gt; +node. See soup_xmlrpc_build_request(). + +The actual type of the returned #GVariant is unspecified and "v" or "*" +should be used in variant format strings. For example: +<informalexample><programlisting> +args = g_variant_new ("(v)", soup_xmlrpc_variant_new_datetime (date)); +</programlisting></informalexample> + + a floating #GVariant. + + + + + a #SoupDate + + + + + + diff --git a/WebKit2-4.0.gir b/WebKit2-4.0.gir new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ae0cbd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/WebKit2-4.0.gir @@ -0,0 +1,20479 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitApplicationInfo + + the newly created #WebKitApplicationInfo. + + + + + Get the name of the application. If webkit_application_info_set_name() hasn't been +called with a valid name, this returns g_get_prgname(). + + the application name + + + + + a #WebKitApplicationInfo + + + + + + Get the application version previously set with webkit_application_info_set_version(). + + + + + + a #WebKitApplicationInfo + + + + return location for the major version number + + + + return location for the minor version number + + + + return location for the micro version number + + + + + + Atomically increments the reference count of @info by one. This +function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. + + The passed in #WebKitApplicationInfo + + + + + a #WebKitApplicationInfo + + + + + + Set the name of the application. If not provided, or %NULL is passed, +g_get_prgname() will be used. + + + + + + a #WebKitApplicationInfo + + + + the application name + + + + + + Set the application version. If the application doesn't use the format +major.minor.micro you can pass 0 as the micro to use major.minor, or pass +0 as both micro and minor to use only major number. Any other format must +be converted to major.minor.micro so that it can be used in version comparisons. + + + + + + a #WebKitApplicationInfo + + + + the major version number + + + + the minor version number + + + + the micro version number + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @info by one. If the +reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by the #WebKitApplicationInfo is +released. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any +thread. + + + + + + a #WebKitApplicationInfo + + + + + + + + Authenticate the #WebKitAuthenticationRequest using the #WebKitCredential +supplied. To continue without credentials, pass %NULL as @credential. + + + + + + a #WebKitAuthenticationRequest + + + + A #WebKitCredential, or %NULL + + + + + + Determine whether the authentication method associated with this +#WebKitAuthenticationRequest should allow the storage of credentials. +This will return %FALSE if WebKit doesn't support credential storing, +if private browsing is enabled, or if persistent credential storage has been +disabled in #WebKitWebsiteDataManager, unless credentials saving has been +explicitly enabled with webkit_authentication_request_set_can_save_credentials(). + + %TRUE if WebKit can store credentials or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitAuthenticationRequest + + + + + + Cancel the authentication challenge. This will also cancel the page loading and result in a +#WebKitWebView::load-failed signal with a #WebKitNetworkError of type %WEBKIT_NETWORK_ERROR_CANCELLED being emitted. + + + + + + a #WebKitAuthenticationRequest + + + + + + Get the #GTlsPasswordFlags of the %WEBKIT_AUTHENTICATION_SCHEME_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_PIN_REQUESTED authentication challenge. + + a #GTlsPasswordFlags + + + + + a #WebKitAuthenticationRequest + + + + + + Get the host that this authentication challenge is applicable to. + + The host of @request. + + + + + a #WebKitAuthenticationRequest + + + + + + Get the port that this authentication challenge is applicable to. + + The port of @request. + + + + + a #WebKitAuthenticationRequest + + + + + + Get the #WebKitCredential of the proposed authentication challenge that was +stored from a previous session. The client can use this directly for +authentication or construct their own #WebKitCredential. + + A #WebKitCredential encapsulating credential details +or %NULL if there is no stored credential. + + + + + a #WebKitAuthenticationRequest + + + + + + Get the realm that this authentication challenge is applicable to. + + The realm of @request. + + + + + a #WebKitAuthenticationRequest + + + + + + Get the authentication scheme of the authentication challenge. + + The #WebKitAuthenticationScheme of @request. + + + + + a #WebKitAuthenticationRequest + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSecurityOrigin that this authentication challenge is applicable to. + + a newly created #WebKitSecurityOrigin. + + + + + a #WebKitAuthenticationRequest + + + + + + Determine whether the authentication challenge is associated with a proxy server rather than an "origin" server. + + %TRUE if authentication is for a proxy or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitAuthenticationRequest + + + + + + Determine whether this this is a first attempt or a retry for this authentication challenge. + + %TRUE if authentication attempt is a retry or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitAuthenticationRequest + + + + + + Set whether the authentication method associated with @request +should allow the storage of credentials. +This should be used by applications handling their own credentials +storage to indicate that it should be supported even when internal +credential storage is disabled or unsupported. +Note that storing of credentials will not be allowed on ephemeral +sessions in any case. + + + + + + a #WebKitAuthenticationRequest + + + + value to set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitCredential of the proposed authentication challenge that was +stored from a previous session. This should only be used by applications handling +their own credential storage. (When using the default WebKit credential storage, +webkit_authentication_request_get_proposed_credential() already contains previously-stored +credentials.) +Passing a %NULL @credential will clear the proposed credential. + + + + + + a #WebKitAuthenticationRequest + + + + a #WebKitCredential, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + This signal is emitted when the user authentication request succeeded. +Applications handling their own credential storage should connect to +this signal to save the credentials. + + + + + + the #WebKitCredential accepted + + + + + + This signal is emitted when the user authentication request is +cancelled. It allows the application to dismiss its authentication +dialog in case of page load failure for example. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values representing the authentication scheme. + + The default authentication scheme of WebKit. + + + Basic authentication scheme as defined in RFC 2617. + + + Digest authentication scheme as defined in RFC 2617. + + + HTML Form authentication. + + + NTLM Microsoft proprietary authentication scheme. + + + Negotiate (or SPNEGO) authentication scheme as defined in RFC 4559. + + + Client Certificate Authentication (see RFC 2246). + + + Server Trust Authentication. + + + Client certificate PIN required for use. Since: 2.34 + + + Authentication scheme unknown. + + + + Enum values used for determining the automation browsing context presentation. + + a window + + + a tab + + + + + Get the #WebKitAutomationSession previously set with webkit_automation_session_set_application_info(). + + the #WebKitAutomationSession of @session, or %NULL if no one has been set. + + + + + a #WebKitAutomationSession + + + + + + Get the unique identifier of a #WebKitAutomationSession + + the unique identifier of @session + + + + + a #WebKitAutomationSession + + + + + + Set the application information to @session. This information will be used by the driver service +to match the requested capabilities with the actual application information. If this information +is not provided to the session when a new automation session is requested, the creation might fail +if the client requested a specific browser name or version. This will not have any effect when called +after the automation session has been fully created, so this must be called in the callback of +#WebKitWebContext::automation-started signal. + + + + + + a #WebKitAutomationSession + + + + a #WebKitApplicationInfo + + + + + + The session unique identifier. + + + + + + + + + + This signal is emitted when the automation client requests a new +browsing context to interact with it. The callback handler should +return a #WebKitWebView created with #WebKitWebView:is-controlled-by-automation +construct property enabled and #WebKitWebView:automation-presentation-type construct +property set if needed. + +If the signal is emitted with "tab" detail, the returned #WebKitWebView should be +a new web view added to a new tab of the current browsing context window. +If the signal is emitted with "window" detail, the returned #WebKitWebView should be +a new web view added to a new window. +When creating a new web view and there's an active browsing context, the new window +or tab shouldn't be focused. + + a #WebKitWebView widget. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values used to specify autoplay policies. + + Do not restrict autoplay. + + + Allow videos to autoplay if + they have no audio track, or if their audio track is muted. + + + Never allow autoplay. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the item that precedes the current item. + + the #WebKitBackForwardListItem + preceding the current item or %NULL. + + + + + a #WebKitBackForwardList + + + + + + + a #GList of + items preceding the current item. + + + + + + + a #WebKitBackForwardList + + + + + + + a #GList of + items preceding the current item limited by @limit. + + + + + + + a #WebKitBackForwardList + + + + the number of items to retrieve + + + + + + Returns the current item in @back_forward_list. + + a #WebKitBackForwardListItem + or %NULL if @back_forward_list is empty. + + + + + a #WebKitBackForwardList + + + + + + Returns the item that follows the current item. + + the #WebKitBackForwardListItem + following the current item or %NULL. + + + + + a #WebKitBackForwardList + + + + + + + a #GList of + items following the current item. + + + + + + + a #WebKitBackForwardList + + + + + + + a #GList of + items following the current item limited by @limit. + + + + + + + a #WebKitBackForwardList + + + + the number of items to retrieve + + + + + + + the length of @back_forward_list. + + + + + a #WebKitBackForwardList + + + + + + Returns the item at a given index relative to the current item. + + the #WebKitBackForwardListItem + located at the specified index relative to the current item or %NULL. + + + + + a #WebKitBackForwardList + + + + the index of the item + + + + + + + + + + + + This signal is emitted when @back_forward_list changes. This happens +when the current item is updated, a new item is added or one or more +items are removed. Note that both @item_added and @items_removed can +%NULL when only the current item is updated. Items are only removed +when the list is cleared or the maximum items limit is reached. + + + + + + the #WebKitBackForwardListItem added or %NULL + + + + a #GList of #WebKitBackForwardListItem<!-- -->s + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + See also webkit_back_forward_list_item_get_uri(). + + the original URI of @list_item or %NULL + when the original URI is empty. + + + + + a #WebKitBackForwardListItem + + + + + + + the page title of @list_item or %NULL + when the title is empty. + + + + + a #WebKitBackForwardListItem + + + + + + This URI may differ from the original URI if the page was, +for example, redirected to a new location. +See also webkit_back_forward_list_item_get_original_uri(). + + the URI of @list_item or %NULL + when the URI is empty. + + + + + a #WebKitBackForwardListItem + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + major version (e.g. 1 for version 1.2.5) + + + minor version (e.g. 2 for version 1.2.5) + + + micro version (e.g. 5 for version 1.2.5) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values used for determining the #WebKitWebContext cache model. + + Disable the cache completely, which + substantially reduces memory usage. Useful for applications that only + access a single local file, with no navigation to other pages. No remote + resources will be cached. + + + Improve document load speed substantially + by caching a very large number of resources and previously viewed content. + + + A cache model optimized for viewing + a series of local files -- for example, a documentation viewer or a website + designer. WebKit will cache a moderate number of resources. + + + + + Cancels @request and the input element changes to use the initial color +it has before the request started. +The signal #WebKitColorChooserRequest::finished +is emitted to notify that the request has finished. + + + + + + a #WebKitColorChooserRequest + + + + + + Finishes @request and the input element keeps the current value of +#WebKitColorChooserRequest:rgba. +The signal #WebKitColorChooserRequest::finished +is emitted to notify that the request has finished. + + + + + + a #WebKitColorChooserRequest + + + + + + Gets the bounding box of the color input element. + + + + + + a #WebKitColorChooserRequest + + + + a #GdkRectangle to fill in with the element area + + + + + + Gets the current #GdkRGBA color of @request + + + + + + a #WebKitColorChooserRequest + + + + a #GdkRGBA to fill in with the current color. + + + + + + Sets the current #GdkRGBA color of @request + + + + + + a #WebKitFileChooserRequest + + + + a pointer #GdkRGBA + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when the @request finishes. This signal can be emitted because the +user completed the @request calling webkit_color_chooser_request_finish(), +or cancelled it with webkit_color_chooser_request_cancel() or because the +color input element is removed from the DOM. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitContextMenu object to be used as a submenu of an existing +#WebKitContextMenu. The context menu of a #WebKitWebView is created by the view +and passed as an argument of #WebKitWebView::context-menu signal. +To add items to the menu use webkit_context_menu_prepend(), +webkit_context_menu_append() or webkit_context_menu_insert(). +See also webkit_context_menu_new_with_items() to create a #WebKitContextMenu with +a list of initial items. + + The newly created #WebKitContextMenu object + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitContextMenu object to be used as a submenu of an existing +#WebKitContextMenu with the given initial items. +See also webkit_context_menu_new() + + The newly created #WebKitContextMenu object + + + + + a #GList of #WebKitContextMenuItem + + + + + + + + Adds @item at the end of the @menu. + + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + the #WebKitContextMenuItem to add + + + + + + Gets the first item in the @menu. + + the first #WebKitContextMenuItem of @menu, + or %NULL if the #WebKitContextMenu is empty. + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + + + Gets the item at the given position in the @menu. + + the #WebKitContextMenuItem at position @position in @menu, + or %NULL if the position is off the end of the @menu. + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + the position of the item, counting from 0 + + + + + + Returns the item list of @menu. + + a #GList of + #WebKitContextMenuItem<!-- -->s + + + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + + + Gets the length of the @menu. + + the number of #WebKitContextMenuItem<!-- -->s in @menu + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + + + Gets the user data of @menu. +This function can be used from the UI Process to get user data previously set +from the Web Process with webkit_context_menu_set_user_data(). + + the user data of @menu, or %NULL if @menu doesn't have user data + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + + + Inserts @item into the @menu at the given position. +If @position is negative, or is larger than the number of items +in the #WebKitContextMenu, the item is added on to the end of +the @menu. The first position is 0. + + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + the #WebKitContextMenuItem to add + + + + the position to insert the item + + + + + + Gets the last item in the @menu. + + the last #WebKitContextMenuItem of @menu, + or %NULL if the #WebKitContextMenu is empty. + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + + + Moves @item to the given position in the @menu. +If @position is negative, or is larger than the number of items +in the #WebKitContextMenu, the item is added on to the end of +the @menu. +The first position is 0. + + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + the #WebKitContextMenuItem to add + + + + the new position to move the item + + + + + + Adds @item at the beginning of the @menu. + + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + the #WebKitContextMenuItem to add + + + + + + Removes @item from the @menu. +See also webkit_context_menu_remove_all() to remove all items. + + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + the #WebKitContextMenuItem to remove + + + + + + Removes all items of the @menu. + + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + + + Sets user data to @menu. +This function can be used from a Web Process extension to set user data +that can be retrieved from the UI Process using webkit_context_menu_get_user_data(). +If the @user_data #GVariant is floating, it is consumed. + + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + a #GVariant + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values used to denote the stock actions for +#WebKitContextMenuItem<!-- -->s + + No action, used by separator menu items. + + + Open current link. + + + Open current link in a new window. + + + Download link destination. + + + Copy link location to the clipboard. + + + Open current image in a new window. + + + Download current image. + + + Copy current image to the clipboard. + + + Copy current image location to the clipboard. + + + Open current frame in a new window. + + + Load the previous history item. + + + Load the next history item. + + + Stop any ongoing loading operation. + + + Reload the contents of current view. + + + Copy current selection the clipboard. + + + Cut current selection to the clipboard. + + + Paste clipboard contents. + + + Delete current selection. + + + Select all text. + + + Input methods menu. + + + Unicode menu. + + + A proposed replacement for a misspelled word. + + + An indicator that spellchecking found no proposed replacements. + + + Causes the spellchecker to ignore the word for this session. + + + Causes the spellchecker to add the word to the dictionary. + + + Ignore grammar. + + + Font options menu. + + + Bold. + + + Italic. + + + Underline. + + + Outline. + + + Open current element in the inspector. + + + Open current video element in a new window. + + + Open current audio element in a new window. + + + Copy video link location in to the clipboard. + + + Copy audio link location in to the clipboard. + + + Enable or disable media controls. + + + Enable or disable media loop. + + + Show current video element in fullscreen mode. + + + Play current media element. + + + Pause current media element. + + + Mute current media element. + + + Download video to disk. Since 2.2 + + + Download audio to disk. Since 2.2 + + + Insert an emoji. Since 2.26 + + + Paste clipboard contents as plain text. Since 2.30 + + + Custom action defined by applications. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitContextMenuItem for the given @action. + Use webkit_context_menu_item_new_from_gaction() instead. + + the newly created #WebKitContextMenuItem object. + + + + + a #GtkAction + + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitContextMenuItem for the given @action and @label. On activation +@target will be passed as parameter to the callback. + + the newly created #WebKitContextMenuItem object. + + + + + a #GAction + + + + the menu item label text + + + + a #GVariant to use as the action target + + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitContextMenuItem for the given stock action. +Stock actions are handled automatically by WebKit so that, for example, +when a menu item created with a %WEBKIT_CONTEXT_MENU_ACTION_STOP is +activated the action associated will be handled by WebKit and the current +load operation will be stopped. You can get the #GAction of a +#WebKitContextMenuItem created with a #WebKitContextMenuAction with +webkit_context_menu_item_get_gaction() and connect to the #GSimpleAction::activate signal +to be notified when the item is activated, but you can't prevent the associated +action from being performed. + + the newly created #WebKitContextMenuItem object. + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenuAction stock action + + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitContextMenuItem for the given stock action using the given @label. +Stock actions have a predefined label, this method can be used to create a +#WebKitContextMenuItem for a #WebKitContextMenuAction but using a custom label. + + the newly created #WebKitContextMenuItem object. + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenuAction stock action + + + + a custom label text to use instead of the predefined one + + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitContextMenuItem representing a separator. + + the newly created #WebKitContextMenuItem object. + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitContextMenuItem using the given @label with a submenu. + + the newly created #WebKitContextMenuItem object. + + + + + the menu item label text + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu to set + + + + + + Gets the action associated to @item as a #GtkAction. + Use webkit_context_menu_item_get_gaction() instead. + + the #GtkAction associated to the #WebKitContextMenuItem, + or %NULL if @item is a separator. + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenuItem + + + + + + Gets the action associated to @item as a #GAction. + + the #GAction associated to the #WebKitContextMenuItem, + or %NULL if @item is a separator. + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenuItem + + + + + + Gets the #WebKitContextMenuAction of @item. If the #WebKitContextMenuItem was not +created for a stock action %WEBKIT_CONTEXT_MENU_ACTION_CUSTOM will be +returned. If the #WebKitContextMenuItem is a separator %WEBKIT_CONTEXT_MENU_ACTION_NO_ACTION +will be returned. + + the #WebKitContextMenuAction of @item + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenuItem + + + + + + Gets the submenu of @item. + + the #WebKitContextMenu representing the submenu of + @item or %NULL if @item doesn't have a submenu. + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenuItem + + + + + + Checks whether @item is a separator. + + %TRUE is @item is a separator or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenuItem + + + + + + Sets or replaces the @item submenu. If @submenu is %NULL the current +submenu of @item is removed. + + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenuItem + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values used to denote the cookie acceptance policies. + + Accept all cookies unconditionally. + + + Reject all cookies unconditionally. + + + Accept only cookies set by the main document loaded. + + + + + Asynchronously add a #SoupCookie to the underlying storage. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +webkit_cookie_manager_add_cookie_finish() to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #WebKitCookieManager + + + + the #SoupCookie to be added + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous operation started with webkit_cookie_manager_add_cookie(). + + %TRUE if the cookie was added or %FALSE in case of error. + + + + + a #WebKitCookieManager + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Delete all cookies of @cookie_manager + Use webkit_website_data_manager_clear() instead. + + + + + + a #WebKitCookieManager + + + + + + Asynchronously delete a #SoupCookie from the current session. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +webkit_cookie_manager_delete_cookie_finish() to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #WebKitCookieManager + + + + the #SoupCookie to be deleted + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous operation started with webkit_cookie_manager_delete_cookie(). + + %TRUE if the cookie was deleted or %FALSE in case of error. + + + + + a #WebKitCookieManager + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Remove all cookies of @cookie_manager for the given @domain. + Use webkit_website_data_manager_remove() instead. + + + + + + a #WebKitCookieManager + + + + a domain name + + + + + + Asynchronously get the cookie acceptance policy of @cookie_manager. +Note that when policy was set to %WEBKIT_COOKIE_POLICY_ACCEPT_NO_THIRD_PARTY and +ITP is enabled, this will return %WEBKIT_COOKIE_POLICY_ACCEPT_ALWAYS. +See also webkit_website_data_manager_set_itp_enabled(). + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +webkit_cookie_manager_get_accept_policy_finish() to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #WebKitCookieManager + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous operation started with webkit_cookie_manager_get_accept_policy(). + + the cookie acceptance policy of @cookie_manager as a #WebKitCookieAcceptPolicy. + + + + + a #WebKitCookieManager + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Asynchronously get a list of #SoupCookie from @cookie_manager associated with @uri, which +must be either an HTTP or an HTTPS URL. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +webkit_cookie_manager_get_cookies_finish() to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #WebKitCookieManager + + + + the URI associated to the cookies to be retrieved + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous operation started with webkit_cookie_manager_get_cookies(). +The return value is a #GSList of #SoupCookie instances which should be released +with g_list_free_full() and soup_cookie_free(). + + A #GList of #SoupCookie instances. + + + + + + + a #WebKitCookieManager + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Asynchronously get the list of domains for which @cookie_manager contains cookies. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +webkit_cookie_manager_get_domains_with_cookies_finish() to get the result of the operation. + Use webkit_website_data_manager_fetch() instead. + + + + + + a #WebKitCookieManager + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous operation started with webkit_cookie_manager_get_domains_with_cookies(). +The return value is a %NULL terminated list of strings which should +be released with g_strfreev(). + Use webkit_website_data_manager_fetch_finish() instead. + + A %NULL terminated array of domain names + or %NULL in case of error. + + + + + + + a #WebKitCookieManager + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Set the cookie acceptance policy of @cookie_manager as @policy. +Note that ITP has its own way to handle third-party cookies, so when it's enabled, +and @policy is set to %WEBKIT_COOKIE_POLICY_ACCEPT_NO_THIRD_PARTY, %WEBKIT_COOKIE_POLICY_ACCEPT_ALWAYS +will be used instead. Once disabled, the policy will be set back to %WEBKIT_COOKIE_POLICY_ACCEPT_NO_THIRD_PARTY. +See also webkit_website_data_manager_set_itp_enabled(). + + + + + + a #WebKitCookieManager + + + + a #WebKitCookieAcceptPolicy + + + + + + Set the @filename where non-session cookies are stored persistently using +@storage as the format to read/write the cookies. +Cookies are initially read from @filename to create an initial set of cookies. +Then, non-session cookies will be written to @filename when the WebKitCookieManager::changed +signal is emitted. +By default, @cookie_manager doesn't store the cookies persistently, so you need to call this +method to keep cookies saved across sessions. + +This method should never be called on a #WebKitCookieManager associated to an ephemeral #WebKitWebsiteDataManager. + + + + + + a #WebKitCookieManager + + + + the filename to read to/write from + + + + a #WebKitCookiePersistentStorage + + + + + + + + + + + + This signal is emitted when cookies are added, removed or modified. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values used to denote the cookie persistent storage types. + + Cookies are stored in a text + file in the Mozilla "cookies.txt" format. + + + Cookies are stored in a SQLite + file in the current Mozilla format. + + + + + Create a new credential from the provided username, password and persistence mode. + + A #WebKitCredential. + + + + + The username for the new credential + + + + The password for the new credential + + + + The #WebKitCredentialPersistence of the new credential + + + + + + Create a new credential from the @certificate and persistence mode. +Note that %WEBKIT_CREDENTIAL_PERSISTENCE_PERMANENT is not supported for certificate credentials. + + A #WebKitCredential. + + + + + The #GTlsCertificate, or %NULL + + + + The #WebKitCredentialPersistence of the new credential + + + + + + Create a new credential from the provided PIN and persistence mode. +Note that %WEBKIT_CREDENTIAL_PERSISTENCE_PERMANENT is not supported for certificate pin credentials. + + A #WebKitCredential. + + + + + The PIN for the new credential + + + + The #WebKitCredentialPersistence of the new credential + + + + + + Make a copy of the #WebKitCredential. + + A copy of passed in #WebKitCredential + + + + + a #WebKitCredential + + + + + + Free the #WebKitCredential. + + + + + + A #WebKitCredential + + + + + + Get the certificate currently held by this #WebKitCredential. + + a #GTlsCertificate, or %NULL + + + + + a #WebKitCredential + + + + + + Get the password currently held by this #WebKitCredential. + + The password stored in the #WebKitCredential. + + + + + a #WebKitCredential + + + + + + Get the persistence mode currently held by this #WebKitCredential. + + The #WebKitCredentialPersistence stored in the #WebKitCredential. + + + + + a #WebKitCredential + + + + + + Get the username currently held by this #WebKitCredential. + + The username stored in the #WebKitCredential. + + + + + a #WebKitCredential + + + + + + Determine whether this credential has a password stored. + + %TRUE if the credential has a password or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitCredential + + + + + + + Enum values representing the duration for which a credential persists. + + Credential does not persist + + + Credential persists for session only + + + Credential persists permanently + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Cancels the download. When the ongoing download +operation is effectively cancelled the signal +#WebKitDownload::failed is emitted with +%WEBKIT_DOWNLOAD_ERROR_CANCELLED_BY_USER error. + + + + + + a #WebKitDownload + + + + + + Returns the current value of the #WebKitDownload:allow-overwrite property, +which determines whether the download will overwrite an existing file on +disk, or if it will fail if the destination already exists. + + the current value of the #WebKitDownload:allow-overwrite property + + + + + a #WebKitDownload + + + + + + Obtains the URI to which the downloaded file will be written. You +can connect to #WebKitDownload::created-destination to make +sure this method returns a valid destination. + + the destination URI or %NULL + + + + + a #WebKitDownload + + + + + + Gets the elapsed time in seconds, including any fractional part. +If the download finished, had an error or was cancelled this is +the time between its start and the event. + + seconds since the download was started + + + + + a #WebKitDownload + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitDownload:estimated-progress property. +You can monitor the estimated progress of the download operation by +connecting to the notify::estimated-progress signal of @download. + + an estimate of the of the percent complete for a download + as a range from 0.0 to 1.0. + + + + + a #WebKitDownload + + + + + + Gets the length of the data already downloaded for @download +in bytes. + + the amount of bytes already downloaded. + + + + + a #WebKitDownload + + + + + + Retrieves the #WebKitURIRequest object that backs the download +process. + + the #WebKitURIRequest of @download + + + + + a #WebKitDownload + + + + + + Retrieves the #WebKitURIResponse object that backs the download +process. This method returns %NULL if called before the response +is received from the server. You can connect to notify::response +signal to be notified when the response is received. + + the #WebKitURIResponse, or %NULL if + the response hasn't been received yet. + + + + + a #WebKitDownload + + + + + + Get the #WebKitWebView that initiated the download. + + the #WebKitWebView that initiated @download, + or %NULL if @download was not initiated by a #WebKitWebView. + + + + + a #WebKitDownload + + + + + + Sets the #WebKitDownload:allow-overwrite property, which determines whether +the download may overwrite an existing file on disk, or if it will fail if +the destination already exists. + + + + + + a #WebKitDownload + + + + the new value for the #WebKitDownload:allow-overwrite property + + + + + + Sets the URI to which the downloaded file will be written. +This method should be called before the download transfer +starts or it will not have any effect on the ongoing download +operation. To set the destination using the filename suggested +by the server connect to #WebKitDownload::decide-destination +signal and call webkit_download_set_destination(). If you want to +set a fixed destination URI that doesn't depend on the suggested +filename you can connect to notify::response signal and call +webkit_download_set_destination(). +If #WebKitDownload::decide-destination signal is not handled +and destination URI is not set when the download transfer starts, +the file will be saved with the filename suggested by the server in +%G_USER_DIRECTORY_DOWNLOAD directory. + + + + + + a #WebKitDownload + + + + the destination URI + + + + + + Whether or not the download is allowed to overwrite an existing file on +disk. If this property is %FALSE and the destination already exists, +the download will fail. + + + + The local URI to where the download will be saved. + + + + An estimate of the percent completion for the download operation. +This value will range from 0.0 to 1.0. The value is an estimate +based on the total number of bytes expected to be received for +a download. +If you need a more accurate progress information you can connect to +#WebKitDownload::received-data signal to track the progress. + + + + The #WebKitURIResponse associated with this download. + + + + + + + + + + This signal is emitted after #WebKitDownload::decide-destination and before +#WebKitDownload::received-data to notify that destination file has been +created successfully at @destination. + + + + + + the destination URI + + + + + + This signal is emitted after response is received to +decide a destination URI for the download. If this signal is not +handled the file will be downloaded to %G_USER_DIRECTORY_DOWNLOAD +directory using @suggested_filename. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to propagate the event further. + + + + + the filename suggested for the download + + + + + + This signal is emitted when an error occurs during the download +operation. The given @error, of the domain %WEBKIT_DOWNLOAD_ERROR, +contains further details of the failure. If the download is cancelled +with webkit_download_cancel(), this signal is emitted with error +%WEBKIT_DOWNLOAD_ERROR_CANCELLED_BY_USER. The download operation finishes +after an error and #WebKitDownload::finished signal is emitted after this one. + + + + + + the #GError that was triggered + + + + + + This signal is emitted when download finishes successfully or due to an error. +In case of errors #WebKitDownload::failed signal is emitted before this one. + + + + + + This signal is emitted after response is received, +every time new data has been written to the destination. It's +useful to know the progress of the download operation. + + + + + + the length of data received in bytes + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values used to denote the various download errors. + + Download failure due to network error + + + Download was cancelled by user + + + Download failure due to destination error + + + + + + + + + + The copy clipboard command. Copies the current selection inside +a #WebKitWebView to the clipboard. +You can check whether it's possible to execute the command with +webkit_web_view_can_execute_editing_command(). In general it's +possible to copy to the clipboard when there is an active selection +inside the #WebKitWebView. + + + + The create link command. Creates a link element that is inserted at +the current cursor position. If there's a selection, the selected text +will be used as the link text, otherwise the URL itself will be used. +It receives the link URL as argument. This command should be executed +with webkit_web_view_execute_editing_command_with_argument() + + + + The cut clipboard command. Copies the current selection inside +a #WebKitWebView to the clipboard and deletes the selected content. +You can check whether it's possible to execute the command with +webkit_web_view_can_execute_editing_command(). In general it's +possible to cut to the clipboard when the #WebKitWebView content is +editable and there is an active selection. + + + + The insert image command. Creates an image element that is inserted at +the current cursor position. It receives an URI as argument, +that is used as the image source. This command should be executed with +webkit_web_view_execute_editing_command_with_argument(). + + + + The paste clipboard command. Pastes the contents of the clipboard to +a #WebKitWebView. +You can check whether it's possible to execute the command with +webkit_web_view_can_execute_editing_command(). In general it's possible +to paste from the clipboard when the #WebKitWebView content is editable +and clipboard is not empty. + + + + The paste as plaintext clipboard command. Pastes the contents of the +clipboard to a #WebKitWebView, with formatting removed. +You can check whether it's possible to execute the command with +webkit_web_view_can_execute_editing_command(). In general it's possible +to paste from the clipboard when the #WebKitWebView content is editable +and clipboard is not empty. + + + + The redo command. Redoes a previously undone editing command in +a #WebKitWebView. +You can check whether it's possible to execute the command with +webkit_web_view_can_execute_editing_command(). It's only possible +to redo a command when it has been previously undone. + + + + The select all command. Selects all the content of the current text field in +a #WebKitWebView. +It is always possible to select all text, no matter whether the +#WebKitWebView content is editable or not. You can still check it +with webkit_web_view_can_execute_editing_command(). + + + + The undo command. Undoes the last editing command in a #WebKitWebView. +You can check whether it's possible to execute the command with +webkit_web_view_can_execute_editing_command(). It's only possible +to undo a command after a previously executed editing operation. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the typing attributes at the current cursor position. +If there is a selection, this returns the typing attributes +of the selected text. Note that in case of a selection, +typing attributes are considered active only when they are +present throughout the selection. + + a bitmask of #WebKitEditorTypingAttributes flags + + + + + a #WebKitEditorState + + + + + + Gets whether a copy command can be issued. + + %TRUE if copy is currently available + + + + + a #WebKitEditorState + + + + + + Gets whether a cut command can be issued. + + %TRUE if cut is currently available + + + + + a #WebKitEditorState + + + + + + Gets whether a paste command can be issued. + + %TRUE if paste is currently available + + + + + a #WebKitEditorState + + + + + + Gets whether a redo command can be issued. + + %TRUE if redo is currently available + + + + + a #WebKitEditorState + + + + + + Gets whether an undo command can be issued. + + %TRUE if undo is currently available + + + + + a #WebKitEditorState + + + + + + Bitmask of #WebKitEditorTypingAttributes flags. +See webkit_editor_state_get_typing_attributes() for more information. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values with flags representing typing attributes. + + No typing attributes. + + + Bold typing attribute. + + + Italic typing attribute. + + + Underline typing attribute. + + + Strikethrough typing attribute. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Clears all icons from the database. + + + + + + a #WebKitFaviconDatabase + + + + + + Asynchronously obtains a #cairo_surface_t of the favicon for the +given page URI. It returns the cached icon if it's in the database +asynchronously waiting for the icon to be read from the database. + +This is an asynchronous method. When the operation is finished, callback will +be invoked. You can then call webkit_favicon_database_get_favicon_finish() +to get the result of the operation. + +You must call webkit_web_context_set_favicon_database_directory() for +the #WebKitWebContext associated with this #WebKitFaviconDatabase +before attempting to use this function; otherwise, +webkit_favicon_database_get_favicon_finish() will return +%WEBKIT_FAVICON_DATABASE_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED. + + + + + + a #WebKitFaviconDatabase + + + + URI of the page for which we want to retrieve the favicon + + + + A #GCancellable or %NULL. + + + + A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is + satisfied or %NULL if you don't care about the result. + + + + The data to pass to @callback. + + + + + + Finishes an operation started with webkit_favicon_database_get_favicon(). + + a new reference to a #cairo_surface_t, or +%NULL in case of error. + + + + + a #WebKitFaviconDatabase + + + + A #GAsyncResult obtained from the #GAsyncReadyCallback passed to webkit_favicon_database_get_favicon() + + + + + + Obtains the URI of the favicon for the given @page_uri. + + a newly allocated URI for the favicon, or %NULL if the +database doesn't have a favicon for @page_uri. + + + + + a #WebKitFaviconDatabase + + + + URI of the page containing the icon + + + + + + + + + + + + This signal is emitted when the favicon URI of @page_uri has +been changed to @favicon_uri in the database. You can connect +to this signal and call webkit_favicon_database_get_favicon() +to get the favicon. If you are interested in the favicon of a +#WebKitWebView it's easier to use the #WebKitWebView:favicon +property. See webkit_web_view_get_favicon() for more details. + + + + + + the URI of the Web page containing the icon + + + + the URI of the favicon + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values used to denote the various errors related to the #WebKitFaviconDatabase. + + The #WebKitFaviconDatabase has not been initialized yet + + + There is not an icon available for the requested URL + + + There might be an icon for the requested URL, but its data is unknown at the moment + + + + + + + + + + + Ask WebKit to cancel the request. It's important to do this in case +no selection has been made in the client, otherwise the request +won't be properly completed and the browser will keep the request +pending forever, which might cause the browser to hang. + + + + + + a #WebKitFileChooserRequest + + + + + + Get the list of MIME types the file chooser dialog should handle, +in the format specified in RFC 2046 for "media types". Its contents +depend on the value of the 'accept' attribute for HTML input +elements. This function should normally be called before presenting +the file chooser dialog to the user, to decide whether to allow the +user to select multiple files at once or only one. + + a +%NULL-terminated array of strings if a list of accepted MIME types +is defined or %NULL otherwise, meaning that any MIME type should be +accepted. This array and its contents are owned by WebKit and +should not be modified or freed. + + + + + + + a #WebKitFileChooserRequest + + + + + + Get the filter currently associated with the request, ready to be +used by #GtkFileChooser. This function should normally be called +before presenting the file chooser dialog to the user, to decide +whether to apply a filter so the user would not be allowed to +select files with other MIME types. + +See webkit_file_chooser_request_get_mime_types() if you are +interested in getting the list of accepted MIME types. + + a #GtkFileFilter if a list of accepted +MIME types is defined or %NULL otherwise. The returned object is +owned by WebKit should not be modified or freed. + + + + + a #WebKitFileChooserRequest + + + + + + Determine whether the file chooser associated to this +#WebKitFileChooserRequest should allow selecting multiple files, +which depends on the HTML input element having a 'multiple' +attribute defined. + + %TRUE if the file chooser should allow selecting multiple files or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitFileChooserRequest + + + + + + Get the list of selected files currently associated to the +request. Initially, the return value of this method contains any +files selected in previous file chooser requests for this HTML +input element. Once webkit_file_chooser_request_select_files, the +value will reflect whatever files are given. + +This function should normally be called only before presenting the +file chooser dialog to the user, to decide whether to perform some +extra action, like pre-selecting the files from a previous request. + + a +%NULL-terminated array of strings if there are selected files +associated with the request or %NULL otherwise. This array and its +contents are owned by WebKit and should not be modified or +freed. + + + + + + + a #WebKitFileChooserRequest + + + + + + Ask WebKit to select local files for upload and complete the +request. + + + + + + a #WebKitFileChooserRequest + + + + a +%NULL-terminated array of strings, containing paths to local files. + + + + + + + + The filter currently associated with the request. See +webkit_file_chooser_request_get_mime_types_filter() for more +details. + + + + A %NULL-terminated array of strings containing the list of MIME +types the file chooser dialog should handle. See +webkit_file_chooser_request_get_mime_types() for more details. + + + + + + Whether the file chooser should allow selecting multiple +files. See +webkit_file_chooser_request_get_select_multiple() for +more details. + + + + A %NULL-terminated array of strings containing the list of +selected files associated to the current request. See +webkit_file_chooser_request_get_selected_files() for more details. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Counts the number of matches for @search_text found in the +#WebKitWebView with the provided @find_options. The number of +matches will be provided by the +#WebKitFindController::counted-matches signal. + + + + + + the #WebKitFindController + + + + the text to look for + + + + a bitmask with the #WebKitFindOptions used in the search + + + + the maximum number of matches allowed in the search + + + + + + Gets the maximum number of matches to report during a text +lookup. This number is passed as the last argument of +webkit_find_controller_search() or +webkit_find_controller_count_matches(). + + the maximum number of matches to report. + + + + + the #WebKitFindController + + + + + + Gets a bitmask containing the #WebKitFindOptions associated with +the current search. + + a bitmask containing the #WebKitFindOptions associated +with the current search. + + + + + the #WebKitFindController + + + + + + Gets the text that @find_controller is currently searching +for. This text is passed to either +webkit_find_controller_search() or +webkit_find_controller_count_matches(). + + the text to look for in the #WebKitWebView. + + + + + the #WebKitFindController + + + + + + Gets the #WebKitWebView this find controller is associated to. Do +not dereference the returned instance as it belongs to the +#WebKitFindController. + + the #WebKitWebView. + + + + + the #WebKitFindController + + + + + + Looks for @search_text in the #WebKitWebView associated with +@find_controller since the beginning of the document highlighting +up to @max_match_count matches. The outcome of the search will be +asynchronously provided by the #WebKitFindController::found-text +and #WebKitFindController::failed-to-find-text signals. + +To look for the next or previous occurrences of the same text +with the same find options use webkit_find_controller_search_next() +and/or webkit_find_controller_search_previous(). The +#WebKitFindController will use the same text and options for the +following searches unless they are modified by another call to this +method. + +Note that if the number of matches is higher than @max_match_count +then #WebKitFindController::found-text will report %G_MAXUINT matches +instead of the actual number. + +Callers should call webkit_find_controller_search_finish() to +finish the current search operation. + + + + + + the #WebKitFindController + + + + the text to look for + + + + a bitmask with the #WebKitFindOptions used in the search + + + + the maximum number of matches allowed in the search + + + + + + Finishes a find operation started by +webkit_find_controller_search(). It will basically unhighlight +every text match found. + +This method will be typically called when the search UI is +closed/hidden by the client application. + + + + + + a #WebKitFindController + + + + + + Looks for the next occurrence of the search text. + +Calling this method before webkit_find_controller_search() or +webkit_find_controller_count_matches() is a programming error. + + + + + + the #WebKitFindController + + + + + + Looks for the previous occurrence of the search text. + +Calling this method before webkit_find_controller_search() or +webkit_find_controller_count_matches() is a programming error. + + + + + + the #WebKitFindController + + + + + + The maximum number of matches to report for a given search. + + + + The options to be used in the search operation. + + + + The current search text for this #WebKitFindController. + + + + The #WebKitWebView this controller is associated to. + + + + + + + + + + This signal is emitted when the #WebKitFindController has +counted the number of matches for a given text after a call +to webkit_find_controller_count_matches(). + + + + + + the number of matches of the search text + + + + + + This signal is emitted when a search operation does not find +any result for the given text. It will be issued if the text +is not found asynchronously after a call to +webkit_find_controller_search(), webkit_find_controller_search_next() +or webkit_find_controller_search_previous(). + + + + + + This signal is emitted when a given text is found in the web +page text. It will be issued if the text is found +asynchronously after a call to webkit_find_controller_search(), +webkit_find_controller_search_next() or +webkit_find_controller_search_previous(). + + + + + + the number of matches found of the search text + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values used to specify search options. + + no search flags, this means a case + sensitive, no wrap, forward only search. + + + case insensitive search. + + + search text only at the + begining of the words. + + + treat + capital letters in the middle of words as word start. + + + search backwards. + + + if not present search will stop + at the end of the document. + + + + + Get a #GHashTable with the values of the text fields contained in the form +associated to @request. Note that fields will be missing if the form +contains multiple text input elements with the same name, so this +function does not reliably return all text fields. + Use webkit_form_submission_request_list_text_fields() instead. + + a #GHashTable with the form + text fields, or %NULL if the form doesn't contain text fields. + + + + + + + + a #WebKitFormSubmissionRequest + + + + + + Get lists with the names and values of the text fields contained in +the form associated to @request. Note that names and values may be +%NULL. + +If this function returns %FALSE, then both @field_names and +@field_values will be empty. + + %TRUE if the form contains text fields, or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitFormSubmissionRequest + + + + + names of the text fields in the form + + + + + + + values of the text fields in the form + + + + + + + + Continue the form submission. + + + + + + a #WebKitFormSubmissionRequest + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Notify @manager that determining the position failed. + + + + + + a #WebKitGeolocationManager + + + + the error message + + + + + + Get whether high accuracy is enabled. + + + + + + a #WebKitGeolocationManager + + + + + + Notify @manager that position has been updated to @position. + + + + + + a #WebKitGeolocationManager + + + + a #WebKitGeolocationPosition + + + + + + Whether high accuracy is enabled. This is a read-only property that will be +set to %TRUE when a #WebKitGeolocationManager needs to get accurate position updates. +You can connect to notify::enable-high-accuracy signal to monitor it. + + + + + + + + + + The signal is emitted to notify that @manager needs to start receiving +position updates. After this signal is emitted the user should provide +the updates using webkit_geolocation_manager_update_position() every time +the position changes, or use webkit_geolocation_manager_failed() in case +it isn't possible to determine the current position. + +If the signal is not handled, WebKit will try to determine the position +using GeoClue if available. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to propagate the event further. + + + + + The signal is emitted to notify that @manager doesn't need to receive +position updates anymore. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + WebKitGeolocationPosition is an opaque struct used to provide position updates to a +#WebKitGeolocationManager using webkit_geolocation_manager_update_position(). + + Create a new #WebKitGeolocationPosition + + a newly created #WebKitGeolocationPosition + + + + + a valid latitude in degrees + + + + a valid longitude in degrees + + + + accuracy of location in meters + + + + + + Make a copy of the #WebKitGeolocationPosition + + a copy of @position + + + + + a #WebKitGeolocationPosition + + + + + + Free the #WebKitGeolocationPosition + + + + + + a #WebKitGeolocationPosition + + + + + + Set the @position altitude + + + + + + a #WebKitGeolocationPosition + + + + altitude in meters + + + + + + Set the accuracy of @position altitude + + + + + + a #WebKitGeolocationPosition + + + + accuracy of position altitude in meters + + + + + + Set the @position heading, as a positive angle between the direction of movement and the North +direction, in clockwise direction. + + + + + + a #WebKitGeolocationPosition + + + + heading in degrees + + + + + + Set the @position speed + + + + + + a #WebKitGeolocationPosition + + + + speed in meters per second + + + + + + Set the @position timestamp. By default it's the time when the @position was created. + + + + + + a #WebKitGeolocationPosition + + + + timestamp in seconds since the epoch, or 0 to use current time + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values used for determining the hardware acceleration policy. + + Hardware acceleration is enabled/disabled as request by web contents. + + + Hardware acceleration is always enabled, even for websites not requesting it. + + + Hardware acceleration is always disabled, even for websites requesting it. + + + + + Gets whether %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_EDITABLE flag is present in +#WebKitHitTestResult:context. + + %TRUE if there's an editable element at the coordinates of the @hit_test_result, + or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets whether %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_IMAGE flag is present in +#WebKitHitTestResult:context. + + %TRUE if there's an image element in the coordinates of the Hit Test, + or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets whether %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_LINK flag is present in +#WebKitHitTestResult:context. + + %TRUE if there's a link element in the coordinates of the Hit Test, + or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets whether %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_MEDIA flag is present in +#WebKitHitTestResult:context. + + %TRUE if there's a media element in the coordinates of the Hit Test, + or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets whether %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_SCROLLBAR flag is present in +#WebKitHitTestResult:context. + + %TRUE if there's a scrollbar element at the coordinates of the @hit_test_result, + or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets whether %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_SELECTION flag is present in +#WebKitHitTestResult:context. + + %TRUE if there's a selected element at the coordinates of the @hit_test_result, + or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitHitTestResult:context property. + + a bitmask of #WebKitHitTestResultContext flags + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitHitTestResult:image-uri property. + + the URI of the image element in the coordinates of the Hit Test, + or %NULL if there isn't an image element in @hit_test_result context + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitHitTestResult:link-label property. + + the label of the link element in the coordinates of the Hit Test, + or %NULL if there isn't a link element in @hit_test_result context or the + link element doesn't have a label + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitHitTestResult:link-title property. + + the title of the link element in the coordinates of the Hit Test, + or %NULL if there isn't a link element in @hit_test_result context or the + link element doesn't have a title + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitHitTestResult:link-uri property. + + the URI of the link element in the coordinates of the Hit Test, + or %NULL if there isn't a link element in @hit_test_result context + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitHitTestResult:media-uri property. + + the URI of the media element in the coordinates of the Hit Test, + or %NULL if there isn't a media element in @hit_test_result context + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Bitmask of #WebKitHitTestResultContext flags representing +the context of the #WebKitHitTestResult. + + + + The URI of the image if flag %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_IMAGE +is present in #WebKitHitTestResult:context + + + + The label of the link if flag %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_LINK +is present in #WebKitHitTestResult:context + + + + The title of the link if flag %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_LINK +is present in #WebKitHitTestResult:context + + + + The URI of the link if flag %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_LINK +is present in #WebKitHitTestResult:context + + + + The URI of the media if flag %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_MEDIA +is present in #WebKitHitTestResult:context + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values with flags representing the context of a #WebKitHitTestResult. + + anywhere in the document. + + + a hyperlink element. + + + an image element. + + + a video or audio element. + + + an editable element + + + a scrollbar element. + + + a selected element. Since 2.8 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get the domain name of @itp_first_party + + the domain name + + + + + a #WebKitITPFirstParty + + + + + + Get the last time a #WebKitITPThirdParty has been seen under @itp_first_party. +Each @WebKitITPFirstParty is created by webkit_itp_third_party_get_first_parties() and +therefore corresponds to exactly one #WebKitITPThirdParty. + + the last update time as a #GDateTime + + + + + a #WebKitITPFirstParty + + + + + + Get whether @itp_first_party has granted website data access to its #WebKitITPThirdParty. +Each @WebKitITPFirstParty is created by webkit_itp_third_party_get_first_parties() and +therefore corresponds to exactly one #WebKitITPThirdParty. + + %TRUE if website data access has been granted, or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitITPFirstParty + + + + + + Atomically increments the reference count of @itp_first_party by one. +This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. + + The passed #WebKitITPFirstParty + + + + + a #WebKitITPFirstParty + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @itp_first_party by one. +If the reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by +#WebKitITPFirstParty is released. This function is MT-safe and may be +called from any thread. + + + + + + a #WebKitITPFirstParty + + + + + + + + Get the domain name of @itp_third_party + + the domain name + + + + + a #WebKitITPThirdParty + + + + + + Get the list of #WebKitITPFirstParty under which @itp_third_party has been seen. + + a #GList of #WebKitITPFirstParty + + + + + + + a #WebKitITPThirdParty + + + + + + Atomically increments the reference count of @itp_third_party by one. +This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. + + The passed #WebKitITPThirdParty + + + + + a #WebKitITPThirdParty + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @itp_third_party by one. +If the reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by +#WebKitITPThirdParty is released. This function is MT-safe and may be +called from any thread. + + + + + + a #WebKitITPThirdParty + + + + + + + Enum values used to describe hints that might be taken into account by input methods. + + No special behavior suggested + + + Suggest spell checking + + + Suggest to not autocapitlize + + + Suggest to capitalize all text + + + Suggest to capitalize the first character of each word + + + Suggest to capitalize the first word of each sentence + + + Suggest to not show an onscreen keyboard + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Allow @key_event to be handled by the input method. If %TRUE is returned, then no further processing should be +done for the key event. + + %TRUE if the key event was handled, or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + the key event to filter + + + + + + Get the current preedit string for the @context, and a list of WebKitInputMethodUnderline to apply to the string. +The string will be displayed inserted at @cursor_offset. + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + location to store the preedit string + + + + location to store the underlines as a #GList of #WebKitInputMethodUnderline + + + + + + location to store the position of cursor in preedit string + + + + + + Notify @context that cursor area changed in input associated. + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + the x coordinate of cursor location + + + + the y coordinate of cursor location + + + + the width of cursor area + + + + the height of cursor area + + + + + + Notify @context that input associated has gained focus. + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + + + Notify @context that input associated has lost focus. + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + + + Notify @context that the context surrounding the cursor has changed. +If there's no selection @selection_index is the same as @cursor_index. + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + text surrounding the insertion point + + + + the length of @text, or -1 if @text is nul-terminated + + + + the byte index of the insertion cursor within @text. + + + + the byte index of the selection cursor within @text. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Reset the @context. This will typically cause the input to clear the preedit state. + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + + + Set whether @context should enable preedit to display feedback. + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + whether to enable preedit + + + + + + Allow @key_event to be handled by the input method. If %TRUE is returned, then no further processing should be +done for the key event. + + %TRUE if the key event was handled, or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + the key event to filter + + + + + + Get the value of the #WebKitInputMethodContext:input-hints property. + + the #WebKitInputHints of the input associated with @context + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + + + Get the value of the #WebKitInputMethodContext:input-purpose property. + + the #WebKitInputPurpose of the input associated with @context + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + + + Get the current preedit string for the @context, and a list of WebKitInputMethodUnderline to apply to the string. +The string will be displayed inserted at @cursor_offset. + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + location to store the preedit string + + + + location to store the underlines as a #GList of #WebKitInputMethodUnderline + + + + + + location to store the position of cursor in preedit string + + + + + + Notify @context that cursor area changed in input associated. + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + the x coordinate of cursor location + + + + the y coordinate of cursor location + + + + the width of cursor area + + + + the height of cursor area + + + + + + Notify @context that input associated has gained focus. + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + + + Notify @context that input associated has lost focus. + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + + + Notify @context that the context surrounding the cursor has changed. +If there's no selection @selection_index is the same as @cursor_index. + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + text surrounding the insertion point + + + + the length of @text, or -1 if @text is nul-terminated + + + + the byte index of the insertion cursor within @text. + + + + the byte index of the selection cursor within @text. + + + + + + Reset the @context. This will typically cause the input to clear the preedit state. + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + + + Set whether @context should enable preedit to display feedback. + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + whether to enable preedit + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Set the value of the #WebKitInputMethodContext:input-purpose property. + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + a #WebKitInputPurpose + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when a complete input sequence has been entered by the user. +This can be a single character immediately after a key press or the +final result of preediting. + + + + + + the string result + + + + + + Emitted when the input method wants to delete the context surrounding the cursor. +If @offset is a negative value, it means a position before the cursor. + + + + + + the character offset from the cursor position of the text to be deleted. + + + + the number of characters to be deleted + + + + + + Emitted whenever the preedit sequence currently being entered has changed. +It is also emitted at the end of a preedit sequence, in which case +webkit_input_method_context_get_preedit() returns the empty string. + + + + + + Emitted when a preediting sequence has been completed or canceled. + + + + + + Emitted when a new preediting sequence starts. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + whether to enable preedit + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + location to store the preedit string + + + + location to store the underlines as a #GList of #WebKitInputMethodUnderline + + + + + + location to store the position of cursor in preedit string + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if the key event was handled, or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + the key event to filter + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + the x coordinate of cursor location + + + + the y coordinate of cursor location + + + + the width of cursor area + + + + the height of cursor area + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + text surrounding the insertion point + + + + the length of @text, or -1 if @text is nul-terminated + + + + the byte index of the insertion cursor within @text. + + + + the byte index of the selection cursor within @text. + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Create a new #WebKitInputMethodUnderline for the given range in preedit string + + A newly created #WebKitInputMethodUnderline + + + + + the start offset in preedit string + + + + the end offset in preedit string + + + + + + Make a copy of the #WebKitInputMethodUnderline. + + A copy of passed in #WebKitInputMethodUnderline + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodUnderline + + + + + + Free the #WebKitInputMethodUnderline. + + + + + + A #WebKitInputMethodUnderline + + + + + + Set the color of the underline. If @rgba is %NULL the foreground text color will be used +for the underline too. + + + + + + a #WebKitInputMethodUnderline + + + + a #GdkRGBA or %NULL + + + + + + + Enum values used to describe the primary purpose of the active editable element. + + Editable element expects any characters + + + Editable element expects digits + + + Editable element expects a number + + + Editable element expects a telephone + + + Editable element expects a URL + + + Editable element expects an email + + + Editable element expects a password + + + + Enum values used to denote the different events which can trigger +the detection of insecure content. + + Insecure content has been detected by +trying to execute any kind of logic (e.g. a script) from an +untrusted source. + + + Insecure content has been +detected by trying to display any kind of resource (e.g. an image) +from an untrusted source. + + + + + + Gets the description about the missing plugins provided by the media backend when a media couldn't be played. + + a string with the description provided by the media backend. + + + + + a #WebKitInstallMissingMediaPluginsPermissionRequest + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values used to denote errors happening when executing JavaScript + + An exception was raised in JavaScript execution + + + + + + + + + + Get the global Javascript context that should be used with the +<function>JSValueRef</function> returned by webkit_javascript_result_get_value(). + Use jsc_value_get_context() instead. + + the <function>JSGlobalContextRef</function> for the #WebKitJavascriptResult + + + + + a #WebKitJavascriptResult + + + + + + Get the #JSCValue of @js_result. + + the #JSCValue of the #WebKitJavascriptResult + + + + + a #WebKitJavascriptResult + + + + + + Get the value of @js_result. You should use the <function>JSGlobalContextRef</function> +returned by webkit_javascript_result_get_global_context() to use the <function>JSValueRef</function>. + Use webkit_javascript_result_get_js_value() instead. + + the <function>JSValueRef</function> of the #WebKitJavascriptResult + + + + + a #WebKitJavascriptResult + + + + + + Atomically increments the reference count of @js_result by one. This +function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. + + The passed in #WebKitJavascriptResult + + + + + a #WebKitJavascriptResult + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @js_result by one. If the +reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by the #WebKitJavascriptResult is +released. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any +thread. + + + + + + a #WebKitJavascriptResult + + + + + + + Enum values used to denote the different events that happen during a +#WebKitWebView load operation. + + A new load request has been made. +No data has been received yet, empty structures have +been allocated to perform the load; the load may still +fail due to transport issues such as not being able to +resolve a name, or connect to a port. + + + A provisional data source received +a server redirect. + + + The content started arriving for a page load. +The necessary transport requirements are established, and the +load is being performed. + + + Load completed. All resources are done loading +or there was an error during the load operation. + + + + Like webkit_get_major_version(), but from the headers used at +application compile time, rather than from the library linked +against at application run time. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Like webkit_get_micro_version(), but from the headers used at +application compile time, rather than from the library linked +against at application run time. + + + + Like webkit_get_minor_version(), but from the headers used at +application compile time, rather than from the library linked +against at application run time. + + + + Enum values used to specify the capture state of a media device. + + Media capture is disabled. + + + Media capture is active. + + + Media capture is muted. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Create a new #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings with the default values. + + A new #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings instance filled with the default values. + + + + + Make a copy of @settings. + + A copy of of the passed #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings. + + + + + a #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings + + + + + + Free the #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings. + + + + + + a #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings + + + + + + + the value of the the conservative threshold inside @settings. + + + + + a #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings + + + + + + + the value of the the kill threshold inside @settings. + + + + + a #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings + + + + + + + the value in MB of the memory limit inside @settings. + + + + + a #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings + + + + + + + the value in seconds of the the poll interval inside @settings. + + + + + a #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings + + + + + + + the value of the the strict threshold inside @settings. + + + + + a #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings + + + + + + Sets @value as the fraction of the defined memory limit where the conservative +policy starts working. This policy will try to reduce the memory footprint by +releasing non critical memory. + +The threshold must be bigger than 0 and smaller than 1, and it must be smaller +than the strict threshold defined in @settings. The default value is 0.33. + + + + + + a #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings + + + + fraction of the memory limit where the conservative policy starts working. + + + + + + Sets @value as the fraction of the defined memory limit where the process will be +killed. + +The threshold must be a value bigger or equal to 0. A value of 0 means that the process +is never killed. If the threshold is not 0, then it must be bigger than the strict threshold +defined in @settings. The threshold can also have values bigger than 1. The default value is 0. + + + + + + a #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings + + + + fraction of the memory limit where the process will be killed because + of excessive memory usage. + + + + + + Sets @memory_limit the memory limit value to @settings. + +The default value is the system's RAM size with a maximum of 3GB. + + + + + + a #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings + + + + amount of memory (in MB) that the process is allowed to use. + + + + + + Sets @value as the poll interval used by @settings. + +The poll interval value must be bigger than 0. The default value is 30 seconds. + + + + + + a #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings + + + + period (in seconds) between memory usage measurements. + + + + + + Sets @value as the fraction of the defined memory limit where the strict +policy starts working. This policy will try to reduce the memory footprint by +releasing critical memory. + +The threshold must be bigger than 0 and smaller than 1. Also, it must be bigger +than the conservative threshold defined in @settings, and smaller than the kill +threshold if the latter is not 0. The default value is 0.5. + + + + + + a #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings + + + + fraction of the memory limit where the strict policy starts working. + + + + + + + + + the description of the MIME type of @info + + + + + a #WebKitMimeInfo + + + + + + Get the list of file extensions associated to the +MIME type of @info + + a + %NULL-terminated array of strings + + + + + + + a #WebKitMimeInfo + + + + + + + the MIME type of @info + + + + + a #WebKitMimeInfo + + + + + + Atomically increments the reference count of @info by one. This +function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. + + The passed in #WebKitMimeInfo + + + + + a #WebKitMimeInfo + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @info by one. If the +reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by the #WebKitMimeInfo is +released. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any +thread. + + + + + + a #WebKitMimeInfo + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Make a copy of @navigation. + + A copy of passed in #WebKitNavigationAction + + + + + a #WebKitNavigationAction + + + + + + Free the #WebKitNavigationAction + + + + + + a #WebKitNavigationAction + + + + + + Return a bitmask of #GdkModifierType values describing the modifier keys that were in effect +when the navigation was requested + + the modifier keys + + + + + a #WebKitNavigationAction + + + + + + Return the number of the mouse button that triggered the navigation, or 0 if +the navigation was not started by a mouse event. + + the mouse button number or 0 + + + + + a #WebKitNavigationAction + + + + + + Return the type of action that triggered the navigation. + + a #WebKitNavigationType + + + + + a #WebKitNavigationAction + + + + + + Return the #WebKitURIRequest associated with the navigation action. +Modifications to the returned object are <emphasis>not</emphasis> taken +into account when the request is sent over the network, and is intended +only to aid in evaluating whether a navigation action should be taken or +not. To modify requests before they are sent over the network the +#WebKitPage::send-request signal can be used instead. + + a #WebKitURIRequest + + + + + a #WebKitNavigationAction + + + + + + Returns whether the @navigation was redirected. + + %TRUE if the original navigation was redirected, %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitNavigationAction + + + + + + Return whether the navigation was triggered by a user gesture like a mouse click. + + whether navigation action is a user gesture + + + + + a #WebKitNavigationAction + + + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision:frame-name property. + + The name of the new frame this navigation action targets or %NULL + + + + + a #WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision:modifiers property. + Use webkit_navigation_policy_decision_get_navigation_action() instead. + + The modifiers active if this decision was triggered by a mouse event + + + + + a #WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision:mouse-button property. + Use webkit_navigation_policy_decision_get_navigation_action() instead. + + The mouse button used if this decision was triggered by a mouse event or 0 otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision:navigation-action property. + + The #WebKitNavigationAction triggering this policy decision. + + + + + a #WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision:navigation-type property. + Use webkit_navigation_policy_decision_get_navigation_action() instead. + + The type of navigation triggering this policy decision. + + + + + a #WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision:request property. + Use webkit_navigation_policy_decision_get_navigation_action() instead. + + The URI request that is associated with this navigation + + + + + a #WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision + + + + + + If this navigation request targets a new frame, this property contains +the name of that frame. For example if the decision was triggered by clicking a +link with a target attribute equal to "_blank", this property will contain the +value of that attribute. In all other cases, this value will be %NULL. + + + + If the navigation associated with this policy decision was originally +triggered by a mouse event, this property contains a bitmask of various +#GdkModifierType values describing the modifiers used for that click. +If the navigation was not triggered by a mouse event or no modifiers +were active, the value of this property will be zero. + Use #WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision:navigation-action instead + + + + If the navigation associated with this policy decision was originally +triggered by a mouse event, this property contains non-zero button number +of the button triggering that event. The button numbers match those from GDK. +If the navigation was not triggered by a mouse event, the value of this +property will be 0. + Use #WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision:navigation-action instead + + + + The #WebKitNavigationAction that triggered this policy decision. + + + + The type of navigation that triggered this policy decision. This is +useful for enacting different policies depending on what type of user +action caused the navigation. + Use #WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision:navigation-action instead + + + + This property contains the #WebKitURIRequest associated with this +navigation. + Use #WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision:navigation-action instead + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values used to denote the various navigation types. + + The navigation was triggered by clicking a link. + + + The navigation was triggered by submitting a form. + + + The navigation was triggered by navigating forward or backward. + + + The navigation was triggered by reloading. + + + The navigation was triggered by resubmitting a form. + + + The navigation was triggered by some other action. + + + + Enum values used to denote the various network errors. + + Generic load failure + + + Load failure due to transport error + + + Load failure due to unknown protocol + + + Load failure due to cancellation + + + Load failure due to missing file + + + + + + + + + Enum values used to set the network proxy mode. + + Use the default proxy of the system. + + + Do not use any proxy. + + + Use custom proxy settings. + + + + + Create a new #WebKitNetworkProxySettings with the given @default_proxy_uri and @ignore_hosts. + +The default proxy URI will be used for any URI that doesn't match @ignore_hosts, and doesn't match any +of the schemes added with webkit_network_proxy_settings_add_proxy_for_scheme(). +If @default_proxy_uri starts with "socks://", it will be treated as referring to all three of the +socks5, socks4a, and socks4 proxy types. + +@ignore_hosts is a list of hostnames and IP addresses that the resolver should allow direct connections to. +Entries can be in one of 4 formats: +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para> +A hostname, such as "example.com", ".example.com", or "*.example.com", any of which match "example.com" or +any subdomain of it. +</para></listitem> +<listitem><para> +An IPv4 or IPv6 address, such as "192.168.1.1", which matches only that address. +</para></listitem> +<listitem><para> +A hostname or IP address followed by a port, such as "example.com:80", which matches whatever the hostname or IP +address would match, but only for URLs with the (explicitly) indicated port. In the case of an IPv6 address, the address +part must appear in brackets: "[::1]:443" +</para></listitem> +<listitem><para> +An IP address range, given by a base address and prefix length, such as "fe80::/10", which matches any address in that range. +</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +Note that when dealing with Unicode hostnames, the matching is done against the ASCII form of the name. +Also note that hostname exclusions apply only to connections made to hosts identified by name, and IP address exclusions apply only +to connections made to hosts identified by address. That is, if example.com has an address of 192.168.1.1, and @ignore_hosts +contains only "192.168.1.1", then a connection to "example.com" will use the proxy, and a connection to 192.168.1.1" will not. + + A new #WebKitNetworkProxySettings. + + + + + the default proxy URI to use, or %NULL. + + + + an optional list of hosts/IP addresses to not use a proxy for. + + + + + + + + Adds a URI-scheme-specific proxy. URIs whose scheme matches @uri_scheme will be proxied via @proxy_uri. +As with the default proxy URI, if @proxy_uri starts with "socks://", it will be treated as referring to +all three of the socks5, socks4a, and socks4 proxy types. + + + + + + a #WebKitNetworkProxySettings + + + + the URI scheme to add a proxy for + + + + the proxy URI to use for @uri_scheme + + + + + + Make a copy of the #WebKitNetworkProxySettings. + + A copy of passed in #WebKitNetworkProxySettings + + + + + a #WebKitNetworkProxySettings + + + + + + Free the #WebKitNetworkProxySettings. + + + + + + A #WebKitNetworkProxySettings + + + + + + + + Tells WebKit the notification has been clicked. This will emit the +#WebKitNotification::clicked signal. + + + + + + a #WebKitNotification + + + + + + Closes the notification. + + + + + + a #WebKitNotification + + + + + + Obtains the body for the notification. + + the body for the notification + + + + + a #WebKitNotification + + + + + + Obtains the unique id for the notification. + + the unique id for the notification + + + + + a #WebKitNotification + + + + + + Obtains the tag identifier for the notification. + + the tag for the notification + + + + + a #WebKitNotification + + + + + + Obtains the title for the notification. + + the title for the notification + + + + + a #WebKitNotification + + + + + + The body for the notification. + + + + The unique id for the notification. + + + + The tag identifier for the notification. + + + + The title for the notification. + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when a notification has been clicked. See webkit_notification_clicked(). + + + + + + Emitted when a notification has been withdrawn. + +The default handler will close the notification using libnotify, if built with +support for it. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Activates the #WebKitOptionMenuItem at @index in @menu. Activating an item changes the value +of the element making the item the active one. You are expected to close the menu with +webkit_option_menu_close() after activating an item, calling this function again will have no +effect. + + + + + + a #WebKitOptionMenu + + + + the index of the item + + + + + + Request to close a #WebKitOptionMenu. This emits WebKitOptionMenu::close signal. +This function should always be called to notify WebKit that the associated +menu has been closed. If the menu is closed and neither webkit_option_menu_select_item() +nor webkit_option_menu_activate_item() have been called, the element value remains +unchanged. + + + + + + a #WebKitOptionMenu + + + + + + Returns the #WebKitOptionMenuItem at @index in @menu. + + a #WebKitOptionMenuItem of @menu. + + + + + a #WebKitOptionMenu + + + + the index of the item + + + + + + Gets the length of the @menu. + + the number of #WebKitOptionMenuItem<!-- -->s in @menu + + + + + a #WebKitOptionMenu + + + + + + Selects the #WebKitOptionMenuItem at @index in @menu. Selecting an item changes the +text shown by the combo button, but it doesn't change the value of the element. You need to +explicitly activate the item with webkit_option_menu_select_item() or close the menu with +webkit_option_menu_close() in which case the currently selected item will be activated. + + + + + + a #WebKitOptionMenu + + + + the index of the item + + + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when closing a #WebKitOptionMenu is requested. This can happen +when the user explicitly calls webkit_option_menu_close() or when the +element is detached from the current page. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Make a copy of the #WebKitOptionMenuItem. + + A copy of passed in #WebKitOptionMenuItem + + + + + a #WebKitOptionMenuItem + + + + + + Free the #WebKitOptionMenuItem. + + + + + + A #WebKitOptionMenuItem + + + + + + Get the label of a #WebKitOptionMenuItem. + + The label of @item. + + + + + a #WebKitOptionMenuItem + + + + + + Get the tooltip of a #WebKitOptionMenuItem. + + The tooltip of @item, or %NULL. + + + + + a #WebKitOptionMenuItem + + + + + + Whether a #WebKitOptionMenuItem is enabled. + + %TRUE if the @item is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitOptionMenuItem + + + + + + Whether a #WebKitOptionMenuItem is a group child. + + %TRUE if the @item is a group child or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitOptionMenuItem + + + + + + Whether a #WebKitOptionMenuItem is a group label. + + %TRUE if the @item is a group label or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitOptionMenuItem + + + + + + Whether a #WebKitOptionMenuItem is the currently selected one. + + %TRUE if the @item is selected or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitOptionMenuItem + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Allow the action which triggered this request. + + + + + + a #WebKitPermissionRequest + + + + + + Deny the action which triggered this request. + + + + + + a #WebKitPermissionRequest + + + + + + Allow the action which triggered this request. + + + + + + a #WebKitPermissionRequest + + + + + + Deny the action which triggered this request. + + + + + + a #WebKitPermissionRequest + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #WebKitPermissionRequest + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #WebKitPermissionRequest + + + + + + + + + + the description of the plugin. + + + + + a #WebKitPlugin + + + + + + Get information about MIME types handled by the plugin, +as a list of #WebKitMimeInfo. + + a #GList of #WebKitMimeInfo. + + + + + + + a #WebKitPlugin + + + + + + + the name of the plugin. + + + + + a #WebKitPlugin + + + + + + + the absolute path where the plugin is installed. + + + + + a #WebKitPlugin + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values used to denote the various plugin and multimedia errors. + + Generic plugin load failure. Deprecated 2.32 + + + Load failure due to missing plugin. Deprecated 2.32 + + + Load failure due to inability to load plugin. Deprecated 2.32 + + + Load failure due to missing Java support that is required to load plugin. Deprecated 2.32 + + + Load failure due to connection cancellation. Deprecated 2.32 + + + Preliminary load failure for media content types. A new load will be started to perform the media load. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Spawn a download from this decision. + + + + + + a #WebKitPolicyDecision + + + + + + Ignore the action which triggered this decision. For instance, for a +#WebKitResponsePolicyDecision, this would cancel the request. + + + + + + a #WebKitPolicyDecision + + + + + + Accept the action which triggered this decision. + + + + + + a #WebKitPolicyDecision + + + + + + Accept the navigation action which triggered this decision, and +continue with @policies affecting all subsequent loads of resources +in the origin associated with the accepted navigation action. + +For example, a navigation decision to a video sharing website may +be accepted under the priviso no movies are allowed to autoplay. The +autoplay policy in this case would be set in the @policies. + + + + + + a #WebKitPolicyDecision + + + + a #WebKitWebsitePolicies + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values used for determining the type of a policy decision during +#WebKitWebView::decide-policy. + + This type of policy decision + is requested when WebKit is about to navigate to a new page in either the + main frame or a subframe. Acceptable policy decisions are either + webkit_policy_decision_use() or webkit_policy_decision_ignore(). This + type of policy decision is always a #WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision. + + + This type of policy decision + is requested when WebKit is about to create a new window. Acceptable policy + decisions are either webkit_policy_decision_use() or + webkit_policy_decision_ignore(). This type of policy decision is always + a #WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision. These decisions are useful for implementing + special actions for new windows, such as forcing the new window to open + in a tab when a keyboard modifier is active or handling a special + target attribute on &lt;a&gt; elements. + + + This type of decision is used when WebKit has + received a response for a network resource and is about to start the load. + Note that these resources include all subresources of a page such as images + and stylesheets as well as main documents. Appropriate policy responses to + this decision are webkit_policy_decision_use(), webkit_policy_decision_ignore(), + or webkit_policy_decision_download(). This type of policy decision is always + a #WebKitResponsePolicyDecision. This decision is useful for forcing + some types of resources to be downloaded rather than rendered in the WebView + or to block the transfer of resources entirely. + + + + Enum values used to denote the various policy errors. + + Generic load failure due to policy error + + + Load failure due to unsupported mime type + + + Load failure due to URI that can not be shown + + + Load failure due to frame load interruption by policy change + + + Load failure due to port restriction + + + + + + + + + + Create a new #WebKitPrintCustomWidget with given @widget and @title. The @widget +ownership is taken and it is destroyed together with the dialog even if this +object could still be alive at that point. You typically want to pass a container +widget with multiple widgets in it. + + a new #WebKitPrintOperation. + + + + + a #GtkWidget + + + + a @widget's title + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Return the value of #WebKitPrintCustomWidget:title property for the given +@print_custom_widget object. + + Title of the @print_custom_widget. + + + + + a #WebKitPrintCustomWidget + + + + + + Return the value of #WebKitPrintCustomWidget:widget property for the given +@print_custom_widget object. The returned value will always be valid if called +from #WebKitPrintCustomWidget::apply or #WebKitPrintCustomWidget::update +callbacks, but it will be %NULL if called after the +#WebKitPrintCustomWidget::apply signal is emitted. + + a #GtkWidget. + + + + + a #WebKitPrintCustomWidget + + + + + + The title of the custom widget. + + + + The custom #GtkWidget that will be embedded in the dialog. + + + + + + + + + + Emitted right before the printing will start. You should read the information +from the widget and update the content based on it if necessary. The widget +is not guaranteed to be valid at a later time. + + + + + + Emitted after change of selected printer in the dialog. The actual page setup +and print settings are available and the custom widget can actualize itself +according to their values. + + + + + + actual page setup + + + + actual print settings + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values used to denote the various print errors. + + Unspecified error during a print operation + + + Selected printer cannot be found + + + Invalid page range + + + + + + + + + + Create a new #WebKitPrintOperation to print @web_view contents. + + a new #WebKitPrintOperation. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Return the current page setup of @print_operation. It returns %NULL until +either webkit_print_operation_set_page_setup() or webkit_print_operation_run_dialog() +have been called. + + the current #GtkPageSetup of @print_operation. + + + + + a #WebKitPrintOperation + + + + + + Return the current print settings of @print_operation. It returns %NULL until +either webkit_print_operation_set_print_settings() or webkit_print_operation_run_dialog() +have been called. + + the current #GtkPrintSettings of @print_operation. + + + + + a #WebKitPrintOperation + + + + + + Start a print operation using current print settings and page setup +without showing the print dialog. If either print settings or page setup +are not set with webkit_print_operation_set_print_settings() and +webkit_print_operation_set_page_setup(), the default options will be used +and the print job will be sent to the default printer. +The #WebKitPrintOperation::finished signal is emitted when the printing +operation finishes. If an error occurs while printing the signal +#WebKitPrintOperation::failed is emitted before #WebKitPrintOperation::finished. + + + + + + a #WebKitPrintOperation + + + + + + Run the print dialog and start printing using the options selected by +the user. This method returns when the print dialog is closed. +If the print dialog is cancelled %WEBKIT_PRINT_OPERATION_RESPONSE_CANCEL +is returned. If the user clicks on the print button, %WEBKIT_PRINT_OPERATION_RESPONSE_PRINT +is returned and the print operation starts. In this case, the #WebKitPrintOperation::finished +signal is emitted when the operation finishes. If an error occurs while printing, the signal +#WebKitPrintOperation::failed is emitted before #WebKitPrintOperation::finished. +If the print dialog is not cancelled current print settings and page setup of @print_operation +are updated with options selected by the user when Print button is pressed in print dialog. +You can get the updated print settings and page setup by calling +webkit_print_operation_get_print_settings() and webkit_print_operation_get_page_setup() +after this method. + + the #WebKitPrintOperationResponse of the print dialog + + + + + a #WebKitPrintOperation + + + + transient parent of the print dialog + + + + + + Set the current page setup of @print_operation. Current page setup is used for the +initial values of the print dialog when webkit_print_operation_run_dialog() is called. + + + + + + a #WebKitPrintOperation + + + + a #GtkPageSetup to set + + + + + + Set the current print settings of @print_operation. Current print settings are used for +the initial values of the print dialog when webkit_print_operation_run_dialog() is called. + + + + + + a #WebKitPrintOperation + + + + a #GtkPrintSettings to set + + + + + + The initial #GtkPageSetup for the print operation. + + + + The initial #GtkPrintSettings for the print operation. + + + + The #WebKitWebView that will be printed. + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when displaying the print dialog with webkit_print_operation_run_dialog(). +The returned #WebKitPrintCustomWidget will be added to the print dialog and +it will be owned by the @print_operation. However, the object is guaranteed +to be alive until the #WebKitPrintCustomWidget::apply is emitted. + + A #WebKitPrintCustomWidget that will be embedded in the dialog. + + + + + Emitted when an error occurs while printing. The given @error, of the domain +%WEBKIT_PRINT_ERROR, contains further details of the failure. +The #WebKitPrintOperation::finished signal is emitted after this one. + + + + + + the #GError that was triggered + + + + + + Emitted when the print operation has finished doing everything +required for printing. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values representing the response of the print dialog shown with +webkit_print_operation_run_dialog(). + + Print button was clicked in print dialog + + + Print dialog was cancelled + + + + Enum values used for determining the #WebKitWebContext process model. + + Deprecated 2.26. + + + Use one process + for each #WebKitWebView, while still allowing for some of them to + share a process in certain situations. The main advantage + of this process model is that the rendering process for a web view + can crash while the rest of the views keep working normally. This + process model is indicated for applications which may use a number + of web views and the content of in each must not interfere with the + rest — for example a full-fledged web browser with support for + multiple tabs. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Return the #WebKitURIRequest associated with the response decision. +Modifications to the returned object are <emphasis>not</emphasis> taken +into account when the request is sent over the network, and is intended +only to aid in evaluating whether a response decision should be taken or +not. To modify requests before they are sent over the network the +#WebKitPage::send-request signal can be used instead. + + The URI request that is associated with this policy decision. + + + + + a #WebKitResponsePolicyDecision + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitResponsePolicyDecision:response property. + + The URI response that is associated with this policy decision. + + + + + a #WebKitResponsePolicyDecision + + + + + + Gets whether the MIME type of the response can be displayed in the #WebKitWebView +that triggered this policy decision request. See also webkit_web_view_can_show_mime_type(). + + %TRUE if the MIME type of the response is supported or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitResponsePolicyDecision + + + + + + This property contains the #WebKitURIRequest associated with this +policy decision. + + + + This property contains the #WebKitURIResponse associated with this +policy decision. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values to specify the different ways in which a #WebKitWebView +can save its current web page into a self-contained file. + + Save the current page using the MHTML format. + + + + + Close @dialog. When handling a #WebKitScriptDialog asynchronously (webkit_script_dialog_ref() +was called in #WebKitWebView::script-dialog callback), this function needs to be called to notify +that we are done with the script dialog. The dialog will be closed on destruction if this function +hasn't been called before. + + + + + + a #WebKitScriptDialog + + + + + + This method is used for %WEBKIT_SCRIPT_DIALOG_CONFIRM and %WEBKIT_SCRIPT_DIALOG_BEFORE_UNLOAD_CONFIRM dialogs when +#WebKitWebView::script-dialog signal is emitted to set whether the user +confirmed the dialog or not. The default implementation of #WebKitWebView::script-dialog +signal sets %TRUE when the OK or Stay buttons are clicked and %FALSE otherwise. +It's an error to use this method with a #WebKitScriptDialog that is not of type +%WEBKIT_SCRIPT_DIALOG_CONFIRM or %WEBKIT_SCRIPT_DIALOG_BEFORE_UNLOAD_CONFIRM + + + + + + a #WebKitScriptDialog + + + + whether user confirmed the dialog + + + + + + Get the dialog type of a #WebKitScriptDialog. + + the #WebKitScriptDialogType of @dialog + + + + + a #WebKitScriptDialog + + + + + + Get the message of a #WebKitScriptDialog. + + the message of @dialog. + + + + + a #WebKitScriptDialog + + + + + + Get the default text of a #WebKitScriptDialog of type %WEBKIT_SCRIPT_DIALOG_PROMPT. +It's an error to use this method with a #WebKitScriptDialog that is not of type +%WEBKIT_SCRIPT_DIALOG_PROMPT. + + the default text of @dialog + + + + + a #WebKitScriptDialog + + + + + + This method is used for %WEBKIT_SCRIPT_DIALOG_PROMPT dialogs when +#WebKitWebView::script-dialog signal is emitted to set the text +entered by the user. The default implementation of #WebKitWebView::script-dialog +signal sets the text of the entry form when OK button is clicked, otherwise %NULL is set. +It's an error to use this method with a #WebKitScriptDialog that is not of type +%WEBKIT_SCRIPT_DIALOG_PROMPT. + + + + + + a #WebKitScriptDialog + + + + the text to set + + + + + + Atomically increments the reference count of @dialog by one. This +function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. + + The passed in #WebKitScriptDialog + + + + + a #WebKitScriptDialog + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @dialog by one. If the +reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by the #WebKitScriptdialog is +released. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any +thread. + + + + + + a #WebKitScriptDialog + + + + + + + Enum values used for determining the type of #WebKitScriptDialog + + Alert script dialog, used to show a +message to the user. + + + Confirm script dialog, used to ask +confirmation to the user. + + + Prompt script dialog, used to ask +information to the user. + + + Before unload confirm dialog, +used to ask confirmation to leave the current page to the user. Since 2.12 + + + + + Register @scheme as a CORS (Cross-origin resource sharing) enabled scheme. +This means that CORS requests are allowed. See W3C CORS specification +http://www.w3.org/TR/cors/. + + + + + + a #WebKitSecurityManager + + + + a URI scheme + + + + + + Register @scheme as a display isolated scheme. This means that pages cannot +display these URIs unless they are from the same scheme. + + + + + + a #WebKitSecurityManager + + + + a URI scheme + + + + + + Register @scheme as an empty document scheme. This means that +they are allowed to commit synchronously. + + + + + + a #WebKitSecurityManager + + + + a URI scheme + + + + + + Register @scheme as a local scheme. This means that other non-local pages +cannot link to or access URIs of this scheme. + + + + + + a #WebKitSecurityManager + + + + a URI scheme + + + + + + Register @scheme as a no-access scheme. This means that pages loaded +with this URI scheme cannot access pages loaded with any other URI scheme. + + + + + + a #WebKitSecurityManager + + + + a URI scheme + + + + + + Register @scheme as a secure scheme. This means that mixed +content warnings won't be generated for this scheme when +included by an HTTPS page. + + + + + + a #WebKitSecurityManager + + + + a URI scheme + + + + + + Whether @scheme is considered as a CORS enabled scheme. +See also webkit_security_manager_register_uri_scheme_as_cors_enabled(). + + %TRUE if @scheme is a CORS enabled scheme or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSecurityManager + + + + a URI scheme + + + + + + Whether @scheme is considered as a display isolated scheme. +See also webkit_security_manager_register_uri_scheme_as_display_isolated(). + + %TRUE if @scheme is a display isolated scheme or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSecurityManager + + + + a URI scheme + + + + + + Whether @scheme is considered as an empty document scheme. +See also webkit_security_manager_register_uri_scheme_as_empty_document(). + + %TRUE if @scheme is an empty document scheme or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSecurityManager + + + + a URI scheme + + + + + + Whether @scheme is considered as a local scheme. +See also webkit_security_manager_register_uri_scheme_as_local(). + + %TRUE if @scheme is a local scheme or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSecurityManager + + + + a URI scheme + + + + + + Whether @scheme is considered as a no-access scheme. +See also webkit_security_manager_register_uri_scheme_as_no_access(). + + %TRUE if @scheme is a no-access scheme or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSecurityManager + + + + a URI scheme + + + + + + Whether @scheme is considered as a secure scheme. +See also webkit_security_manager_register_uri_scheme_as_secure(). + + %TRUE if @scheme is a secure scheme or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSecurityManager + + + + a URI scheme + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Create a new security origin from the provided protocol, host and +port. + + A #WebKitSecurityOrigin. + + + + + The protocol for the new origin + + + + The host for the new origin + + + + The port number for the new origin, or 0 to indicate the + default port for @protocol + + + + + + Create a new security origin from the provided URI. Components of +@uri other than protocol, host, and port do not affect the created +#WebKitSecurityOrigin. + + A #WebKitSecurityOrigin. + + + + + The URI for the new origin + + + + + + Gets the hostname of @origin. It is reasonable for this to be %NULL +if its protocol does not require a host component. + + The host of the #WebKitSecurityOrigin + + + + + a #WebKitSecurityOrigin + + + + + + Gets the port of @origin. This function will always return 0 if the +port is the default port for the given protocol. For example, +http://example.com has the same security origin as +http://example.com:80, and this function will return 0 for a +#WebKitSecurityOrigin constructed from either URI. + + The port of the #WebKitSecurityOrigin. + + + + + a #WebKitSecurityOrigin + + + + + + Gets the protocol of @origin. + + The protocol of the #WebKitSecurityOrigin + + + + + a #WebKitSecurityOrigin + + + + + + This function returns %FALSE. #WebKitSecurityOrigin is now a simple +wrapper around a &lt;protocol, host, port&gt; triplet, and no longer +represents an origin as defined by web standards that may be opaque. + + %FALSE + + + + + a #WebKitSecurityOrigin + + + + + + Atomically increments the reference count of @origin by one. +This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. + + The passed #WebKitSecurityOrigin + + + + + a #WebKitSecurityOrigin + + + + + + Gets a string representation of @origin. The string representation +is a valid URI with only protocol, host, and port components, or +%NULL. + + a URI representing @origin. + + + + + a #WebKitSecurityOrigin + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @origin by one. +If the reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by +#WebKitSecurityOrigin is released. This function is MT-safe and may be +called from any thread. + + + + + + A #WebKitSecurityOrigin + + + + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitSettings instance with default values. It must +be manually attached to a #WebKitWebView. +See also webkit_settings_new_with_settings(). + + a new #WebKitSettings instance. + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitSettings instance with the given settings. It must +be manually attached to a #WebKitWebView. + + a new #WebKitSettings instance. + + + + + name of first setting to set + + + + value of first setting, followed by more settings, + %NULL-terminated + + + + + + Convert @points to the equivalent value in pixels, based on the current +screen DPI. Applications can use this function to convert font size values +in points to font size values in pixels when setting the font size properties +of #WebKitSettings. + + the equivalent font size in pixels. + + + + + the font size in points to convert to pixels + + + + + + Convert @pixels to the equivalent value in points, based on the current +screen DPI. Applications can use this function to convert font size values +in pixels to font size values in points when getting the font size properties +of #WebKitSettings. + + the equivalent font size in points. + + + + + the font size in pixels to convert to points + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:allow-file-access-from-file-urls property. + + %TRUE If file access from file URLs is allowed or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:allow-modal-dialogs property. + + %TRUE if it's allowed to create and run modal dialogs or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:allow-top-navigation-to-data-urls property. + + %TRUE If navigation to data URLs from the top frame is allowed or %FALSE\ +otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:allow-universal-access-from-file-urls property. + + %TRUE If universal access from file URLs is allowed or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:auto-load-images property. + + %TRUE If auto loading of images is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Gets the #WebKitSettings:cursive-font-family property. + + The default font family used to display content marked with cursive font. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Gets the #WebKitSettings:default-charset property. + + Default charset. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the #WebKitSettings:default-font-size property. + + The default font size, in pixels. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Gets the #WebKitSettings:default-monospace-font-size property. + + Default monospace font size, in pixels. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:draw-compositing-indicators property. + + %TRUE If compositing borders are drawn or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-accelerated-2d-canvas property. + + %TRUE if accelerated 2D canvas is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-back-forward-navigation-gestures property. + + %TRUE if horizontal swipe gesture will trigger back-forward navigaiton or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-caret-browsing property. + + %TRUE If caret browsing is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-developer-extras property. + + %TRUE If developer extras is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-dns-prefetching property. + + %TRUE If DNS prefetching is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-encrypted-media property. + + %TRUE if EncryptedMedia support is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-frame-flattening property. + + %TRUE If frame flattening is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-fullscreen property. + + %TRUE If fullscreen support is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-html5-database property. + + %TRUE if IndexedDB support is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-html5-local-storage property. + + %TRUE If HTML5 local storage support is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-hyperlink-auditing property. + + %TRUE If hyper link auditing is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-java property. + + %TRUE If Java is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-javascript property. + + %TRUE If JavaScript is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-javascript-markup property. + + %TRUE if JavaScript markup is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-media property. + + %TRUE if media support is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-media-capabilities property. + + %TRUE if MediaCapabilities support is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-media-stream property. + + %TRUE If mediastream support is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-mediasource property. + + %TRUE If MediaSource support is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-mock-capture-devices property. + + %TRUE If mock capture devices is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-offline-web-application-cache property. + + %TRUE If HTML5 offline web application cache support is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-page-cache property. + + %TRUE if page cache enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-plugins property. + + %TRUE If plugins are enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-private-browsing property. + Use #WebKitWebView:is-ephemeral or #WebKitWebContext:is-ephemeral instead. + + %TRUE If private browsing is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-resizable-text-areas property. + + %TRUE If text areas can be resized or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-site-specific-quirks property. + + %TRUE if site specific quirks are enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-smooth-scrolling property. + + %TRUE if smooth scrolling is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-spatial-navigation property. + + %TRUE If HTML5 spatial navigation support is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-tabs-to-links property. + + %TRUE If tabs to link is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-webaudio property. + + %TRUE If webaudio support is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-webgl property. + + %TRUE If WebGL support is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-write-console-messages-to-stdout property. + + %TRUE if writing console messages to stdout is enabled or %FALSE +otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:enable-xss-auditor property. + + %TRUE If XSS auditing is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Gets the #WebKitSettings:fantasy-font-family property. + + The default font family used to display content marked with fantasy font. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:hardware-acceleration-policy property. + + a #WebKitHardwareAccelerationPolicy + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:javascript-can-access-clipboard property. + + %TRUE If javascript-can-access-clipboard is enabled or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:javascript-can-open-windows-automatically property. + + %TRUE If JavaScript can open window automatically or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:load-icons-ignoring-image-load-setting property. + + %TRUE If site icon can be loaded irrespective of image loading preference or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Gets the #WebKitSettings:media-content-types-requiring-hardware-support property. + + Media content types requiring hardware support, or %NULL. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:media-playback-allows-inline property. + + %TRUE If inline playback is allowed for media + or %FALSE if only fullscreen playback is allowed. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:media-playback-requires-user-gesture property. + + %TRUE If an user gesture is needed to play or load media + or %FALSE if no user gesture is needed. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Gets the #WebKitSettings:minimum-font-size property. + + Minimum font size, in pixels. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Gets the #WebKitSettings:monospace-font-family property. + + Default font family used to display content marked with monospace font. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Gets the #WebKitSettings:pictograph-font-family property. + + The default font family used to display content marked with pictograph font. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:print-backgrounds property. + + %TRUE If background images should be printed or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Gets the #WebKitSettings:sans-serif-font-family property. + + The default font family used to display content marked with sans-serif font. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Gets the #WebKitSettings:serif-font-family property. + + The default font family used to display content marked with serif font. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:user-agent property. + + The current value of the user-agent property. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSettings:zoom-text-only property. + + %TRUE If zoom level of the view should only affect the text + or %FALSE if all view contents should be scaled. + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:allow-file-access-from-file-urls property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:allow-modal-dialogs property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:allow-top-navigation-to-data-urls property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:allow-universal-access-from-file-urls property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:auto-load-images property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:cursive-font-family property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + the new default cursive font family + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:default-charset property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + default charset to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:default-font-family property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + the new default font family + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:default-font-size property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + default font size to be set in pixels + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:default-monospace-font-size property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + default monospace font size to be set in pixels + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:draw-compositing-indicators property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-accelerated-2d-canvas property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-back-forward-navigation-gestures property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-caret-browsing property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-developer-extras property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-dns-prefetching property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-encrypted-media property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-frame-flattening property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-fullscreen property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-html5-database property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-html5-local-storage property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-hyperlink-auditing property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-java property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-javascript property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-javascript-markup property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-media property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-media-capabilities property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-media-stream property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-mediasource property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-mock-capture-devices property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-offline-web-application-cache property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-page-cache property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-plugins property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-private-browsing property. + Use #WebKitWebView:is-ephemeral or #WebKitWebContext:is-ephemeral instead. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-resizable-text-areas property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-site-specific-quirks property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-smooth-scrolling property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-spatial-navigation property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-tabs-to-links property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-webaudio property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-webgl property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-write-console-messages-to-stdout property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:enable-xss-auditor property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:fantasy-font-family property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + the new default fantasy font family + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:hardware-acceleration-policy property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + a #WebKitHardwareAccelerationPolicy + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:javascript-can-access-clipboard property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:javascript-can-open-windows-automatically property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:load-icons-ignoring-image-load-setting property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:media-content-types-requiring-hardware-support property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + list of media content types requiring hardware support split by semicolons (:) or %NULL to use the default value. + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:media-playback-allows-inline property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:media-playback-requires-user-gesture property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:minimum-font-size property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + minimum font size to be set in pixels + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:monospace-font-family property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + the new default monospace font family + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:pictograph-font-family property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + the new default pictograph font family + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:print-backgrounds property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:sans-serif-font-family property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + the new default sans-serif font family + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:serif-font-family property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + the new default serif font family + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:user-agent property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + The new custom user agent string or %NULL to use the default user agent + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:user-agent property by appending the application details to the default user +agent. If no application name or version is given, the default user agent used will be used. If only +the version is given, the default engine version is used with the given application name. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + The application name used for the user agent or %NULL to use the default user agent. + + + + The application version for the user agent or %NULL to user the default version. + + + + + + Set the #WebKitSettings:zoom-text-only property. + + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Whether file access is allowed from file URLs. By default, when +something is loaded in a #WebKitWebView using a file URI, cross +origin requests to other file resources are not allowed. This +setting allows you to change that behaviour, so that it would be +possible to do a XMLHttpRequest of a local file, for example. + + + + Determine whether it's allowed to create and run modal dialogs +from a #WebKitWebView through JavaScript with +<function>window.showModalDialog</function>. If it's set to +%FALSE, the associated #WebKitWebView won't be able to create +new modal dialogs, so not even the #WebKitWebView::create +signal will be emitted. + + + + Whether or not the top frame is allowed to navigate to data URLs. It is disabled by default +due to the risk it poses when loading untrusted URLs, with data URLs being used in scamming +and phishing attacks. In contrast, a scenario where it could be enabled could be an app that +embeds a WebView and you have control of the pages being show instead of a generic browser. + + + + Whether or not JavaScript running in the context of a file scheme URL +should be allowed to access content from any origin. By default, when +something is loaded in a #WebKitWebView using a file scheme URL, +access to the local file system and arbitrary local storage is not +allowed. This setting allows you to change that behaviour, so that +it would be possible to use local storage, for example. + + + + Determines whether images should be automatically loaded or not. +On devices where network bandwidth is of concern, it might be +useful to turn this property off. + + + + The font family used as the default for content using a cursive font. + + + + The default text charset used when interpreting content with an unspecified charset. + + + + The font family to use as the default for content that does not specify a font. + + + + The default font size in pixels to use for content displayed if +no font size is specified. + + + + The default font size in pixels to use for content displayed in +monospace font if no font size is specified. + + + + Whether to draw compositing borders and repaint counters on layers drawn +with accelerated compositing. This is useful for debugging issues related +to web content that is composited with the GPU. + + + + Enable or disable accelerated 2D canvas. Accelerated 2D canvas is only available +if WebKit was compiled with a version of Cairo including the unstable CairoGL API. +When accelerated 2D canvas is enabled, WebKit may render some 2D canvas content +using hardware accelerated drawing operations. + + + + Enable or disable horizontal swipe gesture for back-forward navigation. + + + + Whether to enable accessibility enhanced keyboard navigation. + + + + Determines whether or not developer tools, such as the Web Inspector, are enabled. + + + + Determines whether or not to prefetch domain names. DNS prefetching attempts +to resolve domain names before a user tries to follow a link. + + + + Enable or disable support for Encrypted Media API on pages. +EncryptedMedia is an experimental JavaScript API for playing encrypted media in HTML. +This property will only work as intended if the EncryptedMedia feature is enabled at build time +with the ENABLE_ENCRYPTED_MEDIA flag. + +See https://www.w3.org/TR/encrypted-media/ + + + + Whether to enable the frame flattening. With this setting each subframe is expanded +to its contents, which will flatten all the frames to become one scrollable page. +On touch devices scrollable subframes on a page can result in a confusing user experience. + + + + Whether to enable the Javascript Fullscreen API. The API +allows any HTML element to request fullscreen display. See also +the current draft of the spec: +http://www.w3.org/TR/fullscreen/ + + + + Whether to enable HTML5 client-side SQL database support (IndexedDB). + + + + Whether to enable HTML5 local storage support. Local storage provides +simple synchronous storage access. + +HTML5 local storage specification is available at +http://dev.w3.org/html5/webstorage/. + + + + Determines whether or not hyperlink auditing is enabled. + +The hyperlink auditing specification is available at +http://www.whatwg.org/specs/web-apps/current-work/multipage/links.html#hyperlink-auditing. + + + + Determines whether or not Java is enabled on the page. + + + + Determines whether or not JavaScript executes within a page. + + + + Determines whether or not JavaScript markup is allowed in document. When this setting is disabled, +all JavaScript-related elements and attributes are removed from the document during parsing. Note that +executing JavaScript is still allowed if #WebKitSettings:enable-javascript is %TRUE. + + + + Enable or disable support for media playback on pages. This setting is enabled by +default. Disabling it means `<audio>`, `<track>` and `<video>` elements will have +playback support disabled. + + + + Enable or disable support for MediaCapabilities on pages. This +specification intends to provide APIs to allow websites to make an optimal +decision when picking media content for the user. The APIs will expose +information about the decoding and encoding capabilities for a given format +but also output capabilities to find the best match based on the device’s +display. + +See also https://wicg.github.io/media-capabilities/ + + + + Enable or disable support for MediaStream on pages. MediaStream +is an experimental proposal for allowing web pages to access +audio and video devices for capture. + +See also http://dev.w3.org/2011/webrtc/editor/getusermedia.html + + + + Enable or disable support for MediaSource on pages. MediaSource +extends HTMLMediaElement to allow JavaScript to generate media +streams for playback. + +See also http://www.w3.org/TR/media-source/ + + + + Enable or disable the Mock Capture Devices. Those are fake +Microphone and Camera devices to be used as MediaStream +sources. + + + + Whether to enable HTML5 offline web application cache support. Offline +web application cache allows web applications to run even when +the user is not connected to the network. + +HTML5 offline web application specification is available at +http://dev.w3.org/html5/spec/offline.html. + + + + Enable or disable the page cache. Disabling the page cache is +generally only useful for special circumstances like low-memory +scenarios or special purpose applications like static HTML +viewers. This setting only controls the Page Cache, this cache +is different than the disk-based or memory-based traditional +resource caches, its point is to make going back and forth +between pages much faster. For details about the different types +of caches and their purposes see: +http://webkit.org/blog/427/webkit-page-cache-i-the-basics/ + + + + Determines whether or not plugins on the page are enabled. + + + + Determines whether or not private browsing is enabled. Private browsing +will disable history, cache and form auto-fill for any pages visited. + Use #WebKitWebView:is-ephemeral or #WebKitWebsiteDataManager:is-ephemeral instead. + + + + Determines whether or not text areas can be resized. + + + + Whether to turn on site-specific quirks. Turning this on will +tell WebKit to use some site-specific workarounds for +better web compatibility. For example, older versions of +MediaWiki will incorrectly send to WebKit a CSS file with KHTML +workarounds. By turning on site-specific quirks, WebKit will +special-case this and other cases to make some specific sites work. + + + + Enable or disable smooth scrolling. + + + + Whether to enable Spatial Navigation. This feature consists in the ability +to navigate between focusable elements in a Web page, such as hyperlinks +and form controls, by using Left, Right, Up and Down arrow keys. +For example, if an user presses the Right key, heuristics determine whether +there is an element they might be trying to reach towards the right, and if +there are multiple elements, which element they probably wants. + + + + Determines whether the tab key cycles through the elements on the page. +When this setting is enabled, users will be able to focus the next element +in the page by pressing the tab key. If the selected element is editable, +then pressing tab key will insert the tab character. + + + + Enable or disable support for WebAudio on pages. WebAudio is an +API for processing and synthesizing audio in web applications + +See also https://webaudio.github.io/web-audio-api + + + + Enable or disable support for WebGL on pages. WebGL enables web +content to use an API based on OpenGL ES 2.0. + + + + Enable or disable writing console messages to stdout. These are messages +sent to the console with console.log and related methods. + + + + Whether to enable the XSS auditor. This feature filters some kinds of +reflective XSS attacks on vulnerable web sites. + + + + The font family used as the default for content using a fantasy font. + + + + The #WebKitHardwareAccelerationPolicy to decide how to enable and disable +hardware acceleration. The default value %WEBKIT_HARDWARE_ACCELERATION_POLICY_ON_DEMAND +enables the hardware acceleration when the web contents request it. +It's possible to enforce hardware acceleration to be always enabled +by using %WEBKIT_HARDWARE_ACCELERATION_POLICY_ALWAYS. And it's also possible to disable it +completely using %WEBKIT_HARDWARE_ACCELERATION_POLICY_NEVER. Note that disabling hardware +acceleration might cause some websites to not render correctly or consume more CPU. + +Note that changing this setting might not be possible if hardware acceleration is not +supported by the hardware or the system. In that case you can get the value to know the +actual policy being used, but changing the setting will not have any effect. + + + + Whether JavaScript can access the clipboard. The default value is %FALSE. If +set to %TRUE, document.execCommand() allows cut, copy and paste commands. + + + + Whether JavaScript can open popup windows automatically without user +intervention. + + + + Determines whether a site can load favicons irrespective +of the value of #WebKitSettings:auto-load-images. + + + + List of media content types requiring hardware support, split by semicolons (:). +For example: 'video/webm; codecs="vp*":video/mp4; codecs="avc*":video/&ast; codecs="av1*"'. + + + + Whether media playback is full-screen only or inline playback is allowed. +This is %TRUE by default, so media playback can be inline. Setting it to +%FALSE allows specifying that media playback should be always fullscreen. + + + + Whether a user gesture (such as clicking the play button) +would be required to start media playback or load media. This is off +by default, so media playback could start automatically. +Setting it on requires a gesture by the user to start playback, or to +load the media. + + + + The minimum font size in pixels used to display text. This setting +controls the absolute smallest size. Values other than 0 can +potentially break page layouts. + + + + The font family used as the default for content using a monospace font. + + + + The font family used as the default for content using a pictograph font. + + + + Whether background images should be drawn during printing. + + + + The font family used as the default for content using a sans-serif font. + + + + The font family used as the default for content using a serif font. + + + + The user-agent string used by WebKit. Unusual user-agent strings may cause web +content to render incorrectly or fail to run, as many web pages are written to +parse the user-agent strings of only the most popular browsers. Therefore, it's +typically better to not completely override the standard user-agent, but to use +webkit_settings_set_user_agent_with_application_details() instead. + +If this property is set to the empty string or %NULL, it will revert to the standard +user-agent. + + + + Whether #WebKitWebView:zoom-level affects only the +text of the page or all the contents. Other contents containing text +like form controls will be also affected by zoom factor when +this property is enabled. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values used to denote errors happening when creating snapshots of #WebKitWebView + + An error occurred when creating a webpage snapshot. + + + + + + + + + Enum values used to specify options when taking a snapshot +from a #WebKitWebView. + + Do not include any special options. + + + Whether to include in the +snapshot the highlight of the selected content. + + + Do not fill the background with white before +rendering the snapshot. Since 2.8 + + + + Enum values used to specify the region from which to get a #WebKitWebView +snapshot + + Specifies a snapshot only for the area that is +visible in the webview + + + A snapshot of the entire document. + + + + Enum values used to denote the TLS errors policy. + + Ignore TLS errors. + + + TLS errors will emit + #WebKitWebView::load-failed-with-tls-errors and, if the signal is handled, + finish the load. In case the signal is not handled, + #WebKitWebView::load-failed is emitted before the load finishes. + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitURIRequest for the given URI. + + a new #WebKitURIRequest + + + + + an URI + + + + + + Get the HTTP headers of a #WebKitURIRequest as a #SoupMessageHeaders. + + a #SoupMessageHeaders with the HTTP headers of @request + or %NULL if @request is not an HTTP request. + + + + + a #WebKitURIRequest + + + + + + Get the HTTP method of the #WebKitURIRequest. + + the HTTP method of the #WebKitURIRequest or %NULL if @request is not + an HTTP request. + + + + + a #WebKitURIRequest + + + + + + + the uri of the #WebKitURIRequest + + + + + a #WebKitURIRequest + + + + + + Set the URI of @request + + + + + + a #WebKitURIRequest + + + + an URI + + + + + + The URI to which the request will be made. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get the expected content length of the #WebKitURIResponse. It can +be 0 if the server provided an incorrect or missing Content-Length. + + the expected content length of @response. + + + + + a #WebKitURIResponse + + + + + + Get the HTTP headers of a #WebKitURIResponse as a #SoupMessageHeaders. + + a #SoupMessageHeaders with the HTTP headers of @response + or %NULL if @response is not an HTTP response. + + + + + a #WebKitURIResponse + + + + + + + the MIME type of the #WebKitURIResponse + + + + + a #WebKitURIResponse + + + + + + Get the status code of the #WebKitURIResponse as returned by +the server. It will normally be a #SoupKnownStatusCode, for +example %SOUP_STATUS_OK, though the server can respond with any +unsigned integer. + + the status code of @response + + + + + a #WebKitURIResponse + + + + + + Get the suggested filename for @response, as specified by +the 'Content-Disposition' HTTP header, or %NULL if it's not +present. + + the suggested filename or %NULL if + the 'Content-Disposition' HTTP header is not present. + + + + + a #WebKitURIResponse + + + + + + + the uri of the #WebKitURIResponse + + + + + a #WebKitURIResponse + + + + + + The expected content length of the response. + + + + The HTTP headers of the response, or %NULL if the response is not an HTTP response. + + + + The MIME type of the response. + + + + The status code of the response as returned by the server. + + + + The suggested filename for the URI response. + + + + The URI for which the response was made. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Finish a #WebKitURISchemeRequest by setting the contents of the request and its mime type. + + + + + + a #WebKitURISchemeRequest + + + + a #GInputStream to read the contents of the request + + + + the length of the stream or -1 if not known + + + + the content type of the stream or %NULL if not known + + + + + + Finish a #WebKitURISchemeRequest with a #GError. + + + + + + a #WebKitURISchemeRequest + + + + a #GError that will be passed to the #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Get the URI path of @request + + the URI path of @request + + + + + a #WebKitURISchemeRequest + + + + + + Get the URI scheme of @request + + the URI scheme of @request + + + + + a #WebKitURISchemeRequest + + + + + + Get the URI of @request + + the full URI of @request + + + + + a #WebKitURISchemeRequest + + + + + + Get the #WebKitWebView that initiated the request. + + the #WebKitWebView that initiated @request. + + + + + a #WebKitURISchemeRequest + + + + + + + + + + + + + Type definition for a function that will be called back when an URI request is +made for a user registered URI scheme. + + + + + + the #WebKitURISchemeRequest + + + + user data passed to the callback + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Obtain the identifier previously used to save the @user_content_filter in the +#WebKitUserContentFilterStore. + + the identifier for the filter + + + + + A #WebKitUserContentFilter + + + + + + Atomically increments the reference count of @user_content_filter by one. +This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. + + + + + + A #WebKitUserContentFilter + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @user_content_filter by one. +If the reference count drops to 0, all the memory allocated by the +#WebKitUserContentFilter is released. This function is MT-safe and may +be called from any thread. + + + + + + A #WebKitUserContentFilter + + + + + + + + The JSON source for a content filter is invalid. + + + The requested content filter could not be found. + + + + + + + + + + Create a new #WebKitUserContentFilterStore to manipulate filters stored at @storage_path. +The path must point to a local filesystem, and will be created if needed. + + a newly created #WebKitUserContentFilterStore + + + + + path where data for filters will be stored on disk + + + + + + Asynchronously retrieve a list of the identifiers for all the stored filters. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be invoked, which then can use +webkit_user_content_filter_store_fetch_identifiers_finish() to obtain the list of +filter identifiers. + + + + + + a #WebKitUserContentFilterStore + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the removal is completed + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous fetch of the list of identifiers for the stored filters previously +started with webkit_user_content_filter_store_fetch_identifiers(). + + a %NULL-terminated list of filter identifiers. + + + + + + + a #WebKitUserContentFilterStore + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + The storage path for user content filters. + + + + + a #WebKitUserContentFilterStore + + + + + + Asynchronously load a content filter given its @identifier. The filter must have been +previously stored using webkit_user_content_filter_store_save(). + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be invoked, which then can use +webkit_user_content_filter_store_load_finish() to obtain the resulting filter. + + + + + + a #WebKitUserContentFilterStore + + + + a filter identifier + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the load is completed + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous filter load previously started with +webkit_user_content_filter_store_load(). + + a #WebKitUserContentFilter, or %NULL if the load failed + + + + + a #WebKitUserContentFilterStore + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Asynchronously remove a content filter given its @identifier. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be invoked, which then can use +webkit_user_content_filter_store_remove_finish() to check whether the removal was +successful. + + + + + + a #WebKitUserContentFilterStore + + + + a filter identifier + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the removal is completed + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous filter removal previously started with +webkit_user_content_filter_store_remove(). + + whether the removal was successful + + + + + a #WebKitUserContentFilterStore + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Asynchronously save a content filter from a source rule set in the +[WebKit content extesions JSON format](https://webkit.org/blog/3476/content-blockers-first-look/). + +The @identifier can be used afterwards to refer to the filter when using +webkit_user_content_filter_store_remove() and webkit_user_content_filter_store_load(). +When the @identifier has been used in the past, the new filter source will replace +the one saved beforehand for the same identifier. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be invoked, which then can use +webkit_user_content_filter_store_save_finish() to obtain the resulting filter. + + + + + + a #WebKitUserContentFilterStore + + + + a string used to identify the saved filter + + + + #GBytes containing the rule set in JSON format + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when saving is completed + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous filter save previously started with +webkit_user_content_filter_store_save(). + + a #WebKitUserContentFilter, or %NULL if saving failed + + + + + a #WebKitUserContentFilterStore + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Asynchronously save a content filter from the contents of a file, which must be +native to the platform, as checked by g_file_is_native(). See +webkit_user_content_filter_store_save() for more details. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be invoked, which then can use +webkit_user_content_filter_store_save_finish() to obtain the resulting filter. + + + + + + a #WebKitUserContentFilterStore + + + + a string used to identify the saved filter + + + + a #GFile containing the rule set in JSON format + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when saving is completed + + + + the data to pass to the callback function + + + + + + Finishes and asynchronous filter save previously started with +webkit_user_content_filter_store_save_from_file(). + + a #WebKitUserContentFilter, or %NULL if saving failed. + + + + + a #WebKitUserContentFilterStore + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + The directory used for filter storage. This path is used as the base +directory where user content filters are stored on disk. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies in which frames user style sheets are to be inserted in. + + Insert the user style + sheet in all the frames loaded by the web view, including + nested frames. This is the default. + + + Insert the user style + sheet *only* in the top-level frame loaded by the web view, + and *not* in the nested frames. + + + + + Creates a new user content manager. + + A #WebKitUserContentManager + + + + + Adds a #WebKitUserContentFilter to the given #WebKitUserContentManager. +The same #WebKitUserContentFilter can be reused with multiple +#WebKitUserContentManager instances. + +Filters need to be saved and loaded from #WebKitUserContentFilterStore. + + + + + + A #WebKitUserContentManager + + + + A #WebKitUserContentFilter + + + + + + Adds a #WebKitUserScript to the given #WebKitUserContentManager. +The same #WebKitUserScript can be reused with multiple +#WebKitUserContentManager instances. + + + + + + A #WebKitUserContentManager + + + + A #WebKitUserScript + + + + + + Adds a #WebKitUserStyleSheet to the given #WebKitUserContentManager. +The same #WebKitUserStyleSheet can be reused with multiple +#WebKitUserContentManager instances. + + + + + + A #WebKitUserContentManager + + + + A #WebKitUserStyleSheet + + + + + + Registers a new user script message handler. After it is registered, +scripts can use `window.webkit.messageHandlers.&lt;name&gt;.postMessage(value)` +to send messages. Those messages are received by connecting handlers +to the #WebKitUserContentManager::script-message-received signal. The +handler name is used as the detail of the signal. To avoid race +conditions between registering the handler name, and starting to +receive the signals, it is recommended to connect to the signal +*before* registering the handler name: + +<informalexample><programlisting> +WebKitWebView *view = webkit_web_view_new (); +WebKitUserContentManager *manager = webkit_web_view_get_user_content_manager (); +g_signal_connect (manager, "script-message-received::foobar", + G_CALLBACK (handle_script_message), NULL); +webkit_user_content_manager_register_script_message_handler (manager, "foobar"); +</programlisting></informalexample> + +Registering a script message handler will fail if the requested +name has been already registered before. + + %TRUE if message handler was registered successfully, or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + A #WebKitUserContentManager + + + + Name of the script message channel + + + + + + Registers a new user script message handler in script world with name @world_name. +See webkit_user_content_manager_register_script_message_handler() for full description. + +Registering a script message handler will fail if the requested +name has been already registered before. + + %TRUE if message handler was registered successfully, or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + A #WebKitUserContentManager + + + + Name of the script message channel + + + + the name of a #WebKitScriptWorld + + + + + + Removes all content filters from the given #WebKitUserContentManager. + + + + + + A #WebKitUserContentManager + + + + + + Removes all user scripts from the given #WebKitUserContentManager + +See also webkit_user_content_manager_remove_script(). + + + + + + A #WebKitUserContentManager + + + + + + Removes all user style sheets from the given #WebKitUserContentManager. + + + + + + A #WebKitUserContentManager + + + + + + Removes a filter from the given #WebKitUserContentManager. + +Since 2.24 + + + + + + A #WebKitUserContentManager + + + + A #WebKitUserContentFilter + + + + + + Removes a filter from the given #WebKitUserContentManager given the +identifier of a #WebKitUserContentFilter as returned by +webkit_user_content_filter_get_identifier(). + + + + + + A #WebKitUserContentManager + + + + Filter identifier + + + + + + Removes a #WebKitUserScript from the given #WebKitUserContentManager. + +See also webkit_user_content_manager_remove_all_scripts(). + + + + + + A #WebKitUserContentManager + + + + A #WebKitUserScript + + + + + + Removes a #WebKitUserStyleSheet from the given #WebKitUserContentManager. + +See also webkit_user_content_manager_remove_all_style_sheets(). + + + + + + A #WebKitUserContentManager + + + + A #WebKitUserStyleSheet + + + + + + Unregisters a previously registered message handler. + +Note that this does *not* disconnect handlers for the +#WebKitUserContentManager::script-message-received signal; +they will be kept connected, but the signal will not be emitted +unless the handler name is registered again. + +See also webkit_user_content_manager_register_script_message_handler(). + + + + + + A #WebKitUserContentManager + + + + Name of the script message channel + + + + + + Unregisters a previously registered message handler in script world with name @world_name. + +Note that this does *not* disconnect handlers for the +#WebKitUserContentManager::script-message-received signal; +they will be kept connected, but the signal will not be emitted +unless the handler name is registered again. + +See also webkit_user_content_manager_register_script_message_handler_in_world(). + + + + + + A #WebKitUserContentManager + + + + Name of the script message channel + + + + the name of a #WebKitScriptWorld + + + + + + + + + + + + This signal is emitted when JavaScript in a web view calls +<code>window.webkit.messageHandlers.&lt;name&gt;.postMessage()</code>, after registering +<code>&lt;name&gt;</code> using +webkit_user_content_manager_register_script_message_handler() + + + + + + the #WebKitJavascriptResult holding the value received from the JavaScript world. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Create a new #WebKitUserMessage with @name. + + the newly created #WebKitUserMessage object. + + + + + the message name + + + + the message parameters as a #GVariant, or %NULL + + + + + + Create a new #WebKitUserMessage including also a list of UNIX file descriptors to be sent. + + the newly created #WebKitUserMessage object. + + + + + the message name + + + + the message parameters as a #GVariant + + + + the message file descriptors + + + + + + Get the @message list of file descritpor + + the message list of file descriptors + + + + + a #WebKitUserMessage + + + + + + Get the @message name + + the message name + + + + + a #WebKitUserMessage + + + + + + Get the @message parameters + + the message parameters + + + + + a #WebKitUserMessage + + + + + + Send a reply to @message. If @reply is floating, it's consumed. +You can only send a reply to a #WebKitUserMessage that has been +received. + + + + + + a #WebKitUserMessage + + + + a #WebKitUserMessage to send as reply + + + + + + The UNIX file descriptors of the user message. + + + + The name of the user message. + + + + The parameters of the user message as a #GVariant, or %NULL +if the message doesn't include parameters. Note that only complete types are +allowed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values used to denote errors happening when sending user messages. + + The message was not handled by the receiver. + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new user script. Scripts can be applied to some URIs +only by passing non-null values for @allow_list or @block_list. Passing a +%NULL allow_list implies that all URIs are on the allow_list. The script +is applied if an URI matches the allow_list and not the block_list. +URI patterns must be of the form `[protocol]://[host]/[path]`, where the +*host* and *path* components can contain the wildcard character (`*`) to +represent zero or more other characters. + + A new #WebKitUserScript + + + + + Source code of the user script. + + + + A #WebKitUserContentInjectedFrames value + + + + A #WebKitUserScriptInjectionTime value + + + + An allow_list of URI patterns or %NULL + + + + + + A block_list of URI patterns or %NULL + + + + + + + + Creates a new user script for script world with name @world_name. +See webkit_user_script_new() for a full description. + + A new #WebKitUserScript + + + + + Source code of the user script. + + + + A #WebKitUserContentInjectedFrames value + + + + A #WebKitUserScriptInjectionTime value + + + + the name of a #WebKitScriptWorld + + + + An allow_list of URI patterns or %NULL + + + + + + A block_list of URI patterns or %NULL + + + + + + + + Atomically increments the reference count of @user_script by one. +This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. + + The passed #WebKitUserScript + + + + + a #WebKitUserScript + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @user_script by one. +If the reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by +#WebKitUserScript is released. This function is MT-safe and may be called +from any thread. + + + + + + a #WebKitUserScript + + + + + + + Specifies at which place of documents an user script will be inserted. + + Insert the code of the user + script at the beginning of loaded documents. This is the default. + + + Insert the code of the user + script at the end of the loaded documents. + + + + Specifies how to treat an user style sheet. + + The style sheet is an user style sheet, + its contents always override other style sheets. This is the default. + + + The style sheet will be treated as if + it was provided by the loaded documents. That means other user style + sheets may still override it. + + + + + Creates a new user style sheet. Style sheets can be applied to some URIs +only by passing non-null values for @allow_list or @block_list. Passing a +%NULL allow_list implies that all URIs are on the allow_list. The style +sheet is applied if an URI matches the allow_list and not the block_list. +URI patterns must be of the form `[protocol]://[host]/[path]`, where the +*host* and *path* components can contain the wildcard character (`*`) to +represent zero or more other characters. + + A new #WebKitUserStyleSheet + + + + + Source code of the user style sheet. + + + + A #WebKitUserContentInjectedFrames value + + + + A #WebKitUserStyleLevel + + + + An allow_list of URI patterns or %NULL + + + + + + A block_list of URI patterns or %NULL + + + + + + + + Creates a new user style sheet for script world with name @world_name. +See webkit_user_style_sheet_new() for a full description. + + A new #WebKitUserStyleSheet + + + + + Source code of the user style sheet. + + + + A #WebKitUserContentInjectedFrames value + + + + A #WebKitUserStyleLevel + + + + the name of a #WebKitScriptWorld + + + + An allow_list of URI patterns or %NULL + + + + + + A block_list of URI patterns or %NULL + + + + + + + + Atomically increments the reference count of @user_style_sheet by one. +This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. + + The passed #WebKitUserStyleSheet + + + + + a #WebKitUserStyleSheet + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @user_style_sheet by one. +If the reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by +#WebKitUserStyleSheet is released. This function is MT-safe and may be +called from any thread. + + + + + + a #WebKitUserStyleSheet + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Create a new #WebKitWebContext + + a newly created #WebKitWebContext + + + + + Create a new ephemeral #WebKitWebContext. An ephemeral #WebKitWebContext is a context +created with an ephemeral #WebKitWebsiteDataManager. This is just a convenient method +to create ephemeral contexts without having to create your own #WebKitWebsiteDataManager. +All #WebKitWebView<!-- -->s associated with this context will also be ephemeral. Websites will +not store any data in the client storage. +This is normally used to implement private instances. + + a new ephemeral #WebKitWebContext. + + + + + Create a new #WebKitWebContext with a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager. + + a newly created #WebKitWebContext + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + + + Gets the default web context + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds a path to be mounted in the sandbox. @path must exist before any web process +has been created otherwise it will be silently ignored. It is a fatal error to +add paths after a web process has been spawned. + +Paths in directories such as `/sys`, `/proc`, and `/dev` or all of `/` +are not valid. + +See also webkit_web_context_set_sandbox_enabled() + + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + an absolute path to mount in the sandbox + + + + if %TRUE the path will be read-only + + + + + + Ignore further TLS errors on the @host for the certificate present in @info. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + a #GTlsCertificate + + + + the host for which a certificate is to be allowed + + + + + + Clears all resources currently cached. +See also webkit_web_context_set_cache_model(). + + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + + + Requests downloading of the specified URI string. The download operation +will not be associated to any #WebKitWebView, if you are interested in +starting a download from a particular #WebKitWebView use +webkit_web_view_download_uri() instead. + + a new #WebKitDownload representing + the download operation. + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + the URI to download + + + + + + Returns the current cache model. For more information about this +value check the documentation of the function +webkit_web_context_set_cache_model(). + + the current #WebKitCacheModel + + + + + the #WebKitWebContext + + + + + + Get the #WebKitCookieManager of the @context's #WebKitWebsiteDataManager. + + the #WebKitCookieManager of @context. + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + + + Get the #WebKitFaviconDatabase associated with @context. + +To initialize the database you need to call +webkit_web_context_set_favicon_database_directory(). + + the #WebKitFaviconDatabase of @context. + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + + + Get the directory path being used to store the favicons database +for @context, or %NULL if +webkit_web_context_set_favicon_database_directory() hasn't been +called yet. + +This function will always return the same path after having called +webkit_web_context_set_favicon_database_directory() for the first +time. + + the path of the directory of the favicons +database associated with @context, or %NULL. + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + + + Get the #WebKitGeolocationManager of @context. + + the #WebKitGeolocationManager of @context. + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + + + Asynchronously get the list of installed plugins. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +webkit_web_context_get_plugins_finish() to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous operation started with webkit_web_context_get_plugins. + + a #GList of #WebKitPlugin. You must free the #GList with + g_list_free() and unref the #WebKitPlugin<!-- -->s with g_object_unref() when you're done with them. + + + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Returns the current process model. For more information about this value +see webkit_web_context_set_process_model(). + + the current #WebKitProcessModel + + + + + the #WebKitWebContext + + + + + + Get whether sandboxing is currently enabled. + + %TRUE if sandboxing is enabled, or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + + + Get the #WebKitSecurityManager of @context. + + the #WebKitSecurityManager of @context. + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + + + Get whether spell checking feature is currently enabled. + + %TRUE If spell checking is enabled, or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + + + Get the the list of spell checking languages associated with +@context, or %NULL if no languages have been previously set. + +See webkit_web_context_set_spell_checking_languages() for more +details on the format of the languages in the list. + + A %NULL-terminated + array of languages if available, or %NULL otherwise. + + + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + + + Get the TLS errors policy of @context + Use webkit_website_data_manager_get_tls_errors_policy() instead. + + a #WebKitTLSErrorsPolicy + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + + + Get the #WebKitWebContext:use-system-appearance-for-scrollbars property. + + %TRUE if scrollbars are rendering using the system appearance, or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + + + Gets the maximum number of web processes that can be created at the same time for the @context. + +This function is now deprecated and always returns 0 (no limit). See also webkit_web_context_set_web_process_count_limit(). + + the maximum limit of web processes, or 0 if there isn't a limit. + + + + + the #WebKitWebContext + + + + + + Get the #WebKitWebsiteDataManager of @context. + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + + the #WebKitWebContext + + + + + + Sets initial desktop notification permissions for the @context. +@allowed_origins and @disallowed_origins must each be #GList of +#WebKitSecurityOrigin objects representing origins that will, +respectively, either always or never have permission to show desktop +notifications. No #WebKitNotificationPermissionRequest will ever be +generated for any of the security origins represented in +@allowed_origins or @disallowed_origins. This function is necessary +because some webpages proactively check whether they have permission +to display notifications without ever creating a permission request. + +This function only affects web processes that have not already been +created. The best time to call it is when handling +#WebKitWebContext::initialize-notification-permissions so as to +ensure that new web processes receive the most recent set of +permissions. + + + + + + the #WebKitWebContext + + + + a #GList of security origins + + + + + + a #GList of security origins + + + + + + + + Get whether automation is allowed in @context. +See also webkit_web_context_set_automation_allowed(). + + %TRUE if automation is allowed or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + the #WebKitWebContext + + + + + + Get whether a #WebKitWebContext is ephemeral. + + %TRUE if @context is ephemeral or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + the #WebKitWebContext + + + + + + Resolve the domain name of the given @hostname in advance, so that if a URI +of @hostname is requested the load will be performed more quickly. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + a hostname to be resolved + + + + + + Register @scheme in @context, so that when an URI request with @scheme is made in the +#WebKitWebContext, the #WebKitURISchemeRequestCallback registered will be called with a +#WebKitURISchemeRequest. +It is possible to handle URI scheme requests asynchronously, by calling g_object_ref() on the +#WebKitURISchemeRequest and calling webkit_uri_scheme_request_finish() later +when the data of the request is available or +webkit_uri_scheme_request_finish_error() in case of error. + +<informalexample><programlisting> +static void +about_uri_scheme_request_cb (WebKitURISchemeRequest *request, + gpointer user_data) +{ + GInputStream *stream; + gsize stream_length; + const gchar *path; + + path = webkit_uri_scheme_request_get_path (request); + if (!g_strcmp0 (path, "memory")) { + /<!-- -->* Create a GInputStream with the contents of memory about page, and set its length to stream_length *<!-- -->/ + } else if (!g_strcmp0 (path, "applications")) { + /<!-- -->* Create a GInputStream with the contents of applications about page, and set its length to stream_length *<!-- -->/ + } else if (!g_strcmp0 (path, "example")) { + gchar *contents; + + contents = g_strdup_printf ("&lt;html&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Example about page&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;"); + stream_length = strlen (contents); + stream = g_memory_input_stream_new_from_data (contents, stream_length, g_free); + } else { + GError *error; + + error = g_error_new (ABOUT_HANDLER_ERROR, ABOUT_HANDLER_ERROR_INVALID, "Invalid about:%s page.", path); + webkit_uri_scheme_request_finish_error (request, error); + g_error_free (error); + return; + } + webkit_uri_scheme_request_finish (request, stream, stream_length, "text/html"); + g_object_unref (stream); +} +</programlisting></informalexample> + + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + the network scheme to register + + + + a #WebKitURISchemeRequestCallback + + + + data to pass to callback function + + + + destroy notify for @user_data + + + + + + Send @message to all #WebKitWebExtension<!-- -->s associated to @context. +If @message is floating, it's consumed. + + + + + + the #WebKitWebContext + + + + a #WebKitUserMessage + + + + + + Set an additional directory where WebKit will look for plugins. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + the directory to add + + + + + + Set whether automation is allowed in @context. When automation is enabled the browser could +be controlled by another process by requesting an automation session. When a new automation +session is requested the signal #WebKitWebContext::automation-started is emitted. +Automation is disabled by default, so you need to explicitly call this method passing %TRUE +to enable it. + +Note that only one #WebKitWebContext can have automation enabled, so this will do nothing +if there's another #WebKitWebContext with automation already enabled. + + + + + + the #WebKitWebContext + + + + value to set + + + + + + Specifies a usage model for WebViews, which WebKit will use to +determine its caching behavior. All web views follow the cache +model. This cache model determines the RAM and disk space to use +for caching previously viewed content . + +Research indicates that users tend to browse within clusters of +documents that hold resources in common, and to revisit previously +visited documents. WebKit and the frameworks below it include +built-in caches that take advantage of these patterns, +substantially improving document load speed in browsing +situations. The WebKit cache model controls the behaviors of all of +these caches, including various WebCore caches. + +Browsers can improve document load speed substantially by +specifying %WEBKIT_CACHE_MODEL_WEB_BROWSER. Applications without a +browsing interface can reduce memory usage substantially by +specifying %WEBKIT_CACHE_MODEL_DOCUMENT_VIEWER. The default value is +%WEBKIT_CACHE_MODEL_WEB_BROWSER. + + + + + + the #WebKitWebContext + + + + a #WebKitCacheModel + + + + + + Set the directory where disk cache files will be stored +This method must be called before loading anything in this context, otherwise +it will not have any effect. + +Note that this method overrides the directory set in the #WebKitWebsiteDataManager, +but it doesn't change the value returned by webkit_website_data_manager_get_disk_cache_directory() +since the #WebKitWebsiteDataManager is immutable. + Use webkit_web_context_new_with_website_data_manager() instead. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + the directory to set + + + + + + Set the directory path to be used to store the favicons database +for @context on disk. Passing %NULL as @path means using the +default directory for the platform (see g_get_user_cache_dir()). + +Calling this method also means enabling the favicons database for +its use from the applications, so that's why it's expected to be +called only once. Further calls for the same instance of +#WebKitWebContext won't cause any effect. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + an absolute path to the icon database +directory or %NULL to use the defaults + + + + + + Set the network proxy settings to be used by connections started in @context. +By default %WEBKIT_NETWORK_PROXY_MODE_DEFAULT is used, which means that the +system settings will be used (g_proxy_resolver_get_default()). +If you want to override the system default settings, you can either use +%WEBKIT_NETWORK_PROXY_MODE_NO_PROXY to make sure no proxies are used at all, +or %WEBKIT_NETWORK_PROXY_MODE_CUSTOM to provide your own proxy settings. +When @proxy_mode is %WEBKIT_NETWORK_PROXY_MODE_CUSTOM @proxy_settings must be +a valid #WebKitNetworkProxySettings; otherwise, @proxy_settings must be %NULL. + Use webkit_website_data_manager_set_network_proxy_settings() instead. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + a #WebKitNetworkProxyMode + + + + a #WebKitNetworkProxySettings, or %NULL + + + + + + Set the list of preferred languages, sorted from most desirable +to least desirable. The list will be used to build the "Accept-Language" +header that will be included in the network requests started by +the #WebKitWebContext. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + a %NULL-terminated list of language identifiers + + + + + + + + Specifies a process model for WebViews, which WebKit will use to +determine how auxiliary processes are handled. + +%WEBKIT_PROCESS_MODEL_MULTIPLE_SECONDARY_PROCESSES will use +one process per view most of the time, while still allowing for web +views to share a process when needed (for example when different +views interact with each other). Using this model, when a process +hangs or crashes, only the WebViews using it stop working, while +the rest of the WebViews in the application will still function +normally. + +%WEBKIT_PROCESS_MODEL_SHARED_SECONDARY_PROCESS is deprecated since 2.26, +using it has no effect for security reasons. + +This method **must be called before any web process has been created**, +as early as possible in your application. Calling it later will make +your application crash. + + + + + + the #WebKitWebContext + + + + a #WebKitProcessModel + + + + + + Set whether WebKit subprocesses will be sandboxed, limiting access to the system. + +This method **must be called before any web process has been created**, +as early as possible in your application. Calling it later is a fatal error. + +This is only implemented on Linux and is a no-op otherwise. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + if %TRUE enable sandboxing + + + + + + Enable or disable the spell checking feature. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + Value to be set + + + + + + Set the list of spell checking languages to be used for spell +checking. + +The locale string typically is in the form lang_COUNTRY, where lang +is an ISO-639 language code, and COUNTRY is an ISO-3166 country code. +For instance, sv_FI for Swedish as written in Finland or pt_BR +for Portuguese as written in Brazil. + +You need to call this function with a valid list of languages at +least once in order to properly enable the spell checking feature +in WebKit. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + a %NULL-terminated list of spell checking languages + + + + + + + + Set the TLS errors policy of @context as @policy + Use webkit_website_data_manager_set_tls_errors_policy() instead. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + a #WebKitTLSErrorsPolicy + + + + + + Set the #WebKitWebContext:use-system-appearance-for-scrollbars property. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + value to set + + + + + + Set the directory where WebKit will look for Web Extensions. +This method must be called before loading anything in this context, +otherwise it will not have any effect. You can connect to +#WebKitWebContext::initialize-web-extensions to call this method +before anything is loaded. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + the directory to add + + + + + + Set user data to be passed to Web Extensions on initialization. +The data will be passed to the +#WebKitWebExtensionInitializeWithUserDataFunction. +This method must be called before loading anything in this context, +otherwise it will not have any effect. You can connect to +#WebKitWebContext::initialize-web-extensions to call this method +before anything is loaded. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebContext + + + + a #GVariant + + + + + + Sets the maximum number of web processes that can be created at the same time for the @context. +The default value is 0 and means no limit. + +This function is now deprecated and does nothing for security reasons. + + + + + + the #WebKitWebContext + + + + the maximum number of web processes + + + + + + The directory where local storage data will be saved. + Use #WebKitWebsiteDataManager:local-storage-directory instead. + + + + The #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings applied to the web processes created by this context. + + + + Whether swap Web processes on cross-site navigations is enabled. + +When enabled, pages from each security origin will be handled by +their own separate Web processes, which are started (and +terminated) on demand as the user navigates across different +domains. This is an important security measure which helps prevent +websites stealing data from other visited pages. + + + + Whether to use system appearance for rendering scrollbars. + +This is enabled by default for backwards compatibility, but it's only +recommened to use when the application includes other widgets to ensure +consistency, or when consistency with other applications is required too. + + + + The #WebKitWebsiteDataManager associated with this context. + + + + + + + + + + This signal is emitted when a new automation request is made. +Note that it will never be emitted if automation is not enabled in @context, +see webkit_web_context_set_automation_allowed() for more details. + + + + + + the #WebKitAutomationSession associated with this event + + + + + + This signal is emitted when a new download request is made. + + + + + + the #WebKitDownload associated with this event + + + + + + This signal is emitted when a #WebKitWebContext needs to set +initial notification permissions for a web process. It is emitted +when a new web process is about to be launched, and signals the +most appropriate moment to use +webkit_web_context_initialize_notification_permissions(). If no +notification permissions have changed since the last time this +signal was emitted, then there is no need to call +webkit_web_context_initialize_notification_permissions() again. + + + + + + This signal is emitted when a new web process is about to be +launched. It signals the most appropriate moment to use +webkit_web_context_set_web_extensions_initialization_user_data() +and webkit_web_context_set_web_extensions_directory(). + + + + + + This signal is emitted when a #WebKitUserMessage is received from a +#WebKitWebExtension. You can reply to the message using +webkit_user_message_send_reply(). + +You can handle the user message asynchronously by calling g_object_ref() on +@message and returning %TRUE. + + %TRUE if the message was handled, or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + the #WebKitUserMessage received + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Request @inspector to be attached. The signal #WebKitWebInspector::attach +will be emitted. If the inspector is already attached it does nothing. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebInspector + + + + + + Request @inspector to be closed. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebInspector + + + + + + Request @inspector to be detached. The signal #WebKitWebInspector::detach +will be emitted. If the inspector is already detached it does nothing. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebInspector + + + + + + Get the height that the inspector view should have when +it's attached. If the inspector view is not attached this +returns 0. + + the height of the inspector view when attached + + + + + a #WebKitWebInspector + + + + + + Whether the @inspector can be attached to the same window that contains +the inspected view. + + %TRUE if there is enough room for the inspector view inside the + window that contains the inspected view, or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWebInspector + + + + + + Get the URI that is currently being inspected. This can be %NULL if +nothing has been loaded yet in the inspected view, if the inspector +has been closed or when inspected view was loaded from a HTML string +instead of a URI. + + the URI that is currently being inspected or %NULL + + + + + a #WebKitWebInspector + + + + + + Get the #WebKitWebViewBase used to display the inspector. +This might be %NULL if the inspector hasn't been loaded yet, +or it has been closed. + + the #WebKitWebViewBase used to display the inspector or %NULL + + + + + a #WebKitWebInspector + + + + + + Whether the @inspector view is currently attached to the same window that contains +the inspected view. + + %TRUE if @inspector is currently attached or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitWebInspector + + + + + + Request @inspector to be shown. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebInspector + + + + + + The height that the inspector view should have when it is attached. + + + + Whether the @inspector can be attached to the same window that contains +the inspected view. + + + + The URI that is currently being inspected. + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when the inspector is requested to be attached to the window +where the inspected web view is. +If this signal is not handled the inspector view will be automatically +attached to the inspected view, so you only need to handle this signal +if you want to attach the inspector view yourself (for example, to add +the inspector view to a browser tab). + +To prevent the inspector view from being attached you can connect to this +signal and simply return %TRUE. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to propagate the event further. + + + + + Emitted when the inspector should be shown. + +If the inspector is not attached the inspector window should be shown +on top of any other windows. +If the inspector is attached the inspector view should be made visible. +For example, if the inspector view is attached using a tab in a browser +window, the browser window should be raised and the tab containing the +inspector view should be the active one. +In both cases, if this signal is not handled, the default implementation +calls gtk_window_present() on the current toplevel #GtkWindow of the +inspector view. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to propagate the event further. + + + + + Emitted when the inspector page is closed. If you are using your own +inspector window, you should connect to this signal and destroy your +window. + + + + + + Emitted when the inspector is requested to be detached from the window +it is currently attached to. The inspector is detached when the inspector page +is about to be closed, and this signal is emitted right before +#WebKitWebInspector::closed, or when the user clicks on the detach button +in the inspector view to show the inspector in a separate window. In this case +the signal #WebKitWebInspector::open-window is emitted after this one. + +To prevent the inspector view from being detached you can connect to this +signal and simply return %TRUE. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to propagate the event further. + + + + + Emitted when the inspector is requested to open in a separate window. +If this signal is not handled, a #GtkWindow with the inspector will be +created and shown, so you only need to handle this signal if you want +to use your own window. +This signal is emitted after #WebKitWebInspector::detach to show +the inspector in a separate window after being detached. + +To prevent the inspector from being shown you can connect to this +signal and simply return %TRUE + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to propagate the event further. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Whenever a client attempts to load a page protected by HTTP +authentication, credentials will need to be provided to authorize access. +To allow the client to decide how it wishes to handle authentication, +WebKit will fire a #WebKitWebView::authenticate signal with a +WebKitAuthenticationRequest object to provide client side +authentication support. Credentials are exposed through the +#WebKitCredential object. + +In case the client application does not wish +to handle this signal WebKit will provide a default handler. To handle +authentication asynchronously, simply increase the reference count of the +WebKitAuthenticationRequest object. + + + WebKitAutomationSession represents an automation session of a WebKitWebContext. +When a new session is requested, a WebKitAutomationSession is created and the signal +WebKitWebContext::automation-started is emitted with the WebKitAutomationSession as +argument. Then, the automation client can request the session to create a new +#WebKitWebView to interact with it. When this happens the signal #WebKitAutomationSession::create-web-view +is emitted. + + + WebKitBackForwardList maintains a list of visited pages used to +navigate to recent pages. Items are inserted in the list in the +order they are visited. + +WebKitBackForwardList also maintains the notion of the current item +(which is always at index 0), the preceding item (which is at index -1), +and the following item (which is at index 1). +Methods webkit_web_view_go_back() and webkit_web_view_go_forward() move +the current item backward or forward by one. Method +webkit_web_view_go_to_back_forward_list_item() sets the current item to the +specified item. All other methods returning #WebKitBackForwardListItem<!-- -->s +do not change the value of the current item, they just return the requested +item or items. + + + A history item is part of the #WebKitBackForwardList and consists +out of a title and a URI. + + + Whenever the user interacts with an &lt;input type='color' /&gt; +HTML element, WebKit will need to show a dialog to choose a color. For that +to happen in a general way, instead of just opening a #GtkColorChooser +(which might be not desirable in some cases, which could prefer to use their +own color chooser dialog), WebKit will fire the +#WebKitWebView::run-color-chooser signal with a #WebKitColorChooserRequest +object, which will allow the client application to specify the color to be +selected, to inspect the details of the request (e.g. to get initial color) +and to cancel the request, in case nothing was selected. + +In case the client application does not wish to handle this signal, +WebKit will provide a default handler which will asynchronously run +a regular #GtkColorChooserDialog for the user to interact with. + + + #WebKitContextMenu represents a context menu containing +#WebKitContextMenuItem<!-- -->s in a #WebKitWebView. + +When a #WebKitWebView is about to display the context menu, it +emits the #WebKitWebView::context-menu signal, which has the +#WebKitContextMenu as an argument. You can modify it, adding new +submenus that you can create with webkit_context_menu_new(), adding +new #WebKitContextMenuItem<!-- -->s with +webkit_context_menu_prepend(), webkit_context_menu_append() or +webkit_context_menu_insert(), maybe after having removed the +existing ones with webkit_context_menu_remove_all(). + + + The #WebKitContextMenu is composed of #WebKitContextMenuItem<!-- +-->s. These items can be created from a #GtkAction, from a +#WebKitContextMenuAction or from a #WebKitContextMenuAction and a +label. These #WebKitContextMenuAction<!-- -->s denote stock actions +for the items. You can also create separators and submenus. + + + The WebKitCookieManager defines how to set up and handle cookies. +You can get it from a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager with +webkit_website_data_manager_get_cookie_manager(), and use it to set where to +store cookies with webkit_cookie_manager_set_persistent_storage(), +or to set the acceptance policy, with webkit_cookie_manager_get_accept_policy(). + + + WebKitUserMediaPermissionRequest represents a request for +permission to whether WebKit should be allowed to access the user's +devices information when requested through the enumeraceDevices API. + +When a WebKitDeviceInfoPermissionRequest is not handled by the user, +it is denied by default. + + + #WebKitDownload carries information about a download request and +response, including a #WebKitURIRequest and a #WebKitURIResponse +objects. The application may use this object to control the +download process, or to simply figure out what is to be downloaded, +and handle the download process itself. + + + WebKitEditorState represents the state of a #WebKitWebView editor. +Use webkit_web_view_get_editor_state() to get the WebKitEditorState +of a #WebKitWebView. + + + Categorized WebKit errors. + + + #WebKitFaviconDatabase provides access to the icons associated with +web sites. + +WebKit will automatically look for available icons in &lt;link&gt; +elements on opened pages as well as an existing favicon.ico and +load the images found into a memory cache if possible. That cache +is frozen to an on-disk database for persistence. + +If #WebKitSettings:enable-private-browsing is %TRUE, new icons +won't be added to the on-disk database and no existing icons will +be deleted from it. Nevertheless, WebKit will still store them in +the in-memory cache during the current execution. + + + Whenever the user interacts with an &lt;input type='file' /&gt; +HTML element, WebKit will need to show a dialog to choose one or +more files to be uploaded to the server along with the rest of the +form data. For that to happen in a general way, instead of just +opening a #GtkFileChooserDialog (which might be not desirable in +some cases, which could prefer to use their own file chooser +dialog), WebKit will fire the #WebKitWebView::run-file-chooser +signal with a #WebKitFileChooserRequest object, which will allow +the client application to specify the files to be selected, to +inspect the details of the request (e.g. if multiple selection +should be allowed) and to cancel the request, in case nothing was +selected. + +In case the client application does not wish to handle this signal, +WebKit will provide a default handler which will asynchronously run +a regular #GtkFileChooserDialog for the user to interact with. + + + A #WebKitFindController is used to search text in a #WebKitWebView. You +can get a #WebKitWebView<!-- -->'s #WebKitFindController with +webkit_web_view_get_find_controller(), and later use it to search +for text using webkit_find_controller_search(), or get the +number of matches using webkit_find_controller_count_matches(). The +operations are asynchronous and trigger signals when ready, such as +#WebKitFindController::found-text, +#WebKitFindController::failed-to-find-text or +#WebKitFindController::counted-matches<!-- -->. + + + When a form is about to be submitted in a #WebKitWebView, the +#WebKitWebView::submit-form signal is emitted. Its request argument +contains information about the text fields of the form, that are +typically used to store login information, returned as lists by +webkit_form_submission_request_list_text_fields(). You can submit the +form with webkit_form_submission_request_submit(). + + + WebKitGeolocationManager provides API to get the geographical position of the user. +Once a #WebKitGeolocationPermissionRequest is allowed, when WebKit needs to know the +user location #WebKitGeolocationManager::start signal is emitted. If the signal is handled +and returns %TRUE, the application is responsible for providing the position every time it's +updated by calling webkit_geolocation_manager_update_position(). The signal #WebKitGeolocationManager::stop +will be emitted when location updates are no longer needed. + + + WebKitGeolocationPermissionRequest represents a request for +permission to decide whether WebKit should provide the user's +location to a website when requested through the Geolocation API. + +When a WebKitGeolocationPermissionRequest is not handled by the user, +it is denied by default. + +When embedding web views in your application, you *must* configure an +application identifier to allow web content to use geolocation services. +The identifier *must* match the name of the `.desktop` file which describes +the application, sans the suffix. + +If your application uses #GApplication (or any subclass like +#GtkApplication), WebKit will automatically use the identifier returned by +g_application_get_application_id(). This is the recommended approach for +enabling geolocation in applications. + +If an identifier cannot be obtained through #GApplication, the value +returned by g_get_prgname() will be used instead as a fallback. For +programs which cannot use #GApplication, calling g_set_prgname() early +during initialization is needed when the name of the executable on disk +does not match the name of a valid `.desktop` file. + + + A Hit Test is an operation to get context information about a given +point in a #WebKitWebView. #WebKitHitTestResult represents the +result of a Hit Test. It provides context information about what is +at the coordinates of the Hit Test, such as if there's a link, +an image or a media. + +You can get the context of the HitTestResult with +webkit_hit_test_result_get_context() that returns a bitmask of +#WebKitHitTestResultContext flags. You can also use +webkit_hit_test_result_context_is_link(), webkit_hit_test_result_context_is_image() and +webkit_hit_test_result_context_is_media() to determine whether there's +a link, image or a media element at the coordinates of the Hit Test. +Note that it's possible that several #WebKitHitTestResultContext flags +are active at the same time, for example if there's a link containing an image. + +When the mouse is moved over a #WebKitWebView a Hit Test is performed +for the mouse coordinates and #WebKitWebView::mouse-target-changed +signal is emitted with a #WebKitHitTestResult. + + + WebKitInputMethodContext defines the interface to implement WebKit input methods. +The input methods are used by WebKit, when editable content is focused, to map from +key events to Unicode character strings. + +An input method may consume multiple key events in sequence and finally +output the composed result. This is called preediting, and an input method +may provide feedback about this process by displaying the intermediate +composition states as preedit text. + + + WebKitInstallMissingMediaPluginsPermissionRequest represents a request for +permission to decide whether WebKit should try to start a helper application to +install missing media plugins when the media backend couldn't play a media because +the required plugins were not available. + +When a WebKitInstallMissingMediaPluginsPermissionRequest is not handled by the user, +it is allowed by default. + + + WebKitMediaKeySystemPermissionRequest represents a request for permission to decide whether +WebKit should use the given CDM to access protected media when requested through the +MediaKeySystem API. + +When a WebKitMediaKeySystemPermissionRequest is not handled by the user, +it is denied by default. + +When handling this permission request the application may perform additional installation of the +requested CDM, unless it is already present on the host system. + + + #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings is a boxed type that can be used to provide some custom settings +to control how the memory pressure situations are handled by the different processes. + +The memory pressure system implemented inside the different process will try to keep the memory usage +under the defined memory limit. In order to do that, it will check the used memory with a user defined +frequency and decide whether it should try to release memory. The thresholds passed will define how urgent +is to release that memory. + +Take into account that badly defined parameters can greatly reduce the performance of the engine. For +example, setting memory limit too low with a fast poll interval can cause the process to constantly +be trying to release memory. + +A #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings can be passed to a #WebKitWebContext constructor, and the settings will +be applied to all the web processes created by that context. + +A #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings can be passed to webkit_website_data_manager_set_memory_pressure_settings(), +and the settings will be applied to all the network processes created after that call by any instance of +#WebKitWebsiteDataManager. + + + WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision represents a policy decision for events associated with +navigations. If the value of #WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision:mouse-button is not 0, then +the navigation was triggered by a mouse event. + + + WebKitNetworkProxySettings can be used to provide a custom proxy configuration +to a #WebKitWebContext. You need to call webkit_web_context_set_network_proxy_settings() +with %WEBKIT_NETWORK_PROXY_MODE_CUSTOM and a WebKitNetworkProxySettings. + + + WebKitNotificationPermissionRequest represents a request for +permission to decide whether WebKit should provide the user with +notifications through the Web Notification API. + +When a WebKitNotificationPermissionRequest is not handled by the user, +it is denied by default. + + + WebKitOptionMenu represents the dropdown menu of a select element in a #WebKitWebView. + +When a select element in a #WebKitWebView needs to display a dropdown menu, the signal +#WebKitWebView::show-option-menu is emitted, providing a WebKitOptionMenu with the +#WebKitOptionMenuItem<!-- -->s that should be displayed. + + + The #WebKitOptionMenu is composed of WebKitOptionMenuItem<!-- -->s. +A WebKitOptionMenuItem always has a label and can contain a tooltip text. +You can use the WebKitOptionMenuItem of a #WebKitOptionMenu to build your +own menus. + + + There are situations where an embedder would need to ask the user +for permission to do certain types of operations, such as switching +to fullscreen mode or reporting the user's location through the +standard Geolocation API. In those cases, WebKit will emit a +#WebKitWebView::permission-request signal with a +#WebKitPermissionRequest object attached to it. + + + This object represents a single plugin, found while scanning the +various platform plugin directories. This object can be used to get +more information about a plugin, and enable/disable it, allowing +fine-grained control of plugins. The list of available plugins can +be obtained from the #WebKitWebContext, with +webkit_web_context_get_plugins(). + + + WebKitPointerLockPermissionRequest represents a request for +permission to decide whether WebKit can lock the pointer device when +requested by web content. + +When a WebKitPointerLockPermissionRequest is not handled by the user, +it is allowed by default. + + + Often WebKit allows the client to decide the policy for certain +operations. For instance, a client may want to open a link in a new +tab, block a navigation entirely, query the user or trigger a download +instead of a navigation. In these cases WebKit will fire the +#WebKitWebView::decide-policy signal with a #WebKitPolicyDecision +object. If the signal handler does nothing, WebKit will act as if +webkit_policy_decision_use() was called as soon as signal handling +completes. To make a policy decision asynchronously, simply increment +the reference count of the #WebKitPolicyDecision object. + + + A WebKitPrintCustomWidget allows to embed a custom widget in the print +dialog by connecting to the #WebKitPrintOperation::create-custom-widget +signal, creating a new WebKitPrintCustomWidget with +webkit_print_custom_widget_new() and returning it from there. You can later +use webkit_print_operation_run_dialog() to display the dialog. + + + A #WebKitPrintOperation controls a print operation in WebKit. With +a similar API to #GtkPrintOperation, it lets you set the print +settings with webkit_print_operation_set_print_settings() or +display the print dialog with webkit_print_operation_run_dialog(). + + + WebKitResponsePolicyDecision represents a policy decision for a +resource response, whether from the network or the local system. +A very common use case for these types of decision is deciding +whether or not to download a particular resource or to load it +normally. + + + The #WebKitSecurityManager defines security settings for URI +schemes in a #WebKitWebContext. Get it from the context with +webkit_web_context_get_security_manager(), and use it to register a +URI scheme with a certain security level, or to check if it already +has it. + + + #WebKitSecurityOrigin is a representation of a security domain +defined by websites. A security origin consists of a protocol, a +hostname, and an optional port number. + +Resources with the same security origin can generally access each +other for client-side scripting or database access. When comparing +origins, beware that if both protocol and host are %NULL, the origins +should not be treated as equal. + + + #WebKitSettings can be applied to a #WebKitWebView to control text charset, +color, font sizes, printing mode, script support, loading of images and various +other things on a #WebKitWebView. After creation, a #WebKitSettings object +contains default settings. + +<informalexample><programlisting> +/<!-- -->* Disable JavaScript. *<!-- -->/ +WebKitSettings *settings = webkit_web_view_group_get_settings (my_view_group); +webkit_settings_set_enable_javascript (settings, FALSE); + +</programlisting></informalexample> + + + A #WebKitURIRequest can be created with a URI using the +webkit_uri_request_new() method, and you can get the URI of an +existing request with the webkit_uri_request_get_uri() one. + + + A #WebKitURIResponse contains information such as the URI, the +status code, the content length, the mime type, the HTTP status or +the suggested filename. + + + If you register a particular URI scheme in a #WebKitWebContext, +using webkit_web_context_register_uri_scheme(), you have to provide +a #WebKitURISchemeRequestCallback. After that, when a URI request +is made with that particular scheme, your callback will be +called. There you will be able to access properties such as the +scheme, the URI and path, and the #WebKitWebView that initiated the +request, and also finish the request with +webkit_uri_scheme_request_finish(). + + + See also: #WebKitUserContentManager + + + The WebKitUserContentFilterStore provides the means to import and save +[JSON rule sets](https://webkit.org/blog/3476/content-blockers-first-look/), +which can be loaded later in an efficient manner. Once filters are stored, +the #WebKitUserContentFilter objects which represent them can be added to +a #WebKitUserContentManager with webkit_user_content_manager_add_filter(). + +JSON rule sets are imported using webkit_user_content_filter_store_save() and stored +on disk in an implementation defined format. The contents of a filter store must be +managed using the #WebKitUserContentFilterStore: a list of all the stored filters +can be obtained with webkit_user_content_filter_store_fetch_identifiers(), +webkit_user_content_filter_store_load() can be used to retrieve a previously saved +filter, and removed from the store with webkit_user_content_filter_store_remove(). + + + Using a #WebKitUserContentManager user CSS style sheets can be set to +be injected in the web pages loaded by a #WebKitWebView, by +webkit_user_content_manager_add_style_sheet(). + +To use a #WebKitUserContentManager, it must be created using +webkit_user_content_manager_new(), and then passed to +webkit_web_view_new_with_user_content_manager(). User style +sheets can be created with webkit_user_style_sheet_new(). + +User style sheets can be added and removed at any time, but +they will affect the web pages loaded afterwards. + + + WebKitUserMediaPermissionRequest represents a request for +permission to decide whether WebKit should be allowed to access the user's +audio and video source devices when requested through the getUserMedia API. + +When a WebKitUserMediaPermissionRequest is not handled by the user, +it is denied by default. + + + A WebKitUserMessage is a message that can be used for the communication between the UI process +and web extensions. A WebKitUserMessage always has a name, and it can also include parameters and +UNIX file descriptors. Messages can be sent from a #WebKitWebContext to all #WebKitWebExtension<!-- -->s, +from a #WebKitWebExtension to its corresponding #WebKitWebContext, and from a #WebKitWebView to its +corresponding #WebKitWebPage (and vice versa). One to one messages can be replied to directly with +webkit_user_message_send_reply(). + + + Provides convenience functions returning WebKit's major, minor and +micro versions of the WebKit library your code is running +against. This is not necessarily the same as the +#WEBKIT_MAJOR_VERSION, #WEBKIT_MINOR_VERSION or +#WEBKIT_MICRO_VERSION, which represent the version of the WebKit +headers included when compiling the code. + + + The #WebKitWebContext manages all aspects common to all +#WebKitWebView<!-- -->s. + +You can define the #WebKitCacheModel and #WebKitProcessModel with +webkit_web_context_set_cache_model() and +webkit_web_context_set_process_model(), depending on the needs of +your application. You can access the #WebKitSecurityManager to specify +the behaviour of your application regarding security using +webkit_web_context_get_security_manager(). + +It is also possible to change your preferred language or enable +spell checking, using webkit_web_context_set_preferred_languages(), +webkit_web_context_set_spell_checking_languages() and +webkit_web_context_set_spell_checking_enabled(). + +You can use webkit_web_context_register_uri_scheme() to register +custom URI schemes, and manage several other settings. + +TLS certificate validation failure is now treated as a transport +error by default. To handle TLS failures differently, you can +connect to #WebKitWebView::load-failed-with-tls-errors. +Alternatively, you can use webkit_web_context_set_tls_errors_policy() +to set the policy %WEBKIT_TLS_ERRORS_POLICY_IGNORE; however, this is +not appropriate for Internet applications. + + + The WebKit Inspector is a graphical tool to inspect and change the +content of a #WebKitWebView. It also includes an interactive +JavaScript debugger. Using this class one can get a #GtkWidget +which can be embedded into an application to show the inspector. + +The inspector is available when the #WebKitSettings of the +#WebKitWebView has set the #WebKitSettings:enable-developer-extras +to true, otherwise no inspector is available. + +<informalexample><programlisting> +/<!-- -->* Enable the developer extras *<!-- -->/ +WebKitSettings *setting = webkit_web_view_get_settings (WEBKIT_WEB_VIEW(my_webview)); +g_object_set (G_OBJECT(settings), "enable-developer-extras", TRUE, NULL); + +/<!-- -->* Load some data or reload to be able to inspect the page*<!-- -->/ +webkit_web_view_load_uri (WEBKIT_WEB_VIEW(my_webview), "http://www.gnome.org"); + +/<!-- -->* Show the inspector *<!-- -->/ +WebKitWebInspector *inspector = webkit_web_view_get_inspector (WEBKIT_WEB_VIEW(my_webview)); +webkit_web_inspector_show (WEBKIT_WEB_INSPECTOR(inspector)); +</programlisting></informalexample> + + + A #WebKitWebResource encapsulates content for each resource at the +end of a particular URI. For example, one #WebKitWebResource will +be created for each separate image and stylesheet when a page is +loaded. + +You can access the response and the URI for a given +#WebKitWebResource, using webkit_web_resource_get_uri() and +webkit_web_resource_get_response(), as well as the raw data, using +webkit_web_resource_get_data(). + + + #WebKitWebView is the central class of the WPE WebKit and WebKitGTK +APIs. It is responsible for managing the drawing of the content and +forwarding of events. You can load any URI into the #WebKitWebView or +a data string. With #WebKitSettings you can control various aspects +of the rendering and loading of the content. + +Note that in WebKitGTK, #WebKitWebView is scrollable by itself, so +you don't need to embed it in a #GtkScrolledWindow. + + + WebKitWebsiteData represents data stored in the client by a particular website. +A website is normally a set of URLs grouped by domain name. You can get the website name, +which is usually the domain, with webkit_website_data_get_name(). +Documents loaded from the file system, like file:// URIs, are all grouped in the same WebKitWebsiteData +with the name "Local files". + +A website can store different types of data in the client side. #WebKitWebsiteDataTypes is an enum containing +all the possible data types; use webkit_website_data_get_types() to get the bitmask of data types. +It's also possible to know the size of the data stored for some of the #WebKitWebsiteDataTypes by using +webkit_website_data_get_size(). + +A list of WebKitWebsiteData can be retrieved with webkit_website_data_manager_fetch(). See #WebKitWebsiteDataManager +for more information. + + + WebKitWebsiteDataAccessPermissionRequest represents a request for +permission to allow a third-party domain access its cookies. + +When a WebKitWebsiteDataAccessPermissionRequest is not handled by the user, +it is denied by default. + + + WebKitWebsiteDataManager allows you to manage the data that websites +can store in the client file system like databases or caches. +You can use WebKitWebsiteDataManager to configure the local directories +where the Website data will be stored, by creating a new manager with +webkit_website_data_manager_new() passing the values you want to set. +You can set all the possible configuration values or only some of them, +a default value will be used automatically for the configuration options +not provided. #WebKitWebsiteDataManager:base-data-directory and +#WebKitWebsiteDataManager:base-cache-directory are two special properties +that can be used to set a common base directory for all Website data and +caches. It's possible to provide both, a base directory and a specific value, +but in that case, the specific value takes precedence over the base directory. +The newly created WebKitWebsiteDataManager must be passed as a construct property +to a #WebKitWebContext, you can use webkit_web_context_new_with_website_data_manager() +to create a new #WebKitWebContext with a WebKitWebsiteDataManager. +In case you don't want to set any specific configuration, you don't need to create +a WebKitWebsiteDataManager, the #WebKitWebContext will create a WebKitWebsiteDataManager +with the default configuration. To get the WebKitWebsiteDataManager of a #WebKitWebContext +you can use webkit_web_context_get_website_data_manager(). + +A WebKitWebsiteDataManager can also be ephemeral and then all the directories configuration +is not needed because website data will never persist. You can create an ephemeral WebKitWebsiteDataManager +with webkit_website_data_manager_new_ephemeral(). Then you can pass an ephemeral WebKitWebsiteDataManager to +a #WebKitWebContext to make it ephemeral or use webkit_web_context_new_ephemeral() and the WebKitWebsiteDataManager +will be automatically created by the #WebKitWebContext. + +WebKitWebsiteDataManager can also be used to fetch websites data, remove data +stored by particular websites, or clear data for all websites modified since a given +period of time. + + + WebKitWebsitePolicies allows you to configure per-page policies, +currently only autoplay policies are supported. + + + The content of a #WebKitWebView can request to change certain +properties of the window containing the view. This can include the x, y position +of the window, the width and height but also if a toolbar, +scrollbar, statusbar, locationbar should be visible to the user, +and the request to show the #WebKitWebView fullscreen. + +The #WebKitWebView::ready-to-show signal handler is the proper place +to apply the initial window properties. Then you can monitor the +#WebKitWindowProperties by connecting to ::notify signal. + +<informalexample><programlisting> +static void ready_to_show_cb (WebKitWebView *web_view, gpointer user_data) +{ + GtkWidget *window; + WebKitWindowProperties *window_properties; + gboolean visible; + + /<!-- -->* Create the window to contain the WebKitWebView *<!-- -->/ + window = browser_window_new (); + gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), GTK_WIDGET (web_view)); + gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (web_view)); + + /<!-- -->* Get the WebKitWindowProperties of the web view and monitor it *<!-- -->/ + window_properties = webkit_web_view_get_window_properties (web_view); + g_signal_connect (window_properties, "notify::geometry", + G_CALLBACK (window_geometry_changed), window); + g_signal_connect (window_properties, "notify::toolbar-visible", + G_CALLBACK (window_toolbar_visibility_changed), window); + g_signal_connect (window_properties, "notify::menubar-visible", + G_CALLBACK (window_menubar_visibility_changed), window); + .... + + /<!-- -->* Apply the window properties before showing the window *<!-- -->/ + visible = webkit_window_properties_get_toolbar_visible (window_properties); + browser_window_set_toolbar_visible (BROWSER_WINDOW (window), visible); + visible = webkit_window_properties_get_menubar_visible (window_properties); + browser_window_set_menubar_visible (BROWSER_WINDOW (window), visible); + .... + + if (webkit_window_properties_get_fullscreen (window_properties)) { + gtk_window_fullscreen (GTK_WINDOW (window)); + } else { + GdkRectangle geometry; + + gtk_window_set_resizable (GTK_WINDOW (window), + webkit_window_properties_get_resizable (window_properties)); + webkit_window_properties_get_geometry (window_properties, &geometry); + gtk_window_move (GTK_WINDOW (window), geometry.x, geometry.y); + gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (window), geometry.width, geometry.height); + } + + gtk_widget_show (window); +} +</programlisting></informalexample> + + + Enum values used to specify the reason why the web process terminated abnormally. + + the web process crashed. + + + the web process exceeded the memory limit. + + + the web process termination was requested by an API call. Since: 2.34 + + + + + Asynchronously get the raw data for @resource. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +webkit_web_resource_get_data_finish() to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebResource + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous operation started with webkit_web_resource_get_data(). + + a + string with the data of @resource, or %NULL in case of error. if @length + is not %NULL, the size of the data will be assigned to it. + + + + + + + a #WebKitWebResource + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + return location for the length of the resource data + + + + + + Retrieves the #WebKitURIResponse of the resource load operation. +This method returns %NULL if called before the response +is received from the server. You can connect to notify::response +signal to be notified when the response is received. + + the #WebKitURIResponse, or %NULL if + the response hasn't been received yet. + + + + + a #WebKitWebResource + + + + + + Returns the current active URI of @resource. The active URI might change during +a load operation: + +<orderedlist> +<listitem><para> + When the resource load starts, the active URI is the requested URI +</para></listitem> +<listitem><para> + When the initial request is sent to the server, #WebKitWebResource::sent-request + signal is emitted without a redirected response, the active URI is the URI of + the request sent to the server. +</para></listitem> +<listitem><para> + In case of a server redirection, #WebKitWebResource::sent-request signal + is emitted again with a redirected response, the active URI is the URI the request + was redirected to. +</para></listitem> +<listitem><para> + When the response is received from the server, the active URI is the final + one and it will not change again. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +You can monitor the active URI by connecting to the notify::uri +signal of @resource. + + the current active URI of @resource + + + + + a #WebKitWebResource + + + + + + The #WebKitURIResponse associated with this resource. + + + + The current active URI of the #WebKitWebResource. +See webkit_web_resource_get_uri() for more details. + + + + + + + + + + This signal is emitted when an error occurs during the resource +load operation. + + + + + + the #GError that was triggered + + + + + + This signal is emitted when a TLS error occurs during the resource load operation. + + + + + + a #GTlsCertificate + + + + a #GTlsCertificateFlags with the verification status of @certificate + + + + + + This signal is emitted when the resource load finishes successfully +or due to an error. In case of errors #WebKitWebResource::failed signal +is emitted before this one. + + + + + + This signal is emitted after response is received, +every time new data has been received. It's +useful to know the progress of the resource load operation. + + + + + + the length of data received in bytes + + + + + + This signal is emitted when @request has been sent to the +server. In case of a server redirection this signal is +emitted again with the @request argument containing the new +request sent to the server due to the redirection and the +@redirected_response parameter containing the response +received by the server for the initial request. + + + + + + a #WebKitURIRequest + + + + a #WebKitURIResponse, or %NULL + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitWebView with the default #WebKitWebContext and +no #WebKitUserContentManager associated with it. +See also webkit_web_view_new_with_context(), +webkit_web_view_new_with_user_content_manager(), and +webkit_web_view_new_with_settings(). + + The newly created #WebKitWebView widget + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitWebView with the given #WebKitWebContext and +no #WebKitUserContentManager associated with it. +See also webkit_web_view_new_with_user_content_manager() and +webkit_web_view_new_with_settings(). + + The newly created #WebKitWebView widget + + + + + the #WebKitWebContext to be used by the #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitWebView sharing the same web process with @web_view. +This method doesn't have any effect when %WEBKIT_PROCESS_MODEL_SHARED_SECONDARY_PROCESS +process model is used, because a single web process is shared for all the web views in the +same #WebKitWebContext. When using %WEBKIT_PROCESS_MODEL_MULTIPLE_SECONDARY_PROCESSES process model, +this method should always be used when creating the #WebKitWebView in the #WebKitWebView::create signal. +You can also use this method to implement other process models based on %WEBKIT_PROCESS_MODEL_MULTIPLE_SECONDARY_PROCESSES, +like for example, sharing the same web process for all the views in the same security domain. + +The newly created #WebKitWebView will also have the same #WebKitUserContentManager, +#WebKitSettings, and #WebKitWebsitePolicies as @web_view. + + The newly created #WebKitWebView widget + + + + + the related #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitWebView with the given #WebKitSettings. +See also webkit_web_view_new_with_context(), and +webkit_web_view_new_with_user_content_manager(). + + The newly created #WebKitWebView widget + + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitWebView with the given #WebKitUserContentManager. +The content loaded in the view may be affected by the content injected +in the view by the user content manager. + + The newly created #WebKitWebView widget + + + + + a #WebKitUserContentManager. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Asynchronously check if it is possible to execute the given editing command. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +webkit_web_view_can_execute_editing_command_finish() to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + the command to check + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous operation started with webkit_web_view_can_execute_editing_command(). + + %TRUE if the editing command can be executed or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Determines whether @web_view has a previous history item. + + %TRUE if able to move back or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Determines whether @web_view has a next history item. + + %TRUE if able to move forward or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Whether or not a MIME type can be displayed in @web_view. + + %TRUE if the MIME type @mime_type can be displayed or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a MIME type + + + + + + Requests downloading of the specified URI string for @web_view. + + a new #WebKitDownload representing + the download operation. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + the URI to download + + + + + + Request to execute the given @command for @web_view. You can use +webkit_web_view_can_execute_editing_command() to check whether +it's possible to execute the command. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + the command to execute + + + + + + Request to execute the given @command with @argument for @web_view. You can use +webkit_web_view_can_execute_editing_command() to check whether +it's possible to execute the command. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + the command to execute + + + + the command argument + + + + + + Get the presentation type of #WebKitWebView when created for automation. + + a #WebKitAutomationBrowsingContextPresentation. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Obtains the #WebKitBackForwardList associated with the given #WebKitWebView. The +#WebKitBackForwardList is owned by the #WebKitWebView. + + the #WebKitBackForwardList + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Gets the color that is used to draw the @web_view background before +the actual contents are rendered. +For more information see also webkit_web_view_set_background_color() + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a #GdkRGBA to fill in with the background color + + + + + + Get the camera capture state of a #WebKitWebView. + + The #WebKitMediaCaptureState of the camera device. If #WebKitSettings:enable-mediastream +is %FALSE, this method will return %WEBKIT_MEDIA_CAPTURE_STATE_NONE. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Gets the web context of @web_view. + + the #WebKitWebContext of the view + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Returns the current custom character encoding name of @web_view. + + the current custom character encoding name or %NULL if no + custom character encoding has been set. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Get the display capture state of a #WebKitWebView. + + The #WebKitMediaCaptureState of the display device. If #WebKitSettings:enable-mediastream +is %FALSE, this method will return %WEBKIT_MEDIA_CAPTURE_STATE_NONE. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Gets the web editor state of @web_view. + + the #WebKitEditorState of the view + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitWebView:estimated-load-progress property. +You can monitor the estimated progress of a load operation by +connecting to the notify::estimated-load-progress signal of @web_view. + + an estimate of the of the percent complete for a document + load as a range from 0.0 to 1.0. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Returns favicon currently associated to @web_view, if any. You can +connect to notify::favicon signal of @web_view to be notified when +the favicon is available. + + a pointer to a #cairo_surface_t with the + favicon or %NULL if there's no icon associated with @web_view. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Gets the #WebKitFindController that will allow the caller to query +the #WebKitWebView for the text to look for. + + the #WebKitFindController associated to +this particular #WebKitWebView. + + + + + the #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Get the #WebKitInputMethodContext currently in use by @web_view, or %NULL if no input method is being used. + + a #WebKitInputMethodContext, or %NULL + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Get the #WebKitWebInspector associated to @web_view + + the #WebKitWebInspector of @web_view + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Gets the mute state of @web_view. + + %TRUE if @web_view audio is muted or %FALSE is audio is not muted. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get the global JavaScript context used by @web_view to deserialize the +result values of scripts executed with webkit_web_view_run_javascript(). + Use jsc_value_get_context() instead. + + the <function>JSGlobalContextRef</function> used by @web_view to deserialize + the result values of scripts. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Return the main resource of @web_view. + + the main #WebKitWebResource of the view + or %NULL if nothing has been loaded. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Get the microphone capture state of a #WebKitWebView. + + The #WebKitMediaCaptureState of the microphone device. If #WebKitSettings:enable-mediastream +is %FALSE, this method will return %WEBKIT_MEDIA_CAPTURE_STATE_NONE. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Get the identifier of the #WebKitWebPage corresponding to +the #WebKitWebView + + the page ID of @web_view. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Gets the current session state of @web_view + + a #WebKitWebViewSessionState + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Gets the #WebKitSettings currently applied to @web_view. +If no other #WebKitSettings have been explicitly applied to +@web_view with webkit_web_view_set_settings(), the default +#WebKitSettings will be returned. This method always returns +a valid #WebKitSettings object. +To modify any of the @web_view settings, you can either create +a new #WebKitSettings object with webkit_settings_new(), setting +the desired preferences, and then replace the existing @web_view +settings with webkit_web_view_set_settings() or get the existing +@web_view settings and update it directly. #WebKitSettings objects +can be shared by multiple #WebKitWebView<!-- -->s, so modifying +the settings of a #WebKitWebView would affect other +#WebKitWebView<!-- -->s using the same #WebKitSettings. + + the #WebKitSettings attached to @web_view + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Asynchronously retrieves a snapshot of @web_view for @region. +@options specifies how the snapshot should be rendered. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You must +call webkit_web_view_get_snapshot_finish() to get the result of the +operation. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + the #WebKitSnapshotRegion for this snapshot + + + + #WebKitSnapshotOptions for the snapshot + + + + a #GCancellable + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback + + + + user data + + + + + + Finishes an asynchronous operation started with webkit_web_view_get_snapshot(). + + a #cairo_surface_t with the retrieved snapshot or %NULL in error. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitWebView:title property. +You can connect to notify::title signal of @web_view to +be notified when the title has been received. + + The main frame document title of @web_view. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Retrieves the #GTlsCertificate associated with the main resource of @web_view, +and the #GTlsCertificateFlags showing what problems, if any, have been found +with that certificate. +If the connection is not HTTPS, this function returns %FALSE. +This function should be called after a response has been received from the +server, so you can connect to #WebKitWebView::load-changed and call this function +when it's emitted with %WEBKIT_LOAD_COMMITTED event. + +Note that this function provides no information about the security of the web +page if the current #WebKitTLSErrorsPolicy is %WEBKIT_TLS_ERRORS_POLICY_IGNORE, +as subresources of the page may be controlled by an attacker. This function +may safely be used to determine the security status of the current page only +if the current #WebKitTLSErrorsPolicy is %WEBKIT_TLS_ERRORS_POLICY_FAIL, in +which case subresources that fail certificate verification will be blocked. + + %TRUE if the @web_view connection uses HTTPS and a response has been received + from the server, or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + return location for a #GTlsCertificate + + + + return location for a #GTlsCertificateFlags the verification status of @certificate + + + + + + Returns the current active URI of @web_view. The active URI might change during +a load operation: + +<orderedlist> +<listitem><para> + When nothing has been loaded yet on @web_view the active URI is %NULL. +</para></listitem> +<listitem><para> + When a new load operation starts the active URI is the requested URI: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para> + If the load operation was started by webkit_web_view_load_uri(), + the requested URI is the given one. + </para></listitem> + <listitem><para> + If the load operation was started by webkit_web_view_load_html(), + the requested URI is "about:blank". + </para></listitem> + <listitem><para> + If the load operation was started by webkit_web_view_load_alternate_html(), + the requested URI is content URI provided. + </para></listitem> + <listitem><para> + If the load operation was started by webkit_web_view_go_back() or + webkit_web_view_go_forward(), the requested URI is the original URI + of the previous/next item in the #WebKitBackForwardList of @web_view. + </para></listitem> + <listitem><para> + If the load operation was started by + webkit_web_view_go_to_back_forward_list_item(), the requested URI + is the opriginal URI of the given #WebKitBackForwardListItem. + </para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> +</para></listitem> +<listitem><para> + If there is a server redirection during the load operation, + the active URI is the redirected URI. When the signal + #WebKitWebView::load-changed is emitted with %WEBKIT_LOAD_REDIRECTED + event, the active URI is already updated to the redirected URI. +</para></listitem> +<listitem><para> + When the signal #WebKitWebView::load-changed is emitted + with %WEBKIT_LOAD_COMMITTED event, the active URI is the final + one and it will not change unless a new load operation is started + or a navigation action within the same page is performed. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +You can monitor the active URI by connecting to the notify::uri +signal of @web_view. + + the current active URI of @web_view or %NULL + if nothing has been loaded yet. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Gets the user content manager associated to @web_view. + + the #WebKitUserContentManager associated with the view + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Get the #WebKitWebsiteDataManager associated to @web_view. If @web_view is not ephemeral, +the returned #WebKitWebsiteDataManager will be the same as the #WebKitWebsiteDataManager +of @web_view's #WebKitWebContext. + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Gets the default website policies set on construction in the +@web_view. These can be overridden on a per-origin basis via the +#WebKitWebView::decide-policy signal handler. + +See also webkit_policy_decision_use_with_policies(). + + the default #WebKitWebsitePolicies + associated with the view. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Get the #WebKitWindowProperties object containing the properties +that the window containing @web_view should have. + + the #WebKitWindowProperties of @web_view + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Get the zoom level of @web_view, i.e. the factor by which the +view contents are scaled with respect to their original size. + + the current zoom level of @web_view + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Loads the previous history item. +You can monitor the load operation by connecting to +#WebKitWebView::load-changed signal. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Loads the next history item. +You can monitor the load operation by connecting to +#WebKitWebView::load-changed signal. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Loads the specific history item @list_item. +You can monitor the load operation by connecting to +#WebKitWebView::load-changed signal. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a #WebKitBackForwardListItem + + + + + + Get whether a #WebKitWebView was created with #WebKitWebView:is-controlled-by-automation +property enabled. Only #WebKitWebView<!-- -->s controlled by automation can be used in an +automation session. + + %TRUE if @web_view is controlled by automation, or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get whether a #WebKitWebView is ephemeral. To create an ephemeral #WebKitWebView you need to +use g_object_new() and pass is-ephemeral property with %TRUE value. See +#WebKitWebView:is-ephemeral for more details. +If @web_view was created with a ephemeral #WebKitWebView:related-view or an +ephemeral #WebKitWebView:web-context it will also be ephemeral. + + %TRUE if @web_view is ephemeral or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitWebView:is-loading property. +You can monitor when a #WebKitWebView is loading a page by connecting to +notify::is-loading signal of @web_view. This is useful when you are +interesting in knowing when the view is loading something but not in the +details about the status of the load operation, for example to start a spinner +when the view is loading a page and stop it when it finishes. + + %TRUE if @web_view is loading a page or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitWebView:is-playing-audio property. +You can monitor when a page in a #WebKitWebView is playing audio by +connecting to the notify::is-playing-audio signal of @web_view. This +is useful when the application wants to provide visual feedback when a +page is producing sound. + + %TRUE if a page in @web_view is playing audio or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Load the given @content string for the URI @content_uri. +This allows clients to display page-loading errors in the #WebKitWebView itself. +When this method is called from #WebKitWebView::load-failed signal to show an +error page, then the back-forward list is maintained appropriately. +For everything else this method works the same way as webkit_web_view_load_html(). + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + the new content to display as the main page of the @web_view + + + + the URI for the alternate page content + + + + the base URI for relative locations or %NULL + + + + + + Load the specified @bytes into @web_view using the given @mime_type and @encoding. +When @mime_type is %NULL, it defaults to "text/html". +When @encoding is %NULL, it defaults to "UTF-8". +When @base_uri is %NULL, it defaults to "about:blank". +You can monitor the load operation by connecting to #WebKitWebView::load-changed signal. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + input data to load + + + + the MIME type of @bytes, or %NULL + + + + the character encoding of @bytes, or %NULL + + + + the base URI for relative locations or %NULL + + + + + + Load the given @content string with the specified @base_uri. +If @base_uri is not %NULL, relative URLs in the @content will be +resolved against @base_uri and absolute local paths must be children of the @base_uri. +For security reasons absolute local paths that are not children of @base_uri +will cause the web process to terminate. +If you need to include URLs in @content that are local paths in a different +directory than @base_uri you can build a data URI for them. When @base_uri is %NULL, +it defaults to "about:blank". The mime type of the document will be "text/html". +You can monitor the load operation by connecting to #WebKitWebView::load-changed signal. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + The HTML string to load + + + + The base URI for relative locations or %NULL + + + + + + Load the specified @plain_text string into @web_view. The mime type of +document will be "text/plain". You can monitor the load +operation by connecting to #WebKitWebView::load-changed signal. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + The plain text to load + + + + + + Requests loading of the specified #WebKitURIRequest. +You can monitor the load operation by connecting to +#WebKitWebView::load-changed signal. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a #WebKitURIRequest to load + + + + + + Requests loading of the specified URI string. +You can monitor the load operation by connecting to +#WebKitWebView::load-changed signal. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + an URI string + + + + + + Reloads the current contents of @web_view. +See also webkit_web_view_reload_bypass_cache(). + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Reloads the current contents of @web_view without +using any cached data. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Restore the @web_view session state from @state + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a #WebKitWebViewSessionState + + + + + + Asynchronously run @script in the context of the current page in @web_view. If +WebKitSettings:enable-javascript is FALSE, this method will do nothing. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +webkit_web_view_run_javascript_finish() to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + the script to run + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the script finished + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous operation started with webkit_web_view_run_javascript(). + +This is an example of using webkit_web_view_run_javascript() with a script returning +a string: + +<informalexample><programlisting> +static void +web_view_javascript_finished (GObject *object, + GAsyncResult *result, + gpointer user_data) +{ + WebKitJavascriptResult *js_result; + JSCValue *value; + GError *error = NULL; + + js_result = webkit_web_view_run_javascript_finish (WEBKIT_WEB_VIEW (object), result, &error); + if (!js_result) { + g_warning ("Error running javascript: %s", error->message); + g_error_free (error); + return; + } + + value = webkit_javascript_result_get_js_value (js_result); + if (jsc_value_is_string (value)) { + JSCException *exception; + gchar *str_value; + + str_value = jsc_value_to_string (value); + exception = jsc_context_get_exception (jsc_value_get_context (value)); + if (exception) + g_warning ("Error running javascript: %s", jsc_exception_get_message (exception)); + else + g_print ("Script result: %s\n", str_value); + g_free (str_value); + } else { + g_warning ("Error running javascript: unexpected return value"); + } + webkit_javascript_result_unref (js_result); +} + +static void +web_view_get_link_url (WebKitWebView *web_view, + const gchar *link_id) +{ + gchar *script; + + script = g_strdup_printf ("window.document.getElementById('%s').href;", link_id); + webkit_web_view_run_javascript (web_view, script, NULL, web_view_javascript_finished, NULL); + g_free (script); +} +</programlisting></informalexample> + + a #WebKitJavascriptResult with the result of the last executed statement in @script + or %NULL in case of error + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Asynchronously run the script from @resource in the context of the +current page in @web_view. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can +then call webkit_web_view_run_javascript_from_gresource_finish() to get the result +of the operation. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + the location of the resource to load + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the script finished + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous operation started with webkit_web_view_run_javascript_from_gresource(). + +Check webkit_web_view_run_javascript_finish() for a usage example. + + a #WebKitJavascriptResult with the result of the last executed statement in @script + or %NULL in case of error + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Asynchronously run @script in the script world with name @world_name of the current page context in @web_view. +If WebKitSettings:enable-javascript is FALSE, this method will do nothing. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +webkit_web_view_run_javascript_in_world_finish() to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + the script to run + + + + the name of a #WebKitScriptWorld + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the script finished + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous operation started with webkit_web_view_run_javascript_in_world(). + + a #WebKitJavascriptResult with the result of the last executed statement in @script + or %NULL in case of error + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Asynchronously save the current web page associated to the +#WebKitWebView into a self-contained format using the mode +specified in @save_mode. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can +then call webkit_web_view_save_finish() to get the result of the +operation. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + the #WebKitSaveMode specifying how the web page should be saved. + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous operation started with webkit_web_view_save(). + + a #GInputStream with the result of saving + the current web page or %NULL in case of error. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Asynchronously save the current web page associated to the +#WebKitWebView into a self-contained format using the mode +specified in @save_mode and writing it to @file. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can +then call webkit_web_view_save_to_file_finish() to get the result of the +operation. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + the #GFile where the current web page should be saved to. + + + + the #WebKitSaveMode specifying how the web page should be saved. + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous operation started with webkit_web_view_save_to_file(). + + %TRUE if the web page was successfully saved to a file or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Send @message to the #WebKitWebPage corresponding to @web_view. If @message is floating, it's consumed. + +If you don't expect any reply, or you simply want to ignore it, you can pass %NULL as @callback. +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +webkit_web_view_send_message_to_page_finish() to get the message reply. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a #WebKitUserMessage + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + (nullable): A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous operation started with webkit_web_view_send_message_to_page(). + + a #WebKitUserMessage with the reply or %NULL in case of error. + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Sets the color that will be used to draw the @web_view background before +the actual contents are rendered. Note that if the web page loaded in @web_view +specifies a background color, it will take precedence over the @rgba color. +By default the @web_view background color is opaque white. +Note that the parent window must have a RGBA visual and +#GtkWidget:app-paintable property set to %TRUE for backgrounds colors to work. + +<informalexample><programlisting> +static void browser_window_set_background_color (BrowserWindow *window, + const GdkRGBA *rgba) +{ + WebKitWebView *web_view; + GdkScreen *screen = gtk_window_get_screen (GTK_WINDOW (window)); + GdkVisual *rgba_visual = gdk_screen_get_rgba_visual (screen); + + if (!rgba_visual) + return; + + gtk_widget_set_visual (GTK_WIDGET (window), rgba_visual); + gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (GTK_WIDGET (window), TRUE); + + web_view = browser_window_get_web_view (window); + webkit_web_view_set_background_color (web_view, rgba); +} +</programlisting></informalexample> + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a #GdkRGBA + + + + + + Set the camera capture state of a #WebKitWebView. + +If #WebKitSettings:enable-mediastream is %FALSE, this method will have no visible effect. Once the +state of the device has been set to %WEBKIT_MEDIA_CAPTURE_STATE_NONE it cannot be changed +anymore. The page can however request capture again using the mediaDevices API. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a #WebKitMediaCaptureState + + + + + + Sets the @allowlist for which +[Cross-Origin Resource Sharing](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/CORS) +checks are disabled in @web_view. URI patterns must be of the form +`[protocol]://[host]/[path]`, each component may contain the wildcard +character (`*`) to represent zero or more other characters. All three +components are required and must not be omitted from the URI +patterns. + +Disabling CORS checks permits resources from other origins to load +allowlisted resources. It does not permit the allowlisted resources +to load resources from other origins. + +If this function is called multiple times, only the allowlist set by +the most recent call will be effective. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + an allowlist of URI patterns, or %NULL + + + + + + + + Sets the current custom character encoding override of @web_view. The custom +character encoding will override any text encoding detected via HTTP headers or +META tags. Calling this method will stop any current load operation and reload the +current page. Setting the custom character encoding to %NULL removes the character +encoding override. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a character encoding name or %NULL + + + + + + Set the display capture state of a #WebKitWebView. + +If #WebKitSettings:enable-mediastream is %FALSE, this method will have no visible effect. Once the +state of the device has been set to %WEBKIT_MEDIA_CAPTURE_STATE_NONE it cannot be changed +anymore. The page can however request capture again using the mediaDevices API. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a #WebKitMediaCaptureState + + + + + + Sets whether the user is allowed to edit the HTML document. + +If @editable is %TRUE, @web_view allows the user to edit the HTML document. If +@editable is %FALSE, an element in @web_view's document can only be edited if the +CONTENTEDITABLE attribute has been set on the element or one of its parent +elements. By default a #WebKitWebView is not editable. + +Normally, a HTML document is not editable unless the elements within the +document are editable. This function provides a way to make the contents +of a #WebKitWebView editable without altering the document or DOM structure. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a #gboolean indicating the editable state + + + + + + Set the #WebKitInputMethodContext to be used by @web_view, or %NULL to not use any input method. +Note that the same #WebKitInputMethodContext can't be set on more than one #WebKitWebView at the same time. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + the #WebKitInputMethodContext to set, or %NULL + + + + + + Sets the mute state of @web_view. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + mute flag + + + + + + Set the microphone capture state of a #WebKitWebView. + +If #WebKitSettings:enable-mediastream is %FALSE, this method will have no visible effect. Once the +state of the device has been set to %WEBKIT_MEDIA_CAPTURE_STATE_NONE it cannot be changed +anymore. The page can however request capture again using the mediaDevices API. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a #WebKitMediaCaptureState + + + + + + Sets the #WebKitSettings to be applied to @web_view. The +existing #WebKitSettings of @web_view will be replaced by +@settings. New settings are applied immediately on @web_view. +The same #WebKitSettings object can be shared +by multiple #WebKitWebView<!-- -->s. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + a #WebKitSettings + + + + + + Set the zoom level of @web_view, i.e. the factor by which the +view contents are scaled with respect to their original size. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + the zoom level + + + + + + Stops any ongoing loading operation in @web_view. +This method does nothing if no content is being loaded. +If there is a loading operation in progress, it will be cancelled and +#WebKitWebView::load-failed signal will be emitted with +%WEBKIT_NETWORK_ERROR_CANCELLED error. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Terminates the web process associated to @web_view. When the web process gets terminated +using this method, the #WebKitWebView::web-process-terminated signal is emitted with +%WEBKIT_WEB_PROCESS_TERMINATED_BY_API as the reason for termination. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + Tries to close the @web_view. This will fire the onbeforeunload event +to ask the user for confirmation to close the page. If there isn't an +onbeforeunload event handler or the user confirms to close the page, +the #WebKitWebView::close signal is emitted, otherwise nothing happens. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebView + + + + + + The #WebKitAutomationBrowsingContextPresentation of #WebKitWebView. This should only be used when +creating a new #WebKitWebView as a response to #WebKitAutomationSession::create-web-view +signal request. If the new WebView was added to a new tab of current browsing context window +%WEBKIT_AUTOMATION_BROWSING_CONTEXT_PRESENTATION_TAB should be used. + + + + Capture state of the camera device. Whenever the user grants a media-request sent by the web +page, requesting video capture capabilities (`navigator.mediaDevices.getUserMedia({video: +true})`) this property will be set to %WEBKIT_MEDIA_CAPTURE_STATE_ACTIVE. + +The application can monitor this property and provide a visual indicator allowing to optionally +deactivate or mute the capture device by setting this property respectively to +%WEBKIT_MEDIA_CAPTURE_STATE_NONE or %WEBKIT_MEDIA_CAPTURE_STATE_MUTED. + +If the capture state of the device is set to %WEBKIT_MEDIA_CAPTURE_STATE_NONE the web-page +can still re-request the permission to the user. Permission desision caching is left to the +application. + + + + Capture state of the display device. Whenever the user grants a media-request sent by the web +page, requesting screencasting capabilities (`navigator.mediaDevices.getDisplayMedia() this +property will be set to %WEBKIT_MEDIA_CAPTURE_STATE_ACTIVE. + +The application can monitor this property and provide a visual indicator allowing to +optionally deactivate or mute the capture device by setting this property respectively to +%WEBKIT_MEDIA_CAPTURE_STATE_NONE or %WEBKIT_MEDIA_CAPTURE_STATE_MUTED. + +If the capture state of the device is set to %WEBKIT_MEDIA_CAPTURE_STATE_NONE the web-page +can still re-request the permission to the user. Permission desision caching is left to the +application. + + + + Whether the pages loaded inside #WebKitWebView are editable. For more +information see webkit_web_view_set_editable(). + + + + An estimate of the percent completion for the current loading operation. +This value will range from 0.0 to 1.0 and, once a load completes, +will remain at 1.0 until a new load starts, at which point it +will be reset to 0.0. +The value is an estimate based on the total number of bytes expected +to be received for a document, including all its possible subresources +and child documents. + + + + The favicon currently associated to the #WebKitWebView. +See webkit_web_view_get_favicon() for more details. + + + + Whether the #WebKitWebView is controlled by automation. This should only be used when +creating a new #WebKitWebView as a response to #WebKitAutomationSession::create-web-view +signal request. + + + + Whether the #WebKitWebView is ephemeral. An ephemeral web view never writes +website data to the client storage, no matter what #WebKitWebsiteDataManager +its context is using. This is normally used to implement private browsing mode. +This is a %G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY property, so you have to create an ephemeral +#WebKitWebView and it can't be changed. The ephemeral #WebKitWebsiteDataManager +created for the #WebKitWebView will inherit the network settings from the +#WebKitWebContext<!-- -->'s #WebKitWebsiteDataManager. To use different settings +you can get the #WebKitWebsiteDataManager with webkit_web_view_get_website_data_manager() +and set the new ones. +Note that all #WebKitWebView<!-- -->s created with an ephemeral #WebKitWebContext +will be ephemeral automatically. +See also webkit_web_context_new_ephemeral(). + + + + Whether the #WebKitWebView is currently loading a page. This property becomes +%TRUE as soon as a new load operation is requested and before the +#WebKitWebView::load-changed signal is emitted with %WEBKIT_LOAD_STARTED and +at that point the active URI is the requested one. +When the load operation finishes the property is set to %FALSE before +#WebKitWebView::load-changed is emitted with %WEBKIT_LOAD_FINISHED. + + + + Whether the #WebKitWebView audio is muted. When %TRUE, audio is silenced. +It may still be playing, i.e. #WebKitWebView:is-playing-audio may be %TRUE. + + + + Whether the #WebKitWebView is currently playing audio from a page. +This property becomes %TRUE as soon as web content starts playing any +kind of audio. When a page is no longer playing any kind of sound, +the property is set back to %FALSE. + + + + Whether the web process currently associated to the #WebKitWebView is responsive. + + + + Capture state of the microphone device. Whenever the user grants a media-request sent by the web +page, requesting audio capture capabilities (`navigator.mediaDevices.getUserMedia({audio: +true})`) this property will be set to %WEBKIT_MEDIA_CAPTURE_STATE_ACTIVE. + +The application can monitor this property and provide a visual indicator allowing to +optionally deactivate or mute the capture device by setting this property respectively to +%WEBKIT_MEDIA_CAPTURE_STATE_NONE or %WEBKIT_MEDIA_CAPTURE_STATE_MUTED. + +If the capture state of the device is set to %WEBKIT_MEDIA_CAPTURE_STATE_NONE the web-page +can still re-request the permission to the user. Permission desision caching is left to the +application. + + + + The identifier of the #WebKitWebPage corresponding to the #WebKitWebView. + + + + The related #WebKitWebView used when creating the view to share the +same web process. This property is not readable because the related +web view is only valid during the object construction. + + + + The #WebKitSettings of the view. + + + + The main frame document title of this #WebKitWebView. If +the title has not been received yet, it will be %NULL. + + + + The current active URI of the #WebKitWebView. +See webkit_web_view_get_uri() for more details. + + + + The #WebKitUserContentManager of the view. + + + + The #WebKitWebContext of the view. + + + + The #WebKitWebsitePolicies for the view. + + + + The zoom level of the #WebKitWebView content. +See webkit_web_view_set_zoom_level() for more details. + + + + + + + + + + This signal is emitted when the user is challenged with HTTP +authentication. To let the application access or supply +the credentials as well as to allow the client application +to either cancel the request or perform the authentication, +the signal will pass an instance of the +#WebKitAuthenticationRequest in the @request argument. +To handle this signal asynchronously you should keep a ref +of the request and return %TRUE. To disable HTTP authentication +entirely, connect to this signal and simply return %TRUE. + +The default signal handler will run a default authentication +dialog asynchronously for the user to interact with. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to propagate the event further. + + + + + a #WebKitAuthenticationRequest + + + + + + Emitted when closing a #WebKitWebView is requested. This occurs when a +call is made from JavaScript's <function>window.close</function> function or +after trying to close the @web_view with webkit_web_view_try_close(). +It is the owner's responsibility to handle this signal to hide or +destroy the #WebKitWebView, if necessary. + + + + + + Emitted when a context menu is about to be displayed to give the application +a chance to customize the proposed menu, prevent the menu from being displayed, +or build its own context menu. +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para> + To customize the proposed menu you can use webkit_context_menu_prepend(), + webkit_context_menu_append() or webkit_context_menu_insert() to add new + #WebKitContextMenuItem<!-- -->s to @context_menu, webkit_context_menu_move_item() + to reorder existing items, or webkit_context_menu_remove() to remove an + existing item. The signal handler should return %FALSE, and the menu represented + by @context_menu will be shown. +</para></listitem> +<listitem><para> + To prevent the menu from being displayed you can just connect to this signal + and return %TRUE so that the proposed menu will not be shown. +</para></listitem> +<listitem><para> + To build your own menu, you can remove all items from the proposed menu with + webkit_context_menu_remove_all(), add your own items and return %FALSE so + that the menu will be shown. You can also ignore the proposed #WebKitContextMenu, + build your own #GtkMenu and return %TRUE to prevent the proposed menu from being shown. +</para></listitem> +<listitem><para> + If you just want the default menu to be shown always, simply don't connect to this + signal because showing the proposed context menu is the default behaviour. +</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +The @event is expected to be one of the following types: +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para> +a #GdkEventButton of type %GDK_BUTTON_PRESS when the context menu +was triggered with mouse. +</para></listitem> +<listitem><para> +a #GdkEventKey of type %GDK_KEY_PRESS if the keyboard was used to show +the menu. +</para></listitem> +<listitem><para> +a generic #GdkEvent of type %GDK_NOTHING when the #GtkWidget::popup-menu +signal was used to show the context menu. +</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +If the signal handler returns %FALSE the context menu represented by @context_menu +will be shown, if it return %TRUE the context menu will not be shown. + +The proposed #WebKitContextMenu passed in @context_menu argument is only valid +during the signal emission. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to propagate the event further. + + + + + the proposed #WebKitContextMenu + + + + the #GdkEvent that triggered the context menu + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Emitted after #WebKitWebView::context-menu signal, if the context menu is shown, +to notify that the context menu is dismissed. + + + + + + Emitted when the creation of a new #WebKitWebView is requested. +If this signal is handled the signal handler should return the +newly created #WebKitWebView. + +The #WebKitNavigationAction parameter contains information about the +navigation action that triggered this signal. + +The new #WebKitWebView must be related to @web_view, see +webkit_web_view_new_with_related_view() for more details. + +The new #WebKitWebView should not be displayed to the user +until the #WebKitWebView::ready-to-show signal is emitted. + + a newly allocated #WebKitWebView widget + or %NULL to propagate the event further. + + + + + a #WebKitNavigationAction + + + + + + This signal is emitted when WebKit is requesting the client to decide a policy +decision, such as whether to navigate to a page, open a new window or whether or +not to download a resource. The #WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision passed in the +@decision argument is a generic type, but should be casted to a more +specific type when making the decision. For example: + +<informalexample><programlisting> +static gboolean +decide_policy_cb (WebKitWebView *web_view, + WebKitPolicyDecision *decision, + WebKitPolicyDecisionType type) +{ + switch (type) { + case WEBKIT_POLICY_DECISION_TYPE_NAVIGATION_ACTION: { + WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision *navigation_decision = WEBKIT_NAVIGATION_POLICY_DECISION (decision); + /<!-- -->* Make a policy decision here. *<!-- -->/ + break; + } + case WEBKIT_POLICY_DECISION_TYPE_NEW_WINDOW_ACTION: { + WebKitNavigationPolicyDecision *navigation_decision = WEBKIT_NAVIGATION_POLICY_DECISION (decision); + /<!-- -->* Make a policy decision here. *<!-- -->/ + break; + } + case WEBKIT_POLICY_DECISION_TYPE_RESPONSE: + WebKitResponsePolicyDecision *response = WEBKIT_RESPONSE_POLICY_DECISION (decision); + /<!-- -->* Make a policy decision here. *<!-- -->/ + break; + default: + /<!-- -->* Making no decision results in webkit_policy_decision_use(). *<!-- -->/ + return FALSE; + } + return TRUE; +} +</programlisting></informalexample> + +It is possible to make policy decision asynchronously, by simply calling g_object_ref() +on the @decision argument and returning %TRUE to block the default signal handler. +If the last reference is removed on a #WebKitPolicyDecision and no decision has been +made explicitly, webkit_policy_decision_use() will be the default policy decision. The +default signal handler will simply call webkit_policy_decision_use(). Only the first +policy decision chosen for a given #WebKitPolicyDecision will have any affect. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to propagate the event further. + + + + + the #WebKitPolicyDecision + + + + a #WebKitPolicyDecisionType denoting the type of @decision + + + + + + Emitted when JavaScript code calls +<function>element.webkitRequestFullScreen</function>. If the +signal is not handled the #WebKitWebView will proceed to full screen +its top level window. This signal can be used by client code to +request permission to the user prior doing the full screen +transition and eventually prepare the top-level window +(e.g. hide some widgets that would otherwise be part of the +full screen window). + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to continue emission of the event. + + + + + This signal is emitted when insecure content has been detected +in a page loaded through a secure connection. This typically +means that a external resource from an unstrusted source has +been run or displayed, resulting in a mix of HTTPS and +non-HTTPS content. + +You can check the @event parameter to know exactly which kind +of event has been detected (see #WebKitInsecureContentEvent). + + + + + + the #WebKitInsecureContentEvent + + + + + + Emitted when the #WebKitWebView is about to restore its top level +window out of its full screen state. This signal can be used by +client code to restore widgets hidden during the +#WebKitWebView::enter-fullscreen stage for instance. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to continue emission of the event. + + + + + Emitted when a load operation in @web_view changes. +The signal is always emitted with %WEBKIT_LOAD_STARTED when a +new load request is made and %WEBKIT_LOAD_FINISHED when the load +finishes successfully or due to an error. When the ongoing load +operation fails #WebKitWebView::load-failed signal is emitted +before #WebKitWebView::load-changed is emitted with +%WEBKIT_LOAD_FINISHED. +If a redirection is received from the server, this signal is emitted +with %WEBKIT_LOAD_REDIRECTED after the initial emission with +%WEBKIT_LOAD_STARTED and before %WEBKIT_LOAD_COMMITTED. +When the page content starts arriving the signal is emitted with +%WEBKIT_LOAD_COMMITTED event. + +You can handle this signal and use a switch to track any ongoing +load operation. + +<informalexample><programlisting> +static void web_view_load_changed (WebKitWebView *web_view, + WebKitLoadEvent load_event, + gpointer user_data) +{ + switch (load_event) { + case WEBKIT_LOAD_STARTED: + /<!-- -->* New load, we have now a provisional URI *<!-- -->/ + provisional_uri = webkit_web_view_get_uri (web_view); + /<!-- -->* Here we could start a spinner or update the + <!-- -->* location bar with the provisional URI *<!-- -->/ + break; + case WEBKIT_LOAD_REDIRECTED: + redirected_uri = webkit_web_view_get_uri (web_view); + break; + case WEBKIT_LOAD_COMMITTED: + /<!-- -->* The load is being performed. Current URI is + <!-- -->* the final one and it won't change unless a new + <!-- -->* load is requested or a navigation within the + <!-- -->* same page is performed *<!-- -->/ + uri = webkit_web_view_get_uri (web_view); + break; + case WEBKIT_LOAD_FINISHED: + /<!-- -->* Load finished, we can now stop the spinner *<!-- -->/ + break; + } +} +</programlisting></informalexample> + + + + + + the #WebKitLoadEvent + + + + + + Emitted when an error occurs during a load operation. +If the error happened when starting to load data for a page +@load_event will be %WEBKIT_LOAD_STARTED. If it happened while +loading a committed data source @load_event will be %WEBKIT_LOAD_COMMITTED. +Since a load error causes the load operation to finish, the signal +WebKitWebView::load-changed will always be emitted with +%WEBKIT_LOAD_FINISHED event right after this one. + +By default, if the signal is not handled, a stock error page will be displayed. +You need to handle the signal if you want to provide your own error page. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to propagate the event further. + + + + + the #WebKitLoadEvent of the load operation + + + + the URI that failed to load + + + + the #GError that was triggered + + + + + + Emitted when a TLS error occurs during a load operation. +To allow an exception for this @certificate +and the host of @failing_uri use webkit_web_context_allow_tls_certificate_for_host(). + +To handle this signal asynchronously you should call g_object_ref() on @certificate +and return %TRUE. + +If %FALSE is returned, #WebKitWebView::load-failed will be emitted. The load +will finish regardless of the returned value. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to propagate the event further. + + + + + the URI that failed to load + + + + a #GTlsCertificate + + + + a #GTlsCertificateFlags with the verification status of @certificate + + + + + + This signal is emitted when the mouse cursor moves over an +element such as a link, image or a media element. To determine +what type of element the mouse cursor is over, a Hit Test is performed +on the current mouse coordinates and the result is passed in the +@hit_test_result argument. The @modifiers argument is a bitmask of +#GdkModifierType flags indicating the state of modifier keys. +The signal is emitted again when the mouse is moved out of the +current element with a new @hit_test_result. + + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + a bitmask of #GdkModifierType + + + + + + This signal is emitted when WebKit is requesting the client to +decide about a permission request, such as allowing the browser +to switch to fullscreen mode, sharing its location or similar +operations. + +A possible way to use this signal could be through a dialog +allowing the user decide what to do with the request: + +<informalexample><programlisting> +static gboolean permission_request_cb (WebKitWebView *web_view, + WebKitPermissionRequest *request, + GtkWindow *parent_window) +{ + GtkWidget *dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (parent_window, + GTK_DIALOG_MODAL, + GTK_MESSAGE_QUESTION, + GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO, + "Allow Permission Request?"); + gtk_widget_show (dialog); + gint result = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)); + + switch (result) { + case GTK_RESPONSE_YES: + webkit_permission_request_allow (request); + break; + default: + webkit_permission_request_deny (request); + break; + } + gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); + + return TRUE; +} +</programlisting></informalexample> + +It is possible to handle permission requests asynchronously, by +simply calling g_object_ref() on the @request argument and +returning %TRUE to block the default signal handler. If the +last reference is removed on a #WebKitPermissionRequest and the +request has not been handled, webkit_permission_request_deny() +will be the default action. + +If the signal is not handled, the @request will be completed automatically +by the specific #WebKitPermissionRequest that could allow or deny it. Check the +documentation of classes implementing #WebKitPermissionRequest interface to know +their default action. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to propagate the event further. + + + + + the #WebKitPermissionRequest + + + + + + Emitted when printing is requested on @web_view, usually by a JavaScript call, +before the print dialog is shown. This signal can be used to set the initial +print settings and page setup of @print_operation to be used as default values in +the print dialog. You can call webkit_print_operation_set_print_settings() and +webkit_print_operation_set_page_setup() and then return %FALSE to propagate the +event so that the print dialog is shown. + +You can connect to this signal and return %TRUE to cancel the print operation +or implement your own print dialog. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to propagate the event further. + + + + + the #WebKitPrintOperation that will handle the print request + + + + + + Emitted after #WebKitWebView::create on the newly created #WebKitWebView +when it should be displayed to the user. When this signal is emitted +all the information about how the window should look, including +size, position, whether the location, status and scrollbars +should be displayed, is already set on the #WebKitWindowProperties +of @web_view. See also webkit_web_view_get_window_properties(). + + + + + + Emitted when a new resource is going to be loaded. The @request parameter +contains the #WebKitURIRequest that will be sent to the server. +You can monitor the load operation by connecting to the different signals +of @resource. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebResource + + + + a #WebKitURIRequest + + + + + + Emitted after #WebKitWebView::ready-to-show on the newly +created #WebKitWebView when JavaScript code calls +<function>window.showModalDialog</function>. The purpose of +this signal is to allow the client application to prepare the +new view to behave as modal. Once the signal is emitted a new +main loop will be run to block user interaction in the parent +#WebKitWebView until the new dialog is closed. + + + + + + This signal is emitted when the user interacts with a &lt;input +type='color' /&gt; HTML element, requesting from WebKit to show +a dialog to select a color. To let the application know the details of +the color chooser, as well as to allow the client application to either +cancel the request or perform an actual color selection, the signal will +pass an instance of the #WebKitColorChooserRequest in the @request +argument. + +It is possible to handle this request asynchronously by increasing the +reference count of the request. + +The default signal handler will asynchronously run a regular +#GtkColorChooser for the user to interact with. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to propagate the event further. + + + + + a #WebKitColorChooserRequest + + + + + + This signal is emitted when the user interacts with a &lt;input +type='file' /&gt; HTML element, requesting from WebKit to show +a dialog to select one or more files to be uploaded. To let the +application know the details of the file chooser, as well as to +allow the client application to either cancel the request or +perform an actual selection of files, the signal will pass an +instance of the #WebKitFileChooserRequest in the @request +argument. + +The default signal handler will asynchronously run a regular +#GtkFileChooserDialog for the user to interact with. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to propagate the event further. + + + + + a #WebKitFileChooserRequest + + + + + + Emitted when JavaScript code calls <function>window.alert</function>, +<function>window.confirm</function> or <function>window.prompt</function>, +or when <function>onbeforeunload</function> event is fired. +The @dialog parameter should be used to build the dialog. +If the signal is not handled a different dialog will be built and shown depending +on the dialog type: +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para> + %WEBKIT_SCRIPT_DIALOG_ALERT: message dialog with a single Close button. +</para></listitem> +<listitem><para> + %WEBKIT_SCRIPT_DIALOG_CONFIRM: message dialog with OK and Cancel buttons. +</para></listitem> +<listitem><para> + %WEBKIT_SCRIPT_DIALOG_PROMPT: message dialog with OK and Cancel buttons and + a text entry with the default text. +</para></listitem> +<listitem><para> + %WEBKIT_SCRIPT_DIALOG_BEFORE_UNLOAD_CONFIRM: message dialog with Stay and Leave buttons. +</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +It is possible to handle the script dialog request asynchronously, by simply +caling webkit_script_dialog_ref() on the @dialog argument and calling +webkit_script_dialog_close() when done. +If the last reference is removed on a #WebKitScriptDialog and the dialog has not been +closed, webkit_script_dialog_close() will be called. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to propagate the event further. + + + + + the #WebKitScriptDialog to show + + + + + + This signal is emitted when a notification should be presented to the +user. The @notification is kept alive until either: 1) the web page cancels it +or 2) a navigation happens. + +The default handler will emit a notification using libnotify, if built with +support for it. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked. %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitNotification + + + + + + This signal is emitted when a select element in @web_view needs to display a +dropdown menu. This signal can be used to show a custom menu, using @menu to get +the details of all items that should be displayed. The area of the element in the +#WebKitWebView is given as @rectangle parameter, it can be used to position the +menu. If this was triggered by a user interaction, like a mouse click, +@event parameter provides the #GdkEvent. +To handle this signal asynchronously you should keep a ref of the @menu. + +The default signal handler will pop up a #GtkMenu. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to propagate the event further. + + + + + the #WebKitOptionMenu + + + + the #GdkEvent that triggered the menu, or %NULL + + + + the option element area + + + + + + This signal is emitted when a form is about to be submitted. The @request +argument passed contains information about the text fields of the form. This +is typically used to store login information that can be used later to +pre-fill the form. +The form will not be submitted until webkit_form_submission_request_submit() is called. + +It is possible to handle the form submission request asynchronously, by +simply calling g_object_ref() on the @request argument and calling +webkit_form_submission_request_submit() when done to continue with the form submission. +If the last reference is removed on a #WebKitFormSubmissionRequest and the +form has not been submitted, webkit_form_submission_request_submit() will be called. + + + + + + a #WebKitFormSubmissionRequest + + + + + + This signal is emitted when a #WebKitUserMessage is received from the +#WebKitWebPage corresponding to @web_view. You can reply to the message +using webkit_user_message_send_reply(). + +You can handle the user message asynchronously by calling g_object_ref() on +@message and returning %TRUE. If the last reference of @message is removed +and the message has not been replied to, the operation in the #WebKitWebPage will +finish with error %WEBKIT_USER_MESSAGE_UNHANDLED_MESSAGE. + + %TRUE if the message was handled, or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + the #WebKitUserMessage received + + + + + + This signal is emitted when the web process crashes. + Use WebKitWebView::web-process-terminated instead. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to propagate the event further. + + + + + This signal is emitted when the web process terminates abnormally due +to @reason. + + + + + + the a #WebKitWebProcessTerminationReason + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitWebViewSessionState from serialized data. + + a new #WebKitWebViewSessionState, or %NULL if @data doesn't contain a + valid serialized #WebKitWebViewSessionState. + + + + + a #GBytes + + + + + + Atomically increments the reference count of @state by one. This +function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. + + The passed in #WebKitWebViewSessionState + + + + + a #WebKitWebViewSessionState + + + + + + Serializes a #WebKitWebViewSessionState. + + a #GBytes containing the @state serialized. + + + + + a #WebKitWebViewSessionState + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @state by one. If the +reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by the #WebKitWebViewSessionState is +released. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebViewSessionState + + + + + + + + Gets the name of #WebKitWebsiteData. This is the website name, normally represented by +a domain or host name. All local documents are grouped in the same #WebKitWebsiteData using +the name "Local files". + + the website name of @website_data. + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteData + + + + + + Gets the size of the data of types @types in a #WebKitWebsiteData. +Note that currently the data size is only known for %WEBKIT_WEBSITE_DATA_DISK_CACHE data type +so for all other types 0 will be returned. + + the size of @website_data for the given @types. + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteData + + + + a bitmask of #WebKitWebsiteDataTypes + + + + + + Gets the types of data stored in the client for a #WebKitWebsiteData. These are the +types actually present, not the types queried with webkit_website_data_manager_fetch(). + + a bitmask of #WebKitWebsiteDataTypes in @website_data + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteData + + + + + + Atomically increments the reference count of @website_data by one. +This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. + + The passed #WebKitWebsiteData + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteData + + + + + + Atomically decrements the reference count of @website_data by one. +If the reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by +#WebKitWebsiteData is released. This function is MT-safe and may be +called from any thread. + + + + + + A #WebKitWebsiteData + + + + + + + + + Get the current domain being browsed. + + the current domain name + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataAccessPermissionRequest + + + + + + Get the domain requesting permission to access its cookies while browsing the current domain. + + the requesting domain name + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataAccessPermissionRequest + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitWebsiteDataManager with the given options. It must +be passed as construction parameter of a #WebKitWebContext. + + the newly created #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + + name of the first option to set + + + + value of first option, followed by more options, %NULL-terminated + + + + + + Creates an ephemeral #WebKitWebsiteDataManager. See #WebKitWebsiteDataManager:is-ephemeral for more details. + + a new ephemeral #WebKitWebsiteDataManager. + + + + + Sets @settings as the #WebKitMemoryPressureSettings to be used by all the network +processes created by any instance of #WebKitWebsiteDataManager after this function +is called. + +Be sure to call this function before creating any #WebKitWebsiteDataManager, as network +processes of existing instances are not guaranteed to receive the passed settings. + +The periodic check for used memory is disabled by default on network processes. This will +be enabled only if custom settings have been set using this function. After that, in order +to remove the custom settings and disable the periodic check, this function must be called +passing %NULL as the value of @settings. + + + + + + a WebKitMemoryPressureSettings. + + + + + + Asynchronously clear the website data of the given @types modified in the past @timespan. +If @timespan is 0, all website data will be removed. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +webkit_website_data_manager_clear_finish() to get the result of the operation. + +Due to implementation limitations, this function does not currently delete +any stored cookies if @timespan is nonzero. This behavior may change in the +future. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + #WebKitWebsiteDataTypes + + + + a #GTimeSpan + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous operation started with webkit_website_data_manager_clear() + + %TRUE if website data was successfully cleared, or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Asynchronously get the list of #WebKitWebsiteData for the given @types. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +webkit_website_data_manager_fetch_finish() to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + #WebKitWebsiteDataTypes + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous operation started with webkit_website_data_manager_fetch(). + + a #GList of #WebKitWebsiteData. You must free the #GList with + g_list_free() and unref the #WebKitWebsiteData<!-- -->s with webkit_website_data_unref() when you're done with them. + + + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Get the #WebKitWebsiteDataManager:base-cache-directory property. + + the base directory for Website cache, or %NULL if + #WebKitWebsiteDataManager:base-cache-directory was not provided or @manager is ephemeral. + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + + + Get the #WebKitWebsiteDataManager:base-data-directory property. + + the base directory for Website data, or %NULL if + #WebKitWebsiteDataManager:base-data-directory was not provided or @manager is ephemeral. + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + + + Get the #WebKitCookieManager of @manager. + + a #WebKitCookieManager + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + + + Get the #WebKitWebsiteDataManager:disk-cache-directory property. + + the directory where HTTP disk cache is stored or %NULL if @manager is ephemeral. + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + + + Get the #WebKitWebsiteDataManager:dom-cache-directory property. + + the directory where DOM cache is stored or %NULL if @manager is ephemeral. + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + + + Get the #WebKitWebsiteDataManager:hsts-cache-directory property. + + the directory where the HSTS cache is stored or %NULL if @manager is ephemeral. + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + + + Get the #WebKitWebsiteDataManager:indexeddb-directory property. + + the directory where IndexedDB databases are stored or %NULL if @manager is ephemeral. + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + + + Get the #WebKitWebsiteDataManager:itp-directory property. + + the directory where Intelligent Tracking Prevention data is stored or %NULL if @manager is ephemeral. + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + + + Get whether Intelligent Tracking Prevention (ITP) is enabled or not. + + %TRUE if ITP is enabled, or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + + + Asynchronously get the list of #WebKitITPThirdParty seen for @manager. Every #WebKitITPThirdParty +contains the list of #WebKitITPFirstParty under which it has been seen. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +webkit_website_data_manager_get_itp_summary_finish() to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous operation started with webkit_website_data_manager_get_itp_summary(). + + a #GList of #WebKitITPThirdParty. + You must free the #GList with g_list_free() and unref the #WebKitITPThirdParty<!-- -->s with + webkit_itp_third_party_unref() when you're done with them. + + + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Get the #WebKitWebsiteDataManager:local-storage-directory property. + + the directory where local storage data is stored or %NULL if @manager is ephemeral. + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + + + Get the #WebKitWebsiteDataManager:offline-application-cache-directory property. + + the directory where offline web application cache is stored or %NULL if @manager is ephemeral. + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + + + Get whether persistent credential storage is enabled or not. +See also webkit_website_data_manager_set_persistent_credential_storage_enabled(). + + %TRUE if persistent credential storage is enabled, or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + + + Get the #WebKitWebsiteDataManager:service-worker-registrations-directory property. + + the directory where service worker registrations are stored or %NULL if @manager is ephemeral. + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + + + Get the TLS errors policy of @manager + + a #WebKitTLSErrorsPolicy + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + + + Get the #WebKitWebsiteDataManager:websql-directory property. + WebSQL is no longer supported. Use IndexedDB instead. + + the directory where WebSQL databases are stored or %NULL if @manager is ephemeral. + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + + + Get whether a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager is ephemeral. See #WebKitWebsiteDataManager:is-ephemeral for more details. + + %TRUE if @manager is ephemeral or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + + + Asynchronously removes the website data of the for the given @types for websites in the given @website_data list. +Use webkit_website_data_manager_clear() if you want to remove the website data for all sites. + +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +webkit_website_data_manager_remove_finish() to get the result of the operation. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + #WebKitWebsiteDataTypes + + + + a #GList of #WebKitWebsiteData + + + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous operation started with webkit_website_data_manager_remove(). + + %TRUE if website data resources were successfully removed, or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + Enable or disable Intelligent Tracking Prevention (ITP). When ITP is enabled resource load statistics +are collected and used to decide whether to allow or block third-party cookies and prevent user tracking. +Note that while ITP is enabled the accept policy %WEBKIT_COOKIE_POLICY_ACCEPT_NO_THIRD_PARTY is ignored and +%WEBKIT_COOKIE_POLICY_ACCEPT_ALWAYS is used instead. See also webkit_cookie_manager_set_accept_policy(). + + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + value to set + + + + + + Set the network proxy settings to be used by connections started in @manager session. +By default %WEBKIT_NETWORK_PROXY_MODE_DEFAULT is used, which means that the +system settings will be used (g_proxy_resolver_get_default()). +If you want to override the system default settings, you can either use +%WEBKIT_NETWORK_PROXY_MODE_NO_PROXY to make sure no proxies are used at all, +or %WEBKIT_NETWORK_PROXY_MODE_CUSTOM to provide your own proxy settings. +When @proxy_mode is %WEBKIT_NETWORK_PROXY_MODE_CUSTOM @proxy_settings must be +a valid #WebKitNetworkProxySettings; otherwise, @proxy_settings must be %NULL. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + a #WebKitNetworkProxyMode + + + + a #WebKitNetworkProxySettings, or %NULL + + + + + + Enable or disable persistent credential storage. When enabled, which is the default for +non-ephemeral sessions, the network process will try to read and write HTTP authentiacation +credentials from persistent storage. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + value to set + + + + + + Set the TLS errors policy of @manager as @policy + + + + + + a #WebKitWebsiteDataManager + + + + a #WebKitTLSErrorsPolicy + + + + + + The base directory for Website cache. This is used as a base directory +for any Website cache when no specific cache directory has been provided. + + + + The base directory for Website data. This is used as a base directory +for any Website data when no specific data directory has been provided. + + + + The directory where HTTP disk cache will be stored. + + + + The directory where DOM cache will be stored. + + + + The directory where the HTTP Strict-Transport-Security (HSTS) cache will be stored. + + + + The directory where IndexedDB databases will be stored. + + + + Whether the #WebKitWebsiteDataManager is ephemeral. An ephemeral #WebKitWebsiteDataManager +handles all websites data as non-persistent, and nothing will be written to the client +storage. Note that if you create an ephemeral #WebKitWebsiteDataManager all other construction +parameters to configure data directories will be ignored. + + + + The directory where Intelligent Tracking Prevention (ITP) data will be stored. + + + + The directory where local storage data will be stored. + + + + The directory where offline web application cache will be stored. + + + + The directory where service workers registrations will be stored. + + + + The directory where WebSQL databases will be stored. + WebSQL is no longer supported. Use IndexedDB instead. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values with flags representing types of Website data. + + Memory cache. + + + HTTP disk cache. + + + Offline web application cache. + + + Session storage data. + + + Local storage data. + + + WebSQL databases. Deprecated 2.24 + + + IndexedDB databases. + + + Plugins data. Deprecated 2.32 + + + Cookies. + + + Hash salt used to generate the device ids used by webpages. Since 2.24 + + + HSTS cache. Since 2.26 + + + Intelligent Tracking Prevention data. Since 2.30. + + + Service worker registrations. Since 2.30 + + + DOM (CacheStorage) cache. Since 2.30 + + + All types. + + + + + Create a new #WebKitWebsitePolicies + + the newly created #WebKitWebsitePolicies + + + + + Create a new #WebKitWebsitePolicies with policies given as variadic +arguments. + + the newly created #WebKitWebsitePolicies + +<informalexample><programlisting> +WebKitWebsitePolicies *default_website_policies = webkit_website_policies_new_with_policies( + "autoplay", WEBKIT_AUTOPLAY_DENY, + NULL); +... +WebKitWebView *view = WEBKIT_WEB_VIEW(g_object_new(WEBKIT_TYPE_WEB_VIEW, + "web-context", ctx, + "settings", settings, + "user-content-manager", content_manager, + "website-policies", default_website_policies, + NULL)); +... +</programlisting></informalexample> + + + + + name of the first policy to set + + + + value of first policy, followed by more policies, %NULL-terminated + + + + + + Get the #WebKitWebsitePolicies:autoplay property. + + #WebKitAutoplayPolicy + + + + + a #WebKitWebsitePolicies + + + + + + The #WebKitAutoplayPolicy of #WebKitWebsitePolicies. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get whether the window should be shown in fullscreen state or not. + + %TRUE if the window should be fullscreen or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWindowProperties + + + + + + Get the geometry the window should have on the screen when shown. + + + + + + a #WebKitWindowProperties + + + + return location for the window geometry + + + + + + Get whether the window should have the locationbar visible or not. + + %TRUE if locationbar should be visible or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWindowProperties + + + + + + Get whether the window should have the menubar visible or not. + + %TRUE if menubar should be visible or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWindowProperties + + + + + + Get whether the window should be resizable by the user or not. + + %TRUE if the window should be resizable or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWindowProperties + + + + + + Get whether the window should have the scrollbars visible or not. + + %TRUE if scrollbars should be visible or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWindowProperties + + + + + + Get whether the window should have the statusbar visible or not. + + %TRUE if statusbar should be visible or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWindowProperties + + + + + + Get whether the window should have the toolbar visible or not. + + %TRUE if toolbar should be visible or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + a #WebKitWindowProperties + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the major version number of the WebKit library. +(e.g. in WebKit version 1.8.3 this is 1.) + +This function is in the library, so it represents the WebKit library +your code is running against. Contrast with the #WEBKIT_MAJOR_VERSION +macro, which represents the major version of the WebKit headers you +have included when compiling your code. + + the major version number of the WebKit library + + + + + Returns the micro version number of the WebKit library. +(e.g. in WebKit version 1.8.3 this is 3.) + +This function is in the library, so it represents the WebKit library +your code is running against. Contrast with the #WEBKIT_MICRO_VERSION +macro, which represents the micro version of the WebKit headers you +have included when compiling your code. + + the micro version number of the WebKit library + + + + + Returns the minor version number of the WebKit library. +(e.g. in WebKit version 1.8.3 this is 8.) + +This function is in the library, so it represents the WebKit library +your code is running against. Contrast with the #WEBKIT_MINOR_VERSION +macro, which represents the minor version of the WebKit headers you +have included when compiling your code. + + the minor version number of the WebKit library + + + + + + + + + + Get the key system for which access permission is being requested. + + the key system name for @request + + + + + a #WebKitMediaKeySystemPermissionRequest + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use this function to format a URI for display. The URIs used internally by +WebKit may contain percent-encoded characters or Punycode, which are not +generally suitable to display to users. This function provides protection +against IDN homograph attacks, so in some cases the host part of the returned +URI may be in Punycode if the safety check fails. + + @uri suitable for display, or %NULL in + case of error. + + + + + the URI to be converted + + + + + + + + + + + + %TRUE if access to an audio device was requested. + + + + + a #WebKitUserMediaPermissionRequest + + + + + + + %TRUE if access to a display device was requested. + + + + + a #WebKitUserMediaPermissionRequest + + + + + + + %TRUE if access to a video device was requested. + + + + + a #WebKitUserMediaPermissionRequest + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/WebKit2WebExtension-4.0.gir b/WebKit2WebExtension-4.0.gir new file mode 100644 index 0000000..25a23a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/WebKit2WebExtension-4.0.gir @@ -0,0 +1,27475 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Make a copy of @console_message. + + A copy of passed in #WebKitConsoleMessage + + + + + a #WebKitConsoleMessage + + + + + + Free the #WebKitConsoleMessage + + + + + + a #WebKitConsoleMessage + + + + + + Gets the log level of a #WebKitConsoleMessage + + a #WebKitConsoleMessageLevel indicating the log level of @console_message + + + + + a #WebKitConsoleMessage + + + + + + Gets the line number of a #WebKitConsoleMessage + + the line number of @console_message + + + + + a #WebKitConsoleMessage + + + + + + Gets the source of a #WebKitConsoleMessage + + a #WebKitConsoleMessageSource indicating the source of @console_message + + + + + a #WebKitConsoleMessage + + + + + + Gets the source identifier of a #WebKitConsoleMessage + + the source identifier of @console_message + + + + + a #WebKitConsoleMessage + + + + + + Gets the text message of a #WebKitConsoleMessage + + the text message of @console_message + + + + + a #WebKitConsoleMessage + + + + + + + Enum values used to denote the various levels of console messages. + + Information message. + + + Log message. + + + Warning message. + + + Error message. + + + Debug message. + + + + Enum values used to denote the various sources of console messages. + + Message produced by JavaScript. + + + Network messages. + + + Messages produced by console API. + + + Security messages. + + + Other messages. + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitContextMenu object to be used as a submenu of an existing +#WebKitContextMenu. The context menu of a #WebKitWebView is created by the view +and passed as an argument of #WebKitWebView::context-menu signal. +To add items to the menu use webkit_context_menu_prepend(), +webkit_context_menu_append() or webkit_context_menu_insert(). +See also webkit_context_menu_new_with_items() to create a #WebKitContextMenu with +a list of initial items. + + The newly created #WebKitContextMenu object + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitContextMenu object to be used as a submenu of an existing +#WebKitContextMenu with the given initial items. +See also webkit_context_menu_new() + + The newly created #WebKitContextMenu object + + + + + a #GList of #WebKitContextMenuItem + + + + + + + + Adds @item at the end of the @menu. + + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + the #WebKitContextMenuItem to add + + + + + + Gets the first item in the @menu. + + the first #WebKitContextMenuItem of @menu, + or %NULL if the #WebKitContextMenu is empty. + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + + + Gets the item at the given position in the @menu. + + the #WebKitContextMenuItem at position @position in @menu, + or %NULL if the position is off the end of the @menu. + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + the position of the item, counting from 0 + + + + + + Returns the item list of @menu. + + a #GList of + #WebKitContextMenuItem<!-- -->s + + + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + + + Gets the length of the @menu. + + the number of #WebKitContextMenuItem<!-- -->s in @menu + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + + + Gets the user data of @menu. +This function can be used from the UI Process to get user data previously set +from the Web Process with webkit_context_menu_set_user_data(). + + the user data of @menu, or %NULL if @menu doesn't have user data + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + + + Inserts @item into the @menu at the given position. +If @position is negative, or is larger than the number of items +in the #WebKitContextMenu, the item is added on to the end of +the @menu. The first position is 0. + + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + the #WebKitContextMenuItem to add + + + + the position to insert the item + + + + + + Gets the last item in the @menu. + + the last #WebKitContextMenuItem of @menu, + or %NULL if the #WebKitContextMenu is empty. + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + + + Moves @item to the given position in the @menu. +If @position is negative, or is larger than the number of items +in the #WebKitContextMenu, the item is added on to the end of +the @menu. +The first position is 0. + + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + the #WebKitContextMenuItem to add + + + + the new position to move the item + + + + + + Adds @item at the beginning of the @menu. + + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + the #WebKitContextMenuItem to add + + + + + + Removes @item from the @menu. +See also webkit_context_menu_remove_all() to remove all items. + + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + the #WebKitContextMenuItem to remove + + + + + + Removes all items of the @menu. + + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + + + Sets user data to @menu. +This function can be used from a Web Process extension to set user data +that can be retrieved from the UI Process using webkit_context_menu_get_user_data(). +If the @user_data #GVariant is floating, it is consumed. + + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + a #GVariant + + + + + + + Enum values used to denote the stock actions for +#WebKitContextMenuItem<!-- -->s + + No action, used by separator menu items. + + + Open current link. + + + Open current link in a new window. + + + Download link destination. + + + Copy link location to the clipboard. + + + Open current image in a new window. + + + Download current image. + + + Copy current image to the clipboard. + + + Copy current image location to the clipboard. + + + Open current frame in a new window. + + + Load the previous history item. + + + Load the next history item. + + + Stop any ongoing loading operation. + + + Reload the contents of current view. + + + Copy current selection the clipboard. + + + Cut current selection to the clipboard. + + + Paste clipboard contents. + + + Delete current selection. + + + Select all text. + + + Input methods menu. + + + Unicode menu. + + + A proposed replacement for a misspelled word. + + + An indicator that spellchecking found no proposed replacements. + + + Causes the spellchecker to ignore the word for this session. + + + Causes the spellchecker to add the word to the dictionary. + + + Ignore grammar. + + + Font options menu. + + + Bold. + + + Italic. + + + Underline. + + + Outline. + + + Open current element in the inspector. + + + Open current video element in a new window. + + + Open current audio element in a new window. + + + Copy video link location in to the clipboard. + + + Copy audio link location in to the clipboard. + + + Enable or disable media controls. + + + Enable or disable media loop. + + + Show current video element in fullscreen mode. + + + Play current media element. + + + Pause current media element. + + + Mute current media element. + + + Download video to disk. Since 2.2 + + + Download audio to disk. Since 2.2 + + + Insert an emoji. Since 2.26 + + + Paste clipboard contents as plain text. Since 2.30 + + + Custom action defined by applications. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitContextMenuItem for the given @action. + Use webkit_context_menu_item_new_from_gaction() instead. + + the newly created #WebKitContextMenuItem object. + + + + + a #GtkAction + + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitContextMenuItem for the given @action and @label. On activation +@target will be passed as parameter to the callback. + + the newly created #WebKitContextMenuItem object. + + + + + a #GAction + + + + the menu item label text + + + + a #GVariant to use as the action target + + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitContextMenuItem for the given stock action. +Stock actions are handled automatically by WebKit so that, for example, +when a menu item created with a %WEBKIT_CONTEXT_MENU_ACTION_STOP is +activated the action associated will be handled by WebKit and the current +load operation will be stopped. You can get the #GAction of a +#WebKitContextMenuItem created with a #WebKitContextMenuAction with +webkit_context_menu_item_get_gaction() and connect to the #GSimpleAction::activate signal +to be notified when the item is activated, but you can't prevent the associated +action from being performed. + + the newly created #WebKitContextMenuItem object. + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenuAction stock action + + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitContextMenuItem for the given stock action using the given @label. +Stock actions have a predefined label, this method can be used to create a +#WebKitContextMenuItem for a #WebKitContextMenuAction but using a custom label. + + the newly created #WebKitContextMenuItem object. + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenuAction stock action + + + + a custom label text to use instead of the predefined one + + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitContextMenuItem representing a separator. + + the newly created #WebKitContextMenuItem object. + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitContextMenuItem using the given @label with a submenu. + + the newly created #WebKitContextMenuItem object. + + + + + the menu item label text + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu to set + + + + + + Gets the action associated to @item as a #GtkAction. + Use webkit_context_menu_item_get_gaction() instead. + + the #GtkAction associated to the #WebKitContextMenuItem, + or %NULL if @item is a separator. + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenuItem + + + + + + Gets the action associated to @item as a #GAction. + + the #GAction associated to the #WebKitContextMenuItem, + or %NULL if @item is a separator. + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenuItem + + + + + + Gets the #WebKitContextMenuAction of @item. If the #WebKitContextMenuItem was not +created for a stock action %WEBKIT_CONTEXT_MENU_ACTION_CUSTOM will be +returned. If the #WebKitContextMenuItem is a separator %WEBKIT_CONTEXT_MENU_ACTION_NO_ACTION +will be returned. + + the #WebKitContextMenuAction of @item + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenuItem + + + + + + Gets the submenu of @item. + + the #WebKitContextMenu representing the submenu of + @item or %NULL if @item doesn't have a submenu. + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenuItem + + + + + + Checks whether @item is a separator. + + %TRUE is @item is a separator or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenuItem + + + + + + Sets or replaces the @item submenu. If @submenu is %NULL the current +submenu of @item is removed. + + + + + + a #WebKitContextMenuItem + + + + a #WebKitContextMenu + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMAttr + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMAttr + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMAttr + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMAttr + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMAttr + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMAttr + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMAttr + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMAttr + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #guint64 + + + + + A #WebKitDOMBlob + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSRule + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMCSSRule + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSRule + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleSheet + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSRule + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gushort + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSRule + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSRule + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSRuleList + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMCSSRule + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSRuleList + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleDeclaration + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleDeclaration + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMCSSRule + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleDeclaration + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleDeclaration + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleDeclaration + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleDeclaration + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleDeclaration + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleDeclaration + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleDeclaration + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleDeclaration + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleDeclaration + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleSheet + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleSheet + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMCSSRuleList + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleSheet + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMCSSRule + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleSheet + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMCSSRuleList + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleSheet + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleSheet + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleSheet + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSValue + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gushort + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSValue + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCSSValue + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCharacterData + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCharacterData + + + + A #gulong + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCharacterData + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCharacterData + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCharacterData + + + + A #gulong + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCharacterData + + + + A #gulong + + + + A #gulong + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCharacterData + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMCharacterData + + + + A #gulong + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the bottom coordinate of @self, relative to the viewport. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gfloat + + + + + A #WebKitDOMClientRect + + + + + + Returns the height of @self. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gfloat + + + + + A #WebKitDOMClientRect + + + + + + Returns the left coordinate of @self, relative to the viewport. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gfloat + + + + + A #WebKitDOMClientRect + + + + + + Returns the right coordinate of @self, relative to the viewport. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gfloat + + + + + A #WebKitDOMClientRect + + + + + + Returns the top coordinate of @self, relative to the viewport. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gfloat + + + + + A #WebKitDOMClientRect + + + + + + Returns the width of @self. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gfloat + + + + + A #WebKitDOMClientRect + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the number of #WebKitDOMClientRect objects that @self contains. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMClientRectList + + + + + + Returns the #WebKitDOMClientRect object that @self contains at @index. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMClientRect + + + + + A #WebKitDOMClientRectList + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleSheet + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMImplementation + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMImplementation + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocumentType + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDocumentType + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMImplementation + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMImplementation + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMImplementation + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #gulong + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMTokenList + + + + #GError + + + + list of #gchar ended by %NULL. + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMTokenList + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMTokenList + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMTokenList + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMTokenList + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMTokenList + + + + #GError + + + + list of #gchar ended by %NULL. + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMTokenList + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMTokenList + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMTokenList + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleDeclaration + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gdouble + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDOMSelection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + A #gfloat + + + + A #gfloat + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + A #gfloat + + + + A #gfloat + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + A #gfloat + + + + A #gfloat + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + A #gfloat + + + + A #gfloat + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + A #gdouble + + + + A #gdouble + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + A #gdouble + + + + A #gdouble + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #glong + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMAttr + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMAttr + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMCDATASection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMComment + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleDeclaration + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDocumentFragment + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + This function has been removed from the DOM spec and it just returns %NULL. + + A #WebKitDOMEntityReference + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMEvent + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMXPathExpression + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #WebKitDOMXPathNSResolver + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNodeIterator + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #gulong + + + + A #WebKitDOMNodeFilter + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMXPathNSResolver + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMProcessingInstruction + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMText + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMTreeWalker + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #gulong + + + + A #WebKitDOMNodeFilter + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #glong + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMXPathResult + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #WebKitDOMXPathNSResolver + + + + A #gushort + + + + A #WebKitDOMXPathResult + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLScriptElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDocumentType + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_document_get_elements_by_class_name_as_html_collection() instead. + + a #WebKitDOMNodeList + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + a #gchar with the tag name + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNodeList + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_document_get_elements_by_tag_name_as_html_collection() instead. + + a #WebKitDOMNodeList + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + a #gchar with the tag name + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_document_get_elements_by_tag_name_ns_as_html_collection() instead. + + a #WebKitDOMNodeList + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + a #gchar with the namespace URI + + + + a #gchar with the tag name + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLHeadElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDOMImplementation + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleDeclaration + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + This function has been removed and does nothing. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + This function has been removed and does nothing. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMStyleSheetList + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNodeList + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + This function has been removed and does nothing. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocumentFragment + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocumentFragment + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocumentFragment + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocumentFragment + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocumentFragment + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocumentFragment + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNodeList + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocumentFragment + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNamedNodeMap + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocumentType + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocumentType + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocumentType + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNamedNodeMap + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocumentType + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocumentType + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMDocumentType + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMAttr + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMAttr + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNamedNodeMap + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Returns a #WebKitDOMClientRect representing the size and position of @self +relative to the viewport. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMClientRect + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDOMTokenList + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gdouble + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gdouble + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Returns a collection of #WebKitDOMClientRect objects, each of which describe +the size and position of a CSS border box relative to the viewport. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMClientRectList + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gdouble + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gdouble + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_element_get_elements_by_class_name_as_html_collection() instead. + + a #WebKitDOMNodeList + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + a #gchar with the tag name + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_element_get_elements_by_tag_name_as_html_collection() instead. + + a #WebKitDOMNodeList + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + a #gchar with the tag name + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_element_get_elements_by_tag_name_ns_as_html_collection() instead. + + a #WebKitDOMNodeList + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + a #gchar with the namespace URI + + + + a #gchar with the tag name + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gdouble + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gdouble + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gdouble + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gdouble + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMCSSStyleDeclaration + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + CSS Regions support has been removed. This function does nothing. + + %NULL + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get whether @element is an HTML text input element that has been edited by a user action. + + whether @element has been edited by a user action. + + + + + a #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Set whether the element is an HTML input element that has been filled automatically. +If @element is not an HTML input element this function does nothing. + + + + + + a #WebKitDOMElement + + + + value to set + + + + + + Set the value of an HTML input element as if it had been edited by +the user, triggering a change event. If @element is not an HTML input +element this function does nothing. + + + + + + a #WebKitDOMElement + + + + the text to set + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNodeList + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMAttr + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #WebKitDOMAttr + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMAttr + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #WebKitDOMAttr + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMAttr + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #WebKitDOMAttr + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMEventTarget + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gushort + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMEventTarget + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMEventTarget + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #guint32 + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEvent + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEvent + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEvent + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEvent + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + a #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEventTarget + + + + A #WebKitDOMEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + a #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEventTarget + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #GCallback + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + a #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEventTarget + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #GCallback + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gpointer + + + + + + Version of webkit_dom_event_target_add_event_listener() using a closure +instead of a callbacks for easier binding in other languages. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + a #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEventTarget + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #GClosure + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + a #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEventTarget + + + + A #WebKitDOMEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + a #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEventTarget + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #GCallback + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Version of webkit_dom_event_target_remove_event_listener() using a closure +instead of a callbacks for easier binding in other languages. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + a #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEventTarget + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #GClosure + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEventTarget + + + + A #WebKitDOMEvent + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMEventTarget + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #GCallback + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMFile + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMFileList + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMFile + + + + + A #WebKitDOMFileList + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAnchorElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAppletElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLAreaElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBRElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBRElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBaseElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBaseElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBaseElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBaseElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This function has been removed from the DOM spec and it just returns %NULL. + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBaseFontElement + + + + + + This function has been removed from the DOM spec and it just returns %NULL. + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBaseFontElement + + + + + + This function has been removed from the DOM spec and it just returns 0. + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBaseFontElement + + + + + + This function has been removed from the DOM spec and it does nothing. + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBaseFontElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + This function has been removed from the DOM spec and it does nothing. + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBaseFontElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + This function has been removed from the DOM spec and it does nothing. + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBaseFontElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBodyElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBodyElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBodyElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBodyElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBodyElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBodyElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBodyElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBodyElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBodyElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBodyElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBodyElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLBodyElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLButtonElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLButtonElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLButtonElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLButtonElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLButtonElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLButtonElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLButtonElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLButtonElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLButtonElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLButtonElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLButtonElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLButtonElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCanvasElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCanvasElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCanvasElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCanvasElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDListElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDListElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDirectoryElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDirectoryElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDivElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDivElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_document_get_compat_mode() instead. + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_document_get_design_mode() instead. + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_document_get_embeds() instead. + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_document_get_plugins() instead. + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_document_get_scripts() instead. + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_document_set_design_mode() instead. + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLDocument + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_element_get_children() instead. + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_element_get_inner_html() instead. + + a #gchar + + + + + a #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_element_get_outer_html() instead. + + a #gchar + + + + + a #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_element_set_inner_html() instead. + + + + + + a #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + a #gchar with contents to set + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_element_set_outer_html() instead. + + + + + + a #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + a #gchar with contents to set + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLEmbedElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLEmbedElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLEmbedElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLEmbedElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLEmbedElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLEmbedElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLEmbedElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLEmbedElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLEmbedElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLEmbedElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLEmbedElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLEmbedElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFieldSetElement + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFontElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFontElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFontElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFontElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFontElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFontElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameSetElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameSetElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameSetElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFrameSetElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLHRElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLHRElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLHRElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLHRElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLHRElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLHRElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLHRElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLHRElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLHeadElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLHeadElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLHeadingElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLHeadingElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLHtmlElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLHtmlElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLIFrameElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLImageElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_element_html_input_element_get_auto_filled() instead. + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_html_input_element_get_capture_type() instead. + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMFileList + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_element_html_input_element_is_user_edited() instead. + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_element_html_input_element_set_auto_filled() instead. + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_element_html_input_element_set_editing_value() instead. + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #WebKitDOMFileList + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLInputElement + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLIElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLIElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLIElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLIElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLabelElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLabelElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLabelElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLegendElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLegendElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLegendElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMStyleSheet + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDOMTokenList + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + a #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLLinkElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLMapElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLMapElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLMapElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLMarqueeElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLMarqueeElement + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLMenuElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLMenuElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLMetaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLMetaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLMetaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLMetaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLMetaElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLMetaElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLMetaElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLMetaElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLModElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLModElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLModElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLModElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOListElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOListElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOListElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOListElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOListElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOListElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLObjectElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptGroupElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptGroupElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptGroupElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptGroupElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptionElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptionElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptionElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptionElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptionElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptionElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptionElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptionElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptionElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptionElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptionElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptionElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptionElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptionsCollection + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptionsCollection + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptionsCollection + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptionsCollection + + + + A #glong + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLParagraphElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLParagraphElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLParamElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLParamElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLParamElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLParamElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLParamElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLParamElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLParamElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLParamElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLPreElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLPreElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLPreElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLPreElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLQuoteElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLQuoteElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLScriptElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLScriptElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLScriptElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLScriptElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLScriptElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLScriptElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLScriptElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLScriptElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLScriptElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLScriptElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLScriptElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLScriptElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLScriptElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLScriptElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLOptionsCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLSelectElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLStyleElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLStyleElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMStyleSheet + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLStyleElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLStyleElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLStyleElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLStyleElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLStyleElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCaptionElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCaptionElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCellElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableColElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableColElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableColElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableColElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableColElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableColElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableColElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableColElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableColElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableColElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableColElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableColElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCaptionElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableSectionElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableSectionElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableCaptionElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableSectionElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableSectionElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableRowElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableRowElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableRowElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableRowElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableRowElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableRowElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableRowElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableRowElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableRowElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableRowElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableRowElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableRowElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableRowElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableRowElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableRowElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableSectionElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableSectionElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableSectionElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableSectionElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLCollection + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableSectionElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableSectionElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableSectionElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableSectionElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableSectionElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableSectionElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTableSectionElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLFormElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + A #glong + + + + A #glong + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTextAreaElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTitleElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLTitleElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLUListElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLUListElement + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLUListElement + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMHTMLUListElement + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMKeyboardEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMKeyboardEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMKeyboardEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMKeyboardEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMKeyboardEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMKeyboardEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMKeyboardEvent + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMKeyboardEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMKeyboardEvent + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gulong + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMediaList + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMediaList + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMediaList + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMediaList + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMediaList + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMediaList + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMouseEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gushort + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMouseEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMouseEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMouseEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMouseEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMouseEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMouseEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMouseEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMouseEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMEventTarget + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMouseEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMouseEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMouseEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMouseEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMouseEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMouseEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMouseEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMMouseEvent + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + A #glong + + + + A #glong + + + + A #glong + + + + A #glong + + + + A #glong + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gushort + + + + A #WebKitDOMEventTarget + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNamedNodeMap + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNamedNodeMap + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNamedNodeMap + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNamedNodeMap + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNamedNodeMap + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNamedNodeMap + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNamedNodeMap + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNamedNodeMap + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get the #WebKitDOMNode for the DOM node referenced by @value. + + a #WebKitDOMNode, or %NULL if @value doesn't reference a DOM node. + + + + + a #JSCValue + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_node_clone_node_with_error() instead. + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gushort + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNodeList + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_attr_get_local_name() or webkit_dom_element_get_local_name() instead. + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_attr_get_namespace_uri() or webkit_dom_element_get_namespace_uri() instead. + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gushort + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDocument + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMElement + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use webkit_dom_attr_get_prefix() or webkit_dom_element_get_prefix() instead. + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + a #gshort + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNodeFilter + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + a #gshort + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNodeFilter + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #gshort + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNodeFilter + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNodeIterator + + + + + + This function has been removed from the DOM spec and it just returns %FALSE. + + A #gboolean * + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNodeIterator + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNodeFilter + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNodeIterator + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNodeIterator + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNodeIterator + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNodeIterator + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNodeIterator + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNodeIterator + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNodeIterator + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNodeList + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMNodeList + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMStyleSheet + + + + + A #WebKitDOMProcessingInstruction + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMProcessingInstruction + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDocumentFragment + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gshort + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + A #gushort + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gshort + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gshort + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDocumentFragment + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDocumentFragment + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #glong + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMRange + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMStyleSheet + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMStyleSheet + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMStyleSheet + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMMediaList + + + + + A #WebKitDOMStyleSheet + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMStyleSheet + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMStyleSheet + + + + + A #WebKitDOMStyleSheet + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMStyleSheet + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMStyleSheet + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMStyleSheetList + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMStyleSheet + + + + + A #WebKitDOMStyleSheetList + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMText + + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMText + + + + + A #WebKitDOMText + + + + A #gchar + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMText + + + + + A #WebKitDOMText + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMTreeWalker + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMTreeWalker + + + + + + This function has been removed from the DOM spec and it just returns %FALSE. + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMTreeWalker + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNodeFilter + + + + + A #WebKitDOMTreeWalker + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMTreeWalker + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMTreeWalker + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMTreeWalker + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMTreeWalker + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMTreeWalker + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMTreeWalker + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMTreeWalker + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMTreeWalker + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMTreeWalker + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMUIEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMUIEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMUIEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMUIEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMUIEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMUIEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMUIEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + + A #WebKitDOMUIEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMUIEvent + + + + A #gchar + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + A #glong + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMWheelEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMWheelEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #glong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMWheelEvent + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + A #WebKitDOMWheelEvent + + + + A #glong + + + + A #glong + + + + A #WebKitDOMDOMWindow + + + + A #glong + + + + A #glong + + + + A #glong + + + + A #glong + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gboolean + + + + A #gboolean + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMXPathResult + + + + + A #WebKitDOMXPathExpression + + + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + A #gushort + + + + A #WebKitDOMXPathResult + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + a #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMXPathNSResolver + + + + The prefix to lookup + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + a #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMXPathNSResolver + + + + The prefix to lookup + + + + + + + + + + + + + a #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMXPathNSResolver + + + + The prefix to lookup + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMXPathResult + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gboolean + + + + + A #WebKitDOMXPathResult + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gdouble + + + + + A #WebKitDOMXPathResult + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gushort + + + + + A #WebKitDOMXPathResult + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMXPathResult + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gulong + + + + + A #WebKitDOMXPathResult + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #gchar + + + + + A #WebKitDOMXPathResult + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMXPathResult + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + A #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + A #WebKitDOMXPathResult + + + + A #gulong + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + + + + + Accept the node. Use this macro as return value of webkit_dom_node_filter_accept_node() +implementation to accept the given #WebKitDOMNode + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Reject the node. Use this macro as return value of webkit_dom_node_filter_accept_node() +implementation to reject the given #WebKitDOMNode. The children of the given node will +be rejected too. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Show all nodes. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Show #WebKitDOMAttr nodes. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Show #WebKitDOMCDataSection nodes. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Show #WebKitDOMComment nodes. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Show #WebKitDOMDocument nodes. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Show #WebKitDOMDocumentFragment nodes. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Show #WebKitDOMDocumentType nodes. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Show #WebKitDOMElement nodes. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Show #WebKitDOMEntity nodes. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Show #WebKitDOMEntityReference nodes. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Show #WebKitDOMNotation nodes. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Show #WebKitDOMProcessingInstruction nodes. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Show #WebKitDOMText nodes. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Skip the node. Use this macro as return value of webkit_dom_node_filter_accept_node() +implementation to skip the given #WebKitDOMNode. The children of the given node will +not be skipped. + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + Use JavaScriptCore API instead + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Used to indicate a particular stage in form submission. See +#WebKitWebPage::will-submit-form. + + indicates the form's +DOM submit event is about to be emitted. + + + indicates the form is about +to be submitted. + + + + + Gets the process-unique identifier of this #WebKitFrame. No other +frame in the same web process will have the same ID; however, frames +in other web processes may. + + the identifier of @frame + + + + + a #WebKitFrame + + + + + + Gets the JavaScript execution context of @frame for the given #WebKitScriptWorld. + Use webkit_frame_get_js_context_for_script_world() instead. + + the JavaScript context of @frame for @world + + + + + a #WebKitFrame + + + + a #WebKitScriptWorld + + + + + + Gets the global JavaScript execution context. Use this function to bridge +between the WebKit and JavaScriptCore APIs. + Use webkit_frame_get_js_context() instead. + + the global JavaScript context of @frame + + + + + a #WebKitFrame + + + + + + Get the JavaScript execution context of @frame. Use this function to bridge +between the WebKit and JavaScriptCore APIs. + + the #JSCContext for the JavaScript execution context of @frame. + + + + + a #WebKitFrame + + + + + + Get the JavaScript execution context of @frame for the given #WebKitScriptWorld. + + the #JSCContext for the JavaScript execution context of @frame for @world. + + + + + a #WebKitFrame + + + + a #WebKitScriptWorld + + + + + + Get a #JSCValue referencing the given DOM object. The value is created in the JavaScript execution +context of @frame. + + the #JSCValue referencing @dom_object. + + + + + a #WebKitFrame + + + + a #WebKitDOMObject + + + + + + Get a #JSCValue referencing the given DOM object. The value is created in the JavaScript execution +context of @frame for the given #WebKitScriptWorld. + + the #JSCValue referencing @dom_object + + + + + a #WebKitFrame + + + + a #WebKitDOMObject + + + + a #WebKitScriptWorld + + + + + + Gets the current active URI of @frame. + + the current active URI of @frame or %NULL if nothing has been + loaded yet. + + + + + a #WebKitFrame + + + + + + Gets whether @frame is the main frame of a #WebKitWebPage + + %TRUE if @frame is a main frame or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitFrame + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets whether %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_EDITABLE flag is present in +#WebKitHitTestResult:context. + + %TRUE if there's an editable element at the coordinates of the @hit_test_result, + or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets whether %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_IMAGE flag is present in +#WebKitHitTestResult:context. + + %TRUE if there's an image element in the coordinates of the Hit Test, + or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets whether %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_LINK flag is present in +#WebKitHitTestResult:context. + + %TRUE if there's a link element in the coordinates of the Hit Test, + or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets whether %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_MEDIA flag is present in +#WebKitHitTestResult:context. + + %TRUE if there's a media element in the coordinates of the Hit Test, + or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets whether %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_SCROLLBAR flag is present in +#WebKitHitTestResult:context. + + %TRUE if there's a scrollbar element at the coordinates of the @hit_test_result, + or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets whether %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_SELECTION flag is present in +#WebKitHitTestResult:context. + + %TRUE if there's a selected element at the coordinates of the @hit_test_result, + or %FALSE otherwise + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitHitTestResult:context property. + + a bitmask of #WebKitHitTestResultContext flags + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitHitTestResult:image-uri property. + + the URI of the image element in the coordinates of the Hit Test, + or %NULL if there isn't an image element in @hit_test_result context + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitHitTestResult:link-label property. + + the label of the link element in the coordinates of the Hit Test, + or %NULL if there isn't a link element in @hit_test_result context or the + link element doesn't have a label + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitHitTestResult:link-title property. + + the title of the link element in the coordinates of the Hit Test, + or %NULL if there isn't a link element in @hit_test_result context or the + link element doesn't have a title + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitHitTestResult:link-uri property. + + the URI of the link element in the coordinates of the Hit Test, + or %NULL if there isn't a link element in @hit_test_result context + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Gets the value of the #WebKitHitTestResult:media-uri property. + + the URI of the media element in the coordinates of the Hit Test, + or %NULL if there isn't a media element in @hit_test_result context + + + + + a #WebKitHitTestResult + + + + + + Bitmask of #WebKitHitTestResultContext flags representing +the context of the #WebKitHitTestResult. + + + + The URI of the image if flag %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_IMAGE +is present in #WebKitHitTestResult:context + + + + The label of the link if flag %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_LINK +is present in #WebKitHitTestResult:context + + + + The title of the link if flag %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_LINK +is present in #WebKitHitTestResult:context + + + + The URI of the link if flag %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_LINK +is present in #WebKitHitTestResult:context + + + + The URI of the media if flag %WEBKIT_HIT_TEST_RESULT_CONTEXT_MEDIA +is present in #WebKitHitTestResult:context + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values with flags representing the context of a #WebKitHitTestResult. + + anywhere in the document. + + + a hyperlink element. + + + an image element. + + + a video or audio element. + + + an editable element + + + a scrollbar element. + + + a selected element. Since 2.8 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new isolated #WebKitScriptWorld. Scripts executed in +isolated worlds have access to the DOM but not to other variable +or functions created by the page. +The #WebKitScriptWorld is created with a generated unique name. Use +webkit_script_world_new_with_name() if you want to create it with a +custom name. +You can get the JavaScript execution context of a #WebKitScriptWorld +for a given #WebKitFrame with webkit_frame_get_javascript_context_for_script_world(). + + a new isolated #WebKitScriptWorld + + + + + Creates a new isolated #WebKitScriptWorld with a name. Scripts executed in +isolated worlds have access to the DOM but not to other variable +or functions created by the page. +You can get the JavaScript execution context of a #WebKitScriptWorld +for a given #WebKitFrame with webkit_frame_get_javascript_context_for_script_world(). + + a new isolated #WebKitScriptWorld + + + + + a name for the script world + + + + + + Get the default #WebKitScriptWorld. This is the normal script world +where all scripts are executed by default. +You can get the JavaScript execution context of a #WebKitScriptWorld +for a given #WebKitFrame with webkit_frame_get_javascript_context_for_script_world(). + + the default #WebKitScriptWorld + + + + + Get the name of a #WebKitScriptWorld. + + the name of @world + + + + + a #WebKitScriptWorld + + + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when the JavaScript window object in a #WebKitScriptWorld has been +cleared. This is the preferred place to set custom properties on the window +object using the JavaScriptCore API. You can get the window object of @frame +from the JavaScript execution context of @world that is returned by +webkit_frame_get_js_context_for_script_world(). + + + + + + a #WebKitWebPage + + + + the #WebKitFrame to which @world belongs + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new #WebKitURIRequest for the given URI. + + a new #WebKitURIRequest + + + + + an URI + + + + + + Get the HTTP headers of a #WebKitURIRequest as a #SoupMessageHeaders. + + a #SoupMessageHeaders with the HTTP headers of @request + or %NULL if @request is not an HTTP request. + + + + + a #WebKitURIRequest + + + + + + Get the HTTP method of the #WebKitURIRequest. + + the HTTP method of the #WebKitURIRequest or %NULL if @request is not + an HTTP request. + + + + + a #WebKitURIRequest + + + + + + + the uri of the #WebKitURIRequest + + + + + a #WebKitURIRequest + + + + + + Set the URI of @request + + + + + + a #WebKitURIRequest + + + + an URI + + + + + + The URI to which the request will be made. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get the expected content length of the #WebKitURIResponse. It can +be 0 if the server provided an incorrect or missing Content-Length. + + the expected content length of @response. + + + + + a #WebKitURIResponse + + + + + + Get the HTTP headers of a #WebKitURIResponse as a #SoupMessageHeaders. + + a #SoupMessageHeaders with the HTTP headers of @response + or %NULL if @response is not an HTTP response. + + + + + a #WebKitURIResponse + + + + + + + the MIME type of the #WebKitURIResponse + + + + + a #WebKitURIResponse + + + + + + Get the status code of the #WebKitURIResponse as returned by +the server. It will normally be a #SoupKnownStatusCode, for +example %SOUP_STATUS_OK, though the server can respond with any +unsigned integer. + + the status code of @response + + + + + a #WebKitURIResponse + + + + + + Get the suggested filename for @response, as specified by +the 'Content-Disposition' HTTP header, or %NULL if it's not +present. + + the suggested filename or %NULL if + the 'Content-Disposition' HTTP header is not present. + + + + + a #WebKitURIResponse + + + + + + + the uri of the #WebKitURIResponse + + + + + a #WebKitURIResponse + + + + + + The expected content length of the response. + + + + The HTTP headers of the response, or %NULL if the response is not an HTTP response. + + + + The MIME type of the response. + + + + The status code of the response as returned by the server. + + + + The suggested filename for the URI response. + + + + The URI for which the response was made. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Create a new #WebKitUserMessage with @name. + + the newly created #WebKitUserMessage object. + + + + + the message name + + + + the message parameters as a #GVariant, or %NULL + + + + + + Create a new #WebKitUserMessage including also a list of UNIX file descriptors to be sent. + + the newly created #WebKitUserMessage object. + + + + + the message name + + + + the message parameters as a #GVariant + + + + the message file descriptors + + + + + + + + + + + Get the @message list of file descritpor + + the message list of file descriptors + + + + + a #WebKitUserMessage + + + + + + Get the @message name + + the message name + + + + + a #WebKitUserMessage + + + + + + Get the @message parameters + + the message parameters + + + + + a #WebKitUserMessage + + + + + + Send a reply to @message. If @reply is floating, it's consumed. +You can only send a reply to a #WebKitUserMessage that has been +received. + + + + + + a #WebKitUserMessage + + + + a #WebKitUserMessage to send as reply + + + + + + The UNIX file descriptors of the user message. + + + + The name of the user message. + + + + The parameters of the user message as a #GVariant, or %NULL +if the message doesn't include parameters. Note that only complete types are +allowed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enum values used to denote errors happening when sending user messages. + + The message was not handled by the receiver. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the #WebKitWebPage that is associated with the #WebKitWebEditor that can +be used to access the #WebKitDOMDocument currently loaded into it. + + the associated #WebKitWebPage + + + + + a #WebKitWebEditor + + + + + + + + + + + + This signal is emitted for every selection change inside a #WebKitWebPage +as well as for every caret position change as the caret is a collapsed +selection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get the web page of the given @page_id. + + the #WebKitWebPage for the given @page_id, or %NULL if the + identifier doesn't correspond to an existing web page. + + + + + a #WebKitWebExtension + + + + the identifier of the #WebKitWebPage to get + + + + + + Send @message to the #WebKitWebContext corresponding to @extension. If @message is floating, it's consumed. + +If you don't expect any reply, or you simply want to ignore it, you can pass %NULL as @calback. +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +webkit_web_extension_send_message_to_context_finish() to get the message reply. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebExtension + + + + a #WebKitUserMessage + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + (nullable): A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous operation started with webkit_web_extension_send_message_to_context(). + + a #WebKitUserMessage with the reply or %NULL in case of error. + + + + + a #WebKitWebExtension + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + + + + + + + This signal is emitted when a new #WebKitWebPage is created in +the Web Process. + + + + + + the #WebKitWebPage created + + + + + + This signal is emitted when a #WebKitUserMessage is received from the +#WebKitWebContext corresponding to @extension. Messages sent by #WebKitWebContext +are always broadcasted to all #WebKitWebExtension<!-- -->s and they can't be +replied to. Calling webkit_user_message_send_reply() will do nothing. + + + + + + the #WebKitUserMessage received + + + + + + + + + + + + Type definition for a function that will be called to initialize +the web extension when the web process starts. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebExtension + + + + + + Type definition for a function that will be called to initialize +the web extensions when the web process starts, and which receives +as additional argument the user data set with +webkit_web_context_set_web_extensions_initialization_user_data(). + + + + + + a #WebKitWebExtension + + + + a #GVariant + + + + + + + + Get the #WebKitDOMNode in the coordinates of the Hit Test. + + a #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + a #WebKitWebHitTestResult + + + + + + The #WebKitDOMNode + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #WebKitContextMenu represents a context menu containing +#WebKitContextMenuItem<!-- -->s in a #WebKitWebView. + +When a #WebKitWebView is about to display the context menu, it +emits the #WebKitWebView::context-menu signal, which has the +#WebKitContextMenu as an argument. You can modify it, adding new +submenus that you can create with webkit_context_menu_new(), adding +new #WebKitContextMenuItem<!-- -->s with +webkit_context_menu_prepend(), webkit_context_menu_append() or +webkit_context_menu_insert(), maybe after having removed the +existing ones with webkit_context_menu_remove_all(). + + + The #WebKitContextMenu is composed of #WebKitContextMenuItem<!-- +-->s. These items can be created from a #GtkAction, from a +#WebKitContextMenuAction or from a #WebKitContextMenuAction and a +label. These #WebKitContextMenuAction<!-- -->s denote stock actions +for the items. You can also create separators and submenus. + + + A Hit Test is an operation to get context information about a given +point in a #WebKitWebView. #WebKitHitTestResult represents the +result of a Hit Test. It provides context information about what is +at the coordinates of the Hit Test, such as if there's a link, +an image or a media. + +You can get the context of the HitTestResult with +webkit_hit_test_result_get_context() that returns a bitmask of +#WebKitHitTestResultContext flags. You can also use +webkit_hit_test_result_context_is_link(), webkit_hit_test_result_context_is_image() and +webkit_hit_test_result_context_is_media() to determine whether there's +a link, image or a media element at the coordinates of the Hit Test. +Note that it's possible that several #WebKitHitTestResultContext flags +are active at the same time, for example if there's a link containing an image. + +When the mouse is moved over a #WebKitWebView a Hit Test is performed +for the mouse coordinates and #WebKitWebView::mouse-target-changed +signal is emitted with a #WebKitHitTestResult. + + + A #WebKitURIRequest can be created with a URI using the +webkit_uri_request_new() method, and you can get the URI of an +existing request with the webkit_uri_request_get_uri() one. + + + A #WebKitURIResponse contains information such as the URI, the +status code, the content length, the mime type, the HTTP status or +the suggested filename. + + + A WebKitUserMessage is a message that can be used for the communication between the UI process +and web extensions. A WebKitUserMessage always has a name, and it can also include parameters and +UNIX file descriptors. Messages can be sent from a #WebKitWebContext to all #WebKitWebExtension<!-- -->s, +from a #WebKitWebExtension to its corresponding #WebKitWebContext, and from a #WebKitWebView to its +corresponding #WebKitWebPage (and vice versa). One to one messages can be replied to directly with +webkit_user_message_send_reply(). + + + The WebKitWebEditor provides access to various editing capabilities of +a #WebKitWebPage such as a possibility to react to the current selection in +#WebKitWebPage. + + + WebKitWebExtension is a loadable module for the WebProcess. It allows you to execute code in the +WebProcess and being able to use the DOM API, to change any request or to inject custom +JavaScript code, for example. + +To create a WebKitWebExtension you should write a module with an initialization function that could +be either webkit_web_extension_initialize() with prototype #WebKitWebExtensionInitializeFunction or +webkit_web_extension_initialize_with_user_data() with prototype #WebKitWebExtensionInitializeWithUserDataFunction. +This function has to be public and it has to use the #G_MODULE_EXPORT macro. It is called when the +web process is initialized. + +<informalexample><programlisting> +static void +web_page_created_callback (WebKitWebExtension *extension, + WebKitWebPage *web_page, + gpointer user_data) +{ + g_print ("Page %d created for %s\n", + webkit_web_page_get_id (web_page), + webkit_web_page_get_uri (web_page)); +} + +G_MODULE_EXPORT void +webkit_web_extension_initialize (WebKitWebExtension *extension) +{ + g_signal_connect (extension, "page-created", + G_CALLBACK (web_page_created_callback), + NULL); +} +</programlisting></informalexample> + +The previous piece of code shows a trivial example of an extension that notifies when +a #WebKitWebPage is created. + +WebKit has to know where it can find the created WebKitWebExtension. To do so you +should use the webkit_web_context_set_web_extensions_directory() function. The signal +#WebKitWebContext::initialize-web-extensions is the recommended place to call it. + +To provide the initialization data used by the webkit_web_extension_initialize_with_user_data() +function, you have to call webkit_web_context_set_web_extensions_initialization_user_data() with +the desired data as parameter. You can see an example of this in the following piece of code: + +<informalexample><programlisting> +#define WEB_EXTENSIONS_DIRECTORY /<!-- -->* ... *<!-- -->/ + +static void +initialize_web_extensions (WebKitWebContext *context, + gpointer user_data) +{ + /<!-- -->* Web Extensions get a different ID for each Web Process *<!-- -->/ + static guint32 unique_id = 0; + + webkit_web_context_set_web_extensions_directory ( + context, WEB_EXTENSIONS_DIRECTORY); + webkit_web_context_set_web_extensions_initialization_user_data ( + context, g_variant_new_uint32 (unique_id++)); +} + +int main (int argc, char **argv) +{ + g_signal_connect (webkit_web_context_get_default (), + "initialize-web-extensions", + G_CALLBACK (initialize_web_extensions), + NULL); + + GtkWidget *view = webkit_web_view_new (); + + /<!-- -->* ... *<!-- -->/ +} +</programlisting></informalexample> + + + WebKitWebHitTestResult extends #WebKitHitTestResult to provide information +about the #WebKitDOMNode in the coordinates of the Hit Test. + + + + Get the #WebKitDOMDocument currently loaded in @web_page + + the #WebKitDOMDocument currently loaded, or %NULL + if no document is currently loaded. + + + + + a #WebKitWebPage + + + + + + Gets the #WebKitWebEditor of a #WebKitWebPage. + + the #WebKitWebEditor + + + + + a #WebKitWebPage + + + + + + Get the identifier of the #WebKitWebPage + + the identifier of @web_page + + + + + a #WebKitWebPage + + + + + + Returns the main frame of a #WebKitWebPage. + + the #WebKitFrame that is the main frame of @web_page + + + + + a #WebKitWebPage + + + + + + Returns the current active URI of @web_page. + +You can monitor the active URI by connecting to the notify::uri +signal of @web_page. + + the current active URI of @web_view or %NULL if nothing has been + loaded yet. + + + + + a #WebKitWebPage + + + + + + Send @message to the #WebKitWebView corresponding to @web_page. If @message is floating, it's consumed. + +If you don't expect any reply, or you simply want to ignore it, you can pass %NULL as @callback. +When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call +webkit_web_page_send_message_to_view_finish() to get the message reply. + + + + + + a #WebKitWebPage + + + + a #WebKitUserMessage + + + + a #GCancellable or %NULL to ignore + + + + (nullable): A #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied or %NULL + + + + the data to pass to callback function + + + + + + Finish an asynchronous operation started with webkit_web_page_send_message_to_view(). + + a #WebKitUserMessage with the reply or %NULL in case of error. + + + + + a #WebKitWebPage + + + + a #GAsyncResult + + + + + + The current active URI of the #WebKitWebPage. + + + + + + + + + + Emitted when a message is sent to the console. This can be a message +produced by the use of JavaScript console API, a JavaScript exception, +a security error or other errors, warnings, debug or log messages. +The @console_message contains information of the message. + + + + + + the #WebKitConsoleMessage + + + + + + Emitted before a context menu is displayed in the UI Process to +give the application a chance to customize the proposed menu, +build its own context menu or pass user data to the UI Process. +This signal is useful when the information available in the UI Process +is not enough to build or customize the context menu, for example, to +add menu entries depending on the #WebKitDOMNode at the coordinates of the +@hit_test_result. Otherwise, it's recommended to use #WebKitWebView::context-menu +signal instead. + + %TRUE if the proposed @context_menu has been modified, or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + the proposed #WebKitContextMenu + + + + a #WebKitWebHitTestResult + + + + + + This signal is emitted when the DOM document of a #WebKitWebPage has been +loaded. + +You can wait for this signal to get the DOM document with +webkit_web_page_get_dom_document(). + + + + + + Emitted after form elements (or form associated elements) are associated to a particular web +page. This is useful to implement form auto filling for web pages where form fields are added +dynamically. This signal might be emitted multiple times for the same web page. + +Note that this signal could be also emitted when form controls are moved between forms. In +that case, the @elements array carries the list of those elements which have moved. + +Clients should take a reference to the members of the @elements array if it is desired to +keep them alive after the signal handler returns. + , use #WebKitWebPage::form-controls-associated-for-frame instead. + + + + + + a #GPtrArray of + #WebKitDOMElement with the list of forms in the page + + + + + + + + Emitted after form elements (or form associated elements) are associated to a particular web +page. This is useful to implement form auto filling for web pages where form fields are added +dynamically. This signal might be emitted multiple times for the same web page. + +Note that this signal could be also emitted when form controls are moved between forms. In +that case, the @elements array carries the list of those elements which have moved. + +Clients should take a reference to the members of the @elements array if it is desired to +keep them alive after the signal handler returns. + + + + + + a #GPtrArray of + #WebKitDOMElement with the list of forms in the page + + + + + + the #WebKitFrame + + + + + + This signal is emitted when @request is about to be sent to +the server. This signal can be used to modify the #WebKitURIRequest +that will be sent to the server. You can also cancel the resource load +operation by connecting to this signal and returning %TRUE. + +In case of a server redirection this signal is +emitted again with the @request argument containing the new +request to be sent to the server due to the redirection and the +@redirected_response parameter containing the response +received by the server for the initial request. + +Modifications to the #WebKitURIRequest and its associated +#SoupMessageHeaders will be taken into account when the request +is sent over the network. + + %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. + %FALSE to continue emission of the event. + + + + + a #WebKitURIRequest + + + + a #WebKitURIResponse, or %NULL + + + + + + This signal is emitted when a #WebKitUserMessage is received from the +#WebKitWebView corresponding to @web_page. You can reply to the message +using webkit_user_message_send_reply(). + +You can handle the user message asynchronously by calling g_object_ref() on +@message and returning %TRUE. If the last reference of @message is removed +and the message has been replied, the operation in the #WebKitWebView will +finish with error %WEBKIT_USER_MESSAGE_UNHANDLED_MESSAGE. + + %TRUE if the message was handled, or %FALSE otherwise. + + + + + the #WebKitUserMessage received + + + + + + This signal is emitted to indicate various points during form +submission. @step indicates the current stage of form submission. + +If this signal is emitted with %WEBKIT_FORM_SUBMISSION_WILL_SEND_DOM_EVENT, +then the DOM submit event is about to be emitted. JavaScript code +may rely on the submit event to detect that the user has clicked +on a submit button, and to possibly cancel the form submission +before %WEBKIT_FORM_SUBMISSION_WILL_COMPLETE. However, beware +that, for historical reasons, the submit event is not emitted at +all if the form submission is triggered by JavaScript. For these +reasons, %WEBKIT_FORM_SUBMISSION_WILL_SEND_DOM_EVENT may not +be used to reliably detect whether a form will be submitted. +Instead, use it to detect if a user has clicked on a form's +submit button even if JavaScript later cancels the form +submission, or to read the values of the form's fields even if +JavaScript later clears certain fields before submitting. This +may be needed, for example, to implement a robust browser +password manager, as some misguided websites may use such +techniques to attempt to thwart password managers. + +If this signal is emitted with %WEBKIT_FORM_SUBMISSION_WILL_COMPLETE, +the form will imminently be submitted. It can no longer be +cancelled. This event always occurs immediately before a form is +submitted to its target, so use this event to reliably detect +when a form is submitted. This event occurs after +%WEBKIT_FORM_SUBMISSION_WILL_SEND_DOM_EVENT if that event is +emitted. + + + + + + the #WebKitDOMElement to be submitted, which will always correspond to an HTMLFormElement + + + + a #WebKitFormSubmissionEventType indicating the current +stage of form submission + + + + the #WebKitFrame containing the form to be +submitted + + + + the #WebKitFrame containing the form's target, +which may be the same as @source_frame if no target was specified + + + + names of +the form's text fields + + + + + + values +of the form's text fields + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/dl.sh b/dl.sh index 887c3d3..c2042ea 100755 --- a/dl.sh +++ b/dl.sh @@ -9,6 +9,9 @@ set -e ./gir-dl.sh https://packages.debian.org/unstable/amd64/libgtk-4-dev/download http.us.debian.org ./gir-dl.sh https://packages.debian.org/unstable/amd64/libharfbuzz-dev/download http.us.debian.org ./gir-dl.sh https://packages.debian.org/unstable/amd64/libpango1.0-dev/download http.us.debian.org +./gir-dl.sh https://packages.debian.org/unstable/amd64/libjavascriptcoregtk-4.0-dev/download http.us.debian.org +./gir-dl.sh https://packages.debian.org/unstable/amd64/libsoup2.4-dev/download http.us.debian.org +./gir-dl.sh https://packages.debian.org/unstable/amd64/libwebkit2gtk-4.0-dev/download http.us.debian.org ./reformat.sh ./fix.sh